·Copies can be had direct from the
Blandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona 4 ( India )
Price:Rs. 4 per copy, exclusive of postage
Priated and published by Dr. V. S. Sukthankar, M. A, Ph. D. at the
Bhandarkar Institute Press, Bhandarkar Oriental
Research Institute, Poona No. A.

·RE
Descriptive Catalogue of the
Government Collections
of Manuscripts
deposited at the
Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
COMPILED BY
HIRALAL RASIKDAS KAPADIA, M. A.
Volume XVII:
JAINA LITERATURE AND PHILOSOPHY
Part 1: (a) Agamıka Literature
Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
POONA
1935

·CONTENTS PAGES 1111 - TV VI-IV111 PREFACE RULES FOR THE GOVT MANUSCRIPTS I IBR IRY LIST OR CATALOGUES AND REPORTS SYSTEM OF TRANSLITFRATION TIYYX1 XX11 d AGAMIKA LITERATURE I. Eleven Angas The 1st Anga 4,5 6-8 9, 10 11-15 76-20 Adrangasutra Do with bala abodha Acrăngasutraniryuhts Adringasätracúrni Aciringas tratila Acarangasutrapradipiha Adrāngasütradipiha Acárangasutrāvacuri Acărängasútrapary lya The 2nd Anga 4-7 7-9 9-12 12--16 16-21 21, 22 22 23, 24 21 22 23-27 28, 29 30, , I 32-05 36-45 Sutrakrtângasutra Do with tika Sutrakrtingasutrafika Sutrakrtangasutra with dipha Do Do vartha Sutrakrtangasutraniryuktı Sutrakſtāngasutraci roi Sutrakſtangasutraparyaya 25--27 27-29 29,2 33-45 45-47 46, 47 48, 49 48-50 S1, S2 53-57 49-51 51-53 ·Contents 54-57 57-59 ... The 3rd Auga Sthânăngasutra Do with dipilä Do Do bilavabodha Do Do tabba Sthanăngasutraţikā Sthinangasútraparyaya Sthanăngasútrabola 58–60 61 62 63, 64 65-69 70-74 75 59, 60 60--62 62-67 67-69 69, 70 The 4th Auga . 76--78 79-81 82-86 Samavāyāógasútra Samavāyāngasútravrtti Samavayangasätraparyaya .. 71-73 74-77 77–79 The 5th Anga 80–85 86-91 92-95 . 95-98 98, 99 87-91 Bhagavatísutra 92-96 Bhagavatısupravſtri 97--100 Paramanukhandasaţırımśka with arthalava 101---104 Pudgalasaſtrımsıhă with vrtti IOS Bandhasațirimśika with tippanaka 106--109 Nigodasafirimśika with yrtti 110 Do Do bālavabodha III-114 Pañcanırgrapthasangrahaņi IIS Do with avacuri 116 Do Do bălayabodha 117 Pañcapirgranthasangrahanyavacuri I18 Bhagavatısutravacurni 119–123 Bhagavatısutraparyaya 99-102 103 103-107 .. 107, 108 . 108, 109 109, 110 ΙΙο I. I10-112 The 6th Anga 113-119 with vivrti 119, 120 124-128 Jñatādharmahathangasutra 129 Do 130-133 Jõátàdharmakathangasútravivrti 134 Jñátādharmakathangasūtra with balavabodha.. 120-124 124, 125 ·Contents 126-128 The 7th Anga 135—137 Vpisahadasăngasutra 138 Do with wohnya 139-142 Upāsahadašingasúiravy dh hya The Sth Aug 129 130-133 134, 135 135, 136 136-138 . 143 Antalsddašingasútra 144 Do with tabb3 145—149 Antakrudasiagasútrauvarana The 9th Ariga 150-153 Anuttaropapātıkadaššágasútra 154--158 Anuttaropapatıhadaśangasūtravivarapa 139-142 142-144 . The 10th Anga 159-161 Praśnavgalaranängasutra 162 Do with vivſti 163---169 Praśnavy aharaningasútrouvſti 170 Praśnavyäharanăngasutri with tabba 171,172 Praśnavyāharanăngasutra paryaya 145-147 147, 148 148--156 156, 157 157, 158 The 11th Aliga 159, 160 173-175 Vipalasutra 176 Do ( a part ) 277–181 Vipahasūtravſtti with tabbi 161 162-166 17. Twelve Upāngas The 1st Upārga 182 Aupapātikasūtra 183 Do 184–188 Aupapātikasutravştı with yrtti 167 168 169-173 ·V111 Contents The 2nd Upāzign with vpiti 189- 192 Rijzprasniyasutra 193 Do 194 197 Rajaprasniyisutrai ſiti The 3rd Upāuget 174-177 177, 178 178-181 182 185 200 185, 186 198- 199 Jivājivābhigamasutra Do with tabbi 201-- 205 Jivajivabhigamasūtravivſti 206 "10 Jivajivābhigamasutra paryaya 211–213 livajıvabluigamasútravrttıpırya ya 186 - - 191 191, 192 193, 194 The 4th Upanga 218, 219 214 -217 Prajñapanasutra Do with tak? Prajnapanasutraţika (Pradesavyakhya) 222, 223 Prajnapanasutratrtiyapadasamgrahanı 224 Prajnapanasutratrtıyapadasangrahanıvriti 225 Prajuapanasutratrugapadasamgrahanyava 195- 199 199---202 202, 203 203, 204 220 221 205, 206 207 curni 207, 208 208-210 226- 230 Prajnapanasutraparyaya 231 233 Prajnapanasutravivaranavısama pada paryaya The 5th Upanga 210, 211 212, 213 213, 214 234 Suryaprajnapti 235 Suryaprajnaptitiha The 6th Upanga 236, 237 Jambudvi paprajnaptı 238 -240 Do with vrtti 241 Do Do Prameyaratna maajúså ( yrtti) 215, 216 217-222 222--229 ·Contents . 242 Jambadvipaprajnapti with tabba 243-245 Bharatacaritra Do Do 146--248 Jambudvipaprajnapticũroi 249, 250 Jambudvipaprajñaptivisti 229, 230 231---233 233-236 236-240 1. 241---243 243, 244 3 .. The 7th Upăriga 251---253 Candraprajñapti 254 with vivarana The 8th to 12th Vpžngas 255 Nirayavalikaśrutaskandha Do with vyakhya 257–261 Nirayávalıhüsrutiskandhavyakhya 262 Nirayávalıkäsrutashandba with cabba 263, 264 Nirajavalıhašrutaskandhaparylya 265 Nirayavalıkabalavabodha 256 ... 245--248 248, 249 249-252 252, 253 254 254-256 ... .. III. (A) Ten Prakīrnakas The 1st Prakirnaha . ... 257—263 363—265 265-267 267, 268 268--270 270, 271 271, 272 . ... 284 266-274 Catuhšarana 275, 276 Do with avacari 277, 278 Do Do avacarņi 279 Do Do çippaņaka 280--282 Do Do tabba 283 Catuhśaranávacuri Caruhsarapavisamapadavivarana The 2nd Prakırnaka 285---290 Aturapratyakhyana 291 Do with vivarana 292 Do avacuri 293 Do Do avacurni 294 Do Do tabba 295 Do Do aksarartha 2 Do 273--275 275, 276 277 277, 278 279 280 ·Smtents 296, 297 Aturupratyakhýänavivarana 280, 281 ... The 3rd Prakirnaka 298-305 Bhahtaparijña 306 Do with a vacuri 307 Bhaktaparijñāvacuri 308 Bhaktaparijñāvacurni 282--285 285, 286 286 .. ... ... The 1th Irakirņaka 309-317 Samstāraka 318 Do with vivarına Do Do avacuri 320 Do Do balavabodha 321 Samstārakávacurni Samstarakávacuri 319 .. 287---291 291-293 293, 294 294, 295 295 296 ... 322 ... The 5th Prakirņaka 323-330 Tandulavaicărika 331, 332 Do with balāvabodha 297--301 301---303 The 6th Prakırnaka 304--306 333--338 Candrăvedhyaka The 7th Prakirņaka 339--343 Devendrastava ... 307---309 The 8th Prakirnaka 344-348 Ganividyā 310, 311 The 9th Prakirņaba 349--- S4 Mahápratyakhyāna 312-314 The 10th Pmkirnaka 355-359 Virastava 315, 316 ·Contenis xi (B) Supernumerary Prakırnakas 361 385 360–363 Angaculihi Anguidya 365-368 Ajivahalpa 369-371 Aturapratyahhyini 372 Aradhanapataha 373 Kasaaduira 374-381 Gacchäcāra 382-38.4 Do with vivſti Do Do vyakhyi 386 Do Do 1 vacūri 387 Jambus Imgadhyayana with gabba 388-390 Do Do bulit abodha 391--394 Jyotiskarandaha Do tha 395-397 Tirthodgalika Dvipasagaraprajnnptisangrahanı 399, 403 Paryantarādhana 404-407 Do with balavabodha 408 - 413 Pindavisuddhi 414 Do with sriti 415, 416 Do Subodhi (vrtti) 417 420 Do Do dipika Do Do bālavabodha 422 Pindavisuddhyavacurni 423-426 Mara navidhi 427 Yoniprăbhfta 428 Vankaculka with tabba 429 Saravali 470, 431 Siddhaprabhrta 432, 433 Siddhaprabhſtatika 317-321 322, 323 324, 325 326, 327 328, 329 330 131-35 335 344 344, 345 346 347, 248 348 -357 352-355 356---358 359 360--362 363--,66 367-369 369-371 371 -- 73 374-377 278 279 380,82 8, 984 385 386 387 ,88 398 421 88-390 ·PREFACC quotz towards li was on the 4th of October 1930 that I recensed an invitation from the Blundarhar Oncaral Research lastítutc, Poona, to prepare and cdit a Descriptive Catalogue of all thc Jaina Niss in the Govern ment Miss Library deposited with them by the Government of Bombay As this Jamanion offered me an ercellent opportunity to study the Jaina Miss at the Institute at first hand and thus con inbute my humbic giving wider publicity to Jaina literature in general, I lost no time in accepting it and commenced my work on these Mss on thc 23rd of November 1930 The number of these Miss is estimated to be about four thousand and five hundred. They are grouped under the head " Jaipa Literature and Philosophy "and form the 17th and the 18th volumes in the scheme of the Descriptive Caralogue of Government Mss numbering about 20,000 In preparing this Descriptive Catalogue I have fallowed in general the lines laid down by the Institute as explained to me by Rao Bahadur Dr S K Belvalhar, A, ph, the then Hon Secre tary of the Institutc Headings of description adopted in this Cata logue are practically identical with those given in the Descriptive Catalogue of the Goverament Collections of Manuscripts deposit ed at the Deccan College, Poona Vol I Vedic literature, Part I Samhitis and Brāhmanis' published by the Government of Bombay as far back as 1916 Even in all matters of detail I have had several occasions to consult Dr Belvallar, under whose supervi Son as the then Hon Superintendent of the Mss Department I was carrying on my work In this connection I cale this oppor tunity to thank him most heartıly for the promptness witi which he responded, whenever any occasion for consultation arose The exact plan followed by me 10 the preparation of this volume may be indicated as follows (1) In this part, out of the various Igamas, the IL angas, the 12 upangas and the 10 standard prakırnakas together with 18 super ·xiv Preface numerary ones have been described along with their explanuory literature as recorded in Sinskrit ind Gujarati in the Mss themselves The order followed for the 10 standard prakirnakas cin be seen from the contents It is the same is in Weber's catalogue (Verzeichniss der Sanskrit- und Prakrit-handschriften der Komglichu Bibliothek in Berli), Vol II, Pc II Different orders are followed by different scholars in dealing with these prakırnahas The publication of the Agamodayı Samsci Series and the Series issued by Rai Bahadur Dhanaparısıh ar Calcutta may be referred to in this connection Other orders and even ene variations regarding the number of the prakırnahas are noticed in Mss. here described ( vide Nos 268 270, 317 and 423 ) The supernumerary prakırnahas have been represented in the alphabetical order Under this title are included several works which have been styled as prakirnaha in some work or works (2) Regarding the inter-arrangement of descriptive sheets deal ing with the sime text, I have made alteration in the procedure, as desired by Dr Belvalkar after the press-copy was complete in all respects. The actual procedure finally adopted will be clear from the contents of this part 15 (3) The system of transliteration followed in this part generally the same as given on page xxit (4) All terrual matter which appeared to me to be superfluous is enclosed within rectangular brachets [ ], while additions and alterations occasionally suggested by me are eaclosed within paran theses) (5) I have prepsied several appendices pertaining to the Miss of Agamiha literature which have been long since described by me They will be published, on the completion of the printing of the Agamıka section in press In giving rejerences in the present part two works Inqve been of material help to me They are as under (1) " Essai de Bibliographie Jaina ' by A Guerinot ·AV Preface (ii) "Descriptis e Catalogue of Samskrta and Prakrta Mss in the library of the B B R A Society, Vol III-IV" by Prof. HD Velankar, A, my friend and once a colleague this part Now it remains for me to acknowledge my indebtedness It is a pleasure to me to mention that I am highly obliged to Vidvad- Vallabha Muni Punyavijayaji, a disciple of Muniraja Sri Catura vijaya and a grand disciple of Pravartaka Śrı Kântivijaya for all the Willing assistance rendered to me by his going through a dupliate copy of the page-proofs of the non-English portions of I have to thank Mr PK Gode, MA, the Curator of the Institute, for the uniform kindness and the courteous treatment I met at his hands during the course of my work on the I am also indebted to Dr V S Sukthankar, M A , PhD, the present Hon Secretary, for his having agreed, in the interest of Jaina scholarship, to publish the Agamıha literature in parts and to the Institute for the splendid service it has thus rendered to the cause of Jaina literature Jaina Miss Bhandarkar O R Institute, Poona 3rd June 1935 Hırılal R Kapadia ·Regulations of the Manuscripts Department I 2 3 “The Government Manuscripcs ) ibrary formed and main tained by the Government of Bombay, and formerly deposited at the Deccan College, Poona, is now, subject to the general control of the Department of Education, Bombay, placed under the direct charge of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona The Department is administered by a Superintendent appointed by the Executive Board of the BOR Institute subject to the approval of Government The Manuscripts are available at the Institute, during working hours, for purposes of bona fide study 4 The Manuscripts in the Library, if, in good condition, and subject to the requirements of Department, are lent out to bona fide scholars on their applying for them 18 writing to the Superintendent of the Department or to the Secretary of the Institute Such scholars shall, however, execute a bond for the value of the manuscripts re qured, this value being fixed by the officers in charge of the Library 5. In the case of scholars from outside India, all requisitions for loans of manuscripts shall be made to the Secretary of State for India in Council, through whom also the transactions in manuscripts shatl take place Such scholars shall execute the necessary bond with the Secretary of State for India in Council, at his discretion 6 In the case of scholars in India the execution of the bond shall be necessary before the manuscripts are lent out When the applicant is not sufficiently known to the Superintendent of the De partment, this latter officer shall have the power to call upon the applicant to produce a certificate as to his interest m the study of Sanskrit Literature, and of his being a fit person to be entrusted With Government manuscripts Such a certificate shall liave to be ·V11 Regulations of the Nianuscripts Department signed by Orientalists of recognised position, or by Government officers of the Provincial or other lughest service, not below the rank of a Deputy Collector or Extra Assistant Commissioner Tlie certificate should contain a reference to worls or e1ssays published by the applicant NB - In the case of scholars residing within the jurisdiction of a Native Sirte, the certificrte may be signed either by the Chief Sahib or the Divan or the administrator of tlie State 7 All applications for manuscripts shall state the reasons for which the manuscripts are required and the period for which the loan is sought 8 If any manuscripts belonging to this Library have been used in the publication of in edition, or in any other learned desquisi tion, the authors should present to the Manuscripts Library a copy of the work or worl s so published 9 The number of manuscripts to be lent out at a time to a scholar, and the period of loan, is determined by the officer in charge of the Library Usually, however, in the case of Indian scholars, not more than five manuscriprs are allowed to remain with them at 1 time, and the period of loan shall not normally exceed six months to Immediately on receipt of manuscripts, the scholars are requested to examine them carefully before signing and returning the receipt form accompanying the manuscripts, as no complaints will be entertained thereafter 11 When the manuscripts are returned to the Library they are duly examined, and if found in their original condition, the receipt formerly signed for them is returned and the bond cancelled The liability of the borrowers ceases only after the re turn of this receipt 3 ·Regulations of tlx Manuscripts Department Xviii 1 2. If scholars find that, owing to the work on the manuscripts not being completed within the stipulated period, they cannot return the manuscripts when due, they sball, sufficiently in advance, apply in writing to that effect to the Superintendent of the Department, or to the Secretary of State for India in Council, as the case may be. The period of loan will be extended at discretion. In no case, however, shall any manuscripts be allowed to remain with a scholar longer than two years in India, and five years outside India. 13. The Manuscripts Department reserves to itself the right of relusing to lend out any manuscript to any scholar at any time, and in the case of manuscripts lent out, of demanding their return before the expiry of the stipulated period, if the manuscripts be required for library or other purposes. 14. All postal charges shall be borne by the applicant. 15. The Department undertakes to procure on loan, for the members of the Institute, manuscripts from other lending Libraries.

·A LIST OF PRINTED CATALOGUES AND REPORTS ABOUT MANUSCRIPTS The following is the list of works ( Catalogues, Reports, etc ) already published embodying the r sults of the search and preserva tion of Sanskrit manuscripts in the Bombay Circle from 1868 to 1915 All lists published up to 1884 have been incorporated in our consolidated carilogue prepared by Mr S R Bhandarlar, m A, in 1888 The lists for the subsequent years are to be found embodied in the various Reports published thereafter These Reports are of considerable value, inasmuch as they give in many cases the history of individual manuscripts, personal details of authors, their chronology, and such other itenis All these works are therefore here put together in one place for ready reference Papers relating to the Collection and Preservation of the Reports of ancient Sanskrit Literature, edired by order of Government of India, Calcutta, 1878, by Mi E A Gough This is a useful work for the general history of the Search during the earlier period upto 1878 and contains, among other things, lists of manu crips bought for Government during the years 1868-69, 1869 70, 1870 71, 1871-72, 1872-73 and 1874-75 All these lists origioilly published ar different times, were also included in our consolidated catalogue (to be mentioned below) published in 1888 Report on the results of the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in Gujarat during 1871 72, by G Buhler, Surat, 1872, ir pages in folio Report on Sanskrit Manuscripts 1872-7), by G Buhler, seven and seventeen pages Bombay, 1874 Report on Sanskrit Manuscripts 1874-75, by G Buhler, 21 pages Gırgaum, 1875 Detailed Report of a lour in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts made (in 1875-76), in Kashmir, Rajputana and Central India, by G Buhler Extra No XXXIVA, Vol XII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1877, Bombay ·A List of Printed Catalogues and Reports Lists of the Sanskrit Manusc-ipts purchased for Government during the years 1877-78, and 1869-78, and a list of the Manuscripts purchased from May to November 1881, by F Kielhorn, Poona, 1881 A Report on 122 Manuscripts, by R G Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1880, 37 pages in folio Report on the Search for Sanshrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1980-81, by F Kielhörn, Bombay, 1881 A Catalogue of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Library of the Deccan College ( being lists of the two Visrimabag collections) Part 1 prepared under the superintendence of F Kielhorn, Part II and ladex prepared under the superintendence of R G Bhandarkar, 1884, 61 pages in folio A Report on the Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts during 1881 82, by R G Bhandarhar, Bombay, 1882 A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1882 83, by R G Bhandari ar, Bombay, 1884. A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 188,-8.4 by R G Bhandarh ?r, Bombay, 1887. A Report on the Scarch for Sanshat Vanuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1884 87, by R G Bhandarhar, Bombay, 1894. A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1887-91, by R G Bhandarlar, Bombay, 1897 A Consolidated Caralogue of the Collections of Manuscripts deposited in the Decan College (from 1868-1881 ) sth an Inder, by S R Bhandarhar Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1891-1895, by A V Kathauate, Bombay, 1901, Detailed Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, August 1892 to March 188;, hy P Peterson. Leira No XLI, Vol. XVI of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiasic Society, 1883, Bombay ·A List of Printed Catalognies and Reports A Second Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1883 to March 1884, by P Peterson Extra No XLIV, Vol XVII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Sociсty, 1884, Bombay A Third Report of Operation in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1884 to March 1886, by P Peterson Extra No XLV uf Vol XVII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1887, Bombay A Fourth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1886 to March 1892, by P Peterson. Extra No XLIXA of Vol XVIII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1894, Bombay A Fifth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1892 to March 1895, by P Peterson, Bombay, 1896 A Sixth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1895 to March 1898, by P Peterson, Bombay, 1899. Thus contains also a list of manuscripts purchased by Professor Peterson from 1898-99. Lists of Manuscripts Collected for the Government Manuscripts Library by the Professors of Sanskrit at the Deccan and Elphinstone Colleges containing the following Collections (1) 1895--1902, (u) 1899–1915, (II) 1902–1907, (iv) 1907--1915, (v) 1916–1918, (11) 1919-1924 and (11) 1866–68 ·SYSTEM OF TRANSLITERATION अa आ a the उu ऊ ऋr ऋ ल ! एe ऐ ओ औ au क्k ख hि घgh दूत च छ ch ज् j झ jh टू th इd दू dh Jn थ् th d 5 dh न n फph बb भू bh म् m य लू चूर श्ई पू स्. हा visarga h, anustara í ·JAINA MANUSCRIPTS ·JAINA LITERATURE AND PHILOSOPHY A. ĀGAMIKA LITERATURE I 11 ANGAS THE FIRST ANGA आचारागसूत्र Acārāngasūtra (आयारंगसुत्त) (Ayaratigasutta ) 152 NO 1 1871-72 Size — 11 in by 4g in Extent -73 folios , 13 lines to a page, 44 letters to a line Description --Country paper, thid, rough and grey, Devanagari characters wuh EATIIS, big, bold, beautiful and legible handwriting, borders ruled in four lines in black inh, space between the pairs coloured red, folios numbered in the right hand margin only, the unnumbered sides marked with one small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having two more, one in each margin, folio r decorated with a diagram in red colour, red chalk and yellow pigment used, edges of the first folio slightly worn out, several folios worm eaten to a smaller or greater degree, condition tolerably fair, complete, extent 2644 słohas Age --Not later than Samvat 1713 Author -Sudharmast Imin, the sth Ganadhara, for, according to the Jaina tradition he is the author of the II angas available at present Subject - This work written in Pralat is diuded into two sruta shandhas, the former having 8 adhyayan35 and the latter 16 Formerly there were 9 adhyay 2nas of the first śruta shandha, but the 7th has been lost long ago This work ·2 Jaina Literature and Plulosopir [1. which is looked upon is the ist and the oldest anga is neither entirely in prose nor in verse Rules and regulations pertaining to a Jaina saint are discussed herein, so, this work comes under caranaharanánuj ogl, this work may be compared with Vinaya-pitaka of the Bauddhas Upisahadas.Iuga dealıng with the discipline of a Jaina layman may be looked upon as a complementary part to this Acratiga Begins-fol 18 sfrattaremy TA O सुप मे आउस तेण भगषया एपमक्खाय ॥ इहमेगासणो सन्ना भवति । TRT etc Ends --fol 73 इमाम लोए परते य दोस दिन विद्य(ज्ज)ई बधण(ण) जस्स किं (चि) पिसे हु निरालय(ब)णे अप्पतिहिते । क्लबलीभावपह विमुञ्च । ति बेमि ॥ छ । 'विमुत्ती' सम्मता(ता) ॥ छ ॥ आचारांगसूत्र समाप्त प्रथमांग ॥छ ॥अथान २६४४॥ छetc Then run the lines as under सवत् १७१३ वर्षे कार्तिक शुदि १५ गरौ' उ(क)देश' ज्ञातीपद्धशासीय सा। रूपा तत्भार्या रूपादे तत्पुत्र पा लालजी टोकर पा लालजी तत्भार्या लालबाई तत्पुन सा । ऋपभ प्रमुख कुदुब । युतेन स्वश्रेयो(5) श्री. जिनविजयगणीना प्रतिलभितमिति श्रेय श्री श्रीआचराांगसूत्रपुस्तक Reference - This work of the Jainas was first published by Ras Dhanapatısınh, Calcutta, in A D 1880 So it may be looi ed upon as editio princeps It contains besides Acarangasutra, its Sanskrit commentary by Silanka Surı, Pradipiha, a similar work of Jipahamsa Súri, the Balavabodha by Passvacandra Suri and as an appendix the Niryuktı composed by Bhadrabahusvamın The text (part 1) was edited by Hermann Jacobi, in AD 1882 In its perface he has compared the Jaina Prakrit with Palı The text together with the niryukti and Silanka s com mentary is also published by the Agamodaya Sami in two parts in Samvat 1972 and 1973 respectively The first srutaskandha with a careful analysis of the style is edited and published by Walther Schubring, Leipzig, 1oA D 1910 This work is published in A D 1924 by the Jaina Sahitya Samsodhaka Samit of Poona, too The English translation of the text by H Jacobi was published in the Sacred Books of the East (vol XXII), Oxu ·2.] 1. 11 Angas ford, in A D 1884 The text along with the Gujarati translation by Ravjibhai Devaraj was published in Samvat 1958 In its introduction ( 22 ff we find Pariharyamımāmsā dealing with the queries raised by H Jacobs In the second edition (A D 1906 ) this is dropped For contents etc, see A Weber's Verzeichniss der Sanskrit und Prakrit- Handschriften der Königlischen Bibliothek zu Berlinº (vol II pt II, ' P 355 ff ), published in A D 1888 For the English translation of Weber's “Sacred Literature of the Jains" by H Weir Smyth, see Indian Antiquary ( vol XVII, P 340 ff ) For additional Mss etc, see Essai de Bibliographie Jaina by Guerinot, Paris, 1906, p 519 and HD Velankar's Descriptive Catalogue of Sanskrta and Prährta manuscripts in the library of the Bombay Branch of Royal Asiatic Society (vols III-IV, pp 381-382 ) 3TTTTTTSTEET Acārāngasūtra 78 No 2 1872-73 Size.--334 in by 21 in. Extent -65 leaves , 3 to 5 lines to a leaf , 125 letters to a line Description -Palm-leaf, durable and greyash, Devanagari characters with cap, big, legible, uniform and very good handwriting This Ms presents an appearance of the work being divided into three separate columns, but, really speaking every line of the first column is continued to the other two columns, borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black inh, red chalk used, leaves numbered in both the margins, in the right hand margin as 1, 2, 3 etc and in the left hand one as in the case of No 9, in each leaf there are to boles through which a string passes, some leases For Jacobi's recent views in th s connect on the reader is referred to my arucle“ Prohibition of Flesh eating in Ja nism published in Ret cw of Philosophy and Rchgion (vol IV no 2) This forms part of Dic Hiodschriften Verzuichaisse dur honiglischer Bibliothek zu Berlin Toriter Band. } This work is hereafter referred to as Weber II 1 2 ·4 Jaina Literature and Pinlosophy 13 more or less worm-eaten, leaf 38th torn in tho places, condition tolerably good leat 1* blank, two wooden planks enclosing the Ms , completi , extent 2634 slokas Age --Samiat 1348 See No 12 ( Acåringasutrațiha) Begins ---leaf Id नम सर्वज्ञाय । मुय मे आउस तेण etc Ends -leaf 65 इममि लोए परते etc up to आचारसूत्र समात ॥ प्रथमाग as above प्रथान २६०४१ NB -For further details see No 1 आचारासूत्र Acarmig isutra 153 No 3 1871-72 Size -11 in by 44 10 Extent ---54 4550 folios, 13 lines to a page , 58 letters to a line Description --Country paper very thin and white Devanagari cha racters with EATATS, bold, clear, uniform and beauuful bandwriting, borders ruled in four lipes in black iph, red chalk used, a piece of paper of the same size as the foll is pasted to fol 1*, it is blanh, edges of the foll I to 8 more or less damaged, condition unsatisfactory, foll 15 to 18 missing, otherwise complete , extent 2644 slohas Age --Samat 1997 Begins --fol 13AA सय मे etc. as In No 1 Ends --fol 54 HTA arg etc up to or R$ as in No i folloned by || शुभ भवतु ॥ छ। सशोध्य याचयतु उधा "कल्याणमस्तु ।। ।। श्री। छ । सवत् १५९७ वर्षे श्रावण मदिश (? सुदि३) भोम ।। NB -For further details see No I आचारागसूत्र वालाववोधसहित Taraugusūtin with Baluvabodha 685 1899-1915 No 4 Size 9 in. by 48 in ·" . "" " """ 4.] I 11 Angas Extent — 167-2=165 folios, 6 lines to a page, 20 letters to a line of Balavabodha -165 foll , I4, 26 Description –Country paper, thin, rough and greyash , Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs, big, bold, clear and fair hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pus coloured red , edges ruled in two lines in red ink, this is a पश्चपाटी Ms , the test occupying the central place, and the commentary occupiog space all around, red chall and yellow pigment used, the first two foll missing, so this commences on fol 3*, foll 141 etc, up to the last also numbered as 1, 2, 3 etc , some of the foll at the end have their edges slightly damaged, the 167th fo] slightly corn, a strip of paper pasted to fol 1676, condition fair, complete, if the first two missing foll are not taken into account, extent 4500 slokas Age --Samvat 1606 Author of Balavabodha -Parsvacandra, pupil of Sadhuratna Subject — The tent along with its explanation in Gujarati Begins – (text) fol 3' से मिक्सू वा भिक्खुणी धा गाहावतिकुल etc . - ( bala') ॐ नम सर्वज्ञाय। से भिक्खू वा भिक्षु चारित्रियउ मूलगुण उत्तरगणनउ धारणहार नाना प्रकार आभग्रह सहित etc Ends ~~ (text) fol 166इममि लोए परते etc up to समाप्त as in No. 1 followed by $# etc , the last lines being- सवेसि पि नयाण बहुविहवनव(व)य निसामित्ता। त सध्यनयविसद्ध ज चरण(गुण)हिओ साधु(ह)॥१॥ ,, -(balas) fol 167' यत नाणेण जाणइ भावे इयादि इति विमुक्त्या(क्तय)ध्ययन ।। छ । श्रीमद् बहत्तपा गच्छे विहितसदाचारयत्नाना प० श्रीसाधुरत्नाना श(शिव्येण पार्श्वचद्रेण स्ते श्रीआचारांगे द्वितीय(श्रुत स्वधयालाबयोधे 'विमुक्त्यध्यपन' पोडशम समाप्त ॥ आदितोऽध्यपनानि २५ ॥छ । तपरिसमाप्ती समाप्तमिद श्रीआचाराङ्गसन तस्य वालावरोधश्च याच्य म(मा)नो(s)प चिर नयात प्रथाय ४५०० एर सन अर्थ दि(ती)प(श्रुतस्मन्धे ॥ ॥ मपद १६ पहोत्तरा प आसो सदि७ वार रघौ ॥ मपि श्रीसोमा आणद रमा माहावजीपठनार्थ ॥ भी परवाचक्यो श्रीरस्तु etc Reterence -The Balavabodha along with the text published. See No ! " " 1. This ts the titull line of thc od frutashandlu ·Janna Lutcrature and Philosophy [. आचारागसूत्र Acārangisūtra वालावबोधसहित with Balavabodha 84 (81) No 5 1872-73 Size -IT in by 4} in Extent -158 folios, 13 lines to 1 page, 48 letters to a line Description - Country paper, greyıslı, rough and somewhat thich , Devanagari characters with great , hindwriting sufficiently big, clear and good, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the first four foll numbered in both the margins, most of the rest in the right hand margin only, foli* blank, several foll have a portion of their margin worn out, sometimes, even the part where the number of the fol is mentioned is gone, a good many foll brittle , condition on the whole, fair , fol 158b practically blank , for, the title etc , only written on it, this Ms contains both the text and its Gujarati explanation , it begins with the second srutaskandha , complete so far as this is concerned, extent 10,000(0) slokas Age --Samvat 1631 Author of Balavabodha ---Pırsvacandra, pupil of Sadhuratna Subject — The second part of the first anga along with its explana tion in Gujarati Begins -- (test) fol 2 सुय(य) मे आउस तेण भगवया एवमकवाय त जहा परिस्थिमाओ वा दिसाओ आगओ अहमसि दाहिणाओ etc ( Balas) fol 10 नम( ) श्रीवर्द्धमानाय य(ब)द्धमानाय साठ]द्गुणै( ) श्रीमतीर्थाभि(धिोनाथाय भव्या(या)भोरुहभास्वते ? [श्रीशाचारागे द्वितीयस्य श्रुतस्म्धस्य घार्तिक वृत्तिभित्त्या(य)नुसारेण लिस्यते रानुग्रहात् २ हिव श्रीआचारागनु बीजउ श्रुतस्कधारभियइ छ। तिहा पहिला श्रुतस्कधि नव ब्रह्मचर्याध्यपन क्ह्या etc Ends -( text) fol 156° इममि रोए up to विमुत्ती सम्मत्ता as in No I. -(Bala ) fol 157° साधु ज्ञानइ करी मम्यक भाव जाणी क्रिया करी सम्यक्ष पालिवउ एतलइ मोक्ष ए परमार्थ जाणिवउ । यत " ·6] I 11 Angas 7 नाणए (नाणेण) जाणए भावे दसणेण य सरहे । वर(चरित्तेण न(नि)गिण्हाई तवेण परस्ठ(रिस)ज्झइ ? इति वचनान । इति 'विमुक्ता(क्त चोध्ययन श्रीमद हत्तपागच्छे विहितसदाचार पनाना प० श्रीसाधुरत्नाना शिष्येण पार्श्वचन्द्रेण कृते श्रीआचाराग द्वित(तीयस्क्वालावबोधि विमुस्त्यध्ययन पोडश समाप्त आदितो(s)ध्ययनानि २५ त परिसमाप्ती सम(मा)प्तमिद श्रीआचारागसूत्र तस्य बालाचवोधश्व वाच्यमानो(य etc श्रीजगन्नाथनीशाथिइ( साक्षिड) etc सवत् १६३१ वर्षे पोप वदि ८ भोमे लिपित लेपक आणद लिपित । छ । छ । ग्रथमान १०००० गणनीया ।। Reference ---Published See No I NB -Foi other details see above . आचारागसत्रनियुक्ति Acarangisutmurjuktı (आयारगसुत्तनिज्जुत्ति) (Āyaringasuttanijjutto) 364 No 6 1880-81 Size -II in by 5 in Extent - 14 folios, 13 lines to a page , 44 letters to a line Description - Country paper, thin, smooth and white, Devanagari characters, bold big clear and good handwriting borders neatly ruled in three lines in black ink edges singly, lol i blanh, numbers of foll entered twice as usual, condition excellent complete, extent 450 slokas Age - does not seem to be old Author -Bhadrabahusvimin Subject ---Lxplanation of the ist ange in ,67 verses in Prährit Begins -fol 1श्रीर्वतरागाय नम ॥ यदिन सम्पमिद्धे जिणे अ अणुओगदापए सम्वे आयारस्म भगा निज्जुत्ति रित्तइस्मामि ? etc Ends -fol Iारम तिति दोदो दोदा उद्देमएहिं नाय या सत्तप अहय नसमा एगसरा दुति अग्झयणा । १९१८ मांगाथा ३६७ । आयाररस भगवओ चटपगए एमा निग्जती पचमल निसीह तु सा प उपरि भणी ERA ·३ Jaina Literature and Philosophy [8 छ ॥ आचारागनियुक्ति समाप्ता | प्रथश्लोक ४५० । शुभ भयतु लेखकस्य । Reference ---Published Sec No 1. Indian Antiquarv, vol 1, PP 100-102 may be consulted आचारागसूत्रनियुक्ति Acarangusūtriniryukti No7 80 1872-73 Size -~333 in by 2] in Extent ---16-1 +1 = 16 leaves , 3 to s lines to a leaf , 125 letters to a line . Description --Palm-leaf , leaf 1* blank, leaf 10 also numbered as II, an extra leaf at the end, ends abruptly, almost complete For further dctails see No 2 of which this may be looked upon as the third and the last part, though numbered separately, the second part being No 12 Age -Samvar 1348 See No 12 Begins --fol 1 नम श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ।। वदितु स वसिद्ध etc, as above Ends —fol 16 अट्टारयमु य(ज्जें)ति गपग्गपयए य धम्मचके य । पासरहारत्तणय चमस्था(प्पा)य च वदामि । (३)५३ गणिय निसमेजत्तीस(१) दिही अवितह इम । नाण । तइय गतुमवगया गुणपन्व(च्च)ईया इमे अथा ॥ ५४ ।। गुणमाइप्प इसिनामाश्निण सुरनरिंदपू ( ends abr tly) There is an additional leaf at the end, on one side of which it is written उत्तराध्ययन २४ प्रभूति ३० यावत् etc, and on the other side of which is written आगामिकरत्नसिंहसूरीणा मधपति रत्नपालस्य भोधनियुक्तिससूत्रवृत्तिपुस्तक । NB-For other details see above आचारादसूत्रनियुक्ति No 8 Size -12g in by 2. in Acarangusutrinryukti 11 1880-81 TI ss the 349ti gilaof No8 ·9] I 11 Angas 9 Extent.-32 + 2 = 34 leaves, 3 to 6 lines to a leaf , 48 letters to a line Description --Palm-leaf, durable and greyish, Devanagari characters with TATATS, sufficiently big, legible and good handwriting, this Ms presents an appearance of the work being divided into two separite columns but really it is not so, since the lines of the first column extend to the second, borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink , red chall used, leaves numbered in both the margins, in the right hand one as 229, 230 etc, and in the left-hand one as (?) etc, lerres 2292 and 260% blank, there is प्त ला O 3 an extra leaf in the beginning, It is blank on both the sides, similarly there is an extra leaf following the 26th leaf, some of the leaves slightly worm eaten, condition tolerably good, the last gatha numbered as 361 and not 367 as in No 6, two wooden planks encompassing the Ms, a thread passes through all the leaves Age.-Fairly old Begins -leaf 2296 AHT IT वदितु स रसिद्ध etc Ends --leaf 260 आयारस्स भगरओ etc, up to उरि भणीहामि as in No 6 followed by 1 353 ll A7277 3 11 37TATTISET FAIT 115 11F || AT #IX 11 Then in a different hand we have श्री प(ख)रतरंगटे श्रीजिनयर्द्धनसारश्रीजिनचद्रसार- श्रीजिनसागरमरि-श्रीजिनसुदरसूरिपट्टे श्रीजिनहमारे]सूरीश्वराणा ( ends thus ) NB -For other details see No 6 आचारागसूत्रचूर्णि Acárāngasūtracūrni (आयारंगसुत्तचुण्णि) (AFárangusuttacunn) 2 No 9 1881-82 Size - in by 1} in Extent —278-2=276 leaves, sto 6 lines to a leaf, so to 85 letters to z line. (3. L. P.)

·IO Jaina Literature and Philosophy (9 Description --Palm-leaf , Devanagiri characters with easts, bold, sufficiently big, clear and good hand writing, the Ms appears to be divided into three columns, but really it is not so, since every line extends to all the columns, borders of each of these columns ruled in four lines in black inh, holes in two places in each leaf in order to pass strings through it, with a view to hold the leaves together, numbers of leaves entered twice, once as 1, 2, 3 etc , as usual, the other set of numbers being as follows - स्ति, oft, र्फ (४), र्तृ (6) (५), (() ६, ७, 3 २ ३ 7, ट }(32). ETCET) (C), ** (2) * }(20). } (??), }cza), i }(22) eru , : }(20) exc , *"}(Ro)erc , *} voerc, ; } (40) ctc } (40) cic,()}(o) cc , "(t)} (0) etc, } (80) etc, s } (90) etc, }(+16) , }(150)cte, -(110) etc मु T सू fracos o (RCO) etc, o lcaics 151, 166, 209 and 236 sem to be wrongly numberhcncc cd ought ought to be bu! }ress). to bc o pcrue } }-20%), and . ought tolc . pop ought to be (936). Icases 76 and 79 as Rell as leaves : 1 and 2 12 numbered 1 11 the liels anire in the ja 11") Ostag to the weat of the Hetyr: It Is 757 "Fec latte das jie ·101 I. 11 Angas together, leaf 1* blan] some of the leaves slightly worm-eaten, edges of several leaves partly worn out, condi tion on the whole good , complete , extent 8740 slohas Age --~-Not later than Samvat I450 Subject ---Acarangasutra elucidated in prose, in mixed Sans' rit and Prakrit Begins —leaf r' नम मज्ञाय ॥ मगलादीनि सत्याणि मगलमज्झाणि मगलारसाणाणि मगलपरिग्गहिया य सिस्सा etc Ends --leat 278 पचमयूलविशुद्धातरान्मता । इद फलमपदिश्यते । से हरिणालबण मपानिहितोपरपतदेव । इति आचारवर्णी परिसमाप्ता छ ॥नमो मुपदेवयाए भगवई ॥ छ ॥ग्र० ८७४०॥ छ । सवत् १४५० वर्षे आपाढमासे श्रीआचा रागचूर्णिपुस्तफ श्री'खरतरगच्छे श्रीजिनराजसरीणा श्रीमरुनदनी पाध्यायै प्रामृतीस्त ॥ छ । शुभ भवतु ॥ तैरपि प्राप्तमाचार्यादेक्त ॥ Reference - For additional Mss see Jaina Granthāvali (P2) publish ed by the Jaina Svetambara Conference, Bombay, Samvat 1965 आचाराङ्गसूत्रचूर्णि icartugrsutrncurni No 10 372 187980 Size -10 in by 41 in Extent --217 folios, 13 lines to a page, so letters to a line Description - Country paper thick, sntooth and greyish, Devanagarı characters with EHITIS, big, bold, beautiful and legible hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, foll r' and 217* blank , numbers of foll entered in both the margios, edges and corners of some of the foll worn out, condition on the shole good, complete, extent 8300 slohas Age - Fairly old Begins --fol "ॐ नमो पीतगगाय ॥ नम सज्ञाप । मगलादीणि साथाणि etc asabove. .

·12 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [11 Ends -fol 217' अथवा स्यन(?)तार्थस्य अनभिसवधातस्याम आचारेण सपन्नस्य चतुर्थदलोपचारिणप्रमादाचरितपचम (blank space followed by ) तासे हूणे गलवणे मप्पातस्थितो शेप तदेव ॥ छ ॥ इत्याचारचूपर्णी(णि) परिसमाता ।। उ ॥छ ॥ श्री ॥ etc , न ८३००, NB-For lurther particulars see above . . आचारागसूत्रटीका Ācāraugasūtmatına 621 No 11 1892-95 Size -10% in by 4 in Extent —313 folios, 13 lines to a page, 45 letters to a line Description - Country paper, thin, rough and greyish , Devanagari characters vitii पृष्ठमानाs, bold, bag, legible and good hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red, foll 1 and 3736 blanh, the unnumbered sides marked with a small disc in the centre in red ink most of the numbered sides having over and above this, two more discs, one in ench margin, red chalk used, foll 65 and 66 wrongly numbered as 64 and 65. the first fol slightly torn in the Icft-liand margin, fol 68 partly torn, strips of paper pasted to fol 3136, conduion on the whole satisfactory, composed in Saha 798, complete, extent 12000 Slokas Age -Samvar 1579 Author --Silanka Suri Subject --Commentary in Sanskrit to Acärängasutra Begans-fol "नम मर्मविद ।। जपति तपरतुपायपिसारापास्ततीति विदितातीधनपशादगापशात(ह) प्रतिष्टि(हि। पतिपपिपीभगानिस्सासि मातवियनितमरमसीमग तीर्थमनादिनिपनगतमनुपममादिनत निनेवरे ॥? etc Inds ~ 313 भाषामोशीलगरिचिताप आचारटीफाप दिलीपपुर- आप परिममा Telmमान पाचारागमिति ॥ ॥प्रपा १२०..

·121 I II Angas 13 आचारदीकाकरणे यदाप्त पुण्य मया मोक्षगमैकहेतु । तनापनीयाशुभराशिमुवै राधारमार्गप्रवणो(ोस्तु लोक ॥४॥ शाकपकालातीतसवत्सरशतेषु सप्तम । अष्टानवत्यधिरेषु वैशाखशुद्ध पञ्चम्या आचारटीका कृतेति ॥ छ । सवद १५७९ वर्षे पोप सुदि १ गुरु श्री स्तमतीर्थे लष्यत । परोपकाराय । शुभ भवतु ॥कल्याणमस्तु ।।॥ छ । Reference -Published See No I The introduction (p 32, n 2) by J F Fleet to Corpus inscriptionum indicarum vol III, and Inscriptions of the early Gupta kings and their successors, Calcutta, 1888 may be consulted See also Indian anti quary, vol XV, P 188 where two passages are quoted from this commentary आचाराङ्गसूत्रटीका Acarangusutratıkā 79 No 13 1872-73 Size -334 1n by 2] in Extent --347 leaves, 3 to s lines to a leaf, 125 letters to a line Description ---This work commences on leaf 65°, really speaking It forms a second part of one and the same Ms, though numbered separately, the first part being Acårångasútra No 2 and the third and the last part being Acåringasúiraniryolu No. 7, this Ms contains the states of the text, leaves 147* and 270* illegible on account of ink spread out , leaves 170, 351 and 352 wrongly placed, sides interchanged, leaf 212 num bered as 112, though at the bottom as 212, leat 411• blank complete, extent 13000 slokas For other details see No 2. Age --Samvat 1348 Begins --leaf 65 नमो(ोईदय । नम सिद्धेय । जपति समरतबन्नुपर्याय etc A ·14 Jarna Literature and Philosopiry [13 Ends --lenf 4' (a) स क्रियानयो नामेति । एय प्रत्येकमाभिधाय परमार्थो()य निरू प्यते ॥ ज्ञान (b) क्रियाभ्या मोक्ष इति तथा चागम ॥ सम्नेसि पि णयाण बहुविहे (हवात्तव्यया णिसामेत्ता। त सव्वणयरिस(c) द ज+ गुणहिउ(ओ) साहुहू)। चरण क्रियागुणो ज्ञान । तद्वा(न्) साधुमाक्षसाधनायालमिति तात्पर्यार्थ ।। छ । आचार्यशीलांकविरचिताया etc, up to प्रचणो(s)स्तु लोक as in No II followed by ग्रथान सहस्रद्वादश अक्तो(s)पि ॥ १२००० मगल महाश्री ॥ छ । सवत् १३४८ वर्षे वैशाप यदि १० सोमे सघ वीरपाल- मुत सघ रत्नपालेन स्वमात() अयो(s)थे श्रीआचारांगसूनदत्तिनियुक्ति पुस्तक लेखितं । ॥ मगल महाश्री ॥छ । NB For further rticu see No II आचाराङ्गसूत्रटीका Ācārārgasūtratika 29 No 13 1866-68 Size -Io in by 4d in Extent —291 folios, 13 lines to a page, 54 letters to a line Description -Country paper thin and greyish, Devanagara characters with occasional पृष्ठमाधाs, bold, legible and very elegant hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink,almost all the foll more or less worm eaten, some of them awfully damaged, condition very poor, foll l' and 2911 blanh, numbers of foll mostly up to 81 entered in bo h the margins, all the foll bound up in leather cover, complete Age -Samvat 1644 Begins -fol 1 जयति समस्तवस्तुपर्याय etc as in No In Ends -fo1 291* चरण क्रियागुणो ज्ञान तहरसाधुर्मोक्षसाधनपालमिति तात्पर्याय । छ । आचार्यशीलकधिरचितापां आचारदीकाया द्विताप (श्रुतस्वध । समाप्त चाचारांगमिति । आचारटीकारणे etc up to r as in No followed by अस्तो(5)पि न २०००(१) स. १६४४ घ आश्विन प ९शनो। N B-Tor further particulars sce No II 1-3 (a) (b) and (c) ind cate the 1st end and 3rd columns 4 Thrce letters are gone Tlicy ought to be , f and of ·151 I II Angas IS worm eaten to a आचारागसूत्रटीका Acrarigusūtratikā 683 No 14 1899-1915 Size —101 in by 41 in Extent - 219 folios, 17 lioes to a page, 48 letters to a line Description --Country paper, very thin, rough and greyish , Deva nagari characters with CERIETS, bold, clear and tolerably good hand writing, borders ruled in ſour lines in black ink, red chalk used, yellow pigment, too, small bits of paper pasted to fol 1 , It is blank , several foll smaller or greater degree, strips of paper pasted to most of of the foll especially up to the 26th, condition on the whole, fair , numbers of foll generally entered twice, on one and the same page but in different margios , this Ms does not seem to contain the orginal text but it explains it by giving the arties, extent 12300 slokas. Age - Pretty old Begins-fol 10 11 Go PI B FISEERT 1 जयति ममस्तवस्तु etc as in No II Ends -fol 219 तद्वान्साधुर्मोक्षसापनायालमिति तात्पर्य ()र्थ ॥छ । आचार्य शि(शी)लांकविरचिताया etc, as in No II up to लोक followed by TTT TCHETCRT TATSF( Dar(s)i Il 11 3730 II NB --For other particulars see No II आचारागसूनटीका Icārangasūtratikā No 15 1085 1887-91 Size -1011 by 41 in Extent —240 + 1 + 1 +1 -1 = 242 folios, 15 lioes to a page, 54 letters to a line Description - Country paper, thin, britic, and grey, Derandgari characters with occasional TEHETS, bold, big, legible and good hand-stag, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, ·16 Jaina Literature and Pinlosophy (16 yellow pigment used , red chalk, too, a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. pasted to foll 1 and 240", fol 58 repeated, so are the foll 75 and 177, some of the foll some what worm eaten, edges of foll 141 to 227 more or less damaged, foll 180 to 219 blackish, foll 183 to 215 torn, condition poor, one of the foll out of 177 to 187 missing, extent 12300 slokas Age - Old Begins fol 1॥६०॥ ॐ नमोऽईद्भ्य । नम सिद्धेभ्य ।। जयति समस्तवस्तु etc , as in No II Ends ---fol 240 तद्वान्साघुर्मोक्षसाधनायालमिति तात्पर्यार्थ आचार्यशीलावनिरचि ताया आचारदीकाया द्वितीय श्रुतस्कघ' परिसमाप्त ॥छ॥ श्रीरस्तु । १२३०० NB For other particulars see No II आचारागसूत्रप्रदीपिका AcarängasūtraprIdipikā 684 No 16 1899-1915 Size -10% in by 43 in Extent -122+I=123 folios, 15 lines to a page, so letters to a line Description ----Country paper, thin, rough and grcy, Devanagarı characters, clear, bold and good hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink , foll 14 and 1226 blanl , yellow Pigment used , a strip of paper pasted to foll" in the middle , small bits of paper pasted to foll 24 and the corres ponding letters supplied, condition on the whole good, foll si etc numbered in both the margins, fol 116 repeated, the commentary goes up to the ist śrutaskandha only, lacune op fol 90%, this Mts lacking in prašasti Age — Pretty old Author - Jinahamsa Suri, successor of ſinasamudra Suri, successor of Jinaandra Sûn of the Kharatara gaccha for further details see the colophon of No 17 Subject -A Sanshrit commentary explaining the first part of the It is based upon Śilanka San's commentary to this agama. first 2092 ·17] I 11 Angas 17 Begins --fol. ॥६० ॥ अहम् ।। शासनाधीश्वरो जीयाद वर्धमानो जिनेश्वर । भगति मुखिनो भन्या यदीयवचनामृते ॥१॥ शीलांकाचार्यरचिता वृत्तिरस्ति सविस्तरा। श्रीआचारांगास्य] सूत्रस्य दुर्विगाहा पर तत ॥२॥ अनुग्रहार्थ सभ्याना व्यारयातॄणा सुसावहा । श्रीजिनहसखरीदें क्रियते स्म प्रदीपिका ॥३॥ इह द्वादशानामगाना मध्ये प्रथमाग श्रीआचारांग यतो ज्ञानाचारादीना मोक्षागभूतानामिह प्ररूपणादाचारांग अन हि द्वौ श्रुतस्यधौ तन प्रथमश्रुत- स्कधे नवाध्ययनानि तानि चामनि etc Ends --fol 122* अष्टमाध्ययनपरिसमाप्तो प्रथमाग आचारागस्य ब्रह्मचर्याय प्रथमश्रुतस्पध समाप्त । इति श्री'टह(ोखरतरगच्छे श्रीजिनसमुद्रसार- पट्टालकारश्रीजिनहससूरिपि(र)चिताया । श्रीआचारांगप्रदीपिकाया प्रथमश्रुतस्यध परिच्छेद ॥छ ॥ श्रीचेला जगमाल लिप्य । Reference --Published See No I आचारागसूत्रप्रदीपिका Ācārangasūtrapradipika No 17 1175 1886-92 Size -10% in by 4g in Estent -222 folios, 15 lines to a page, 44 letters to a line Description - Country paper, thin and greyish, Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमानाs , bold, clear, uniform and good hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, red chalk and yellow pigment used , a piece of paper of the same size as the foll pasted to fol r', fol za blink, foll 80 onwards up to the end doubly numbered, the second set of numbers being 1, 2, etc, condition very good , composed in Sam at 157 (71572 ), complete, this Ms contains prasasti herein this work is named as Acáradipiha Age --Pretty old Begins --fol ! अब शासनाधीश्वरो etc as abore Ends-fol 221 समाप्त पिसत्यध्यपन तरामाती च समाता पठडामसमाही व समाप्तो दितापमृतपसमामोय परिसमा प्रथम भीापासंग. FUL.P.]

·18 Jamna Literature and Philosophy [17 मिति श्री महत्सरतरगच्छे श्रीजिनसमुद्रसारिपट्टालंकारश्रीजिनहंसहरि- विरचितापां श्रीआचारांगप्रदीपिकायां द्वितीय श्रुतस्कट() रातः॥ श्रीवीरशासने क्लेशनाशने जयिनि क्षिती। सुधर्मस्वाम्यपत्यानि गणा- संति सहस्रश ॥१॥ गच्छ()'सरतरस्तेषु समस्तस्मस्तिभाजन यत्राभूपन गुणजपो एरवो गतरल्मपा ॥२॥ श्रीमानुद्द्योतन सरिर्वद्धमानो जिनेश्वर । जिनचद्रो(5)भयदेवो नवागीत्तिकारका ) ॥३॥ ग्रथिका(ता)नेक्सpथो निग्रंथाना श(शिरोमणि(णि )। दुर्लभो दुर्धिया धीमहल्लभो जिनवल्लभ ॥ ४ ॥ जिनदत्तो जिनचद्रो जिनपरासी जिनेश्वरश्वच ()। स जिनप्रबोधजिनचंद्रसुगुरुजिनकुस(शोलजिनपद्मा()॥५॥ जिनलब्धिर्जिनचन्द्र संघोदयरज्जिनोदयगणेश । जिनराजसरिगणमृत्तत्पट्टालसतिप्रवण ॥६॥ तत्पट्टे सिद्धांतस्पर्णपरीक्षाक्पोपलप्रख्या । श्रीजिनभद्रयादा श्रीजिनचद्राश्च तत्पट्टे ॥७॥ ये द्वे(धममलशाला() प्रियगुणिनो दूरमस्तदु(शीला । श्रीजिनसमुद्रसरिमयरास्ते तदनु सजनु ॥८॥ तत्पादपदैरुहभूगसन्निभा- स्तत्मेयनासादन(? दितोशास्त्रसौरभा । तच्छिप्यलेशा गुणिभि समादृता गणाधिपा () श्रीजिनहससूरय ।९॥ श्री टूणरर्ण राज्य मंत्रीश्वरकर्मसिंहसंघपतो। श्रीम'विक्रम'नगरे मुनिशरचद्रमितव ॥१०॥ सार)तिशास्त्रादिविहारकारिणा महात्मना निर्मलसनधारिणा । ज्ञानम्पिाभ्यासयता हि तेपा कुलोद्ग श्रीजिनहसििम ॥११॥ आचारदीपिकेय विनिर्मिता देयकुलिम्या तुल्या। अल्पाययोधपतिगणमतिदेवतमनिहारते ॥ १० ॥ साहाय्यमत्र चर श्रीपाठदेवतिलकनामान । दक्षा शिया धाग्यरुग्रुदयासागरंद्रा ॥१॥ गीताशिरोमणिभिः भीपाटरभाक्तिलाभपतिमा (से)। सशोधिता तथापिच पदम दृष्ट पिशोप तत् ॥१४॥ + ·1195 111 Angos 19 यावच्चद्रादित्यौ यारत् श्रीचीरशासन जपति । तारन्नद पा इयाश्री(शी)में भवतु सफला ॥१५॥ इति प्रशस्ति ॥5॥ NB-For further particulars see above आचाराणसूत्रप्रदीपिका Jamugisumpradipiha No18 237. A 188283 Size -10° in by 41 in Extent ---197 folios, 15 lines to a page, 52 letters to a line Description - Country paper, thich, smooth and white, Devanagarı characters, bold, clear and good hand writing , borders ruled in four lines in black ink, red chalk used, yellow pigment, too, a piece of paper of the same size as the foll pasted to fol I", a similar piece attached to the last fol (197th), condition very good , complete , extent 10000 slokas Age --Samvat 1612 Begins -fol 15 शासनाधीश्वरो etc as in No 16 Ends --fol 197" ममात विमुग्यध्ययन etc , up to इति प्रशारित as in No 17 followed by सवत् १६१२ वर्षे कार्तिकमासे शुक्लपक्षे द्वितीयातिथी बृहस्पति वासरे । श्री यह सरतर गच्छे। श्रीजिनभद्रसरिशिष्यश्रीकमलसयममहो पाध्यायशिष्यश्रीविदरचक्रपतिश्रीमुनिगुरुमहोपाध्यायशिप्पप-महिमसार- गणि । शिव्यपरगवर्द्धनगणितशि(च्छि)व्यप कल्याणसारमनिना स्थवाचनार्थ लिपीरता श्री देवराज पुरमध्ये ॥ शुभ भवतु ॥पल्याणमस्तु । मनथाय १००००॥७॥ NB-For additional information sce Nos 16 and 17. आचारागसूनमदीपिका Icārangusotrapradipiki 154 No19 1871-72 Size -10% in by tan Lxtent - 196 lolios, 15 lines to 1 page, 48 letters to a linc Descripuon - Country paper, rough and grey, Devanigari characters with पृष्टमायाs, bold, clear and good hand unung, borders ·20 Jaia Lilerature and Philosophy [ 20 ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs carelessly coloured red, red chalk used, each of the foll I* and 1965 dccorted with a beautiful diagram in red ink , bits of paper pasted to the edges of the first fol , numbers of foll entered in both the margins, some of the numbered sides have pieces of paper pasted to their three small discs, condition tolerably good, complete, extent 15000 slokas Age - Pretty old Begins --fol 1 STE Mottatt etc, as in No 16 Ends --fol 196" FHF Fagetua etc, up to प्रदीपिकाया as No 17 followed by श्रुतस्वन्ध() समाप्त ॥ प्रथाय श्लोक्सख्या १५००० आचारागदीपिका समाप्त (ता)॥ N. B. For further particulars see No 16 in आचारागसूत्रप्रदीपिका AcarangasūtraprIdipika No 20 620 1892-95 Size -I in by 4. in Extent --127-2+2+83-3+4= 211 folios, 13 lines to a page, 60 letters to a line Descripuon--Country paper, thin and grey, Devanagari characters with qual78, bold, big, legible and good hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black inh, red chalk and yellow pigment as well used, a piece of paper of the same size as the fall pasted to fol 1', fou I to 29 more ac less worm-eaten, edges of foll 56 to 65 damaged, condition tolerably good, the 17th folio numbered also as 18 and 19, so the succeeding foll numbered as 20, 21 etc foll 31 and 32 repeated, foll 1'8 etc are numbered only as 1, 2, etc the 13th fol wrongly numbered as 14, toll 57, 67 and 68 laching, foll 54, 58, 62 and 75, repeated, the last foll numbered both as 83 and 211 Age --Samvat 1610(?) > > ·ar I LAngas Begins --fol ' अहे ॥ शासनाधीश्वरो etc as in No 16 Ends --fol 2 वित्ती सम्मता(ता) । अस्मिन् लोके परत च द्वयोरपि लोम्योर्न यस्प बधन किंचन अस्ति । स निरालयन । ऐहिवामुमिकाशसारहित । अप्रतिठितो न क्वचित् प्रतिरोऽशरीरी धा । स एवभूत । कलालीभावात् ससार(गर्भादिपर्यटनाद्विमुच्यते । इति() परिसमाप्ती अयोमीति पूर्ववत् । समाप्त विमुक्त्यध्ययन etc, as in No 17 up to द्वितीय श्रुतस्कध परिसमाप्त followed by स १६१०० (१६१०) वर्षे कार्तिकवदि १४ रवी लिखित श्री etc NB For further details see No 16 आचारागसूत्रदीपिका Acaraugasatrudipika No21 1084 188791 Size -104 in by 41 in Extent - 257-7 = 250 folios, 13 lines to a page, 48 letters to a line Description--Country paper, thin and whitish, Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs, big, bold, clear and elegant handwriting borders ruled in three lines in red ink, red chalk and yellow pigment used, fol 1* blank, diagrams on foll 85, 9 and 26, edges of foll I to III damaged, condition good, foll r96 to 202 lacking , extent 9000 slokas Age -Old Subject -A commentaty 10 Sanskrit to Acàrängasutra based upon that of Śılanha Suri Begins -fol 'अहे। श्रीआचारानुयोग आरभ्यतेऽनुपोगो योग्याचाण कार्य इति सरिगुणा उच्यते ॥ देसफुलजाहरु(5)यी । सघपणी थिइ[ओ अणासमी । भविस्थणो अमाई । चिरपरिवाही गही(हिपाययो। आर्पदेशन सोदयवारयात् । पैतृक कुल कादि । ज्ञाताल उक्षिप्तर्यहने नमाम्यति मातृकी जातिर्यिवादिवा तया हि एणी स्याद etc. Ends-ol 257 शानक्रियादपयुर साए प्रमाण " "शीलाचार्य । दीशातो अपोहोति ।। ।। अत्र ।।

·22 Jaina Literature and Philosophy 22 सत्त (२) छ २ चऊ (उ) उ ४ छ ५ पच ६ अढ७ चतारो(तारि) होति उद्देमा पढमसयक्रखधो एक्कार ? तिन्नि २ तिन्नीय ३ दो ४ दो ५दोनि ६हुति बीयमि ।। ॥छ । छ ।॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥छ । ग्रथाय ९०००। इह श्लोक्सहिया(हनाणा | नवा सर्वसन्यया । प्रत्यक्षरेण सरयाया निश्चिकाय कवि स्वय ॥१॥ यापद्विजयते तीर्थ ॥ श्रीमद्वीराजनेशितु । ताचदेपा मरालीव खिल्ता(खरता) प्रतिमानसे ॥२॥ श्रीसर्वज्ञसघप्रसादाञ्चिर नदतु ॥ . आचारानसूनावचूरि Acaraugasūtaricari 1083 No 22 1887-91 Size --1010 by 4} in Extent --36 folios, 24 lines to a page , 86 letters to a line Description - Country paper, very thin and greyish, Devanagar? characters with पृष्ठमात्राs, very small, legible, bold, unt form and good hand writing, borders nearly and carefully ruled in sıx lines in black ink, red chalk used, edges of the first and the last ( 36th ) foll slightly damaged , condition on the whole good, the second fol decorated with diagrams explaining the matter of the text this Ms conuans only the stairs of the text complete Age - Pretty old Author --Not known Subject - Explanatory notes in Sanskrit to Acirangasutra Begins -fol 1ॐनम श्रीमदागमानुयोगप्रदेभ्य श्रीगुरुभ्प । इह हिरागद्वेषमोहायभिगूतेन मर्चेणापि अतुना शारीरमानमातिश्राद्ध मो पनिपातपीडितेन तदपनयनाय हेयोपादेयपदार्थपरिक्षाने यत्नो विधेय etc Ends-fol 36• म निरालपन आशसारहितोऽप्रतिबद्ध ६ ससारपर्पटनानिमुध्यते इति अपीमि ॥ इति श्रीआचारागावरि भद्र भीजिनपचना[]" ॥ भी॥

·25] I 11 Angas 23 आचारागसूत्रपर्याय Acālāågasūtraparyaya 736 (2) No 23 1875-76 Extent --fal 24to fol Description-Complete For other details see Pancavastuhagatha. 736(1) paryaya No 1875-76 Subject - Synonyms for some of the words occuring in Acarangasútra Begins -~~fol 2 आचारे शस्त्रपरिज्ञाया उद्दे४ सु(क्ता । समुत्कर। उद्दे५ ज्योतिष्मती का गुणी मरणदुरखमाभा इति अभयमित्यर्थ । सतितलोप- प्रतरासरययभागवर्तिप्रदेशराशिपरिमाणा सपर्याप्ता || etc Ends --fol 2 पान समाधिस्थान विष्टानभाजनमित्येकार्था । चरिपाणि गृहमाका रातराणि । हिंवाणि हमरविशेपा । सतसायएज सत् स्वापतेय सवरकमित्पर्य । छ । इत्याचारांगस्य पर्याया समाप्ता ॥छ । आचारागसूत्रपर्याय Ācarõngısūtrajuryaya 789(2) No 24 1895-1902 Extent --fol 2s to fol 3. Description - Complete For further details see Pancavastubagātha 789 (1) paryaya No 1895-1902 Begins--fol 20 Bratt Tayftar etc Ends-lol 3"पान समाधिस्यान etc up to the end as in No 23 आचारादसूत्रपर्याय kuriliisutrapan) 736 (24) No25 1673-70 Lxtent -fol go to lol 3." Description -- Complete For further particulars see Panaa asula Parniyaso. 1875-76.

·24 Jan a Literature and Philosophy [27 Subject -Certain words occurring in the Acarangasutra explained in Sanskrit Begins —fol 30* जयतीति स्क्दक(चेछन् । तीर्थ इति मत (२)। माल(मले )ति बद्ध कर्म । मलीमास्यति वध्यमान समतीति अभयदेवादि । धम्मक्हेति अनेन धर्मक्थानुयोगभणनकाले 1 etc Ends —fol 31 प्रथम चरम । अतो()यामिति द्वितीयश्रुतस्कघ । गोज्जा इति नट पर्याहार इति पदार्था । चिलुगगायम इति खचलन () । पूर्वत्रेति गोदोहन- काले प्रथमगाथाया इति व्यारयान सदिग्ध । बीजावक इति भूपल आगत रादौ (१) इति देशीकुट्यादि । आचारांगपर्याया समाप्ता ॥ No26 आचाराङ्गसूत्रपर्याय Ācārangsūtraparyaya 789 (24) 1895-1902 Extent -fol 49* to fol S" For other details see Pañcavastuka Description - Complete 789 (1). piryaya No 1895-1902 Begins ---fol 49 जपतीति स्क्दकच्छद etc Ends-fo15 पूर्वोति गोदोहनमाले प्रथमगाथापा इति व्याख्यान । सदिग्ध । बीजायक' इति चडयर । आगतरादौ (1) इति देशीकुटयादि ॥छ । आचागंगपर्यायाः ममाता । No.27 माचारागसूनपर्याय Jarangasūtrupxryāsu 332 (7) A1882-83 Extent -ſol 34' to fol 365 De unpron - Complete Tor other particulars see Nandisutrasisa. 332 (1) marthapadapary.dva Yo A 1882-83 Begins-fol "जपतीति पदर ए Icc as an Mos. Ends -fol. 36. पूर्षति गोदोहनकाले ec up to मायागरपापा समातरः ।

·II 11 Angas 25 THE SECOND ANGA सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र Sutrakrtāngasutra (सूयगडंगसुत्त) ( Sügrgudugutta ) 258 ( a ) No 28 1871-72 Suze-Irin. by 4 in Extent -46 folios, 15 lines to a pige, 52 letters to a line Description --Country paper, very thin and grcyish , Devanagari characters, small, uniform, legible and elegant hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black inl, space between the pairs coloured red, foll numbered in the right hand margin only, red chall used , the unnumbered sides having a small disc in red colour in the centre only, the numbered, in the margins, too, several foll more or less worm-eaten, edges of some of the foll slightly damaged, condition fair, the first two foll newly put in, in place of the old ones lost or worn out, complete , ends on fol 42, extent 258o ślohas, the text consists of two parts I nown as srutashandhas, the first having 16 adhyay anas and the second 7 this Ms con tains in addition to the text, Eng Faragitti beginning on fol 420 and ending on fol 466 Age - Old Author -Sudharması amin according to the tradition Subject -- Philosophical discussions together with a polemic against kriyavada, ahriyāvada, 2jnanavida and vinayavida For the names of all the adhyayanas see No 39 Begins-fol re Thieftatio[] धुज्झेज (नि ) तिओ(उट्टेग्ला बधण परियाणिया। फिमाह बधण धारो या जाण तिउट्टइ ॥१॥ etc fol 3 gtagitaret (1 तच भियरसू परिन्नाय विज्ज तेगण मुच्यते। अणुक्सेऽप्पलीणे मझेण णि जायए । etc 2 1 Th s stl c serond verse of the ith u. lecila of the first nutashandl3 } (LP) ·26 Jaina Literature and Philosphy [28. Ends.-fol. 42 तिक्खुत्तो आयाहिण(ण) पयाडिणं 'करेइ करिता यंदइ नमसइ बंदित्ता नमंसित्ता एवं वदासि इच्छामिण भंते तुम्भं(भं) अंतियं चाउज्जामातो धम्मातो पंच(म)महत्वइयं सपडिकमण ।। ग्रंथा २२०० धम्म उवसंपज्जित्ता णं विहार- तए। अहामहं देवाणुप्पियामा पडिबंघ करेहि। तते(ए) णंस (से) उदये पढाल- पुत्ते समणस्स भगवतो महावीरस्स अंतिए चाउज्जामातो धम्मातो पंच- महबतियं धम्मं उपसंपज्जित्ता णं विहरति ति (ति)॥छ॥ बेमि नालंदियज्ज्ञ सम्मत्तं ॥ सम्मत्ता मज्जू(ज्झोयणा सम्मत्तो सूयगडबीयमुयकरसंघो । छ । संमतं बीयं गडं अंग पद्मोपमं पत्रपरंपरान्वितं वर्णोज्ज्वलं सूकमरंदसंदरं । मुमुक्षुभंगप्रकरस्य बल्लभं जीयाच्चिरं मूत्रकृतांगपुस्तकं ॥११॥ Reference.- This work is published in the Bombay edition of A.D. 1881, wherein we find the Balavabodha of Parsvacandra Sūri, the dipiha of Harsakula, the tikā of Silāöka Súri and a preface and an index in Gujarati by Bhimasiſha Mānela. The text together with Bhadrabāhusvāmin's niryuhti and Śılänka's commentary is also published in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, in A. D. 1917. The English translation of the test along with an index of names and subjects and that of Sanskrit and Prabrit words, compiled by H. Jacobi is published in "Sacred Boohs of the East " vol. XLV, in A_D. 1895. For the analysis of the text see Rajendralála Mura’s notices of Sanskrit Miss. vol. VII, pp. 120-122 published in a. D. 1885. For contents etc., see Weber II, P. 370 ff, and Indian Antiquary vol XVII, P 344 fr. For the discussion of Vaitālıya metre see H. Jacobi's article viz., " Ueber die Entimicklungd. indischen Metrik in nachver d schur Zeit" published in Zeitschift der deutschen morgenlandischen Geseuschaft sol. XXXVIII, pp. 590-659. In this article the Arză miltre of Acirāågasūtra is also dealt with, For references from Sutralſtanga see F.O. Schrader's “ Über den stand der indischen Philosophie zur Zeit Mahāvíras und 1-2 in 1 1 Vidva s cdition of the text together with die Diryulti published in Arhatamauprabhalara Sunes as NoS, Poona, 1928, ne come across some vanints This work is hereafter referred to as Z DNG ·ود 11. 11 Angas Buddhas", Strassburg, 1902 For additional Mss etc, Guerinot's Bibliographie and Velankar's Catalogue B BR AS' (vols III-IV, p 401 ) may be consulted सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र Sūtrakrtangasūtra (प्रथम श्रुतस्कन्ध) (1st srutaskandha ) No 29 117 1869-70 Size --101 in by 4, in Extent--31 folios, 11 lines to a page, 38 letters to a line Description -Country paper, rough and white, Devanagari cliaracters with occasional gzaats, big, legible and very good hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, red chall used, white paste, too, foll numbered in the the right hand margin, fol 1* blank , edges of the fast fol slightly worn out, condition on the whole good, complete so far as the first srutaskandha is concerned, otherwise incomplete, extent 1000 slohas Age -Old Begins --fol I THÌ alamat बुज्झेज्ज त्ति (ति)उट्टिज्जा etc Ends ---fol 31 से एवमेव जाणह जमह भयतारो । ति बेमि । पोडशम गाहानामा ध्ययन सम्मत्त । १६ । पढमो उपक्वधो सम्मत्तो ॥ ॥ etc न १००० N B For further particulars see No 28 सुत्रकृतागसूत्र Sätrakitangasūtra टीकासहित with tika No 30 412 1880-81. Size -1oin by 4} in Extent -224 folios 19 to 21 lines to a page, 53 to 58 letters to a line Description - Country paper, thin and white Devanagari characters with Chris, bold, legible and tolerably good hand writ ang, borders mostly ruled in four lines in black ink, this Ms contains both the text and the commentary, the text For the complete title sce) 1 ·128 5 laina Literature and Plulosophy tg1 written in a slightly bigger hand, numbers of ſoll entered in both the margins, fol 224• blank, complete , a piece of paper of the size of the foll pasted to fo! 1", condition very good, extent 12850 slohas Age Old Author of the text --Sudharmastamın of the commentary- Śilanha Suri Subject -The test along with a commentary in Sanskrit Begins -(test) fol sbgfrun (fr) farsiteti etc as in No 47 (com ), 1361 FTTTFATTÚLETT etc as in No 32 Ends-- (text) fol 224" FHOFF Huani helai stfag 13FTAAT धम्मातो पचमह वतिय धम्म उवसपज्जित्ता ण विहरति(तित्ति बेमि नालदि अज्झयण सम्मत्त छ सम्मत्ता महज्झयणा छ सम्मत्तो सूयगडत्रीय मुयरखधो छ ०२१०० छ (com )fol 2244 HATAT etc up to FRUTATE 997 as in No 32 followed by ॥ ग्रथान १२८५० Reference-- Published See No 28 For an additional Ms sec B B RAS vol III-IV, p. 402 सूचकृताङ्गसूत्र Sūtrakrtängasūtra (प्रथम श्रुतस्कन्ध) (1st sritaskandha ) टीकासहित with tikā No 31 146 1872-73 Size 101 in by 48 in Extent -75-1=74 folos, 20 lines to a page, so to 61 letters to a line Description - Country paper, thin and 1 hite, Devanāgan characters un sth occasional TEHETS, clear and tolerably good hand riung, borders ruled in tso lines in red ink, thus Als contains both the text and the commentary, it is a farzt Vs ,the test snitten in a bigger hand, red chalk and yellow pigment used, the first follaching, several roll have a small strip of paper pasted to them as their edges are more ·30 ) II 11 Angas 29 or less worn out, condition on the whole very good, ſoll 52 to 74 numbered also as I to 23, the foll numbered in the right hand margin only, the text docs not contain both the srutashandhas, it stops at the completion of the 7th adhyayana of the ist srutaskandha while the commentary terminates with the initial lines of the explanation of the 8th ( see p165 of the printed edition of the Agamodaya Samiti ) incomplete Age - Old Begins -(text) fol 6. 3 An firar 11 गुज्झिज्ज (त्ति) तिउट्टिज्जा etc -(com ) fol 2° पि प्राधान्य भवतीति भाव । अर्थस्य मुचनात मूत्र etc See p 2. of the printed edition above referred to Ends -(text) fol 74 Afa FFAHTÖ TIETOTT TETI समागम स्खति अतरस । णिय क्म्म ण पर(ब)चुवेड । अरसम्सए या सगड ति बेमि ॥३०॥ कुसालपरिभासिय सत्तम अध्ययन ७ -(com ) fol 75 चत्वार्यनुयोगद्वाराणि उपक्रमादीनि वक्तव्यानि तवायुपक्रमात. गतार्थाधिकारो(s)य तद्यथा बालबाल्पडितपहितवीर्यभेदात्रिविधमपि धीर्य परिज्ञाय पण्डितवी पतित यामिति ( incomplete ) NB -For further particulars see No 30 सूत्रकृताइसूचटीका mutrakrtangasutritiha No 32 223 873-74 Size -101 in by 41 in Extent —197-1 = 196 folios , 17 lines to aj age 65 letters to a line Description - Country paper very thin and greyish, Devinigarı characters with TTS bold legible, uniform and good hand writing, borders ruled in thrce lines in red ink chalk and yellow pigment used fol i blank number: of foll entered thice on one and the same page but 19 (WO different margins, the fol 88th aumbered as 89th also, the following being consequently numbered as 90, 91, etc., she edges of the first fol slighuy damaged, most of the ·30 Jama Literature and Philosophy 31 . foll have their corners somewhat worn out, foll 184 to 197 have their edges more or less gone, condition very fair, complete extent 13000 slokas Age -Pretty old Author --Silanka Suri Subjct - This is a commentary of the 2nd Anga It contains the प्रतीकs both of the original test as well as those of the नियुक्ति, the latter, too, is elucidated Begins --fol 1 अई। स्थपरसमयार्थसूचश्मनतगमपर्ययार्थनयगहन । सूत्रकृतमगमतुल विवृणोमि जिनान्नमस्कृत्य ॥१॥ etc Ends-fol 197 समाप्ता चेय सूत्रकृतद्वितीयागस्य टीका कृता चेय शाला- चार्येण वाहरिगण णि)सहायेन । पदयाप्तमत्र पुण्य टीकाकरणे मया समाधिभृता ।। तेनापेततमस्को भव्य कल्याणभाग् भवतु ॥ छ ॥ इति श्रीसूयगडागवृत्ति सपूणे समाप्त ॥ छ । सर्वश्लोक्सख्या १३००० ॥ शुभ भवतु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ॥ छ ।। Reference --Published See No 28 For additional Mss see Gaek wads Oriental Series? vol XXI PP 6 and 8 सूत्रकृतासूत्रटीका Sutrakrtangasūtratīkā No33 783 1876-76 Size -10-in by 4g in Extent -248-1-3-1+I+I+I+I+1+1=249 fohos , 15 lines to a page, 55 letters to a line Description -Country paper, thin and grey, Devanagari characters with occasional gennaTS bold clear and good hand writing the first original fol seems to be missing it appears to have been replaced by another written in a different hand on a dift erent sort of paper, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the intermediate space between the pairs coloured red, red I This is berei/ter referred to as GO Series ·31.] II 11 Angas 31 chall and yellow pigment as well used, fol 12th lacking, so are foll 143 to 145 and 178, marginal space of several foll utilized for writing some thing or other , some of the foll seem to be written in a different hand e g foll ios and 106, foll 154, 195, 205 and 246 to 248 repeated, fol Ioth slightly torn, a piece of paper of the size of the foll pasted to the fol. 2500 numbered as 248, condition very fair, extent 12850 slokas Age --Fairly old. Begins fol I FINTHAUT etc, as in No 32 Ends --fol 248* HATAT I etc, up to FTOHTIT #27 as in No.32. followed by छ ॥ प्रथाय १२८५०॥ लेपपाठकयो ) आचद्रा चिर नद्यात् ॥ ॥ शुभ भवतु etc N B --For further particulars sce No 32 सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रटीका Sūtrakrtarigasūtratika No 34 287. 1883-84 Size -10} in by 4 in Extent —281 folios, 15 lines to a page, so letters to a line. Description - Country paper, thin, rough and greyish, Devanagari characters with JCRTATS small, legible and good handwriting, borders ruled in four lines in black ink , red chalk used, cdges of the first and the last foll slightly worn out, condition good, ſoll numbercd in the right hand margin only , fol • blank , 50 is practically the fol 28, the ntle etc , are written on it, complete , extent 13325 slokas Age -Samvat 1580 Author -Silanka Sari Begins -fol 1 37311 स्थपरगमपार्थमूचरमनत etc Ends -fol 281 TAHT 54 etc, op to XiT as in No 32 followed by ॥ पाप सर्वप्रपर्सग्या १३३२५ ॥are मयत १५८० मेष ·32 Jarna Literature and Pinlosophy [35. शदि ६ नृगौ रोहिणीनक्षत्रे आऊष्माने योगे 'पत्तने [न] लिपित ॥ छ ॥erc सवत् १६६१ वर्षे श्री'अणहिल्वपत्तन' भट्टारक्युगप्रधानश्री१०८निम- (जिन)चद्रसरिसा प्रभामाना प्रधाननीहर्पविमलशिष्यवा०श्रीसुंदर- गणिवराणा विहारिता प्रातिरिय ।। श्री पत्तन'वास्तव्य स० जयवद स. छनधर स० वद्वमानपुनरश्न(न)सपना बच्छराज लघुभ्रातृभीमराज- भ्रातृपुत्रअभयचदपीमवदआनदप्रमुखसारपरिवारसी सपुत्रपौने घेऊ. 'माठर'गोत्राय सः बच्छराजादिजननीमुश्राविशपुण्यप्रभाषिकाबाईलघु- भ्रातृजायाराजलदेनाम्नीभ्या || उपधानवाइयित्रीभ्या पारणदिने काती यदि ३ रविवारे शिष्यप्रशिष्ये ५० साम्यसमुद्रादिभिर्याच्यमाना चिर मदतात् I etc N. B.-ror further particulars see No 32 सूत्रहतासूत्रटीका Sūtrahrtärigasūtratikā 905 No 35 1892-95 Size.-10] in by 41 in Extent -253+1=254 folios, 15 lines to 7 page, 57 letters to a line Description -Country paper, thin and greyrsh, Devanagarncharacters with पृष्ठमानाs, bold, legible and good hand-writing, borders rulcd in four lines in black ink, red chalk and yellow pigment used , fol r blank, the cdges of the first and last few foll morn out to some extent, foll 83 to 87 worm-caten, condition tolerably good, numbers of the adhyayanas cic, indicated in the right hand margins of the numbered pages, fol 159 repeated one of the foll our of 73 to 87 scems to be written in a different hand , complete, crrent 11000 Slohas the commentry gives thic saits both of the text and the nin ulti Ape -Taurly old Begins --fol 'अह । स्थपरममपायंग्य etc as in No 32 Inds --fol 25,' ममाता पेय erc , up to यन्याणभाग, भवत 25 No follosed by e भी ।। शुभ भयतु । प्रथाप १४००० ... B -Por further particulars socle 32 In ·36] II II Angas 33 . सूचकृतानसून Sūtrakrtangasūtra दीपिका सहित with Dipika No 36 1379 1886-92 Size -~-10 in by 4} in Extent --148 folios, 17 lines to a page, 47 letters to a line Description --Country paper, thin and white, Devanagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs, clear and tolerably good hand writing, borders ruled 10 three lines in red ink and edges in two , yellow pigment and red chalk used , this Ms contains both the text and its commentary, the former written in a slightly bigger hand, it is a furet Ms up to the 20th fol, complete, fol se blank, edges of the last few foll slightly worn out, condition on the whole good, complete, extent 6600 slokas, dipiha coinposed in Samvat 1583 Age --Fairly old Author of the test Sudharmasvanın dipiha --Harsakula pupil of Hemavimala Suri of the Tapa gaccha See No 37 Subject -The text along with a commentary in Sapsl rit Begins -(text) fol I ज्झिज्ज (त्ति) तिउट्टिज्जा etc as in No 47 (com) fol प्रणम्य श्रीजिन वीर गोतमादिगुरु(ोस्तथा स्वान्योपतये कुर्वे द्वितीयागस्य दीपिका १ इह हि प्रवचने चारोऽनुयोगा तथाहि । चरणारा(रणा)नुयोग दृग्यानु योग etc (com ) foll 11-12-इति 'तपा गच्छाधिराजश्रीहेमविमलसूरीश्वरशिष्यहर्षकुल- प्रणीताया श्रीसूत्रकृतागदीपिकाया प्रथम समयाध्ययन समाप्त ।। १ Ends (ret) fol 148 समणरस भगवआ महावीररस etc, up to नालदज्ज्ञ सत्तम अन्झवण समत्त / as in No 30 - (com) fol 148" भगवता(पि तस्य सप्रतिक्रमण पचमहाव्रतिको धर्मों( ज्ञात स च त धर्ममुपसपर स्वाष्प विहरतीति इति परेरिसमाप्त्यर्थे प्रपी " " " Videfoll Inand12 ६ [UL P] ·34 Jaina Literature and Plulosophy 13 मीति पूर्ववत् सुधर्मस्वामी स्वशिष्यानिदमाह तयथा सो(s)ह अपोमि ये मया भगवदतिके श्रुतमिति छ नालदीयास्यमिद सप्तममध्ययन समाप्त तर समाप्तौ च समातो(ण) द्वितीय श्रुतस्वध तत्सपूतौ च सपूणों(5)प श्रीसूत्र कृतागदीपिका। ग्रथमिति पद् च सहस्राणि पद शतामाणि ॥ शुभ भवतु । Reference - The text and the commentary as well published Se No 28 For quotations see Weber II, P 370 ff, and Mitra Notices (vol VIII, p 88) For additional Mss see BB RAS (vol III-IV, P 401) सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र Sūtrakrtāngasūtra दीपिका सहित mtb Dipikā 145 No37 1872-73 Size ---10in by 4g in Extent ---101-14=87 folios , 18 to 21 lines to a page, 52 to 5६ letters to a linc Description ---Country paper thin and white, Devanagari character with GEHTATS, bold, legible and fair hood writing, this Ms contains both the text and its commentary, it is a Agret Mis red chalk and yellow pigment used, 1 piece of paper of the same size as the foll pasted to the first fol , fol blank st of paper pasted to the 2nd fol, its edges having beer worn out, some of the foll badly torn, perhaps by one who carelessly tried to separate them when stuck together, condition fair, foll 13, 15, 16, 19, 25 26 and 33 to 40 missing, otherwise both the text and the commentary completc, the last (south) fol decorated with a beautiful diagram in red colour . Age -Old Begins -(text) fol " श्रीपरमगुरुभ्यो नम ॥ इग्मिन (नि) तिउहिम्जा ec, as in No 47 --(com ) fol 1 अहम् । प्रणम्प श्रीजिन वीर etc as in 1036 " ·37.] II. 11 Angas 35 - Ends -(text) fol. 10 आतिए चाउज्जामाओ धम्माओ up to पिहरइत्ति बेमि as in No 30 followed by छ ॥ इति नालंदइज्ज सम्मत्तं अज्झयणं । - (com) fol Lor* भगवता(पि etc, up to श्रीसूत्रस्ताङ्गदीपिका as in No. 36 and then as follows.-- अथ प्रशस्तिः॥ निस्तंद्रचंद्रादि)चारुणि 'चंद्र'कुले चरणचातुरीभाज । विख्याम(त) तपे'त्यारया जगति जगच्चद्रसूरयो []ऽभूवन् ॥१॥ तेषां दोपाशमुखा(पी) संताने सस्तसवयविताने । श्रीसोमसुदरयरुरू)त्तमाक्षमा उगमा अभु(भूवन ॥२॥ तत्पदृस्फुटक्मलाभाले कालेयतिलक्संकाशा । श्रीमुनिसुंदरगुरुघ(रव ) कामितसंपत्तिमरतरयः ॥३॥ बाल्येत्ति(ऽपि) भारतीति प्रतीतिरुदपादि वादिधगर्गे ये । श्रीजयचदमुनीद्रा पारींद्रास्ते परगजेषु ॥४॥ तत्पदविशदस्थाने (स्थाने) शृंगारसारता भेज । श्रीरत्नशेखरा इति जगति यत रयातिमापुस्ते ॥ ५॥ तेपा(पा)मनेकपट्टे (गुणसंघट्टे) प्रभावकपपट्टे । प्राप्ताधिक्मतिष्टा(टा) श्रीलक्ष्मीसागर(रा) शिष्टा ॥६॥ भासितलिकालुष्या शिष्यास्तेषां यथार्थनामान । श्रीमुमतिसाधुगुरव क्ष्मासुरभीकारसयशोगुरु(र)व ॥ ७॥ तत्पट्टे अक्टेप्सितपूरणवितामणीयमानानाम् । लब्ध्या(s)पिक्मानानां मुहमचिमलाभिधानानाम् ॥ ८ ॥ सूरींद्र गच्छनायक्पदवीप्रातप्रमाप्रतिष्टा(धा)नाम् । शिष्याणगुणशासन जननीतिथिसमिति(ते) १५३ वप ॥९॥ वियुधजनप्रार्थनपा स्वस्य स्मृतये परोपस्तये च । सूत्रकृतागस्ये(स्यैतां हर्षकुलो दीपिकामलिखत् ।।१०।। पाश्चिप्रमाणयुक्तीरमथप नात्र सगमताहेतो । सता एप नेव य(वि)हितो लक्षणासधिस्तथा बापि ।। ११ ।। सूघासगतमत्रायादि फथचिन्मया यदज्ञतया। तच्छोपपंतु मुधिप छपया मात्सर्पमुत्सार्य ॥१२॥ ग्रंथमितिरमुनि (तमि)ता() च पद सहस्राणि पशताग्राणि । वियुधजनवापमाना(नो) ग्रंथो()यं जगति नपत चिरम् ॥१३ ।। इति सूत्रकृतागम संपूर्णम् दीपिकायुतम् च ॥ N. B. --For further particulars sce No. 36.

·Jama Literature and Philosoplry [:38. सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र दीपिका सहित Sūtrakrtārgasūtra with Dipika No 38 144 1872-73 Size -In in by 43 10 Extent -74 folios , 20 to 22 lines to a page , 54 to 62 letters to a line. Description - Country paper thich, smooth and greyish, Devanågarı characters with पृष्टमात्रा, hand writing clear, bold, but not praiseu orthy, borders ruled in three lines in red inh , foll i to s more or less written entirely in red ink, this Ms contains both the text and its commentary, yellow and red pigments used , the 74th fol written on a very thin paper , complete, extent 8600 slokas , edges of the last few foll slightly worn out, condition very fair Age --Samvat 1659 ( see the 38th folio ) Regins -(test) tol "बुझिग्न (त्ति) तिउद्दिज्जा etc , as in No 47 -(com ) "श्रीसर्वज्ञाय नम ॥ प्रणम्य श्रीजिन etc (com ) fol 38' इति श्री तपागच्छाधिपतिश्रीहेमधिमलमरि(री)श्वरशिष्य. कुलहर्पपडितप्रणीतापा सूत्रकृतांगदीपिकाया। गाथापोडशमध्यपन समात इति प्रथम श्रुतस्थ समाप्त ।। सबद १६५९ वर्षे कुलहर्षगणिनाती लिसत् ।। श्री ॥ Ends -(Ext) fol 74* समणरस भगयो etc, up to भग्नपण मम्मत्त as in " No 30 . -(com) iol 74 भगगनपि तस्य सप्रतिक्रमण पर etc, upto सनम. मध्यपन ममात as in No 36 followed by प्रधान ८६.०॥ति भीस्(य)गटांग ममाप्त. N B-Tor further parnaculars see No 36. 1. This ought to h Ilayalula ·139.] II. 11 Angas सूत्रकृतागसूत्र दीपिका सहित Sutrakrtaiigasutra" with Dipika No.39 653. 1895-98. Size.-10 in. by 48 in. Extent.--159 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a linc. Description.--Country paper thick and grey ; Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्रा ; big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in blach inh; red chalk and yellow pigment as well used, fol . blank , this Ms. contains both the test and its cor mentary, complete; on fol. 1595 names of all the adhyayanas are mentioned, condition very good; extent at least 7100 ślokas Age.--Samvat 1643. Begins.-~-(reat) fol. 1° बुझिज (ति) तिउट्टिना etc , as in No 47. -(com.), 1 श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ " HOTTT of Hat etc., as in No 36 (com.) fol. I: इति() गमाप्ती धीमीति । पूर्धयत् ।। १३ पडित- हर्पकुसलपणीताप(या) श्रीस्वकृतांगीपिकाप(i) प्रथम समपापपन समाप्त" (com. ) fol. 77' भीहप(प)कुलविरचितापां सूत्रकृतांगीपि- कायां. Ends.-(text) Hol. 159ममस्म नगरी etc , as in.xo. 56. (com.) folts9 मगरता(कपि तरप etc , up to श्रीरामरतांगीपिका as in No.36 followed by मपूर्ण ॥ ग्रंथान ५१०० अपित ज्ञातयं । भक्त । म्याणमस्तु । १० १६८३ पारिदि१५ लिपितं मन ctc , PRETI got etc, ReThare erc., followed by the names of the adhyay anas as under.

·38 Jarna Lsteralure and Phylosophy [40 १ प्रथम समयाध्ययन १३ याया थातथ्य २ वेतालीया)व्ययन १४ ग्रथाध्ययन ३ उपसर्गाध्ययन १५ जमद ४ स्त्रीपरीस(प)ह १६ गाथा ५ निर(प)विभत्ती पडरीक ६ वीरस्तव ७ कुसी(शी)लपरिमापा की(क्रियास्थान ३ आहारप्रभा ८धीर्याध्य(य)न ४ प्रयारयानस्या) ९ धांध्ययन ५अनगार १० समाधि ६ आद्र(द्र कुमार २१ मार्ग ७ नारदी(पा)ध्ययन १२ समोमरण N B -For further particulars sce No 36 सूचकृतासूत्र Sutrakrtingasūtri दीपिका सहित with Dopoha 286 No 40 1883-84 Extent --10! in by 41 in Latent -134 folios, 15 lines to a pige, 53 letters to a line Description - Country paper tough and white, Desanagari characters wth occasional पृठमानाs, small, clear and very far hand unt ing borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space beinccn the purs coloured red, foil numbered in the right hand margin only the unnumbered sides hast a small disc in red colour, in the centre only, the numbered in the margins too red chalk and yellow pigment used fol 1' blank cxccpe that it is decorated with patterns an cdge of the first fol slightly som out condition on the whole 117) good, this Ms con.ding the text as well as the conimentary, both complete , cxtcnt 7000 slokas Age.-Samrat 1699 Begin. -(text) o पुरिनरत (i) faignार. --(com), प्रशार मानिन .

·4..] II. 11 Angas 39 " Ends.-( tet) fol 134 पेढा(लापुत्ने समणमाहणरस भगवओ महावीरस्स etc , practically up to सम्मत्त as in No 30 (com ) fol 134° भगवन्न (ताड)पि तस्य सप्रतिक्रमण etc, practically up to श्रीसूत्रस्तागदीपिका as in No 36 followed by श्रीरस्तु ॥ प्रथ- मितिरनुमिता प्रव ('अत्र ) । सप्त सहस्राणि सर्वग्रथान ७००० ॥ शुभ भवतु etc., सपत् १६८९ वर्ष आपाढ वदि २ भोमे ।। N. B-For further particulars see No 36 सूचकृताङ्गसूत्र Sūtrakı tāngasūtra दीपिका सहित with Dipika No 41 1289 1887-91. Size ----101 in by 4] in Extent —212 folios , 13 lines to a page , 40 letters to a line. Description ---Country paper very thin and greyish, Devanāgarı characters with पृष्ठमात्राs, big, clear and good hand-wrating , borders neatly and carefully ruled in four lines in blach inh, thus Ms contuns both the test and the commentary, the first fol slightly torn and its edges worn out, foll 117 to 125 partly worm-eaten, condition on the whole very good , red chalk used , yellow pigment also , complete Age ---Samvat 1629 Begins -(text) fol I' युज्झिज्ज (त्ति ) तिउद्दिज्जा etc , as in No 47 " - (com), ॐ नम सिद्धेभ्य ॥ प्रणम्य श्रीजिन etc , as in No 36 (com ) fol IF" इति 'तपागच्छाधिपश्रीहेमविमलमूरीश्वराशिष्यपहितरल. हर्पकुलपणीताया श्रीसूत्रकृतांगदीपिकाया प्रथम समपाध्ययन समाप्त Ends --(text) fol 211 समणम्म भगवओ etc, 1s in No 36 -(com), भगरता(पि तस्य etc, up to श्रीमूनस्तागदीपिका as in No 36 followed by समाप्ता ॥ ॥ अथ प्रशस्ति । निरतद्रचद्र- चारुणि etc, up to जगति जयतु चिरम् as in No 37 Then we have the lines as under " " " ·40 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [42. शुभं भवतु । इति श्रीसूत्रकृतारयद्वितीयांगदीपिकायाः प्रशस्तिः । कल्याण- मस्तु संवत् १६२९ वर्षे शाके १४९४ प्रघर्तमाने फाल्गुण मासे । शुक्लपक्ष ११ तिथौ एरुवासरे। पुनर्वसनक्षने। श्रीमति'लोहाणां वास्तव्य । व्यवहारी सिरोरत्न यु । श्रीपथमाभार्या बाई जासू सतरत्न तु । कुंरा लघुभ्रातृ- यिसिंगकेन समस्तकुटुंबयतेन स्वपुण्यवृद्ध(च)थे । आत्मश्रेयोऽथे । श्री- सूत्रकृतांगदीपिका । पुस्तिका लिखापिता । श्रेयो(s)रतु 1 मांगल्यमस्तु । N. B.--For further particulars see No. 36. सूचकृताङ्गसूत्र Sūtrakrtängasūtra (प्रथम श्रुतस्कन्ध) (1st śrutaskandha ) दीपिका सहित with Dipikā No.42 396. 1879-80. Size.-103 in. by 4g in. Extent.--107 folios; 13 lines to a page; 42 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper very thin, smooth and grey; Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, big, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; this Mís. contains both the text and its commentary up to the first śrutaskandha only; the 2nd is not treated here; condition very good. Age.-Fairly old. Begins.-(reet) fol. I'युज्झिज्ज (त्ति) तिउट्टिज्जा etc. "-(com.) fol. I प्रणम्य श्रीजिनं etc. as in. No. 36. Ends.-(text) fol. I07 मे एपमायाणह जमहं भयंता से)रो नि मि. - (comm.), 107 न च भगवंतो भयात् प्रातारो या सर्वज्ञा अन्यथा पदंति । अतो मदुक्तमे[ए]वमेयायगउतेति ॥ ॥ इतिः समाप्तो भ्रधी मीति पूर्पयत् ॥ इति श्रीसूत्रकृतांगदीपिकायां गाथापोडशारयं पोडश. मध्पयनं समाप्त ॥ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ श्री ।। N. B.--For further particulars see No. 36. .

·43.] II. 1! Angas → 1 सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र Sutrakrtāngasutra (प्रथम श्रुतस्कन्ध) (1st srutaskandha) 1 दीपिकासहित with Dipika No. 43 826. 1899-1915, şize.-;o'in, by 4£ in. Extent.---3+4=77 folios , 16 lines to a page; 55 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper tough and white, Devanagari characters with occasional TEHETS, this is a parurat Ms, the text practically written in the same size of hand-writing as the FY? "commentary ; legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink, yellow pigment profusely used; edges and corners of the first few foll. worn out; fol, I almost blank; for strategiaalttür. erc. written on it'; ſoll. 35, 37, 43 and 59 repeated ; foll. 29 to 37 and 42 to 59 newly added for replacing the old ones which have been lost; this Ms. contains the text up to the 1st śrutaskandha only and the commentary, too, of this šrataskandha only , condition tolerably gond, old foll, numbered in both Miro the margins. Age.—Pretty old. Begins.-( text ) fol. is grog (191) fagigvar etc. (com.) fol. 1 gurka siti ait etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 735 TAHTOUE ARE Hard FT II II com.) fol. 736 7 etc, up to gerara as in No. 42 followed by a st'agriezilufa ICHITHET? शिष्यहर्षकुशलपडिसप्रणीतायां सूत्रकृतांगीपिकापा गाथापोडशारयं पोडशमध्यपन समाप्तं ॥ ताममातीच प्रथम श्रुतररुप समपूरि ॥ शुभ मषत ।। संघस्य ।। सूमकृताइसूत्र दीपिकासहित Sūtrakrtãigasūtos with Dipiki 1985 1887-91. .., No. 46 Size.-104 in. by 48 in. 6 (I.L.P.)

·42 Jaina Literature and Philosophy Extent.--214 folios ; IS lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Devana. gari characters with occasional quHaNTS; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. mostly numbered in the right-hand margin only; foll. 14 and 2145 blank; the Ist. fol. torn in several places ; foll. 4 to 9 damaged in the body; a portion' of the 214th fol. worm out; condition on the whale tolerably fair ; both the text and the commentary complete; dipika composed in Sarivat I599. Age.--Pretty old. Author of dipika.- Sadhuranga Upadhyaya, pupil of Bhuvanasoma, and guru of Dharmasundara of the Khararara gaccha. Subject.--- The second afiga in Prākrit together with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.-- (text) fol. I पुज्झेज्ज (ति) तिउट्टेज्जा etc. -(com.) fol. ' श्रीचीतरागाप नमः । ममः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय स्वामिने परमात्मने । पदीयदर्शनादेव परानंदो विच्चं ? जूं )भते ॥१॥ नानालब्धिमधानाय निधानाय महोजसा। अज्ञानध्यांतविध्वंसदक्षाप श्रुतवेधसे ॥ २ ॥ श्रीबीताग)मिनः शिष्यराजाय गु(? गगंधारिण। संज(य)मश्रीपवित्राय गौतमस्यामिने नमः॥३॥ युग्म। सज्ञानरुदयाहा चक्षुर्यविमलीरुतं । भषतु शुरु(र)वस्ते तु समसन्नहशो माये ॥४॥ भीसाघुरंगोपाध्यायः द्वितीयांगरय दीपिको। संक्षेपरुचिर्नावानां हिताय मुसोधिनी ॥५॥ जिनप्रयचनं नौमि श्रीमदहन्यकाशित । यानपानापितं येन जन्तूनां भवसागरे ॥६॥ नत्ये (त्येतान्पराभीष्टान् स्तुत्या च श्रुतदेयतां । मम्पफ्त्यदीपिका कुर्ये द्वितीयांगस्प दीपिकां ॥७॥ सपाहि etc. म्याग्या । सूम्रमिदं सूत्रकृतागस्य आदी पत्तते । अप भीम- दाचारांगेन सहापं संबंधः भीआचारांगे चैतमपि etc. " .

·44] II. 11 Alças " Ends.- (text) fol. 213* इच्छामि णं भंते गम्भाणं अंतिए पाउनामामओ धम्मामो पंचमान्यतिथं मपहिकमणं धम्म उपसंपग्जिताण विदर(रित्तए अहारा देवाणुप्पिपा मा पडिबंध करेहि ततेणं से उदए पेहालपुत्ते समणस भग- पओ महावीररस अंतिए चाउग्नामाओ धम्मामो पंचमहप्याप सपहि- कमणं धम्म उपसंपरिजताणं विहरति तिमि नाहिं(ल)दिपज्झपणं सम्मत्तं । com.) fol. 23 व्यारयानं सय रागर्म विशेषतस्तु एहतितो(उपसेप. मिति । समाप्ता चेयं द्वितीपांगरय दीपिका ॥ जयति जिनशासनमिदं परतीर्थिकतिमिरजालपरतरणि ।। भयजलधियानपानं पा स(जेज्ञानरत्नानां ॥१॥ यस्य जिनंदा (बा.) शासनपानीयपथाञ्चरत्नमामा । कुशलेन केन चापुर्भपसललल)घ्य शिवनगरं ॥२॥ स जपति वीरजिनेंद्र त्रिभुवनन्दामाणि. एतो(द)योत । कुसदोहामं कुर्वन पदनससूपांशुभिर्षिततेः ॥३॥ पद्धमानमिनो जीयात् जगदानन्ददायकः । द्वादशांगी विधातारो जयंतु च गणाधिपाः॥४॥ जयंतु सरकः पूज्या पे सदा मपि यत्यसलाः। परोपकारप्रयणा:जयंतु पज(सज्ज)ना अपि॥५॥ श्रीजिनदेयमरीणामादेन चिरायुपां। उपजीव्य वृहनि फत्या नामांतरं पुनः ॥६॥ श्रीसाधुरंगोपाध्यायेद्वितीयांगस्य दीपिका। संक्षेपरुचिनीरानां हिताय ससरोधिनी ॥७॥ लिलिखे 'यरलूप्रामे निधिनन्दशरैकके १५९९ । पत्थ(सारे कात्तिके मासि चतुर्मासकपर्वणि ॥८॥ घिभि संबंधः ज्ञान(दर्शन)चारित्ररत्नप्रितपदीपिका । मिथ्यात्वध्वांतावश्वसदीपियं समर्थिता ॥९॥ मनोमान्सरसन्हज्याहस सोसत्यमुर। व्यापार्या वाचनीया च विधायानुग्रहं मपि ।।१०॥ लिखता लिखितं किंचिद्यदि न्यूनाधिकं भवेत् । बिपाय सम्यग् तत्सर्व घाचनीय विधेकिभिः ॥११॥ स्तोकाः कपूरतरव) रतोकाश्च मणिभूमयः । परोपकारप्रवणा) स्तोकाः प्रायेण सज्जना ॥१२॥ 1-3 These vertical strokes glven in these as well as in the following verses are wanting in the Ms.

·Jaina Literature and Philosophy [14 : न मे को(डायभिमानो(s)स्ति न मे पंडितमानिता। न फला न च चातुर्य मंदमेधो(5)रिम सर्वथा ॥ १३ ॥ दीपिकायाः स्वभावेन प्रशस्तिनिर्मिता मया । धा(पा)गं तदन नो चित्यं नापमान्यो ह्ययं जनः॥ १४ ॥ न चारमीया मतिः कापि प्रयुक्ता(सपत्र पेयले । संक्षिप्य वृत्तरेयार्य सनाथों लिखितो(5)रूपहो ॥१५॥ अन्यथा(5) जह(ड)मायो रत्ति का कुतःक्षमः । । कि नाम पंगुरारोढुं शक्तः स्यान्मेरुमूर्द्धनि ।।१६।। व्यारयानवृत्तिमध्यस्थं नियुक्तरपसायं च । मूलसूण संयुक्ता पुस्तके च नियोशिता ।। १७ ॥ मया सदाचारपरायणेन जिनाज्ञया संपमपालनेन। पदजि पुण्यं उस्तानुगन्धि तेनास्तु लोको जिनधर्मरक्तः ॥१८॥ धर्मोपदेशेशोदानेन दीपिकालिसनेन च । ससीभवतु लोको(5)यं तेन पुण्येन भूयसा ॥ १९ ॥ यदर्जितं मया पुण्यं विमलाचल'यात्रया। 'उज्जयते' च धीनेमेः पदपकलसेवया ॥२०॥ तेन पुण्येन मे भूयात् बोधिलाभो भवे २। यत. सम्यक(त्वोसंप्राप्तिर्विना पुण्यैनं लभ्यते ॥२१॥ श्रीमत् खरतरगच्छे श्रीमजिनदेवसूरिसाम्राज्ये । श्रीभुवनसोमसद्गुरुशिप्ये श्रीसाघुरंगारयैः ॥ २२ ।। लब्धोपाध्यायपदैः कुशलेनारोपिता प्रमाणपदं । आचंद्रा नंदतु गीतार्थैर्वाच्यमानेयं ॥२३ ।। विनीतविन(न)येनेय धर्मसुंदरसाघुना । लिखिता प्रथमादर्श वाचनाय स्वपुस्तके ॥२४॥ इति प्रशस्तिः शुभं भवतुः॥श्रीरस्तु॥ , सूत्रकृतानसूत्र दीपिकासहित Sätrakrtāigasūtra with Dipikă N0-45-- 904. 1892-95. Size.--101 in, by 41 in.

·II. 11 Angas 45 . Extent.--213-1=212 folios; 13 lines to a page ; s2 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characrers with antaTS; bold, big, legible, uniform and beauti. Tul hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk and white paste used; each of the foll. r* and 2136 decorated with the same diagram in red colour; strips of paper pasted to several foll., as their edges are worn out; condition very fair ; fol. 156th also numbered as 157th, the succeeding being hence numbered as 158, 159 etc.; the fol. 2roth wrongly numbered as noth; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary, both complete; extent 13416 blokas. Age.-Old. Author of the com.-UpadhyAya Sadhuranga. Begins.- (text) fol. : पुज्झेज (ति) तिउट्ट(ट्टिोन्जा etc. as in No. 47. (com.), श्रीसर्वज्ञाय नमः । श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः । नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाप स्वामिने परमात्मने । पदीयदर्शनादेव परानंदो विजंमते ॥१॥etc. Ends.-(rext) fol. 212' समणस्स भगवओ महावीरस्स अंतिए चाउरमामासो धम्माओ पंचमहत्वइयं सपडिळमणं धम्म उपसंपन्जित्ता णं विहति(ह) ति मोमि।१नालि(लोदियज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ।। , - (com.) fol. 212* इह प्यास्यानं सर्प एगमं विशेषतस्तु पहामितो(s) पसेपमिति । शुभं भयतु । समाप्ता चेप द्वितीपांगस्य दीपिका ।। संपूर्ण । छ । छ । भी॥ ॥ This is followed by the colophon of 24 verses as in the preceding No. 44, the last being यिनते(नीत)पिन(ने)येनेयं धर्मसुंदरसाधुना । लिखिता प्रथमादर्शशि) वाचनाय सपुस्तके ॥ २४ ॥ इति प्रशस्ति पछम भयन ।। ग्रथा १३४१६ सूत्रकृतासूत्र पातिक सहित Sitrakrtigsatra with Vartila No.16 257. 1871-27. - Size.-toin. by 4, in.

·Jaina Literature nud Philosophy ... Estcat.--116-1-3-6= 107 folios; 11 lincs to a page; 38 letters to a line. Description:--Country paper rough, tough and white; Devanagari characters with TERIIS; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin; red chalk used; fol. 76th seems to be missiog; foll, 1, 2 and 97 to 102 missing; otherwise complete; this Ms. contains the test as well as its explantion in Gujarati styled as vārtika; fol. 116 blank; condition very good; extent 8ooo Slokas. Age.--Not modern. Subject. The 2nd anga with a Gujariti explapation. Begins.--(text) fol. 3° से जहा नामए क(के)ति ऽरिसे आयाइउं पा प्रश्हे प अगारहेउ पा परिधारहेउं या etc. -com.) fol. 3" ही। ४ इहां पहिला अनई जीजा भांगानउ अधिकार छ। तैद नारकादि रहई ए जे आगलि कहीस्य etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 116 समणस्त भगवतो महावीरस्स etc., up to बेमिas in No. 30 followed by बीयसयकसंधम्म(स्स) सत्तम नाल(लोदइज्ज अज्झयण समत्त॥ - (com.) fol. 116 सर्पज्ञप्रणीत धर्म पालीइ छ। इति (ति) पेमि सुधर्म- स्वामी आपणा शिष्य प्रतिइ कइइ उद मई जेइयर श्रीभगवंत कन्हा सांभलिउ तेहच(व)उ तुम्ह प्रतिइ कहउँ उउ इत्यादि पूर्ववत् मालंदइ समत्तं ७ सूया(य)गडबीयसू(स)पक्खधो सम्मत्तो सम्मत्त सूयागंड (सूयगई) उ आदित सर्व अध्ययन २३ श्रीसाधुरनशिष्य(व्ये) पाशचांद्रि(चद्रेण' वृत्तित. कृतं घालावबोधार्थ द्वितीयांगस्य याति॥ retc. ग्रंथानं८०००. -- सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र (प्रथम श्रुतस्कन्ध) वार्तिकसहित No. 47 Size.-101 in. by 4 in, Sütmkrtāógasūtra ( 1st śrutaskandha ) with Vārtika 827. 1899-1915. . If this is 97 ose it remains to be senfied whether he is the one noted in No. 28.

·क II. 11 Augas . -- " Extent.--84+1%D85 folios, I lines to A page3; 49 to 59 letters 10 2 line. Description.~-Country paper thin and white, Devanagari characters, clear and fairly good hand-writing, borders ruled in four Iines in black ink, red chall and yellow pigment used, it is a raret Ms. containing both the text and its explaganon in Gujara; fol. 1* blank; some of the foll. illegible on ing to the inh having faded, the last four ſoll. have their edges damaged, the Sjid fol. slightly torn , the 84th very badly damaged , so an aditional fol. numbered as 84 written in a different haud on a paper of different quality supplied, condition on the whole fair, completc so far as the first part is concerned. Age.—Pretty old. Author of the text.- Sudharmasvamin. vårtiba.-- Not mentioned. Subject. The text together with its explanation in Gujarati so far as the first part is concerned. Begins.--(text) fol. '' धुझिन (त्ति) तिउट्टिना । बंधणं परियाणिया । किमाहु(ह) बंधणं धीरे(रो)। किं पा जाण तिउट्टई ॥१॥etc. --(vartika) श्रीसर्वज्ञाय नम:। श्रीवर्धमानमानम्य । गुरूणां च विशेषत । किंचित् सूत्रकृतांगरय धार्तिक लिप्यारयते मया ॥१॥ आगम द्वादशांगीरूप तेहने विषह चार अनुयोग क्या ॥ ते एह ॥ चरणानुयोग १ द्रव्यानुयोग २ धर्मस्थानुपोग ३ गणितानुपांग ४ चिहूं. प्रकारे etc. Ends.- ( text) fol. 6 ममियं वचारे दते दयिए योसहवाए नियं(ग)ये तित्ति) बच्चे ४ से प(वमेष जाणहज)मह मयतारो जिमि पोडश. (सोलस) गाहाना(माध्यग्लिोयन सम्मत्त १६ इति श्रीसूयगडोगाप प्रथम भुतरूप सपूर्ण ॥ -(vartika) fol 84" तेहनां वहां वचन उ कति रोमि •आयपने समत गट. श्री श्री आचार्यश्री ६. -- " "" . .. " ..

·48 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [49 220 grey; Deva- सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रनियुक्ति Sūtrakņtārgasūtraniryukti (सूयगडंगसुत्तनिज्जुत्ति) (Suyagadangasuttarijjutti) No.48 1873-74. Size.-rol in. by 44 in. Extent.—6 folios; 15 lines to a page; 55 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper very thin, brittle and nagari characters with guitats, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; ink faded and spread out at times; fol. r* blank; so is the fol. 66; red chalk used; complete; edges of several foll. sightly damaged; condition on the whole good. Age.--Fairly old. Author.-Bhadrabahusvāmin. Subject.-A metrical commentary in Prakrit in 208 verses clucidating Sutrakſtāngasutra. Begins.-fol. 1 ॐ नमः श्रीवीतरागाय ॥ तित्थफरे य जिणवरे । मुत्तरे गणहरे पणमिऊणं । सूयगडस्स भगवओ । णिज्जुर्ति कित्तहस्सामि ॥१॥ सूयगडं अंगाणं चिप्तियं तरस य इमाण (णामाणि)। सूपतगडं उत्तक सूपगई चेव गोण्णाई ॥२॥ etc. Ends..-fol. 6 पासायधिज्जो पुरिछपाइओ अज्जगोयम उदगो। सागपुच्छाधम्म सोउं पाहियमि उपसंतो ॥२०८॥ सूयगडणिज्जुत्ती सम्मत्ताइति श्रीसुयगडांगनियुक्तिः समाप्ताः॥॥श्रीः Reference.-Published. See No. 28. सूत्रकृतास्त्रनियुक्ति Sūtrakrtangasūtraniryukti 258(b). No.49 1871-72. Errent-ol. 42 to fol.46. Description.- Complete for further paniculars scc Satrakranga. saturaNo.28.

·SI.I II 11 Angas 49 Begins fol 42 नमो वीतरागाय ।। तिथकरे य जिणवरे etc , as in No 48 Ends -fol 46 पास(मानचि(च्चिोज्जो पुच्छियाइओ etc, up to उवसतो as in No 48 followed by नालदइज्जनिज्जुत्ती सम्मत्ता ॥ छ। सूय- गडनिज्जुत्ती समत्ता ॥ छ । ग्रथाय २५८० ॥ छ II etc Size - सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र नियुक्ति Sūtrakrtangasūtramryuktı No 50 221 1873-74 - II in by skin Extent -7 folios, 15 lines to a page , 42 letters to a line Description - Country paper, thick tough and white, Devanagari characters, big, clear, uniform and tolerably good hand writing, borders ruled in three lines in red ink, edges singly, yellow pigment used , complete, fol I blank, condition very good Age - does not seem to be modern Begins - fol frutto facta etc, as in No 48 Ends — fol 70 yaralamat etc, up to garait poc as in No 48 followed by सूयगडनिज्जुत्ती सम्मत्ता ॥७॥ पद्मोपम पत्रपरपरान्वित घणोंज्ज्यल सूक्तमरदसदर । मुमुक्षमप्रकरस्य बल्लभ जीयाच्चिर सूत्रस्दत(ग)पुस्तक ।। छ । शुभ भवतु ॥ लेपक्पाठक्यो() योरपि भद्रमरतु ॥ N B - Tor further particulars see No 48 सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रचूर्णि Sutral rtangasūtmcūrhi (सूयगडगसत्तचुणि) (Suyagnihugrsuttacunnt) 143 No51 1872-73 Size -~13 in by 4: in Tls is not tle extent of the nukti turtlc estent of the complete Ms 7 UP ·Sd Jaina Literature and Plulosophy [52 Extent 159+1+1=161 folios, 15 lines to a page, 68 letters . to a line Description Country paper, this and white, Devanagari chara cters with crat, bold, big, uniform, legible and elegant hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, strips of paper pasted to the edges of the first and the second foll , condition on the whole good , red chalk used , numbers of foll entered twice on one and the same page but in different margins, fol 125 repeated , so is the fol 152, complete Age --- Fairly old Subject - A commentary partly in Sanshrit and partly in Prakrit clucidating Sūtrah stängasutra Begins --fol r'ॐ नम सिद्धेभ्य ॥ णमो भरहताण णमो सिद्धाण णमो आयरिपाण । नमो उवग्झायाण । णमो लोए सायसारण । मगलादीणि सत्थाणि । मगलमग्झाणि । मगलअवसा- पाणि । मगलपरिग्गहिआ सिरसा etc Ends fol 159 एतेसि ण मते पदाण पतराई पादाइ लाइ एथण सहण देषु- ताणि । मदीयपक्षश्य तानीत्यर्थ अण्णाणता एपमट्टणो सहित एतेसि ण इमा जगवाए एतमदस(गढमा दहामिजघसने तिणत य स वमिति । छ । नम सर्पविदे धीराप विगतमोहाप ममाप्त चेद सूत्रकृताभिधान हिायमगामिति । भद्र भवतु श्रीजिनशासनाय श्री ॥ श्री ॥etc सूत्रकृतासूत्रचूर्णि Sūtrahtang truçõrmu 1288 No52 1887-91 Size Top in by 4. In Extcnt 245-2=243 folios, 13 lines to a page si letters to a line Description - Country paper, icry thin and greyish, Devanizari characters with EATIS lig, Told legible and leautiful hand #filing borders ruled in three lines in red ink, red cbalk used, a piece of thich are of the same sizc as the foll masted to the fol 1, odies or the foll 2, 7, 15, 23. 29, 31 10 33 and 86 worn out to a smaller or greater extens. fol 16 slightly tom, the fol 245 written on a .

·54 ] II 11 Angas 51 thick paper, but its edges are all the same worn out, condition on the whole very fair , fol 9 and 238 missing: otherwise complete Age - Old Begins -- folio HR full OTHT entut etc, as in No si Ends fol 2456 ATÊ Of WA TETUT etc., as in No si NB- For subject see No SI सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रपर्याय Sūtrabrtangasītraparyayn No 53 736 (3) 1875-76 Extent fol 26 to fol 3* Description - Complete For ather details see Pancavastuka 736 (1) paryaya 1875-76 Subject Synonymous words pertaining to Sutrahstāngasutra Begins fol 2 सूत्रस्तागपर्या(पा) यथा । सम्यमेवामगध । आध्यक(पा) FART IST #FETTT TETETT HTHT Erderaf 1 ctc. Ends • fol 3* न आत अनागतक्रिप धर्तमानाक्रिय भवतीत्यधं । इति सूत्रकृतांग- पर्याया समाप्ता । No सूत्रकृताइसूत्रपर्याय Satmhrtau usutrapiryan 789 ( 3 ) No 54 1895-1902, Extent--fol 3' to fol 35 Description - Complete for further dctails sce Pancasastukaparyaya No 789 (1) 1895-1902 Begins - fol 3* natrafar IITTA MEITAT CIC, as in No 53 Inds - fol ; # SITT UTFT etc, as in No 53 NB - For subject sce No 33 ·Jaina Literature and Philosoplry [57. सूयकृतास्त्रपर्याय Sätrakſtāógasūtraparyāya paryaya No. No. 55 736 (25). 1875-76. Extent.- fol. 31 to fol. 32'. Description.---Complete. For other details see Paricavastuka- 736(1). 1875-76. Subject. Some of the words occuring in Sutrahštăngasutra clucidated. Begins.- fol. 31 मनस्तांगाय नमः । अनंतरागमः । गमाः सदृशपाठाः पंपापाः। अर्थस्त्वमिधेपरणाः etc. Ends.- fol. 320 परस्परायगद्धानां तेलानलयतीनां पुरुपायशीसतानामरुयारंभ. का(फोत्यं तथा एणानां सपोदादेरफारंभकन्य । सूत्रकृतां(ग)पर्यायाः ममाताः । 1 सूत्रकृतासूत्रपर्याय Sūtraktargastmjuryāya 789(25). No.56 1895-1902 Extent.---fol. St' to fol. 53. Description.- Completc. Tor other details sec Pancavastuka- 736(1). 1895-1902 Begins.-fol. 5रतांगाप नम Itc., as in No.55. fol :पूति प्रापंपा सरितां ॥४प्रांगारि ॥ नमः . गास्तमिति गुणा एवं c Inds-fol. SB परस्परविरुयाना ctc., as in No.55 paryaya No. समकताप्रपयांय Sätralstslinasitnjury it Nost 13:(8) A16५:-43. Cricat.- fol. 16 to lol 41.

·57.
II. 11 Angas
13
paryaya No.
Description. -Complete. For other details see Nandisttravisamapadar
332 (1)
A1882-83.
Begins.-- fol. 36 मूनस्तांगाय मम ॥ सूनसतांगपर्यायाः प्रतिषिसं(पा)दित्यान
शोधिताः संतीति ज्ञेयं । अनंतगम. गमाः सदृशपाठाः पर्यापाः । शब्दपर्याया
अर्थस्त्वभिधेयगुणाः etc., as in No.55.
Ends.--- fol. 39 परस्परविरुद्धानां etc., up 10 मूत्रस्तांगपर्याया- as in No. 55.
Then from the same fol. 39 me harc:-
पुनरपि सूत्रस्तांगपर्याया लिरयते गमा सदृशपाठा पर्याय शब्दपर्याया
etc., up to xfat gaf 97497 ele caillon fol. 414.
N. B.- Tor subject see No 55.

·Jaina Literature and Philosophy +58. THE THIRD ANGA स्थानानसत्र Sthānāngasūtra (ठाणंगसुत्त) (Thānangasūtta) 260. No. 58 1871-72 Size.-- 101 in. by 4. in. Extent.- 150 folios; 11 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters with a hers; bold, big, legible and beautiful handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. 1* blank; edges of the first two foll., and the last partly worn out; several foll. more or less worm-eaten ; condition on the whole very fair ; complete; the ro sthanas ending on foll. 4", 23°, 45°, 84", 99, 106, 117, 128, 136", and 150* respectively; fol. 1500 practically blank; extent 3770 ślokas, Age. appears to be rather old. Author.- Sudharmasyāmin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject.— This third anga is divided into to chapters styled as sthanas, each discussing objects according to their number e. g., those that are one in number are treated in the first chapter. The seventh chapter (sútra 517 ) is utilized while discussing 7 schisms by Leumann, in his article “Die alten Berichte von den Schismen der Jaina" published in Indis. chen Studien (vol. XVII, pp. 91–135 ). Begins.-- fol. 7 THT 1 सुपं मे आउसं तेणं मगधया एयमस्वाप एगे आया एगे दंटे etc. Ends.---fol. 150 एवं धनेहि गंधेहिं रसेहिं फासेहि दसगुणलक्रता ते पोग्गला अणता पण्णता। संमत्तं च ठाणमिति दस(म) ठाणं संम्मत र ॥दसमनपणं संम्मतं ॥१०॥पीठाणांगसूधं समाप्तं ॥ ग्रंथानं २०७०।। Reference. —As editio princeps may be mentioned the publication of A. D. 1880 by Rai Dhanapatisinha, styled as Agamasangraha vol. III, where the text along with a Sanskrit commentary of Abhayadeva Sûri and 2 Gujarati one of Megharaja is published. The text is also published with ·59 ] III 11 Angas SS Abhayadeva Suri's commentary in the Agamodaya Samıtı Series, in two parts, in A D 1918 and 1920 respectively' For contents etc, see Weber II, p 390 ff , Indrın Anti quary vol XVIII, p 182 ff, and Winternitz Geschichte sol II, P 300 For additional Mss see B B RAS (vol. III-IV, P 402 ) FUTATTEET Sthāpāngasūtra No 59 70 1880-81 Size 131 in by 2 in Extent about 210 leaves, 4 to 6 lines to a leaf, ss letters to a line Description Palm-leaf thin and greyish, Devanagari characters with genets, small, legiblc, uniform and good handwriting, borders not ruled; the work written continuously, though it appears to be arranged in two separate columns, a hole in each leaf in the space between its two columns, leaves numbered in both the margins, in the night hand one as 1, 2, 3 etc, and in the left hand one in letters, eg the 147th leaf numbered as a about ist is leaves broken त 1} into two, the last few leaves badly damaged, the intervening ones to a smaller extent, condition rather unsatisfactory, leaf 1. blanh. Age - Old. Begins • वमखाय । एगे आया । एगे दहे। एगा किरिया etc - leaf it ! There is a misleading marginal note in the second part, lor, though there are no uddesals for stiinas VI to 1, the 3rd uddest is mentioned in case of cach of these sthinas ·56 Jama Literature and Philosopisy [60. Ends - leaf 209 (?)--दसविहा असमाही जाय उच्चारपासवणा(ण)खेलर्मिघाणग- पारिहायणियाऽसमिती'। दसविहा पयज्जा प०त. N B. For further particulars see No 58 .... स्थानामसूत्र Sthānāvgasūtra 1251 No 60 1884-87 Size -9 in by 4g in Extent 28 folios , 13 lines to a page, 30 letters to a line Description - Country paper very thin, rough and white, Devanagari characters, small, legible and very fair hand writing, borders ruled in tho lines and edges in one, in red ink , fol. 1* blanh , foll numbered in the right hand margin, condi tion very good, this Ms commences with the second sthāna and ends with the 777th sutra , thus it begins abruptly and ends also abruptls Age Old Begins fol 1 श्रीवीतरागाय नम । दोहि ठाणेहि(हिं) सपत्ते अणगारे अणाईय।अणश्यग्ग दहमद्ध चउरतससार कतार वितिवतेज्जा । त जहा । विज्जाए चेव । चरणेण चेव । दुविहा गरहा। ५०। त। मणसा वेगे गरहति । वयसा घेगे गरहति । अहया गरहा द्रुविहा। पादीह वेगे अद्ध गरहति । रहस्स वेगे अद्ध गरहति । दुविहे पन्च(कोखाणे । पात । भणसा वेगे पच(चकोसाति । वयसा वेगे पञ्च(साति । अहवा पञ्चाकोखाणे दुविहे । पत। दीह धेगे अद्ध पञ्च(साति । रहस्स चेगे अद्ध पञ्च(कोखाति दोहिं ठाणेहिं आया फेवलिपलत्त धम्म भेज्ज सवयणीए । । ताजपसाएसे चेय। मोहणिज्जस्स चेव कम्मस्स उद(द)पण etc Inds - fol 28 दस दसाउ। पता याला रिट्टाहा) मदा बला पन्ना हो(हायोणि । पवचा पायोमारा हमहा(ही) । मातणी तथा दम अच्छेरगा।। (पोसग्गर। गम(मोहरण २। इत्थीतित्य ३। अमारिया परिमा४ान्हस्म अमरकगा। उत्तरे(रोण चदसराण ६ । हरिवसकुटप्पती ७ 1 चमझप्पातो त । अहसत This is the 711th sutra ( Agamodaya Samit, p 473 ) - ·6..] II 11 Angas 57 सिद्धा ९। असजात(ते)स पूया। दस जु(अ)णतेण कालेण।२॥ लिपत शा ६ गच्छतिलफजीश्री ६ आचार्यजीजसवतजा(जी)प्रसादातृ । सुभ भवतु मगलमस्तु लेप्यकपाठक। Then in a different hand we have ठाणागचोभगी। - For further particulars see No 58 NB स्थानाइसून Sthanāngasūtra दीपिकासहित with Dipika No61 866 1895-1902 Size -10) in by 5 in Extent -330+1=331 folios, 9+12=21 lines to a page, 39 letters to a line Description --Country paper, tough and white, Devanagari cha racters, bold, big, clear and good hand writing, borders ruled in three lines in red inh, all the four edges singly, numbers of foll entered twice as usual, red chalk and yellow pigment used, fol 1 blank , this Ms contains both the text and the commentary, it is a Fargret Ms , edges of the first two foll slightly worn out, foll 5 to 12 and 309 to 319 somewhat worm-eaten , a piece of paper of the same size as the foll affixed to the fol 330', condition on the whole good , fol 145 repeated, complete, extent 18000 Slokas , dipika composed in Samvat 1657 Age ---Samvat 1888 Author of the dipika — Nagarsi Gani Subject —The text along with its commentary in Sanskrit Begins - (text) fol 1 ॐनम सिद्ध सुय मे आउस तेण etc (com) fol 1 ॐ नम भीस शाय[ ] 1 भीविजयसेनमरीश्वरपरम. गुरुभ्यो नम ॥ प्रणतसरासरनाथ सनाथमाभिनाय च रजनिनाय । स्था भीश्रुतदेषी श्रीगुरुपावसमस्त्य ॥१॥ 8 [UL.P] " ·62] III. 13 Angas 59 याचकशिरोवतंसे श्रीमद्भिविमलहर्षगणिपभैः । संशोधितेयमर्थप्रदीपिका दीपिका रम्या ॥ ११ ॥ सा(सोहस्राणि चतुर्दश शताधिमानीत्यनुष्ट(ोपा(मा) संरया । ज्ञेया(त्र याच्यमाना इंसविधुं नंदतु चिरं सा॥१२॥ इति श्रीस्थानांगदीपिका समाता ॥ ग्रंथाधेय १८००० सर्वसंप्या । संवत् १८८८ पपें । वैशापतितत(ध)यो १३ व्या संपूर्ण ता भौमवासरे। Reference.-See No. 58. - स्थानानसून Sthānārgasūtra भालावबोधसहित with Balāvabodha No.62 147. 1872-73. Size.-104 in. by 44 in. Extent.—186-17 101=286 folios; 18 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, rough and white; Devanagari chara. cters with CHATS; this is a fret Ms., clear and fair handwriting ; borders ruled mostly in tivo lines in black ink; .the 2nd fol. partly torn; condition good; the text written in a very big hand at least up to the 12th fol. ; red chalk used; foll.148° and 186° blank; but the continuity is undisturbed ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; foll. 149 to 186 also numbered as 1, 2 etc. ; the subsequent foll. numbered only as I, 2 etc%; both the text and balavabodha complete except that the very first fol. is missing. Age.--Samvat 1647. Autodr of Balava'dodha.— D'nanapau (?). Subject.— The third anga with a Gujaratñ explanation which appears to shed light on its Sanskrit commentary, too. Begins.- (text) fol. 2 भगाया एवमक्खायं ( 3 )एगे आया etc. - (bālai ) fol. 21 उ(ड)चनापन मेरुनः पटल समूह नर विघटा- वह विध्वंसवइ । उल्लासेत उदयउं निर्मल फेवलरूप सूर्यमंडल etc. Ends.- (text) fol. I00 (of the second set) एवं वन्नेहिं etc., up to दसमग्झयण as in No. 58 followed by समत्तं १० पीठाणांगसूत्र, ·60 Jauna Literature and Philosophy [63. Ends-- (balas) fol Ior* श्रीच(वि)कमादित्यना सपत्सर ११२० इग्यारवीसो. त्तरइ ए टीकाका अल्प बुद्धि नर पणि जाणता सोहिली एहषी मह गुथी 'अणहिलवाडापाटण' नइ पसन्दार धनपति नाम गणीहए टीका नी. पना पछी धुरि तेणइ उतारी । श्रीमन्महावीरांहिपक्जतदाज्ञाधारकसौधर्मादिदु प्रसाहातायुगप्रधान- सश्रमणादिसघअद्भुतगुणरत्नालारालतगात्रमोहभाराक्रातभवामोधिनिमग्न जनतारणपानपानसमशमिवचरणारविंदमकरदपानपट्पदकल्पेन कान्हजी. त्यभिधानमनिना सव १६४७ वर्षे मार्गशीर्षमासे शुरूपक्षे पचम्या तिथौ शनियातरे टीका उद्धृत्य अर्था समर्थिता अईदादिप्रसादेन । पत् किंचिदिह etc , अय श्री अमदावादा भिधाननगरीयगीगृकाख्यशाखापुरे क. श्रीकर्मणश० श्रीजाणकारयसनिधो समाप्तोऽय सुखावोध । यावस्ट्रीमन्महावीरतीर्थ etc स्थानासून Sthānangasūtra दवासहित with tabba 259 No 63 1871-72 Size --101 in by 41 Extent --273 folios, 5 lines to a page , 36 letters to a line Description Country paper, very thin and white Devanagari chanz cters, bold, colerably good and clear hand writing, borders ruled in three lines in red ink and edges in two red chalk used this Ms contains both the test and the çabba, fol ; blaph edges of the first fol partly worn out, strips of paper pasted to ſoll 6 and 9 red chalk used, yellow pig ment, too, ſol 63rd badly torn, the foll 64 66 and 113 worn out in several places, condition very fair, foll 45 10 202 also numbered as 1, 2, ctc. , marginal notes on fol 136, complete, extent 19000 Slokas Age -Samrat 1791-1792 Author of the tabba - Not mentoncd Subject -- Thc text along with its cxplaination in Gujarati ·64.] III. I Aigns 61 " Begins - (text) fol 1 श्रीसारदाय नम ॥ श्रीसद्गुरू वणायगजी नम ॥ सूस)य मे आउस तेण etc, asin No 58 -(rabba ) fol 1 श्रीसुधर्मास्वामि जमुस्वामिने फ्हे उइ हे आयुषा- यत जमू etc Ends -(text ) 273* एव बन्ने िetc , practically up to श्रीठाणागसून as in No 58 followed by स १७९१ शा. १६५६ का शु।५ दिने क श्री नारायणजीसेवन लिपनियात् श्री परेडीग्राम ॥ श्री ॥ - (rabba) fol 273" दशम ठाणु समाप्त दशम अध्ययन सपूर्ण ॥१० इति ठाणांगसु(सू)वटयार्थ लिपितोऽय ग्रथाग्रथ १९ हजार छ ॥ सवत् १७९२ वर्षे कार्तिक शुदि ५गुरौ श्री परिसरामध्ये लिपित पूज्यश्रीरु(क)पि. श्री ५ विणायगजी तशिष्यपूज्यरु(क)पिश्री५ हेमराजजी तस्पातेवासी लिपीकृत मुनीनारायण स्वय आत्मार्थे । Reference -See No 58 " " ,12" """ " "" " स्थानाङ्गसूत्र Sthānāngasūtra टब्बासहित with tabba No 64 886. 1892-95. Size.--Iog in by 4g in Extent-(text) 2 folios, 7 lines to a page, 62 letters to a line. -(rabba) 2 72 Description - Country paper very thin, rough and white, Devanagari characters, thus Ms contains the text as well as the Interlinear tabba, the latter written in a very small hand, legible and good hand-writing, borders ruled in three lines in red ink, edges of both the foll partiy worn out, condition very fair , complete so far as it goes Age -Samvat 1745 Subject —This Ms deals with seven svaras, dharmapradešas, and the seven nayas, together with their explanation in Gujarati. Begins -- (text) fol 1 श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥ ऐनम से कि त सत्त नामे सत्त सरा पण्णत्तात सज्जे १रिसभे २ गधारे ३ मज्झिमे ४ पचम(मे) सरे हे(धे)वए चेव ६णेसाए ७ सरा सत्त वियाहिया १ ·635 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [652 एएसिणं सत्तण्हं सराणं सत्त सरहाणा पण(पण)त्ता सं(तं) सज्जं च अग्गजीहाए उरणं रिसभं सरं कंदग्गएणं गंधारं मज्झजीहाए मज्झिमं २॥ etc.' Begins.--(rabba) fol. • श्रीजिनेंद्रेभ्यो नमो नमः॥ ।' से अथ को कोण तं ते स सात प्रकारे स० सात स० स्वर etc. , Ends.--- (text ) fol. 20 एवं भणंत समभिरूढं एवंभुउ भणइ जंजं भणसि तं सव्वं कसिणं पडिपुग्नं निरवसेस एगग्गहणगहीतं दे विन्नेअवत्थूपएसे विनेयव- शुसे तं पएसदिटुंतणं से तं नयपमाणे[:] इति श्रीसातनयमूत्रं स्मा(समा) संपूर्ण कला(ल्याणमस्तु श्री छः छः श्री श्री छः छः -(rabba) fol. 2 एवंभूत नो(नोयनो(ने) घ(भोणी चोले छइंजे जे धर्मा. ..:. स्तिकायादिक वस्तु etc. इति श्रीसात नय संपूर्ण रमाप्तम् शुभं भूयात् कल्यान- (ण)मस्तु संवत् १७४५ श्रावणवदि ८etc. जिम कोइ नदी सर्वे समुद्र एकहो. (ठो)न थाए सर्वे एतले दर्शनानाम । श्रीवीतरागना मतने विपे ठेपई श्रीवीत- रागनो मत कोइ दर्शना(नो)ना मतने विपि नथी इति काव्याद्धीः श्री छ श्री। .. स्थानासूत्रटीका Sthānāngasūtratīkā 261. No.65 1871-72. Size-Irg in. by s in. Extent.-- 261 folios; 17 lines to a page; so letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper, thick, and white; Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs: bold, not very small, clear and fairly good hand-writing; borders mostly ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red; the unnumbered sides marked in the centre with a small circular disc in red colour; the numbered, in the margins, too; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1* blank; edges of the first foll. slightly damaged ; several foll. more or less wormeaten ; foll. 76 to 77 and 124 10 126 darkısh ; fol. 261 torn at one of the corners; condition fair ; complete; extent 14250 ślokas; the commentary composed in Samyat 1120. Age.-- Does not seem to be modern. 1. This is a part of the 53rd sutri ..

·63.], III. II Angas 633 Author.-Abhayadeva Suri. Subject.-Commentary in Sanskrit to Sthánāniga. It is styled as vivaraña and ţikā as well, by the commentator himself. I Begins.-fol. ' अहे ।। श्रीवीरं जिनं नाथं नत्या स्थानांगकतिपयपदानां । प्रायो(ड)न्यशास्त्रदृष्टं करोम्यहं विवरणं किंचित् etc. Ends.--fol. 26:" शेषद्वाराणि तु सध्यपनेषु प्रथमाध्पपनांदनुगमनीयानि छ । इति श्रीमदभयदेवसूरियिरचिते स्थानाख्या(रयोतृतीयांगविवरणे देशा स्थानकास्यं दशममध्ययनं समाप्तम् ।। त(स)संप्रदायहीनत्वात् सहृदय(दूह)स्य वियोगतः । सर्व (स्व)परशास्त्राणामदृष्टेरस्मृतेश्च मे ॥१॥ वाचनानामनेकत्वात्पुस्तकानामस(शुद्धितः । स्त्राणामतिगांभीर्यात्मतभेदाच्च कुत्रचित् ॥ २॥ भूणानि संभवंतीह केवलं मुविवेकिभिः । सिद्धांतानुगतो यो(अर्थः सो(रमाद्राह्यो मवे(न चे?)तर' ॥३॥ सो(शोध्यं वैचितयै(ज्जिीने भक्तामवद्भिर्दयापरैः । संसारकारणात् घोरादपसिद्धांतदेशनात् ॥ ४॥ फातिवा(मचा क्षम(मा)स्मासु यतो(स्माभिरनामहैः । एतद्गमनिकामात्रमुपगा(का)ीति चवि(चित ।।५।। तथा संभाव्य सिद्धांताद बोध्यं मध्यस्थया धिया। द्रोणाचार्यादिभि) प्राज्ञैरनेकैराहतं यतः ॥६॥ जैनग्रंथविशालदुर्गमवि(क)नादुञ्चित्य गाढश्रम सद्व्याख्यानफलान्यमूनि मयका स्थानांगसद्भाजनै-(ने)। संस्थाप्योपहितानि दुर्गनिरमायेण लब्ध्यार्थना श्रीमत्संग(घ)विभोरत परमसावेव प्रमाण स्ती ॥ ७॥ श्रीविक्रमादित्यनरेंद्रकालाच्छतेन विंशत्यधेिरेन युक्त । समासहस्रेऽतिगते विदृब्धा स्थानांगटीका(डोल्पधियो(पिगम्या॥८॥ अब दशमाध्ययने श्लोका' १७१४ प्रत्यक्षरं निरुप्यास्या ग्रथमानं विनिश्चितं । अनुष्टुभां सपादानि सहस्राणि चतुर्दश ।। साध्ययनेषु ग्रंथांम्तो १४२५० । तथासूत्रं ग्रंथ ३७५० उभयं ग्रंथाग्रंथांकतो १८००० अष्टादश सहस्राणीति ।। शुभं भवतु लेपरषाचस्यो Reference.--Published See No.18 स ।

·64 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [66. . स्थानापसूत्रटीका Sthanāngasūtratīkā 262 No 66 1871-72 Size --10% in by 44 in Extent —289-55-1+1=234 folios, 15 lines to a page, 54 letters to a line Description --Country paper thin and greyish, Devanagari characters with पृधमात्राs, bold, small, clear and good handwriting, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red, fol r* decorated with a diagram, the unnumbered sides marked with a small circular disc in red colour in the centre, the numbered, having two, more, red chall used, white paste used at tines, foll 28 to 82 lacking , so is the fol 138th , the foll. 139th repeated, edges of the first foll slightly worn out, fol 162 damaged in the centre, foll 173 to 192 wormeaten , condition on the whole very fair , foll 247 to 267 also numbered as 2, 3, etc , foll 268 to 288, numbered as 1, 2, etc fol 2894 decorated with figures , complete Age-appears to be rather old Begins-fol r' श्रीवीर जिन etc , as in No 65 Ends-fol 288 शेपद्वाराणि detc, up to दशममध्ययन समाज as in No 65 followed by the lines as under तत्समाप्तो च । समाप्त स्थानागविवरण तथा च यदादाभिहित स्था नांगस्य महानिधानस्पयोन्मुद्रणमिवानुपाग() भारभ्यत इति तयद्रकुलीन- भयचनप्रणीतामतियद्धविहारहारिचरितभीवर्द्धमानामिधानठनिपतिपादोपसे विन प्रमाणादिव्युत्पादनमषणप्रकरणविषमणायिन अपदमतियंधक- प्रवक्तृप्रवीणाप्रतिहतवचनार्थप्रधानयाभसरस्प सविहितमुनिजनमस्पस्य भीजिनेश्वराचार्यस्य तदनु तदनुभस्प च व्याकरणादिशासफर्म भीवुद्धि सागराचार्यस्य चरणकमरचरी(कल्पेन श्रीमदभयदेवरिनाम्ना मया महावीरनिनराजसतानजिना महाराजवंशजन्मनेय । संमिनमनिपर्गप्रपर. भीमदजितसिंहाचापातेयासियशोदवगणिनामा(मधेपसापोहतरसापरस्ये. विपाक्रिपामधानस्य साहाय्येन समयितं तदेव सिदमहानिधानस्य समापि too, ·67.] III. MAng.rs तापिटतानुयोगस्य मम मंगलाथै पूज्यपूजा नमो भगवते वर्तमानतीर्धनाथाय श्रीमन्महावीराय नमः प्रतिपधिप्रथम(मथनाय श्रीपार्श्वनाथाय नम अपचनप्रयोधिकायै श्रीप्रघवनदेवताय नमः प्रस्तुतानुयोगशोधिकारी श्री. द्रोणाचार्यमप्ठख (ख)पंडितपर्षदे नमश्चतुर्वाय श्रीश्रमणसंघभट्टारशयेति । एप च निजवंशवत्सलराजसतानिक स्येव ममासमान[मिमायाममासमान मिम मायासमतिसफलता नयंतो राजवस्या (दया) इव बर्द्धमानजिनसंतानवार्त्तिन() स्वीकुम्वंतु यथोचितमितो(s)र्यजातमनुतिहंत मुप्यष्टूचितपुरुषार्थमिद्भिसप- युंजतां च योग्यम्य इति किंच। Then we have सत्संप्रदायहीन etc., up to शुभं भवतु as in No. 65 followed by श्रीसंघस्प 17 ॥ यावल्लवणसरुद्रो etc. N. B.-For further particulars see No.65. स्थानासूत्रदीका Sthānārgasūtratīkā No.67 299. 1902-1907. Size.-101 in. by 4t in. Extent.--234-21-1=212 folios; 15 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters with occasional gratis ; bold, fair and tolerably big, but not quite clear hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, loil 1, 3,4,6,511053, 71,72,96, 110 to 113, 116 and 218 to 223 lacking, the 2nd folio damaged in good many places, edges of 3rd fol. and those of 1.41 10 153 and 190 pantly worn out, several foll. darkısh to a smaller or greater entent, foll.771089 slightly tore,covers of foll. 233 to 235 worn out a little, the 234th fol very badly damaged, conditon fur, numbers of foll. entered ruice as usual; fol 198 marhed as 199 also, the follos ing being hence numbered as 200, 201 etc. Age.—seems to be fairls old. Begins.-- fol. 2' देयमित्यवमरो योपि यापमेर etc. ( letters not quite legible) १ [UL.PD ·66 Javia Literature and Philosophy 168. Ends.-- fol. 234 शेषद्वाराणि तु etc.. up to स्थानांगटीका(डोल्पधिया(पि TRT 118 as in No, 66 followed by 3s (ET)ATETUT FAIR:11 SVET FETT etc., up to ani 38740 as in No. 65. Then runs the line as under: सर्वसंस्था ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ etc. दामोदरेण लिपीरुतं । श्री।। N, B.--For further particulars see No. 65. स्थानाङ्गसूत्रटीका Sthânātigasūtratīkā No. 68 908. 1892-95. Size.-10., in, by 4. in. Extent.--369+5+2+1-9=368 folios, 13 lines to a page; - 50 letters to a line. Description.—Country paper thin, rough and grey ; Devanagari characters with GEAITS; bold, big, beautiful and legible hand-writing; borders generally ruled in four lines in black ink; ſoll. r* and 3696 blank ; yellow pigment used; foll. 56, 241, 289, 322 and 327 repeated; numbers of foll. 48 to 369 entered twice as usual; fol. 67 repeated twice; the following numbered as 68, etc.; fol. 86 repeated once ; foll. 47, 57, 186, 187, 205, 237, 243, 276 and 321 lacking; several foll. worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent ; corners of fol]. 298 10 367 more or less worn out; condition on the whole good; extent 14250 slohas. Age.--appears to be old. Begins.--1 statt ha etc., as in No. 66. Ends.—fol. 368. EsanÔ etc., up to turations datas) TRT II C ll as in No. 66 followed by 377(1) TRTETUR vro १४२५०. N. B.-for further particulars see No. 65.

·70 ] 111. 11 Anges 67 स्थानाङ्गसूत्रटीका Sthānăngasūtratikā No. 69 359. A 1882-83. Size -10% in. by 4 in. Extent.–288 folios, 15 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Devanāgari characters with TERETS, neither too big nor too small, clear and tolerably good liand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in blach inh; red chall used; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual , fol. 14 blank , fol. 218 seems to be wrongly numbered as 219 in the right hand margin ; the succeeding foll. nambered as 219, 220, etc., edges of the first fol. and those of the last, too, slightly damaged ; condition on the whole very good ; complete , extent 14500 ślokas, Age.-seems to be old. Begins-fol. 16 strati Arti etc., as in No. 66. Ends.--fol. 288 शेषद्वाराणि तु etc, up to स्थानांगटीकाल्पधिया()पि गम्या II C ll as in No, 66 followed by curs 28400 EIN soft'farah- नगरमध्ये॥ N. B.--For further particulars see No. 65. स्यानादसूत्रपर्याव Sthāpārgasūtraparyāya Na 70 736 (4) 1875-76 Extent. fol. 34 to fol. 36 Description.- Complete. For other details sce Pancavastukaparyaya 1875-76. Subject.--Difficult words occurring in Sthanaigasutra explained. Begins-fol. 3' स्थानपर्याया यथा । वैपयो) जाड्यं । आभाषणलेशदने लाला निर्गमार्द्रताछत् अम्ल इत्यर्थ. !etc. No. 236 (1) ·68 Jama Literalure and Philosophy [72 Ends.--fol (मोनामित पहदगुलिश या लघुतरा मधुमुसा महा मावल्ला प्रति. विशेषा जगमय भय मयानित्यर्थ । स्थानांगपयाया समाप्ता || ।। स्थानान्सूत्रपर्याय Sthátāngasūtraparyaya 789 (4) No 71 1895-1902 Extent--fol 38 to fol 45 Deutripuon Complete for further details sec Pancavastutha paryāya Begins --fol 3 स्थानपर्याया यथा । पच जास्य etc., as in No 70 Ends -fol 4 इनामिका हदयोलका etc स्थानाद्गसूत्रपर्याय Sthavangsutrajaryāya 736 (26) No 72 1875-76 Extent--fol 32b to fol 34" Description - Complete For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya No. 736(1) 1875-76 Subject --Difficult words occuiring in Sthanangasaura elucidated. Begins-fol 2 अथ स्थानागाय नम ॥ तसतानस्येति महाराजतदुपायानि तिउन्मुद्रणा अथ उघोट इत्यमेन . शम्दसबंध etc Ends --34* आचारदशा इति दशाश्रुतस्कंध । दिमोक्षक इति यदा पूर्वो गच्छति पदार्थ तदा दिक्पालाननुज्ञापयति । इति स्थानांगपर्याया समामा || ·78. 1 III. 11 dngas 6g स्थानाङ्गसूत्रपर्याय Sthāplātigasūtraparyāya 789 ( 26 ) No. 73 1895-1902. Extent.--col. 53 to fol. 56. Descriptioni.- Complete. I or other details see Paicevastuhanaryāya No. 789(1). 1895-1902. Begins.--lol. 533U for Ictu , as in No. 72. Ends.--lol. 56* 3TTEOTT ETA TITIUTERY, Etc. N. B.--For subicct see No. 72. स्थानानसूत्रपर्याय Stbānāógasñtraparyaya No 74 332 9). A 1892-83, Hatent.--ſol. 414 to fol. 444 Description.--Complete. Por other details see Nandisviravisamapad.iparyaya No. A 1582-83. Begun--fol 41' FINST TH! AFTAR A etc. as in No 72. Ends.a-lol 44" for FY IT shr etc. X. B.- l'or subject sec No. 72 स्थानाङ्गसूत्रबोल Stlátāngasutrabola 867 No. 75 1895-1902. Size.-9. n. by 4in. Extent.-49 folios; 11 haes to a page, 38 letters to a line, ·70 Jama Literature and Pinlosphy [15 Description - Country paper thin, rough and white, Devanagari characters, bold, big, clear and good hand writing, borders ruled in two lines in red inh, edges singly, fol sa blank, so is fol 14", several foll worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent, condition on the whole very fair, white paste used in place of yellow pigment, red chalk very rarely used , foll 21 to 40 also numbered as 1, 2, etc , complete Age -Samrat 1890 Author -Unknown Subject — A short summary of Sthanangasutra in Gujarati inter mixed with Hindi words Begins --fol I'श्रीवितरागाय नम || मन समज्झषा हेतु मन ठाम रापया हेतु सूत्र मै जोइन कहिय छै॥१॥ एगे आया एगे दडे २ etc, एगे लक्खे ५० ॥ प्रथम ठाए समत्त । १। दरब (द्रव्य) दोय प्रकारका etc Ends fol 49 पहेलै देवलोक उपना एकावतारी हुवा चार पल्पोपमनो आउपो पाली महाविदेह पेत्र माहि सीझसी बुझसी कर्म थकी मुकासी जाव अत परते ॥ ५८ ॥ इति श्री दसम ठाणू समत्त ठाणामइ अगसूत्रका मइस बोल काट्या छह सौ लीया छह ॥ मी आसो रु.९ स. १८९० ·-6] IV 1 Angas 71 THT TOL RTH ANG 4 4 समवायानसून Sumasayangasūtma (समवायगसुत्त) (Sunavarugasutta ) No76 139 1872-73 Size -101 in by 4 in Extent -65 folios, 11 liges to a page , 42 letters to a line Description --Country paper very thin and greyish, Devanagarı characters with Texas, bold clear, uniform and good hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in blach ink, foll. 14 and 65b blank , the dandas or the vertical lines in red ink throughout, marginal notes written at times, complete , condition very good Age -Old Author --Sudharmasvamın according to the Jaina tradition Subject –This fourth anga enumerates objects according to their number It is in a way, a continuation of Sthänliga sutra, for, it enumcrates different principles in rising numerical groups of I to 100 and more Begins ofol 1 नमो अरिहताण । नमो सिद्धाण । नमो आयरियाण । नमो उव- ज्झायाण | नमो लोए सत्वसाहूण । छ । सुय मे आउस तेण । भगवया एवमक्खाय । इह खलु समणेण etc Ends-fol 65' इसिवसे ४य जतिवसे ति य । मुणिवसे ह य सुते ति था । सतगे। धा । सतसमासे इ वा । मुयखधे इ वा । (समाए इया) सखे इथा। समत्तम क्खाय ! अज्झयणति नि येमि ।। 3 । सम्मत्त समवायागसूत्र पुस्तक ॥ छ। इति श्रीसमवायागसूत्र चउथमग समाप्त ॥ छ । ॥ जावइ लघणसमुद्रो (हो) ता(जा)वह नरवत्तमही( डिओ मेरो(क)। यावचचन्द्रादितो(यौ) तावदिद पुरतक जयती(ति) | on etc सा वस्नापठनार्थ ।। Reference -As editio princeps may be mentioned the Benares edition of A D 1880, where the text is published together with a Sanskrit commentary by Abluayadeva Súrt and a Gujarati one by Meghariya The text is also published ।

·72 Jaina Lilerature and Philosophy [7 along with Abhayadeva Süri's commentary in tlic Agiria daya Samiti Series in A. D. 1918 Tor contents etc See Weber II, p. 402 and Indian Antiquary, vol. XVII (p. 311 ff.) For additional Miss. see B, B. R. A. S. ( Vo III-IV, p. 401.) ३ .. समवायास्त्र Samavāyānigusūtr No.77 110. 1869-70 Size, -9in, by 4g in, Extent.--46 + 1 = 47 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 40 Jetters 10 line. Description.--Country paper thick and greyish ; Devanagari charac ters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; boid, legible, uniform ane good hand-writing; bordcis ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and white paste used; fol. 1a blank ; fol. 19 repeated ; a strip of paper pasted to the edge of fol. 460 condition on the whole good; complete; extent 1667 ślokas Age.-Sainvat 1626. Begins.-fol 1 नमो वीतरागाय ॥ सुयं मे आउसं तेणं भगवता etc., as in No. 76. Ends.-fol. 46• गणधरवंसे ति य जतियमे ति य etc., 'up to निमि as in No.76 followed by the lines as under:- समवाउचउत्थमंगं सम्मत्तं ।। ॥ ग्रंथानं १६६७ ॥छ ॥ ॥ ग्रंथस्य मतपष्टयाधिकपोहशशतानि प्रमाणं । छछ॥ मंवत १६२६ वर्षे माघमामे शुक्लपक्षे पश्चम्यां तिथौ मुधवासरे धाचनाचार्यपाश्रीश्रीश्री ३ विनयकलश- तदंतेवासी(सिमनिमारमल्लेन लिपीरतं । यादृशं पुस्तके etc., शमस्तु. N. B.-For further particulars see No. 76.

·78.] IV. 11 Angas 70 समवायाङ्गसूत्र Samavāyāngasutra No 78 215 1873-74 Size -II in by 4g in Extent -38 folios , 13 lines to a page, 55 letters to a line Description-Country paper, thin and greyish, Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs, bold, clear and good hand writing, red chalk used , borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red, fol decorated with a beautiful design, the upnumbered sides marked with a small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having over and above this, two more, one, in each margia, strips of paper pasted to most of the foll , edges of the first and the last foll slightly worn out, condition very fair, complete, estent 1767 slokas Age --Samvat 1713 Begins,-fol r'ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥ सप मे आउस etc, as in No 76 Ends - fol 38 इसियसे ह य जतिवसे ति य etc up to पुस्तक as in No 76. Then we have प्रथान १७६७॥ समयाउ(जो) उथमग समाप्त ॥ ॥ शिवमस्तु सर्वजगत() परहितनिरता भवतु भूतगणा()। दोपा प्रयातु नाश सर्वन सखीभवतु लोका (क)॥१॥ ॥ शुभ भवतु ॥छ॥ श्री मेरा (गच्छेशभीसोसामा()सुदररिलिपा. पित । स० श्रीमहलिके ।। श्री श्री श्री सवत् १७१३ वर्षे कार्तिक शुदि १५ गुरौ भी राजपुर यातन्य प्राग्वाट ज्ञातीयदृद्धशासीयसा । वासण । तपुत्र. सा। सतोपी तत्भार्या स्वरूपदे ।तपुत्रसा। अपई। तत्भाया। आपदा पाई ।तप्रसा ताराप्रमुखदुवयुतेन सभेपो() प । श्रीजिनविजय. गणीना श्रीसमवायांगाघपुस्तक प्रतिलाभित ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ भीममणसमस्य फ्ल्याण सूपा॥ NB-For further particulars see No 76 10 UL..]

·74
Jana Literature and Philosophy
[79.
समघायानसूत्रवृत्ति
Samarāyangasūtmavrtti
No.79
348.
A. 1882-83.
Size.-10 in. by 4g in.
Extent —86 folios , 15 to 19 lines to a page , 45 letters to a lige.
Description --Country paper thin and greyish, Devanagari charac-
ters with पृष्ठमात्राs, bold, legible and tolerably fair hand wrnt-
rug, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, fol r* blanh,
this Ms contains the anters only of the original sutra ,
foll
69 to 72 written in a shabby band, condition very good;
complete , extent 3575 ślolas
Age-Samvat 1620
Author Abhayadeva Suri
Subject - Commentary in Sanskrit to Samavayāngasutra styled as
vrtti, vivrri and tuka, too, by the commentator himself.
.Begins.-fol 1 अहम् ।।
श्रीवर्द्धमानमानस्य(म्य) । समया(वा)यांगत्तिका।
विधीयते अ(5)न्यशास्त्राणा प्राय समुपजीवनात् ॥
दुसप्रदायादसदूहनाद्वा ।
भण्यणिष्य)ते यद्वितथ मयेहा
तद्धोधनामु(मोनुरूपयद्धि ।
शोध्य मताथै कक्ष)तिरस्तु मैव(ब)॥१॥
Ends-fol 86 सि(
शियस्य सपादितो मपति समू(मथूणा चाय मार्गा()[अ]इस्प-
दिति इत्यायोदित)मिति समयायास्य चतुर्थमग वृत्तित समाप्त ॥
नम श्रीवीराय प्रवरवरपाश्वा(श्वा)य च नमो
नम श्रीवाग्देव्यै वरकविसमाया अपि नम
नम श्रीसपाय स्फुटगुणगुरुभ्योऽपि च नमो
नम सब)स्मै प्ररुतविधिम(साहायच(य्यक)रते ॥१
यस्य प्रथयरस्य वाक्यजलधिल (धेलोक्ष सहस्राणि च
चत्वारिंशदहो चतुर्भिराधिका मान पदानामभूत् ।
सस्योच्चैश्चुलकारुति निदधत कालरादिदोपाप्तथा
द्वर्जिया(खाद)खिलता गतस्य कुधिय(कुतुबमाशा॥२॥

·80.] 1v. 11 Angas S स्थ का(फोटे()तिनिधाय क्ष्टमाधिक मामे(5)न्यदा जाय(योता व्याख्याने(s)स्य तथा विवस्तुमनसामल्पश्रुतानामम(म)। इत्यालोचयता तथापि विमपि प्रोक्त मया तरच दु(यो)रयानय(वि)शोधन विदधातु प्राज्ञा परार्थोद्यता ॥३॥ इह घचसि विरोधो नास्ति सर्वज्ञवाकवाक्यात् कचन तदवमासो य स माया(न्न उद्धे वरयरुविरहादा(ड)तीतकाले मुनीशै- गणधरवच (ना)ना अस्तसघातनाद्वा ॥ ४॥ ध्यारयान यद्यपीद प्रवरकवि पारत(योण दृष्ट्या समायोऽस्मिस्तथा(पि) क्वचिदपि मनसा मोहतो(s)ोदिभेद)। स्तुि श्रीसपयुद्धरनुशरणविधेभा( )वशुद्धेश्च दोपो मा मे मुदल्पको(पि प्रयशोमपरमनास्ताच्च देवी श्रुतस्य ॥५॥ नि सबपिहारहारिचरितान् श्रीवर्द्धमानाभिधान् सूरीन ध्यातयतोऽतितीव्रतपसो ग्रथमणीतिप्रमो()। श्रीमत्सरिजिनेश्वरस्य जयिनो दप्पीयसा वि(या)ग्मिना तयोरपि बुद्धिसागर इति स्यात(स्य) सूरे वि ॥६॥ शिष्येणाभयदेवास्यसूरिणा विवृति कृता । श्रीमत समवायाम्यतुर्योगस्य समासत ५७ ॥ एकादशस (शीतेप्वथ विंशत्यधिक विमसमाना । 'अणहिलपाटक नगरे रचिता समवायटीकेय ॥ ८॥ प्रत्यक्षर निरूप्यास्या ग्रथमान पिनिश्चित । श्रीणि श्लोक्सहस्राणि पादन्यूना च पदशती ।। ९॥ छ । ग्रथसख्या ३५७५ 11 छ॥ ॥कल्याणमस्तु छ॥ सवत् १६२० वर्षे जेठष()सदि १ गुरुवारे 'विक्रमपुरे 'खरतर धेगहगच्छे गुरुश्रीवारमेरु- सत्सिम्या पा॥ श्रीसागरचद्रतसिप्य प° उदयतिलक रिपत ॥ छ। सुम भवतु॥ Reference --Published See No 76. समवायानसूत्रवृत्ति Samasājāógusūtravrtti NO 80 216 1873-74. Size:-10 in by it in Extent. folios, 17 lines to a page, 54 letters to a line, ·76 Jaina Literdture and Philosophy [81. Description - Country paper, sery thun and grey, Devanagari characters with antats, bold, clear and tolerably good hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red, the unnumbered sides marked with one small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having over and above this, two more, one in each margin, red chalh used , a piece of paper of the same size as the fol pasted to the fol r, small strips of paper pasted to the edges of the several foll , condition fair, this Ms contains the griters only of the original sfitra, complete, extent 3575 ślokas Age -Samvat 1550 Begins -- fol " अर्ह ॥ श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य etc Ends-fol 700 frost klant hafa etc, up to the you as in No 79 followed by the lines as under -- ॥शुम भवतु ।। फ्ल्याणमस्तु ॥ छ । सवद १५५० च श्रायणरादि २ शुक्रे टिप्पत ॥ छ ॥॥ 'अणहिल्लपुर पत्तनत्रास्तय 1 आभ्यतर नागर' शातीया प्रवाडी हरदास लिप्पत ॥ ॥ शुम ।। कल्याणमस्तु ॥ ॥ छ । FRITUTAT !! ll 11 NB-For further particulars see No 79 समयायानसूप्रवृत्ति Samuvayāngasūtravetta No 81 1362 1886-92 Size -10) in by 4) in Extent --S1 Colios , 15 lines to a page, 0 letters to a linc Description Country paper rough, thin and whitish, Devanagari characters with RTATS, sufficiently big Icgible and good hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, red chalk and yellos pigment used, ſoll numi cred in the right hand margin only, foll 1 and 8: llanh ciccst that the title cc, Milfton on them, thus Ms contains only the

·8:.j
IV. 11 Angas
17
प्रतीrs of the text, complete, extent 3700 slokas, edges
of the 8150 ſul slightly damaged, condition on the
shole good
Age -Samrat 153
Begins --fol 1 ॐनमो धीतरागाप ।
श्रीवर्धमानमानस्य(म्य) समवायांगरत्तिा etc , as in No 79
Ends-fol 81 शिष्यस्य मंपादितो भपति etc, up to पादे न्पना च पट्स(२)
ती ॥९॥as sn No79 followed by प्रधान ३७०० ॥ ०१५८३
च ।। भावया पदि १३ सोमे हेपरपाठ(फोयो()॥
५ फमलविजयगणिशिप्यशनिवविजयमणिनी प्रति भी।
NB-N B For other details sce No 79
समयायानसूनपर्याय
Simavāyārgasūtramatyaya
736 (5)
1875-76.
No82
Extent --fol 3 to fol 4'
Descripuon - Complete
For other details see Pancavastuka.
Paryaya No 736(1)
1875-76
Subject -Difficult words etc, occurring In Samasayangasutra
elucidated
Begins --fol 3 समपायपोथा यथा घाणमतराण सोहम्माउषामपि समानामे-
तनामशरीराययप्रमाणस्पर्दिता दिवि ॥ etc
zads -fol 4 नरके सामान्यापेक्षया द्वादश मुहूर्ता सर्पनरफापेक्षपा पतो द्वादशाहता-
नतर सतानामेक्त्रायदय नारको पत्ति । समवायपर्याया समाप्ता ।

·78 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [8. समघायानसूत्रपर्याय Samavāyāógasūtra paryāya 789 (5). No.83 1895-1902. Extent.--fol. 4 to fol, st. Description.-Complete. For further details see Pañcavastuka- 789 (1). paryaya No. 1895-1902. Begins.-fol.4' समवायपर्याया यथा etc., as in No. 82. Ends.-fol. 5 नरके सामान्यापेक्षया etc. N. B.---For subject see No. 82. समवायासूत्रपर्याय Samavāyāngasūtraparyaya 736 (27). No.84 1875-76. Extent.-fol. 34' to fol.35. Description.-Complete. For other details sce Pancavastuka. paryaya No. 736(1).. 1875-76.. Subject.-Explanation of some of the words etc., occurring in Samavayingasútra. Begins.-fol. 34*अथ समवायांगापनमा दुरितानीति पोजनशतमध्ये २५५२५२५ दर्शन इति येशोपिषमते etc. Ends.--fol. 35 सामान्यत इति देषगतापपि सामान्येन द्वादश मुर्ता एषांत तय केनापि सोपमादिक भवपमुत्पातव्यं । ॥ समचायपर्याय समाताः ।। समयायामपर्याय Samariymignstitrereryaye 789(27). 1895-1908. No. 65 Extent.-fol.56 to fol.58 ·86.] IV, 11 Angas 79 Description - Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya No. 789(1): . 7895-1902. Begins.-- fol. 56 34 FATTITT AF: 1 etc. as in No. 84. Ends.-fol. 58. Harga da tarafa etc. N. B.-For subject see No. 84. समपायानसूत्रपर्याय Samavāyāngāsūtraparyāya 332 (10). No. 86 A 1882-83. Extent.—fol. 44 to fol. 474. Description. Complete. For other details see Nandisätravişamapadaparyāya No. A 1882-83. Begins.--fol. 44" sa haraHT TH: IEM PA etc. as in No. 82 Ends.--fol. 47' FATT(:) la camaraf etc. N. B.- For subject see No. 84. 332 (1) ·80 Jaina Literature and Phlosophy [ 87. THE FIFTH ANGA भगवतीसूत्र (भगवईसत्त) Bhagavatīsūtra (Bhagavaisutta ) 344 to No 87 56 1870-71. Size -95 in. by 4s in Extent -379 folios, 15 lines to a page , 48 letters to a line. Description Country paper, rough, tough and white, Devanågari characters with #HATS, big, legible and good hand writing, borders mostly ruled in four lines in blach inh, red chalk and yellow pigment used, foll numbered twice as usual , foll 1 and 3795 decorated with a pattern, foll 86 to 88 wrongly numbered as 87 etc, but subsequently these numbers are corrected, fol 216th wrongly numbered as 176 in the right hand margin, edges of the first fol. slightly worn out, fol 132 partly torn, foli. 346 torn in the body by one who must have tried to separate them after they had stuch together owing to the presence of gum in ink, condition on the whole good, complete , extent 160000 Age --Samvat 1620 Author --Sudharmasvāmin according to the Jaina tradition Subject.—This fifth anga also known as Vivāhaprajñapti and Vyakhyaprajñaptı is mainly busy elucidating the fundamental tenets of Jainism It contains 41 satıhas or chapters with occasional subdivisions styled as uddeśahas prises 36,000 questions Begins -fol rgs for HR II नमो अरिहताण नमो सिद्धाण नमो आपरिपाण नमो उयग्झापाण ममी लोए सवसारण ॥ नमो घमीए रिपीए रायगिहे etc Ends -fol 378 पचे(च)दियाण पारस ! सणिपचे(च)दिपमहानुमसताइएकर. (ज)ीस एग(गि)दिपार बसेण उदिदिमिग्नति रासीनमगत एग(गि)दिर सेण उदिसिरम(न)ति lien पचांगरामपुस्तशमिद । प्रधान १६००००। पाहरा पुस्तके दृष्ट्या ताAER रिप्यते मपा। पदि घरमोद यामम दोपो न दीयते ॥ It com- ·87) V 11 Angas 81 भन्मपृष्ठकटिग्रीवा । ग्रीवास्यऽदो (1) मुप(ख) कप्टेन लिस्पते शास्त्र । यत्नेन परपालित ॥ सवत् १६२० वर्षे अश्वनमासे कृष्णपध्ये सप्तम्या तिथौ । वासरे। 'कोरटा' नगरे मधे लिप्यते ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ शुभ भवतु Reference --The specimens of Bhagavatisura with the commentary of Abhayadeva Suri seem to have been published at Bombay in A D 1874 and 1877 respectu cly The complete text together with Abhayadeva Suris Sanskrit commentary, paraphrase in Sanskrit by Rimacandra Gani and fabba or the exposition in Gujarati by Megharāja sas published at Benares in A D 1982 A tolerably good edition of the text was published with Abhayadeva Suris commentary by the Agamodaya Samiti in three parts in A D 1918, 1919 and 1921 respectively A Weber s "Uber ein Fragment der Bhagavati, Berlin 1866–1867 may be mentioned in this connection Nigodagattrımsıl 1, a portion of Blagavatısutra (X1, 10) along with a Gujarāti commentary was published in Praharanaratnäkara (vol III) by Bhimsimha Maneh, Bombay, 1876-1878 See for other details Weber II, p 420 ff , Indian Antiquiry vol VIII, pp 30-31', Indian Ant quary vol XII, p 62 ti, Indischen Studien vol XVII”, Bod No 1336 and Winternitz, Geschichte II, p. 300 For additional Miss see B BRAS (vol III-IV, p 395) and GO Series ( vol XXI, pp 1, 3, 11, 15 & 21 ) For a small portion of the oth uddesaha of the eighth satala see No los The English translauon of the 15th saraha prepared by R Hoernle is published as an appendes in his edition of Uvasagadasão, Bibliotheca Indica, Calcutta, 1888-3890 I his sataha is referred to by W W Rochhill in “the liſe of the Buddha and the early History of his Order", London, 1884 1 Heran uc hate an art cle named Jansmbst Tio fuis This deals with the seven schustis na entond in Dhagavatisatra 1 9. 13 11 (LP) ·82 Jaina Literalnic and Philosophy ( 88. भगवतीसूत्र Bhagavatısūtra No 88 447. 1882-83 Size --I 1 in. by 4 11 Extent --372--2=370 folios, 13 lines to a page, 56 letters to a line Description.- Country paper very thun and greyish , Devanagari characters with TEATATS, big, quite legible and good luudwriting, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red , ſoll numbered only once, the unnumbered sides having a disc in the centre only, the numbered, in the margins, too, red chall used, several ſoll. 21 fully damaged so much so that even a part of the margin where the number' of the fol is entered is gone in the casc of 12 foll preceding the isth, the 1st and the 4th foll even lot, the original pagination of ſoll. 363 10 372 gone , even some foll thc Ms requires to be very carefully handled, condition bung rather poor, marginal 110tes occasionally written in Gujarati almost complete, euent 15800 slohas Age -Sunat 1570 Begins ---ſol 24 stumt tignan FPI FAT3T0()zoufe cc Ends --fol 372 पर्चेदिताण थारम cte, up to उहिसिज्जद practically as in No 87 followed by the lines as under रिपगितअरविदकरा नामित तिमिरा मुताहिया देवी etc, (372) रायदे- पपाए निच्च पपओ पणमामि चरणजुग छec प्रथाग्न १५८००17॥ सयत १५७० य आपाइरादि ३ रयो 'नागर'शातीपनवादी जगा लिपित । E ctc. are torn, 1 Di h 11 las nun! 110 then stathalad rullulow the disa in this muddle of the numaid sidus ·89.] .II Angas 83 भगवतीसून Blizgratisūtm No89 226 1871-72 Size --Iol in by 4]n Extent –806 folios, 9 lines to 1 pige, 35 letters to a line Description - Country paper cutremely thin and w lute, Devanagiri characters with मानाs, big, Icgible and beautiful handwriting, borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink , marginal notes Oc1sionally written , at times this makes the Ais appcar as पचपाटी fol r blank , so is the fol 806th, red chalk and yellow pigment used , numbers of all the foll escept the fust entered only in one margın, only the first ſol numbered in both the margins, edges of the first fex foll slightly worn out a piece of paper of the size of the fol pasted to fol 806', condition on the whole very good, a diagram referring to the three mifs etc, on fol 101“, those of GATHET CC, on fol 132*, 432, 433' and 6854 , bhangas pertaining to various topics have been separately pointed out , sec foll 214, 289, 291,416,591,592,593,595%, 596,596, 597,598, 599, 601, 6os and 617", complete , extent 16000 ślokas Age ---Pretty old Begins -(reat) fol bओ नमो अरिहताण etc (com) fol 1 अथ विवाहपण(ण्णोति त्ति क शब्दार्थ उच्यते । विविधा जीवादिप्रचुरतरपदार्था() प्ररप्यत इय भगवतीयपि पूज्यत्येन अभिधीयत इति etc Ends-fol 80s पचिदियाण बारस etc , up to उद्दिसिज्जति ?s in No 87 followed by the lines as under – वियमिपअविदकरा नासियतिम(मिरा मुयाहिंवा(हिया) देवी मज्झ पि देउ मेह घुइविनुहणमसिया णिच्च । सयदेवयाए पणमिमो जीए पसाएण सिम्विय णाण अण्ण पवयणदेवी सतिर त नमसामि ।। श्रीभगवतीसून ग्रथाय १६००० ॥ ॥ श्रीविवाहपन्नत्ती पचम अग सम्मत्त । छetc Then follows in a different hand a line as under श्रीजीना सिष्य ऋषि कान्हानांनी भगवती छै ।

·84 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [90. भगवतीसूत्र (श.९, उ. ३३ ) Blagavatīsūtra (IX, 33 ) 40. No90 1874-75. Size.--Infin by 5 in. Extent.--21 folios , 10 lines to a page , 42 letters to a line Description --Country paper thuich, rough and white, Devanagari characters, big, clear and good hand-writing, borders ruled In two lines in red ink, fol. I blank, foll numbered in both the margins, portions corrected at times, there are some lacunx on foll 116, 12a etc.; this Ms only deals with a part of Bhagavatısutra , complete so far as the 33rd uddesala of the 9th sataba is concerned ; condition very good. Subject — Rsabhadatta and Devananda go to hear Lord Mahavira's sermon and renounce the world Life of Jamalı, too, is narrated in this uddeśaha. Age.-Nor quite modern. Begins —fol r'ॐनम सिद्ध । तेण कालेण माहणकुंडग्गामे नाम नगरे होत्था ।वण(पण)ो । बहुशाला- (साल)ए चेतिए वण(ण)ओ तेन्छ( सत्य) णमाहणकुंडग्गामे गरे उसमदत्ते णाम माहणे परिवसति etc. , - fol 4 सत्तिपकुइग्गामे णाम नगरे होत्था । घण(ण)ओ। तथ ण सति- कुडग्गामे नगरे जमाली णाम सत्तियकुमार परियसति etc Ends.--fol. 21. जमाली ण भते देवे तातो देवलोगातो आउपखएण जाव कहि उवजिहिति । गोपचतिरिक्सजोणियमणुस्सदेवमवग्गहणाइससारं अणुपरिपट्टित्ता सतो पत्था(च्छा) मिज्निहिति जाय अत काहिति । स(से?)- घ भते सेवायो। भते तिजमाली समतो। Reference-Sec Abhidhinarăjendra Tor further particulars sec No 87 ·11 Angras 185 भगवतीसूत्र (श ११, उ ११) Bhagaratasutrn (XI, 11) No91 177 1873-74 Size -~-10] in by 43 am Extenr-14 folios, 13 lines to a page, 36 letters to a line Description - Country paper tun, rough and greyish, Devanagarı chamcters, sufficiently big cler, uniform and good hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black inl , red chalk and yellow pigment used foll numbered in the right hand margin only , fol I blank , complete so far as it goes, edges of some of the foll slightly damaged, condi tion on the whole good Age --Pretty old Subject — This is a only part of Bhagavatısutra (XI, 11 ) It mainly derls with the life of Mahabala (Mahabbala) Begins ~~-fol 1 तेण कारेण । तेण समएण । घाणियग्गामे णाम णगरे हो था। पण्णओ। 'दृतिपलासए चतिए घण्णआ जाय पुढविसिला पट्टओ।तथण । पाणियग्गाम णगरे । सदसणा(ण) णाम सही परिवसति ॥ अढे दित्ता विता विच्छ(च्छिन्नविपुलभवणसयणासणजाणराहणाइणा(ण्णा) बहुधणबहुजाय- स्वरयया आउगपउगमपउत्ता विच्चडियाघपुलमत्तपाणा । बहुदासदासी. गोमहिसगवेलगपभूया बहुजणस्स अपरिभूया समाणा घासए अभिगत जीवाजीषा उवलद्धपुण्णपाया। आसयसपरनिज्जरकिरिया ॥ अहिगरणा(ण)- बंधमोक्खकुन्नारा असहेजदेवास(म)ग्नागसुधनजक्खरक्खसकिनरविपुरिस गरुलगध चमबोरगादिएहि । निग्गथाआ पावयणा(ओ) अणितिक्रमणेज्जा etc Ends -fol 14' तरस सुदसणरस सेट्टि(स्स) समणरस भगवतो महावीरस्स । अतिय एयमह सोचा णिसम्म (स)भण(१) अन्झवसाणण साभणण परिणामण लसाहि विसासोन्झमाणा(णि)हि तदायराणिज्जाण कम्माण खओधममेण ईहाम(ब)ह- मगणगवेसण परमाणस्स सपणीपुज्जी( व) जाइसरण समुप्पणे(पणे) एतमह सम अडिसमति RH मुदाणा मडी समणण भगवता महावीरर्ण भारिय पुव(घ)भव दुगणाणियसङ्कसवग आणदसुपुण्णणयणे समण भगव महावीर तिखुतो(त्ता) घदति णममति घरित्ता णमसित्ता एव बदामी। एवमय भत ( भते) जाव से जहत तुज्झ वदह त्ति क्? उत्तरपुरिछ(च्छि)म दिसीभाग अव. समति सस नह्मा उसभदत्तस्स । नाव सव्वदुस्खप्पहा(ही) णवर चोहस- पुवाइ अहिज्जति बहुपडिपुण्णाइ दुवारस वासाई सामण(ण)परियाग पाउणति सेम त चेत(घ) । सेव भते २ महबलो सम्मत्ती ॥ ११ ॥श्री ।' शुभ भवतु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु । श्रेयस ॥ 1 Seep 549th of tierr nted ed to: (Agr rod ya San !)

·86
Jama Literature and Philosophy
(926
>
भगवतीसूत्रवृत्ति
Bhagavatasützavrtti
307
No 92
A 1882-89
Size --124 in by 4s in
Extent --277+2=279 folios, Is lines to a page, 68 letters to 1 line
Description --Country paper thick, grey and durable , Devanagari
characters with TEHETS, quite bold, perfectly legible, uniform
and exceedingly beautiful hand writing, borders ruled in four
lines in blach inl,
the
intervening space between the purs
coloured red , ſol 1* blanl , ſol i decorated with a beautı
ful picture of a Jaina Tirchanhara probably Lord Mahavira ,
red chalk and yellow pigment used, the unnumbered sides
have in the centre a small disc in red ink, the numbered
having over and above this, two more, one in each margin
a piece of paper almost of half the size as the fol pasted
to the first fol , the edges of the first three foll slightly
worn out, condition on the whole good , foll 13 and 66
repeated , F21967 of TALOTS on ſoll 248th and 249th, this
Ms contains the Tarifs of the text, complete, event
18616 slokas
Age.-Samvat 1516
Author.--Abhayadeva Suri pupil of Jimesyira Sun and Buddin
sågara Sari
Subject.-A Sanskrit commentary to Bhagavadisutra This is styled
as vivarana, viscsavrtti and istu It is composed in Samar
1198 with the help of 11 iscandra Gani, and is revised by
Drona Sor
Begras -{ol 1 TRT PATATTOO
सर्यज्ञमीश्वग्मनतममगगम्य
सापमम्मरमनीशमनहमिद ।
सिद्ध शिय शियर परणयपत
श्रीमाग्मन मितरिपु मयत प्रणीमि ॥१॥
नत्या भीवर्तमानाप श्रीमत च सुधम्र्मण।
TUTTI4797 AT 07 loa trifas 11 RIH
एतडीमाण्णी जीवाभिगमादिशतिरगांध।
संपोम्प पंचांग पिरणोमि पिशपत किंचित् ॥३॥

·2] 11! Angas 1 Ends -- fol 277 अथा साधम्र्य माक्षादेव आह । राणेगांभीयादिभिर्विशाली विस्तीर्ण तदत्याय स तथेति गाथार्थ । छ। नमो गोयमाईण गणहराण मिपादग । पुरतरतेम नमस्तारा प्राटार्थाश्चेति न त्याग्याता ॥३॥ इति भगवतीविशेषवृत्तिः समाप्ता ॥ ४ ॥ पदुक्तमादाविह साधुयोधै श्रीपचमागोलतजरोऽय। समाधिगम्पो(स्थिति पूरीएवी प्रारम्पते वृत्तिवरनिय ॥१॥ समर्थित (तपद्धिगाधु- स(मा)हायसवयलमा गत । सबंदिदायाऽपगुणाहुनतु सपमहा येन भवयपा ॥ 'चा फुरे सदनरक्षापे महामो धर्मफल्मदानात। छायान्वित शरतविशारशाख श्रीवर्द्धमानो मुनिनायोऽभूत् ॥३॥ तापुण्यपी विलसद्विहाय(२). सद्गधसपूर्णदिशौ समतात् । पभूवतु शिष्यवराधनीच वृत्ती श्रुतज्ञानपरागतौ ॥४॥ एक्स्तयो सरिवरो जिनेश्वर रयातस्तथा(s)न्ये (ऽन्यो) भुवि बुद्धिसागर । तयोविनेयेन (वि)मुद्धिना(७)प्पल गृत्ति तैपाऽमयदेवमारिणा ॥ ५॥ तयोरेव विनेयाना त पद चानुकुवंता। श्रीमता जिनचद्रास्यस प्रभूणा विनियोगत ॥६॥ श्रीमन्जिनेश्वराचार्यशिष्याणा गुणशालिना। जिनभनसुनींद्राणामस्माक चाहिसेविन ॥७॥ यशश्चन्द्रगणैाणेढस(मा)हाय्यासिदिमागता । परित्यक्तान्यस्न्यस्य युक्तायुक्तविवेक्नि ॥८॥ शास्त्रार्थनिर्णयमसौरभलपटरय विद्वन्मधुव्रतगणस्य (सदेव) सेल्य ।

·88. Jaina Literature and Plulosophy [93. श्री निर्वतारयकुलसन्नदपद्मकल्प श्रीद्रोणसूरिरनयद्ययश पराग ॥ ९ ॥ शोधितवान् वृत्तिमिमां युक्तो विद्रुपा महासमृहेन । शास्रार्थनियनिक्पणक्पपट्टककल्पयुद्धीनां ॥१०॥ विशोधिता तावदिय सुधीभि- स्तथापि दोपा रिल समयति । मन्मोहतस्तांश्च विहाय सनि- स्तद्राह्यमाप्ताभिमत यदरयां ॥११॥ यदयाप्त मया पुण्यं वृत्ताविह शुभाशयात् । मोहो(हा)द् वृत्तिजमन्यञ्च तेनागो मे विशुद्धयतात् ॥ १२ ॥ प्रथमादर्श लिखिता विमलगणिप्रभृतिभिर्निजविनेये । कुर्वनि श्रुतभक्तिं दक्षैरधिक विनीतैश्च ॥ १३ ॥ अस्या करण यारया अतिलेखन पूजनादिपु यदा(थाहैं । दायिकरातमाणिक्यःमेरितमानरमदादिजनान् ॥ १४॥ अष्टाविंशतियुक्त वर्ष(क)महरी शतेन चाभ्याधि (१९२८)। 'अणहिलपाट'नगरे स्तेयमरछुप्तधनिवसती ॥ १५ ॥ अटादश सहस्राणि पद शतान्यथ पोडश । इत्येवमानमेतस्या श्लोकमानेन निश्चित ॥ १६ ।। सवत् १५१६ वर्षे भाद्रवा शुदि १ भू(भौ)मे । अयेह श्री पत्तन वारस प. ATTETOT I fattaafa II etc followed in a different hand oy 'आगमगच्छे श्रीश्रीहेमरनयरितापट्टे श्रीअमररत्नसूरीणां(जामुए- देशेन श्रीभगवत्यगवृत्ति लिपापिता मांडागारे ५० ललितसागरग- शिष्यमायुरदीपचदश्य इय परति (पति) प्रदना ॥ Reference -I or additional Miss sc G O Scrics ( vol. XXI, pp. 8, 16, 18,32, 33 and 31) भगवतीसूनवृत्ति Blanatısūtraurttı No 93 10 1881-82 Size -34 in byn Extent about 117 leases, 6 lines to a luat, about Iso letters to a line.

·94.! P 11 Angas 89 Description --Palm-leaf thick and grey, Devanågar characters with LEATATS , sufficiently big, legible, uniform and very good hand writing, this Ms presents an appearance of the work having being written into three separate columns, but really it is not so, since the lines of the first column are continued to the remaining ones, borders of each of the columns ruled in four lines in black ink, leaves numbered in both the margins, in the right hand margin as 1, 2 etc, and in the left hand one as sir sf at sp etc, there are two holes in १२३र्क (4) each leaf in the spaces between the columns, in some places inh has faded, this Ms is much damaged towards the end, the last four leaves very badly, condition not satisfactory, leaf 1* blank, two extra blank leaves in the the beginning, red chalk used, almost complete, two wooden planks encompassing the Mís, it contains the antes of the text Age -Very old Begins - fol rb 3 THT STARTitre 11 G 11 सर्वज्ञमीश्वरमनत etc Ends --fol 4156 मघातरशतानि द्वादश चत्वारिंशत्येकविशतिरेका वितिचूर्णिगिरा विरहाविद NB – For orher details see No 92 भगवतीसूत्रवृत्ति Bhagyatısūtrurttı 227 No 94 1871-78 Size --101 in by 43 111 Extent -385-2=38: falas, ss lines to 3 pige, S letters to a lide Description - Country paper thich tough and greyish, Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्रा, small, legible and very fair handwriting, borders ruled in four lines in black inh, space bet ween the lines coloured red, most of the unnumbered sides have a disc in red colour in the centre only, the numbered, in the margins, too, red chalk used, yellow pigment, too, a piece of paper of the size of the tol pasted to fol 1', on this fol as well as on fol 3835 the following line is written - 12 ( LP ) ·,420, Jasna Literature and Philosophy 195 भगवतीम(सूत्रटीका । प. श्रीभीमविजयगाण sigara arrat ज्ञानलाभदाई प्रत्य छे। Edges of the first few foll slightly worn out, the margin of 297th fol torn in two places, condition on the whole good, the bhangas about sparsas tabulated on fol 3276, the description about different sorts of living beings regarding their yogas spandas on fol 344", and the results pertaining to satyamana etc, on fol 345*, foll s5 and 56 missing, otherwise complete , this Ms contains the states of the text, an addi tional fol at the end gives the list of foll indicating the beginning and end of each sataba , this fol is subsequently written in Samvat 1896 as stated therein, extent 18616 ślokas Age --Samvat 1636 Begins-fol 1* 3 FR Frezantu TH HE II सर्वज्ञमीश्वर etc Ends -fol 382* UT FITTFT etc, up to FABBAT !! 3 ll as in No 92 followed by ग्रथान श्लोक्सरपाया १८६१६ ॥ छ ॥ इति श्रीभगवति. वृत्त्य सपूर्ण समाप्त छ । यादृश etc , सय १६३६ वर्षे अश्वनि मासे रश्न पपेन नरमीदिने सोमवासरे श्री सारगपुर' नगरे लिपत पडिदासू ॥छ l etc NB-For additional particulars see No 92 भगवतीसूनवृत्ति Bhagavatısūtmırttı No 95 448 1882-83 Size -10$ in by 43 in Extent --400 folios, Is lines to a page , 48 letters to a loc Description --Country paper, very thin, rough and white, Desandgan characters with occasional cards , small, legiblc and good hand writing, borders ruled in four fines in black inh, ſoll numbered twice as usual, foll 1 and 400% blank, yellon pigmeat used, red chalk, too, foll 76 to 97 number ed as , 2 cic intcrlıncarly, TTT etc tabulared on fol 1958, pradeśas connected with the shape of the Slokas cic, ·96 ) to 11 Aigas represented in diagrams on foll 275', 275", 360anajuns TROTTE STUUT etc, tabulated on ſol 358", complete , extenku. 18616 slokas, edges of the first fol slightly gone, conditon very good Age — Farrly old Begins - fol r'श्रीगीतरागाय नम ॥ मर्यज्ञमीस्य(श्वोर etc Ends --fol 3996 32797 FTUTU etc , up to ima fantaa (a) as in No 92 followed by प्रथाग १८००० शत ६१६ ।। श्लोकमानस्य etc NB-I or other details sec No 92. भगवतीसूनवृत्ति Bhagratibutraurttı No 96 171 1866-68 Size 9 in by 4; in Extent -480+3=483 follos, Is lines to a page, 45 letters to a line Description - Country paper, thich, rough and white, Devanagari characters with TAIENTS, sufficiently big, clear and good hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red, numbers of foll entered once, almost all the foll worm-eaten, some very badly , condition fair , red chalk used , fol 1 blank, foll bound together as a volume, foll 13th, 334th and 357th repeated, the 334th and 357th precede the first fol in stead of their being in their due place , complete, extent 19776() ślokas Age ---Samvat 1660 Begias fol 1 ॐ नमो जिनाय ।। सर्वज्ञमीवर etc Ends — fol 479' 379T HTä etc, up to seara lansaat(a) as in No 92 followed by अस्तोऽपि श्लोकसस्या प्रथाग्न १९७७६ (४) याहश etc , सवत् १६६० वर्षे माघ शु०१३ शुक्न लिपित ॥ etc NB-For further particulars see No 92 ·792 Jamd Literature and Philosoply [97 परमाणुखण्डपत्रिंशिका अर्थलवसहित Paramānukhandusattrinsikā With Arthalava No97 283 (b) A 1882-83 - " "" Extent fol 7* to fol 96 Description - Both the text and the commentary complete so far as they go For other details see No 106 Author of the text -- Some Jaina saint who flourished before Abhayadeva Suri (com ) - Ratnasımha Suri His probable date is mentioned as 1245 by C M Duff in "The Chrono logy of India" (p 190 ), Westminster, 1899 Subject — Exposition of pudgalas regarding their duration from four different aspects, in 36 verses in Prakrit based upon Bhagavatısutra (V, 7), together with their elucidation in Sanskrit This exposition is preceded by that of Abhayadeva Suri's Begins - (text) fol 7 खित्तोगाहणने भावहाणाउ अप्पबहुयत्ते। थोवा अससयणिया तिन्नि य सेसा कह नेया॥१॥ खित्तो(तामुत्तत्तातो तेण सम बधपच्चया भावा । तो पोग्गलाण थोगे सित्तापहाणालो उ २ etc • (com ) fol 7" यथास्थिताणुजीयादिपदार्थगणदेशक सर्वज्ञ विदशस्तुत्य चीर नत्या जिनेश्वर । १ पुद्गलाना निगोदाना(ना) सत(तत्त्वप्रतिपादिका गाथा किंचिद्विचित्य(दिच्य )ते भगवत्यगत्तित() विवाहा] प्रशा(ज्ञ)प्त्यारयपचमागस्प विवरणे पचमशते सप्तमोशके पुट्रलवचनमस्तावेस्तिावे] सूमोक्तार्थविवरणरूपा गाथा नरागवृत्तिसद्धि पूज्य- श्रीमदभयदेवमििभलिखिता किंचिद्विताश्च । सासा समदापगम्यो एम्प देशामिचिदर्थरको लिस्यते । ताश्चेमा सित्तो इह पुदलानां क्षेशगाह नापांद्रये भावेऽवस्थितिकालमाभित्य । अल्पाहत्यविचारे क्षेत्रस्थितिरल्या अगाइनादीना स्थितय शेषाम्तिम्रोडापि प्रत्येक प्रमेण अमाण्यगणिता etc " ·98.1 V ni Angas 93 Ends - (test) fol 9" धिप्परिणय(प)मि दयेक(क)मि [वि] गुण विपरिणई भवे जगध । पम्मि यि पुण सदयपि होइ गुणविप्परीणामो।।१४ मतइ सच्च पुण गुणबाहुल्ला न स गुणनासो । दयस्म तदन्नत्ते वि बहुतराणा गुणाण ठिई ॥१५॥ E॥ इति परमाणुविचारप्रतिवद्धा श्रीरत्नसिहपरिधिकृता खडपद प्रिंशतिका ॥ • (com ) fol 9 भन्नइ द्रयान्यथावे गुणान्यथाच(त्व) द्रव्यतावदस्थे(मध्ये) राणान्यथा व च यदुत्तति)। तसय अनपोरपि भगरयो । कथाचित घटनात् किं पुनर्गणाना पर्णगंपरसादीना बाहुल्यादेफस्मिन् परमाणुस्कंधे भूपसामय स्थानात् । न सपेपा एणाना पिनाशी भवति । द्रयस्य तदन्पवेडापि परमाण मगमपिगमाभ्या नाशे(अ)पि बहुतराणा वर्णगधरसादीना नटेप्यापि पुचिर परिणामादिपु राणेषु (राणा)ना । स्थितिरिति हो(हे तोई परथानायुपी । मायस्थानापुरसरयगुणमिति स्थित ॥१॥ इति परमाणविचारप्रतिपदा भी। रत्नसिंहसरिचितता पडपडपटत्रिंशकायित्ति(त) समर्थितति छ । Relerence - Both the cere and the commentary are published by Jaina Armānanda sabha, in Samvat 1969, together with Pudgalasaçırımśıha and Nigodasafirimšikā, along with a commentary of both of them by Ratnasımha Suri Paramanukhanda attrimsikā परमाणुखण्डपत्रिंशिका अर्थलवसहित with Arthalava No98 1139(8) 1887-91 Size • Tom in by 4g 10 Extent 6 folios, 25 lines to a page, 70 letters to a line Description Country paper, thin, rough and white, Devanagari characters very small, legible and tolerably good handwriting borders ruled in to lines in black ink, red chalk used, foll numbered in the right hand margin, fol 6. blank, this Ms contains the text as well as the commentary ·94 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [99: - commencing on fol 18 and ending on fol 16, both comp lere, there are two additional works as under (1) पुद्गलपलिंशिका with its foll 18-4" (2) निगोदपग्निशिका 37 97 Age - Old 1 Begins — (text) fol 1 trongorah etc as in No 97 — (com ) यथास्थिताणुजीवादि etc Ends -- (text) fol 1 विष्परिणय(य)मि दवे etc (com ), „ruired etc N B.-- For other details see No 97 परमाणुखण्डपट्त्रिंशिका अर्थलवसहित Puramanubhandasatinmsika with Arthalava No. 99 241(a) 1871-72 . Size - 102 in by 4 in Extent -- 19 folios, 15 lines to a page, 37 letters to a line Description Country paper, tough and white, Devanagari characters , it is a fuet Ms containing the text and the commentary, suffiaently big, legible and good hand-writing, borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink , red chall used , fol 1 blank, both the text and the com mentary complete, they begin on fol 16 and end on fol 4, condition very good, this Ms contains in addition the following works (1) पुलपनिशिका with वृत्ति folls-515 (2) निगोदपदनिशिका » 11-196 Age Not quite modern Regins (text) fol fermo eto , as in No 97 -(com ), सर्पशाप नम qoftamentin etc 11 - 79 ·101 ) V ni Angas 95 Ends --(text ) fol 45 Parafturette etc » (com), द्रव्यान्ययात्वे etc NB - For other details see No 97 3) परमाणुसण्डपत्रिंशिका Paramānuklandasattrinsika अर्थलवसहित with Arthalava No 100 224 (a) 1871-72 Size 101 in by 4: In Extent - 6 folios, 24 lines to a page , 82 letters to a line Description - Country paper, sery thin, rougli and white , Deva nigarı characters with gras, very small, legible and good hand writing, borders ruled in two lines in black inh, red chalk used, edges of almost every fol slightly worn out, condition on the whole good , both the test and the commentary complete, they begin on fol. 1* and end on fol I', this Ms contains in addition the following works (1) पुद्गलपविशिका with वृत्ति foll 2'- (2) निगोदपत्रिंशिका 4" —6 (3) बन्धपििशका fol 64 - 66 Age - Samvat 1483 Begins (text ) fol r* fatigue etc as in No 97 Titeraturofrane etc Ends --(text) fol I fouTÀ E etc, up to you fo$ 114 - (com), " द्रव्यान्यथावे etc NB - For addmonal particulars see No 97 2) 23 (com ) » पुद्गलपद्विशिका वृत्तिसहित Pudgalısıttrimsika with yrtti 283 (0) A 1882-83 No 101 Extent - folgt to fol 14".

·16 Jamna Literature and Philosophy [ nor. " " Description Both the text containing 36 verses in Prakrit and its commentary in Sanskrit complete For other details see No To6 Author of the text Some saint who flourished before Abhayadeva Suri See the commentary com Ratnasimba Suri Subject Exposition of both the types of pudgalas viz sapradesa and apradesa from four vien-points It is based upon Bhagavati sutra (V, 8) Begins - (text) folgt वोत्य(च्छ) अपाबहुअ दवा खे(त)द्धभावउ(ओ) वा वि । अपएससम्पएसाण पोगा(ग्गोलाण समारोण १ वेण परमाण खेत्तेणेगप्पएसमागाडा। कालेणेगसमइया अपएसा पोग्गला हृति २ etc - (com ) fol 9' अथ पचमशते अष्टमोद्देशके पुद्गलप्रदेशनिरूपणस्वरूप द्रयत() क्षेनत कालतो भावतश्च सप्रदेशामदेशाना पुद्गलाना सूत्रोक्ताल्प बहुत्यस्य भावनार्थ गाथापचो वृद्धोक्तो चित्र(वि)यते स चाय ॥छ॥ योत्थ(वोच्छ) द्रव्यत सप्रदेशानामप्रदेशाना (च) क्षेत्रत सप्रदेशानाम प्रदेशाना ब? च)। अद्ध त्ति कालत etc Ends - (text) fol 14 नउई [प] पचाणउई अाणउई तहेव नवनउई। एवई(६)याइ सहस्साइ सप्पएसाण विवरीय ३५ एएसि जहासभवमथोषणय करिज्ज रासीण। समा(भा)वउ(ओ) य जाणिज्ज ते अणते जि(जिोणाभिहिए ३६ इति श्रीरत्नसिंहगरिएता(? विस्ता) पुद्गलपद्गानिश(शि)का सपूर्णा ॥ ॥श्री -con ) fol 3'एए° एतेपा पूर्वोक्तानां सप्रदेशाऽप्रदेशाना राशीना पथा सभव(धार्थोपनय अर्थभावना कुर्यात् [अर्थमायना कुर्यात् । ] अर्थभावना तु सप्रदेशाप्रेदशाना अल्पबहु विचाररूपा पूर्वव्यास्याने रतैवति हने (नेह) प्रतन्यते अत्र रक्षसरयया पुद्रटानामन्पबहु यविचारणम युपधनमतिशिष्य व्यु पादनार्थ परमार्थम(सतान पुगताननतान जिनाऽभिहितान् जानीयादिति ॥३६॥ इति रत्नसिंहमार(वि)वृत्ता(ता) पुनरपत्रिंशकाफिा] ॥ छ । Reference Both the test and the commentary are published by Jaina Arminanda Sabhi, Bhavanagar, in Samiat 1969 Sce " The Chronology of India (p 190 ) by CM " -- No 97 ! Repeated in the Vis ·103.] i Angas 97 Duff may be also consult.d The text along with Pañcanır. granthi is noted by A Veber in his catalogue See Weber II,No 1790 पुद्रलपद निशिका Pudgalaşattrumeibad वृत्तिसहित with vrtti No 102 1139 (b) 1897-91 Extent fol 10 fol Description -- Complete For further details see No 98 Begins - text) fol 16 ÇELE 374479731 etc., as in No 101 (com ),, अथ पचम एप शतेऽष्टमादेश fol (text) नउई पचाणउई etc 4* (com ) एतेषां पूर्वोक्तानetc , पुद्गलपत्रिंशिकावृत्ति समर्थितेति N. B -- For other details see No 101 " " Ends - " पुद्गलपद्रनिशिका Pudgalaşattrımsiba वृत्तिसहित with vrtta 241(b) No 103 1871-72 Extent - fol s' to foi 110 Description Both the text and the commentary complete For other details see No 99 7 Begios.--( text ) fol si es trags eli , as in No. 101 -{ com ) ॥ अथ पचमशते ert Ends. - ( Test ) fol 11'नऊई पचाणउई cte -- (com), एतेपा पूर्गनाना etc पुद्गलपत्रिंशिकावृत्ति ममर्थितेति N.B For additional particulars see No. 101 13 ULPJ ·98 Janna Literalute and Philosophy rios पुद्गलपदाशिका Pudzılasatts zinstha वृत्तिसहित with yrtti 224(b) No 104 1871-72. Estent ſol 2. to fol 3 Description-- Both the text and the commentary complete For other details ste No 100 Begins - (text ) fol 2 ges usages etc, as in No -(com) , अथ पचम एव शते etc Ends (text ) fol 35 AZË Tetc , up to formaty 6. monof com ) » „ pagi TAT etc NB For further particulars see No 101 101 बन्धपत्रिंशिका टिप्पणकसहित Bandhaşattrırnsiha with toppanaka 224 ( a ) 1871-72 No 105 INTE Extent - fol 6. to fol 66 > Description - A part of the sth anga together with 36 gathas in Praknt and their tippanaka in Sanskrit , the gathas and the pippanaha complete For other details see No 100 Author of the sutra Sudharmasvåmin gåthas Some saint who tlourished before Abhaya deva Suri Subject A portion of Bhagavatısūtra ( VIII, 9 ) together with the corresponding găthās in Prahrit and the sppanala in Sanskrit, deals wuh the numbers of living beiogs having vanous kiods of bodies, each having different types of bandhas Begins (text) fol 6• जीवाण मते ओरालिअरविअआहारगतेआक्म्मसरीर. गाण देसबधगाण सम्बधगाण । अबधगाण पश्यरे क्यरेहिंतो अप्पा वा पहुआ पा जाय विमेसाहिभा पा गोअमा सवयोषा जीवा आहारसरीरस्स ·106.1 V.II Angas 99 मस्वयधगा तस्सेव देमयधगा मसिज्जगणा घेउनि असगरम मस्वयधगा अमरिज्जयणा ।' etc. उरालमभ्यरथा थोग अन(म)धगा पिसेमहिआ। तत्तो अदेसम्धा अममणिआ रह नेआ ॥ ? पदमाम बन्यो । ममा ममेस देममयो । मिद्धार्डण जनधो विग्गहगह आण य जिआणण) ॥२ Begins -(com fol 6. आहारगमर्शगम अधिगा रिमेमाहिआ इति सत्र ।। म्थापना चेय etc इहाल्पद्रुमाधिकार वृद्धा गाथाभियं प्रपचितवत etc उहौदाग्रिम बधादीनामल्पत्यादिभाश्नार्थ मय शादिस्वरूप तापधुच्यते ।। ute हजगत्या विग्रहगत्या चोत्पद्यमानाना जीरानामुत्पनिक्षेत्रप्राप्तिममये गर्ययो भवति ॥ द्वितीयादिषु तु देशप ! ete Ends - (test) fol 6° घेउसिम्स ततो अधिगा साहिआ रिमेमेण । ते र य नेरदआहारहिआ मिद्धमजुत्ता ॥३५ आहारगरस तत्तो । [अनधगा] अयधमा साहिआ विरोमेण । ते पुण के मव्यजिया आहारगलद्धिए मुत्नु॥३६ उधपदनिशिकाउटमशतेन ननमोहेशरे ॥ ॥ सबत् १४८३ वर्षे ज्येष्ठ पदि १०॥छ। -- (com ) fol 6 मरयातगुणा आयुप्माऽमधा इति यदुक्त तर प्रभ । आह असखिज्ज्ञगुणा । उगस्म स्मिऽबंधगा न भन्नति ॥ जम्हा अससभागो उत्बट्टड एगममएण ॥२५ अयमभिप्राय । एकोऽसरयभागो निगोदजीराना मर्षदोद्वर्त्तते मच बद्धा एषामेय तदन्येपासद्वर्तनाभावात् etc Reference - The text is published together with Vånarsi Gani's avacuri in Samvat 1969, by Atn ănanda Sabha, Bhavanagas as the 12th jewel of its series " निगोपाइनिशिका Nigodarattrinsika वृत्तिसहित mith vitti 283 (a) No 106 A 1882-83 Size -10% in by 4} in Extent --14 folios, 18 hnes to a page, so letters to a line - 1-1 These two passages are included in that concluding portion of bhagavati. sutra (VIII, 9 ) ·100 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ ro6 , SO . . Description -- Country paper very thin, rough and white , Devana gan characters with occasional पृष्टमात्राs, it is a त्रिपार्टी Ms Loptaining the text and its commentary, both written in a small, legible, and good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black inh , red chalk used , fol I blank , is the fol 14', both the test and commentary complete the end on fol 7", this lis contains in ddition the following works (1) परमाणुखण्डपत्रिंशिका with निवृति foll (2) पुदलपनिशिश वृत्ति 9-11 Age - Old ” Author of the test Some saint who flourished before the time of Abhayades a Sun Subjeur - Exposition of the Nigodas in 36 verses in Prahrit together with the Sanskrit commentary This exposition is based upon Bhagavatisutrn (XI, Io) and the verses are quoted by Abhayadesa Suri, in his commentary to this fifth anga Begins (text) fol ro रोगस्सेगपएसे जहन्नयपयामि जियपएमाण । उकोसपए य तहा सावजियाण च के बहुया ॥ १ थोवा जहन्नयपए जियप्पएमा जिया अससगुणा । उमोसे(म)पयपएसा तर(ओ) विममाहिया भणिया ॥२ etc (com ) fol r' ॐ नम ॥ अथ पचमागे एव एकादशशते दशमोदेश निगोदनिचागे वृद्धोक्ताभि पदशिता गाथाभिरभिधीयते यथा ।लोग ।। लोकाशस्यैकस्मिन्नम प्रदेशे निर्षिमागे क्षेत्रे नयायत नामनिगोदिदोजी शाला कति प्रदेश अगाडा स्युस्ता उन्रष्टपदे लोमसौर परस्मिन्नम प्रदेशे निर्विभागे क्षेने कति जीनाना प्रदेशा अवगाहा स्पुम्तथा मर्वजीवाना ममस्तोगकाशरत्तिना मर्वभेदभिन्नाना उत्कृष्टपदे चैफ्नभ प्रदेशागाद सूश्मनगदरादिभेदभिन्नजीरप्रदेशाना रहब etc Ends --- ( text) fol 6 कोटि उनोसपयाम्मि बायरजीयप(प)एसपत्रो। सोहणमिनिय निय काय व सहगोताण ॥३५॥ एएसि जहामभरमयोवणय करिज्ज रासाण । माभाचओ उाणिज्जते य अणता असरराया ॥ ३६ गते भगवती एशदशदाते दामोश निगोपदवि(दत्रिोशिशोकाए ·108 ] " II Angas Iot Ends (com ) fol 7 सहगोलाना खडगोलक पूर्णतारणे नियुक्तजीवाना सेपा- ममदाधिस्त्वादिति । ३५। एसि० इहाथोंपनयो पधास्थान प्रारदर्शित एष अणत नि । निगोदे जीना पर्याप लक्षमानास्तथाप्यनना(नता) एव म जीवा अपि । तथा निगोदादयो ये नक्षमानास्तेप्पसरयेया भवमेया ३६ इति मुश्मशादरनिगोदगोलकावगाहनाविचार इति भगवती एकादशशते रशमो देश निगोदपत्रिंशकात्ति ॥ ४ ॥ मा(घा)लागे एगमी अमनमोडी हवति गोलाण । जावईया मल गोला तार उचेर निगोओ यि॥१॥ Reference - The text along with Rainasımha Sūri's commentan is published as already noted in No 97 See also No 87 निगोदपत्रिंशिका Vigodasattumaka वृत्तिसहित with vrtti 1139(0) No 107 1887-91 Frient fol to fol 6. Description The text as well as the commentary complete For other details see No 98 Begins (rest) fol | लोगस्मेगपएमे etc , as in No 106 (com), , अथ पचमाग एव एकादशशत etc Lnds (tuit lol हि उक्कोसपयमिenc (com) खहगोलाना खडगोलतारणे etc up to निगोदषद त्रिशिकावृत्ति ॥ छ। NB For further articulais see No 106 --- " निगोदपदात्रिंशिका वृत्तिसहित gorda sattumsika with vrtti 241 (0) 1871-72 No 108 Extent --- fol 11 to fol 19 ·102 Jarna Literature and Philosophy [109. " " Description. Both the text and its commentary complete For other details see No 99 Begins -(text i fol II" लोगस्सेगपएसे etc., as in No 106 --.coni " अथ पचमांगे एव etc. Ends.- { test) fol 19 कोडि उक्कोसपयंमि etc., up to असखा ग Then we have टति श्रीनिगोदपत्रिंसि(शि)कासूत्रं ममात (स)। - (com.) fol. 19 खडगोलानां मंगोलपुर्णताकरणे etc., up to निगोद- पदचिशिकावृत्ति . Then we have संपूर्ण followed by the follon - ing verse written in a different hand ॥ गाथा॥ चुल्लग पासग धन्ने जुए य र(य)णे अ सुमणचके य कुम्माकुग्गे परिमाणं दस दिलुता मणुअलंभे ॥ १॥ NB - For further particulars see No 106 " निगोदपदाशिका वृत्तिसहित Nigodaşattrrosika with vrtti For 2241) No 109 1871-72. Extent fol 4 to tol 6. Description Both the text and its conimentary complete other details sc. No 100 Begins - ( tet) lol 4 लोगस्मेगपएमे elt , as in No 106. -- (com) " अथ पचमाग एय cte Ends - ( test) fol 6. मोडि उकोमययमि etc , up to अमसा घा ३६ -- (com), सहगोलाना ete N. B.-- For further particulars see No 106 " . " ·11] "digas 103 ; folios . , very good निगोपनिशिका Vigodlasttrunsika बालावबोधसहित with Bălavabodlu 1186 No 110 1887-91 Size - 103 in by 14 in Lxtent 19 lines to a paye, 45 letters to a line Description - Country paper very thin, rough and white, Devantgn characters with पृष्ठमानाs, this is contains the text as well as its interlinear balăsabodha, the latter written in a very small hand, legible and good hand writing, borders ruled in three lines in red ink , foll numbered in the right hand margin only, complete, condition Age - lot modern Author of the balavabodha Udayanandı Suri Subjekt - Exposition pertaining to the Nigodas given in 36 verses in Prährit along with its explanation in Gujaran Begins -- ( text) fol !'लोगरसेगपएसे etc --(com) ॐनमो जिनाय॥ लोक चऊद रज्वात्मक छह तेइना सघला असरयाता प्रदेश छ । तेह लोक माहि एकेकर निगोद अगुल्न असायातमा मागि क्षेत्रे रहिउ उद । etc Ends -( text) fol 3' कोहि उक्कोसपय etc, up to असस्वा बा ॥ ३६॥ as in No 109 followed by इति श्रीभगवतीपचमागे एकादशशते दशमोद्देशके निगोदविचार । छ । (com ) fol 3: जिहा जिम सभवइ तिहातिम अर्थनी घटना कार परमाथ थि उ ते शसि अती असरयाती जाणि (अ) थोवणय करिज्ज रासीण।। श्रीउदयनादिसारभिरेतत् म (.) || गाथावालायबोध सर्वग्धजनोपकाराय हत ॥छetc Reference – The text is published See No 106 " पश्चनियन्थसइग्रहणी Parcangrantbasamgraham 287 No 111 A 1882 83 Size • 10} in by 4g in Extent lines to a page 32 letters to a line folios 13 .

·101 Jama I iterature and Philosophy . Description - Country paper thin, rouzh and gresisli, Devanagari characters , big, legible and good hand-writing , borders ruled in three lines in sed ind, edges of the first and last roll slightly damaged, condition good , complete. Age – Sainvat 1669 Author. Ablay deva Surs See No 112 Subject I his worh also hnoun is Pancanırgrantsutra, and com posed in 107 verses in Prihrit, explains the nature of the five types of the nirgrinhas or the Jaina saints It is based upon the sixth udácsaha of the 25th staka of Bhagavausarra Begins fol 'पडित श्रीउदयरुचिगणिगुरुभ्यो नम । पन्नयण १ येय २ रागे ३ एप्प ४ चरित्तपहिंसेयणा ६ नाणे ७ तित्थे८ लिंग ९मरीरे १० तसिने ११कार १२ गइ १३ मजम २४ निगासे १५ ॥१॥ जोर १६ पओग १७ कमाए १८ लेमा १९ परिणाम २० वधणे २१ येए २२॥ कम्मोदीरण २३ उवसपजहण २४ । सना य २५ आहारे २६ ॥ २॥ मय २७ आगरिमे २(८) काल २९ । तरे अ३० ममु(प)चाय ३१खित ३२ फुमणा प३३। मावे ३४ परिमाण ३५खल । अप्पापहुय निपठाण ३६॥३॥ पचनियठा भाषिया । पुलाप बउसा कुसीर निग्गथा । होह सिणाओ अ तहा । इकिको भवे दुविहो ॥४॥ etc Ends -fols'दार ३५ निग्गथ पुलापण्हाया। चउसा पदिसेवगा क्साइल्टा। थोवा सखिज(ज्ज)गुणा । जहुत्तर विणिहिद्वा ॥१०६ ।। भगवइपणवीससयस्म । उहउद्देसगस्स संगहणी। एसा उनिअठाण | रइआ भावत्यसरणय ॥ १०७॥ इति इति श्रीपचनिग्रंथीसूत्र समाप्त । पडितपुरदर श्री ५ श्रीलक्ष्मीरुचिगणि शिष्यपडितश्रीविजयकुशलगाणिशिष्यकवींद्रवदितचरणारदपडितमी ५ श्रीउदयरुचिगणिशिष्यभुजियगाणिसुमतिरुचिना(s) रोखि मवत १६६९ वर्षे मा रु पूर्णिमादिने 'योधपुरा सन्न बीसलपुर नगरे । Reference - This work is noted by A Weber under the title of Pancanırgranthi See No foi It is published along with avacuri and another work named as Prajnapanopanga iſtiyapada-Samgrahani, by Jaina Atmananda Sabha, Bhav nagar, in Samvat 1974 as the 62nd jewel of its series ·1131 FLAnas IOS पञ्चनिर्मन्यमरमाणी Pancinirgrantlammmrani No 112 1274 1891-95 Size — 95 13 by 4 in Extent -- 5 folios, 11 lines to a page , 38 letters to a line Description -- Country paper thin, rough and greyish, Devanagari characters with big, legible, uniform and good hand writing, borders ruled in ſour lines in black ink , space between the pairs coloured red , foll numbered in the right hand margin only, the unnumbered sides have a small design in the centre only, the numbered, in the margins, roo , a stril of paper pasted to foll 2* and so, a portion of the left hand margin of every fol partly worn out, condition very fair, complete Age - Samvat 1620 Begins fol :" नमिऊण महावीर भारहियटा समासओ विचि । घोछाच्छिामि सरूवमिण । पुलायपसहाण साहण ।। पण्णवण देय २ गगे ३ कप्प४ चरित्त ५ पहिमेवपा ६ नाणे ७ तित्थे ८ लिंग ९ सरीरे १० खित्ते ११ काल १२ गड १३ टिड १४ सजम १५ निगामे १६ ॥२ etc Ends fol sदार ३७ । भगवइपणवीसप्तपरस । छहउद्देसगस्स सगणी। एसा उ नियहाण । रइया भावाथस(रणध १७ इति श्री पचनिग्रंथसग्रहणी समाप्ता । कृता भीअभयेदवारभि । सबत् १६२० वर्षे आपाट वदि ११ दिने लिखिता मावतिलकेन श्रा कानूहूपठनार्थे । NB For other details see No ui पनिर्मन्यसमहणी Pancanurgranthasaingrahanı No 113 163 1873-74 Size - Ior in by 4g in Extent - 5 folios, 11 likes to : page 41 letters to a line 14 IJLP ·106 Jama literature and Philosophy (11 Description - Country paper i rule, rough and greush, Deva magari characters, small, legit le and good hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in blach ind, space between the pairs coloured red indifferently, sellow pigment prolusely used foll numbered in the right hand margin, the unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only, the numbered, in the margins too, complere, edges of several foll partly worn oui, condition tolvably good complete, 107 verses Ave Old Begins fol 1.1A30 #giare cic, as in No 112 Inu's fol s4 HITTE cic, up to atorg 113 out1 as in No 112 follow cd by इति पचनिग्रंथीसूत्र ।। प्रा जसीपटनार्थ ।। - NB -- For further particulars see No 111 पञ्चनिन्थसदग्रहणी Pancanıgranthasamgrahanı 387 1879-80 No 114 Swe 10 in by 44 Extent 4 folios 13 bines to a page , 48 lerters to a line Description - Country paper rough and white , Devanagari chara cters with guara, sufficiently big, legible and good handwriting, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, red chalk and yellow pigment used, foll numbered in the right both the margins of the each of the foll more or less worn out, condition tolerably good, complete, 106 verses in all hand margin, Age -Old Begins — fol 1' AR Il पन्नवण वेय रागे etc ·15 ] V 11 Angas 107 Ends -- fol 4 *TTEE etc , up to Flutext as in No ir followed by १०६ ॥ इति श्रीअमयदेवसरिकता पचनिग्ग्रंथसग्रहणी सम्मना ॥छ। शुभ भवतु ॥g etc NB-lor other details see No int पञ्चनिन्यसत्यहणी अवचूरिसाहित Pañcanırgrinthasaingraları with avacuri No 115 1202 1884-87 Size ngin by 4g in Extent - folios , 15+8=23 lines to a page, 60 to 64 letters to a line con Description - Country paper very thin, rough and greyish, Devi nagari characters with पृष्टमत्राs, this is a पश्चपाटी Ms , taining the text and its commentary, both written in a mall but legible, good and uniform hand writing, borders ruled in 3 lines in red ink , red chalk used edges of both the foll slightly damaged, condition tolerably good complere, the text containing ro6 verses Age -- Samat 1495 Subject The text sith a small commentary in Sanskrit Begins - ( tet)fol पन्नवण १ थप २ रागे ३ etc (com), ग्यरूपसप्यादे) मरूपणा प्रज्ञापना १ देर पाग मिद .प ग्धविकल्पमिनाल्पादि Ends -- ( text ) to a watz eis upto मरणय ॥ १०६115 in Mon: followed by rति भीमभयववमानता पनिाग(पोयसपाणी म १८९५० पेष शु. ५ गुग frone " ctc ·108 Jana Literature and Philosophy [IC Ends.-- (com ) fol 25 तेभ्य स्नातका सस्येयगुणा । तेभ्यो अकुशा सरपेयगुणा तेभ्य प्रतिसेषना सख्येयगुणा । इति श्रीअभयदेवसरिविरचिता पच. निर्ग(ग्रोथ ग्रहण्यवचूरिः॥४॥ NB -- For further particulars see No III पञ्चनियन्थसग्रहणी घालावबोधसाहत Paicapu grantbrusanngrahuni with lālāvabodha No 116 210 1871-72 Size 100 in by 2} in Extent 16 folios, 4 lines to a page, 32 letters to a line Description --Country paper tough and white, Devanagari characters, this Ms contains the text and the interlinear balava bodhr which may be looked upon as tabba, the latter written in a very small but quite legible and very good landwriting, borders ruled in three lines in red ink, foll numbered in the right hand margin only , condition very good , fol x. blank , complete Age Nor quite niodern Author of the balāvabodha - Yasovijaya, pupil of Nayavijaya Subject The text in 107 verses in Prahrit together with its cxplanation in Gujarati Begins - (text ) fol D THESUT Herr etc, up to mogu as in No 112 followed by भीर्यातगगाय नम ॥ पनवण १ प २ रागे ३tc - (com ) fol jo भीनयविजयगुरुणा(णा) प्रसारमासाप मफ्लशर्मा। पारमारिया) का वानिमोकगिरा पापाचानिध्या) ॥१॥ नमीना भीमहावीर प्रति भाय जीपन हनिक्षपी rirnayमी स्वरूप पताद पुलाक प्रमर गान ॥१॥int २६ मा IKT VI etc ·117 ] V i Angas 109 " Ends (text) fol 16 भगषद etc , up to सरणाय । १०७/as in No Im followed by इति श्रीपचनिग्रंथी समाप्लेयमिति (com ) fol 16 भगवतीना २५ मा शतकनी ६ उठा उद्देशानी नियठानी सग्रहणी ए अभयदेवसरि रची भावार्थ सभारवानइ अर्थे १०७ इति श्रीपच निम(4)थीसूत्र अर्थसहित सपूर्णम् ।। भीनयविजयगुरूणा चरणाजोपासनादुदितपुण्य । पुण्याय यशोविजयो व्यातेने वालयोधमिम १ पद्यपि गनि() ममेय()करणाभरण पचेली(लिममतीना । तदपि प्रवचनभक्त पदकिमिणिका भवत्येपा ॥२॥ क्ल्याणमस्तु ॥ छ। NB -For additional details see No III पञ्चनिम्रन्थसग्रहण्यवचूरि Pancadırgranthasang abany av acum 1 No 117 286 A 1882-83 Size -10 in by 41 in Extent - 4 folios, 19 lines to a page , 67 letters to a line Description - Country paper very thin, rough and greyish, Deva nägarı characters with occasional Teas, small, legible and good hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs mostly coloured red , red chalk used, edges of a few foll slightly worn out, condi tion on the whole good, complete Age - Pretty old Subject A small commentary in Sanskrit elucidating Panca margrantlasamgrahani up to tos verses Begins -- fol 1 नम सर्वज्ञाय ॥ पन्नवणेति गाथाग्य प्रज्ञापनाप्रमण मशीयप नोदनरवरूपमरयाभेदादिप्रकारेण प्रज्ञापना प्रज्ञापना १ वेद स्यादि गग प्रमिय etc Ends. lol 4 तम्य स्नातका मन्येषगुणा कोटीथम्यमान याग । तम्या शकुगा मग्येय गुणा कोनिशतपृथकवानेषां तम्य प्रतिमाशीला मग्य्पेयगुणा कथमेतमेषामपि कोटीपृथक परयोक्तवात् सम्प पिद्र ·110 Jaina Literature and Philosoping [19 बकुशाम्त य कोटीशतपृथरत्व तद् विवादिकोटीशतमान प्रतिसेविकोटी पृथकत्व चतु कोटीशतमानमिति न विरोध तेभ्य पायिण सरयेयगुणा कोटीसहस्रथम वात् तेपा ।। इति पचनिर्मथसग्रहण्यवचूरि ॥ भगवतीसूत्रावचूार्ण Bhagavatsūtravacū m 122 1872-73 No 118 Size - o in by 44 in Litent 55 folios , 15 lines to a page, so letters to a line Description Country paper thin, rough and greyish, Devanagari characters with पृटमात्राs , small, quite legible and beautiful hand writing, borders mostly ruled in three lines in red ink, foll !" and 55 blank , fol 1 blotted, सप्प, अप्प ete, tabulated on fol 186, foll 450 and 466 carelessly separated by some body after they had stuch together probably owing to the presence of gum in inh condition on the whole good, complete, extent 3114 slokas Age -- Turly old Subject - A small Sunshrit comniuntary to Bhagavau sutra Begins -- tol 'नमो जिनपरेभ्य ॥ तण कारण तण ममएण ममणेण भगयया etc अध ममस्तप्रत्ययभामनमर्था(?) पियविस्तगति केपलालोपी(फितलोकालो मन Luis fol 55 एयमचरम एगिदिप महाहु ममप १३॥शेपाणि शतान्याने नय लक्षणेन गमनीपानि ६ रोगागासपदेसा घमा etc येणतपरखेया र इति भगवत्यवर्णि परिममाता यात्र ३१११ ॥ भगवतीसुनायाग Bhagaraturitrararity No.५ 736 (61 1870 71 Latetit fol .

·121 ] V 1 Angas III partaya No Description Complete Tor other details see Pancavastuha 736(1) 18717G Subject -- Difficult words th, OLcurring in Bhagavansutra Ciplained Begins - fol 4* भगवतीपापा पथा शते ७ उ २ तिरियाण चारित्त इत्यादि गाधाओं यधा तिरश्चा पचमहावतारोपण स्यात tc Linds - lol 4* साधुसाध्वीश्यस्य भावात विंशतिरेय तेपा माधुसाध्वीना श्रयते इति भगवतीपर्याया ममाप्त' । भगवतीसूत्रपर्याय Bhagruttisuta insavi 789 (6) 1895-1902 No 1200 Extent fol s" Description - Complete For further details sec Pancavastuka paryaya No 789( 1 ) 1895-1902 Begins - fol 5' भगवतीपर्याया यथा । etc as in No 119 Ends fol s° साधुसाध्वीद्वयम्प etc NB For subject sce do 119 भगवतीसूत्रपर्याय Blhinitisutrjurmave 736(28) No 121 1872-6 Txtent fol 3s to fol 3. Description Complete I or other details see Pancivastuka 736(1) 187576 Subjest - Elucidation of some of the words cic occurring in Bhagavatisutra Begins fol 35'पनोदार इति अप्राग्या दग्यास्तिर इति माम्या । पर्यापास्तिक इति यौध(द) lec parnha No ·112 Jama Luterature and Philosophy [123 Ends – fol 37 पदार्थास्तु अष्टादशशतेन ममयपदार्थापेक्षया स्तयुग्मज्ञापरता । उदि ति पठितानि । चिउ इति पटित । भगवतीपर्याया मगर्भिता । N B -For subject see No 119 भगवतीसूत्रपर्याय Bhagavatısūtm paryāya 789(28) No 122 1895-1902 Extent fol 54' to fol 612 Description - Complete, there is an illustration of loha on fol 61 For other details see Pancavastukapary ya No 789 (1) 1895-1900 Begins -- fol 58. धनोदार इति अग्राम्या etc , as in No 121 Ends fol 6 पदार्थास्तु अष्टादश etc N B -For subject see No 121 भगवतीसवपर्याय Dlagu tisītrajerjaya 392 (11). No 123 A1842-83 Lxtent fol 47' to fol 5! Description — Complete lor other duruls sec Nindsutraursama. padparyaya No 332 (1) A 1882-57 Begins • fol 47* घनोदार इति अग्राम्या etc , as in No 121 Ends fol s" पदार्यास्तु अटादशशतेन etc NB--I'or subject sce No. 121 ·124 ] VI 11 Angas 113 THE SIXIH ANGA ज्ञाताधर्मस्थानसून (णायाधम्मकहंगसुत्त) Jūātadlymakathāngasūtra (Nayadhammakabungasutta ) No. 124 32 1869-70 Size — 10 10 by us in Extent 155 folios, 13 lines to a page , 44 letters to a line Description Country paper thick and greysh, Devanagari charı. cters with garats big, legible and good hand Writing ink not faded, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, fol 11 blink red chalk used, yellow pigment, too, numbers of foll entered twice on one and the same side but in different margins, foll 147 10 152 have their margins slightly worm-eaten, edges of the 155th ( last) fol somewhat damaged, a strip of paper pasted to it, condı. tion on the whole good, complete , extent ssoo slokas Age - Old Author Sudharmasvamın according to the Jaina tradition Subject - This is the sisth anga It is divided into two parts known as srutashindha The former has 19 subdivision called adlıvay anas and the latter, 10, styled as vargas This cutire worh deals with narratives having i moral and religious purpose behind it These parratives are free from seuranan spirit and are useful to the persons of any and every school of thought Such a remark is made by Dattatreya Balakrishna Kalellar in his foreword to the Guja rati translat on of this work published in the Punjabhai Jaina Granthamalı No 19;1, Ahmedabad This work is variously named & Jnātadharmakatha näidharma katha and Mathadharmahatha the last two heing the names according t the Digambaris begins foi in 3570 AH सेण कालणतण ममरण पानामनरी होथा । मनमान नपाए नपरीए पहिया etc € ·114 Janna Literatue and Philosophy (12) Ends - fol. 155 सम्बदुखाण(ण) अत(त) काहीति ॥ एव खलु जब निरपेषगो॥ दसमस्स वग्गस दसमो वग्गो सम्मत्तो ॥ छ ॥१० एव खल जजू समण भगवया महाबीरेण आयगरेण (तित्थगरेण) सप(योस(स)बुद्धण पुरिसोत्तमेण पुरिससीहेण जाय सपत्तेण धम्मकहाण अपमहे पन्नत्ते ॥ धम्मम्हास्य(क)खो समत्तो दसहि वग्गेहि नायाधम्मकहाउ समत्ता ॥छ । इति श्रीज्ञाताधर्मकथा ममाता ॥ १५०० Reference As editio princeps may be mentioned the Calcutty edition of AD 1876 where the text together with Abhayader : Suris Sanskrit commentary and the Hındı gloss of Vijaya Sådhu is published for the specimen of the text, introduction, analysis, glossary etc Steinthal's "Specimen der Niyadhammal aha, Leipzig, 1881 may be consulted Tor exposition etc of the text see Vidyodaya, Calcutta, 1897ff A tolerably good edition of the text is published along with Abhayadeva Sun's commentary in the Agamaday? Samit: Series, in A D 1919 The rest together with Gujarati translation is published in two parts in Sathsat 1986 by the Jarna Dharma Prasăraha Sabha, Bhavnagar Tor another Gujarati translation set the pruuding page metrical cramples from the text see Indisclic Studien vol. XVII, Leipzig, 1885 for comparing the life of Draupadi with the one gren in the Valil lirati sce L Luumuns Beziehungen der Jain?-Literatur /!indern Literatur hreisen Indiens (Actes du VI Congres mternational des Orientalistes ) Lud, 1885 and J Dahlmın s "Das Mahibharata als I pos und Rechtsbuch , Berlin, 19, I or com icnis et see Weber II, p. 165. Indian Antiqurry vol XI, p 661 and Winumu, Geschichte II , P 301 Tor auldini onal Mss sec B BRA Sol III-1 p 30 and Go Series vol \\I, pp 6,7 1, and 1" Гоr hyper FanM697 Jontulerinthiansentrat No 125 1880 87 Sue - 11!!. bs 2 } in ·125.1 II 1 Angas 11 Lytenit 302-2-1 +1|1=301 leaves, i to s lines to a leaf , JIS 130 letters to a lie Description Palm-leat, Devanigari characters with EHETS, sufficiently big, quite legible and good hand writing , this Ms presents an appearance of laing three different columns, but, as a matter of fact it is not so, since the lines are continuously written, every column has its borders ruled in three lines in black ink, ill the leaves numbered in both the margins , numbering in the right hand margin being 1, 2 etc, some of the leaves out of 1 10 164 numbered in the left hand margin as is leaves 166 to 302 are lion crer numbered in the left hand margin 1s 1, 2 etc , while in the right hand one as 166, 167 ct , thus Ms contains an addım tional work our ज्ञाताधर्मस्थागविवृति which begins on leaves 1666 and ends on leaf 302. leif 116* blank , some of the lenses in the beginning fragmentary several leaves more or less worm eaten, condition on the whole fair, complete, tno holes in each lenf through which z thrcad can pass and keep all lexics together, leaf 17th numbered as 48 and 49, so the following ones numbered is so, s1 etc 257th leaf also numbx red is 258, the following as 2,9, 260 etc, leaves 72 and 90 repeated, seru thich wooden planhs encompassing the Vis on loth the sides of these wooden lanks we have leamulul presures c those of a tcmplu 1 lecture lill, caints delivering sermons to the audience etc เป็น are printed in various colours It seems that the names of various persons deputed in the pictures must have been written above them for, bosc 2 picture of a saint we have więgarnitura Fift In the centre of the second wooden plank we find the followin, lines - 'मयत १२९३ प पोपशुदि १३ मह भीअनुपमादेया भागमभेणे(ये भी ओपनियुक्तिपुरतर भीमदनचद्रसिंम्प प्रदान । Agc - laris old Besins leai, (tralment ) Tam(?hriều Tiên ( { red safTA TT- भिराम एगपपराधिप गgate ·116 Jana fileram and Plulospsy | 126 Ends.- leaf 165* TEFUTOT AT Fifa etc, as in No 124 practically up to जाप सपत्तेण I followed by धम्मबहाए पि (१) मुयसरधो दसहि नग्गेहिं सम्मत्तो॥ छ | एच णायधम्मकहाओ सम्मताओ॥ 7 ॥3॥ \ B --For other purriculurs scc do 124 mata Jñatadhrumahathāngasūtra No 126 199 1871-72 Swe ܙܝܐ antes Extent 60 letters to 1034 I=104 folios is lies to 1 pice a linc Descripuon - Country paper rough, cough and grojisli, Devanigarı characters wath occasional gertats, small, legible and very fair hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black inl space between the pairs coloured red red chalk and ellow pigment used, fall numbered in the right hand margin only , fol 1' anh , corners of foll 2 10 5 and 72 partly worn out, several ſoll smuttı all the the sinic thcy are partly readable , condition on the whole very good, ſol 102 repeated , fol 1036 decorated with a nandyžvarta, one of the eight mugalas, complete extent 5750 slokas Age Samvat 1625 Begine --fol 1 तेण कारेण तण ममाण चपा etc Ends - fol 103* TTFETIT CIL, up to TETA) 15 in No 12. follow ed br सामनाउ । । इति श्रीमाताधर्मकथामसून ममा ॥ छ ctc प्रधान श्लोरसम्न्या ७५.८ ॥ मयत १६२० बर्षे मारणमागे ·127 1 I'l u dngas 1718197 777 95717 yiansfroga शुक्लपक्षे मतमीदिने शनयासरे Formato il 3 CIC B-For other details see lo 12 »4 letters जाताधर्मकथाद्गसून Jiaradh uulahthaugasutry No 127 192 1871-72 Size 10 m by 48 in Extent - 221 1+? - 2 2=222 lolio II lines to a luge to a line Description Country paper thuich rough and grcyish, Deva någar characters sth occasional qura big quite legible and elegant hand writing borders ruled in two lines in red ink , foll numbered in the right hand margin onls yellow and white pigments used , red chalk too, marginal notes written at times, whereby some of the Prikrit phrases etu art explained in Gujarati , foll 146 10 201 also numbered as 1, 2 etc fol 139th also numbered as 140th the subsequent ones being hence numbered 95 141, 142 ctc but no fol is missing, as could be icrified esen by referring to the printed cdition of this work (edn Juna Dharma Prast raha Sabha p 62* of pe II) rol 116th repeated twice and toll 13th and 18.4th repeated only oncs corner of foll -1 to :( mails worn out condition on the whole good foll 1 and 2 missing othereu ise completo table pointing out the no of the lcil us hete an adhyavana ends 15 Llen (n fol 2,5 ettent 5627(?) slokas AC - Old Begins -fol हजाणाम[णिपमहाद। पानिग भने एमाग मग गमण unds -- tol 1.1 MIOT elu uj to TOTIATIT as in \o 124 tollowed by TAHTS I Ectc Histanut ole FUTURU(v) (*c. Then ue 1310 111 3 2 मम्मन ·118 Jaina Literature and Philosophy | 128 Jiflerent land पा(जानाभ्यामी गान माम मणिमा उपग्धी पेचवायलट जई पाठी से जगहतमिद्ध मोपगाणी पाना पाना अ० १ २ ३ ४ अ० १२ १२ १३ १४ १५ ६७ ८१ ८२ १३० १४२ १५१ १५५ १८२ १९२ २०५ २१० २२१ ८ १७ १८ १९ ११६ १२७ १० १०८ N B- for futher particulars sec No 124 शाताधर्मकथागसत्र Juatadhanalutlaugasutra No 16 790 1895-1902 Size 10 mly x ॥ Except 19, folios, u lines 10 1 pige 40 luncrs 10 1 lime Description Country paper rough and wlute, Devanagari chur hters with पृष्टमात्राs, big legible and very good hand writing, borders ruled in tbree lines and edges in one, in red ink, red chalk and yellow pigment used, several foll worm-eaten in more than one place, edges of the first fol worn out, condition tolerably fair, foll rand 1936 as well decorated with the same pattern, marginal notes occası onally written, foll numbered in the right hand margin only, complere , extent 5250 slokas Age -- Samvat 1661 Begins -fol 1 ओ नम( ) मर्वज्ञाय । तेण कालेण तेण समरण चपा etc ·129.] I'I ! Angas 119 Ends fol 1934 HERAUT etc , up to USAT FIAT as in No 127 followed by 7 प्रथान ५२५० ॥ छ I etc , भग्न etc, जलाद्रक्षे ec सवत् १६६१ वर्षे भाद्रपदभासे कृष्णपक्षे द्वादशि तिथौ वृहत्प(स्पोतिवासरे 'शक्तिपुर स्थाने दुनी १८७ चदलिखित etc N. B -For further particulars see No 124 > ज्ञाताधर्मकथागसूत्र Jnatadhumakathangasutra विवृतिसहित with vivrti No 129 430 1882-83 Size. 10 in by 11 21 Extent 147-3=144 folies, 11 lines to a page , 48 letters to a line Description - Country paper thin and greyish, Devanagari characters vszth occasional qe ITS , bold, clear and beautiful lindwriting, the unnumbered sides marhed with one small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having over ind above this two more, one in each margin, the first three roll licking, notes written in all the four margins of each of the foll s to S, from the 9th fol numbers of foll enteret INICL on one and the same side but, of course, in different margills, the 4th fol badly damaged, the fol s to 8 1 little but less, foll 11, 12, 32 77, S3 87, 88, 91 92, and 99 torn in the middle , foll 18 to 25, 36 10 48, 53 to 57, 1,2 10 134 136 and 142 have their edges more or less worn there is a comnientary written in the margins on these foli so is the case with fol! 30 to 34 and many more most of the foll have their corners wom out, the root fol torn in more than one place, the same is the case with the rol 113th, the 147th ( last ) fol hopelessly worn out, the last fous soll sceni to be exposed to ruiny water, condition Colt Inl oth wrongly numbe rexi as 39th in the right hand margin similarly the 14th as 3rd , the lull 12:10 120 nrongly numbered as 123, etc in the kft land margin the out, > ·120 Jaina Literature and Philosopir [130. . " ſol 1470 decorated with a design in red colour, complete, if the first three foll not counted , extent 6000 slokas Age-Simvit 1686 Author of the won.-- Abhayades : Suri Subjcct-- The text in Prakrit to,ether with its e plination in Sanskrit. Begins -(rest) fol 4' ण बुद्धिविन्नाणेण । तस्स मुमिणस्स अयोग्गह करे । सत्ता धागिण देरि ताहि जाय हियय ete (com ) fol 4 एप सलु त्ति । एवरूपादुन्फरसाधनसमर्थात्स्नमाद्दारक पुनर्जनिप्यमीति मरध etc Ends -(rest ) fol 147* मन्वद्रुक्खाणमत ज्य सल जन् etc, up to practically जाय टाण संपत्ताण as in No 124 followed by छ । धम्मकहासय(क)सपो सम्मत्तो । छ दसहिं द(गे)हिं नायधम्मकहाओ सम्मत्ताओ॥ ग्रथाय ६०००॥ शुम भवतु ॥ मत १६८६ वर्षे भाषा सदि ५दिने ॥ श्री निकानेर मध्य लिपत Then runs the line as under in different hand writing प्रत अश्रीसारूपांजीरी , - (com ) iol 141 अत एव घरपज्जितेति ett, up to गिद्धेय 15 in No 130 followed by the lines as under - प्रत्यक्षर निरूप्यास्य ग्रथमान चिनिश्चित । अनुष्टुभा सहस्राणि नीणि सप्त शतानि च ॥ १२ (१३१) ज्ञाताधर्मकथांगटीका समाना Reference Both the test and commentary published See No 121 जाताधर्मकथानसनविनि Inatadharmabathango sutras arti 103 No130 1872-73 Size - 9 in brain Extent - 71 folios 17 lines to a page 54 letters to a line Description - Country paper thin, rough and white Devanagari charreters nth पृष्टमात्राs, bold clear uniform and good ·130] VI 11 Angas 121 hand writing , red chall and yellow pigment as well used, fol i blank, borders ruled in three lines in red ink, numbers of fall entered twice on one and the same side, bur, of course, in different margins, condition very good , this work is composed in Samvat 1120, complete Age Sauvat 1661 Author — Abhayadeva Súri Subject — The text explained in Sanskrit Begins --fol 1 श्रीजिनाय नम ॥ नत्वा श्रीमन्महावीर प्रायो(ड)न्यग्रथधीक्षित । ज्ञाताधर्मकथागस्पाऽनुयोग कश्चिदुच्यते ॥ १ तम च फलमगलादि ec Ends-fol 71"अत एप परयर्जितेति शेष सूप्रसिद्ध ॥ ॥ समाप्तो द्वितीयस्कप ॥ ममाता चेय ज्ञाताधर्मकथाप्रदेशटीकेति ॥ छ । नम श्रीवर्द्धमानाय भीपार्श्वप्रभवे नम । नम श्रीसरस्वत्यै सहायेभ्यो नमो नम ॥१॥ इह हि गमानकाथै यन्मया न्यूनपो(मुक्त किमपि समयहीन तद्विशोध्य शु(स)घीमि ॥ नही(दि) भवति विधेया सर्वथा(अ)रिमन्नुपेक्ष[य] । दपितजिनमताना तायिना चागियर्गे ॥२॥ परेषा दुरीक्षा भवति हि वियक्षा स्फुटमिद विशेषाद् वृद्धानामतुल्यचनज्ञानमहसा॥ निराम्नायाधीभि पुनरतितरा मादृशजनै स्तत शाम्रार्थो मे [1] बचनमनप दुर्लभमिद ॥३॥ तत सिद्धाततत्त्वज्ञ सयमझ म पनत । न पुनररमदारपात एव ग्राहो नियोगत ॥४॥ तथा परमात्तु मे पाय(प) सघम युपजीवनात् । वृद्धन्यायानुसारिवाद्धिता (2)(च) प्रवृत्तित ॥५॥ तथाहि किमपि स्फुटीरत्तमिह फुटे(व्यर्थत सस्टमतिदेशतो विविधवाचनातो(sपि यत् ॥ समर्थपदसमपद्विगुणपुस्तकेम्पो(अपि) यत् । परामहितहेतवे(नभिनिवेशिना चेतसा ॥६॥ 161ULP] ·122 Jarna Lilerature and Philosophy [13. यो जि(ज)नाभिमतं प्रमाणमनघं व्युत्पादयामासिवान् । प्रस्थानैर्विविधैर्निरस्य निखिलं बौद्धादिसंबंधि तत् । नानात्तिकथा.] कथापथमि(मोतिक्रांतं च चक्रे तपः। निस्संयधविहारमप्रतिहि होतं शास्त्रानुसारात्तथा ॥७॥ तस्याचार्यजिनेश्वररय मदयद्वादिप्रतिस्पर्धिनः । तद्वन्धोपि बुद्धिसागर इति रयातस्य सूरे वि ।। उंदोधनिबद्धबंधुरवच शब्दादिसलक्षणा(क्ष्मणः)। श्रीसविनाविहारिणः श्रुतनिधेश्चारिनचूटामाणि (णे) ॥८॥ शिष्येणाभयंदवाग्व्यसारिणा वित्तिः(तिः) स्ताः) । ज्ञाताधर्मकथांगस्य श्रुतमक्या समासतः ॥ ९ ॥ इति 'नित(ति)क'कुलनभस्तलचंद्रद्रोणाख्यसरिमुल्येन । पंडितगुणेन गुणवाप्रियेण संसो(शो)धिता चेयं ॥१०॥ प्रत्यक्षरं गणनया प्रथमानं विनिश्चितं । अनुष्टुभां सहस्राणि हि चत्वारि ('त्रीपयेयाष्ट) शतानि च ॥ ११ ॥ एकादशस गतवथ विंशत्यधिकेषु विक्रमसमानां । 'अणह(हेिलाल)पाटक'नगरे विजयदशम्यां च सिद्धेयं ।। १२ ।। समाप्तेयं ज्ञाताधर्मप्रदेशटीका इति ॥ संपूर्णाः ॥ सं. १६६१ प चैत्र पदि ४ गुरौ लिखितं । लेखकषाचकयोः शुभं भवतु ॥५०॥ धम्मों मंगलमुत्कृष्टं । धर्म सर्वसुखास्पदः। श्रीसर्वज्ञमुखादत्त । यत्नेन परिपालयेत् ॥१॥ श्रीरस्तु.॥ ॥ Reference.- Published. See No. 124. ज्ञाताधर्मकथागसूत्र विवृति Jäätădharmakathāugasūtravivrti No 131 26(b). 1880-81. Size.-in. by it in. Extent.-- leaf 166 to leaf 302. Description.- Complete. This work contains the grafts of the text. For further details see No. 125.

·132 ) Il Angas 123 Begins -leaf 166. AAN DIATTI II नत्या श्रीमन्महावीर etc Ends -leaf 302' अत एव घर का वर्जितेति etc , up to च सिद्धेय practically as in No 130 followed by gia HEAT aft 11 NB - For other details see No 130 पाताधर्मकथासूत्र विवृति Jnātādharmakathāngasūtravivrtı No 132 271 A 1882-83 Size 101 in by 44 10 Extent - 98 folios, 15 lines to a page 48 letters to a line Description - Country paper extremely thin and greyish , Devanågar characters, bold, big, legible and tolerably good hand writing borders ruled in four lines in black ink, fol 1 blank , red chalk used the colour of the paper used for fol 83rd and the following ones is shite, the 95th ſol slightly torp condition very fair, foll from the 83rd up to the last numbered twice on one and the same side, but, in different margins , foll 96 to 98 wrongly numbered as 95, 95 and 96 in the left hand margins, conplete, this work contains the stress of the text Age — Pretty old Begins --fol 1 श्रीसाधुपुर्णिमापथे भ० श्री साधुसुदरसूरिगुरुभ्यो नम ॥ arat ATHETETT etc, as in No 130 Ends -fol 98. अत एव परत(ब)जितेति शेष etc, up to विजयदशम्या च They as in No 130 Then we have समानेय ज्ञाताधर्मकथाप्रदेशटीकेति , etc प्रथान वृत्ति ३८१५ एव सूत्रत्ति ९७५५ छ etc NB - For further particulars see No 130 3 Letters on leaf 20- are not legible in having faded ·12 Jana Literature and Philosophy [ 134 ज्ञाताधर्मकथागसूत्रवितात Jnātadhu mahathāngasūtravivrti 737 No. 133 1899-1915 Size --- 9f in by 4 in Extent -96 folios , 15 lines to a page, 45 letters to a line Description Country paper thin, rough and white, Devanagari characters with a 1278, bold, big, clear and tolerably good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black inh, fol r* blank, several foll vorm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent , condition poor , red chalk used, numbers of foli entered twice on one and the same side, once in each margin, complete, extent 4700 slol as Age - Pretty old Begins--fol to FAT FATTAT[] नत्या श्रीमन्महावीर etc as in No 130 Ends.-fo1 96. अत एव वरकर्जितविशेष etc , up to सशोधिता चेय as in No 130 with some variations Then follows TFGT etc , sfat श्रीज्ञाताधर्मकथागटीका समाप्त(मा) ॥ छ । प्रत्यक्षर निरूप्यास्प प्रथ A etc TOHEUT 4700 etc Then runs the line in a different hand as under साहीशांतिदासस्तपनजीकेन भी 'उग्रसेनपुरे पुस्तकफोश कारित । NB - For further particulars sce No 130 - HATTHFast Jbātadharmakathaigasūtra चालावबोधसहित with balāvabodha 702 No 134 1892-95 Size – 10 in by 44 10 Extent - 308 folios , 16 lines to a page, 52 letters to a line Description --Country paper thin, rough and greyish, Devanagari characters with occasional arts, Ink faded at times, big, clear and fair hand-writing, fol blank, borders roled

·134 ]
VI 1 Angas
125
.
at times in black ink in two lines, sometimes in four, some
times in red ink in three lines and at times tion
unruled, red chalk and yellow pigment used, edges of the
first sıx foll damaged to a smaller or greater extent, the
4th fol slightly torn, condition on the whole very fair;
the text explained part by part in Gujarati , complere , total
extent 18200 slokas
Age -- At least not quite modern
Subject — The text along with its explanation in Gujarati.
Begins ---( test) fol 1 तेण कालेण तेण समएण etc.
-( balas) ,, श्रीगउडीपार्श्वनाथाय नम ॥ श्रीसारदाये नम ॥
श्रीज्ञाता एहयद नामि छठउ अग तिहनउ यार्तिक विवरण लिविया उदय
End. - (text) tol 308* एय एल जय etc
(bali°) 308 इयादिक मुतिगामीप धर्मग्थानी यांनी श्रुतरम्भ
मपूर्ण थयो ।। १०॥ नायाधम्मकहाओ मम्मनाओ एतले दशेयै बार्गइ करी
जाताधर्मस्था कही ॥२२५ ॥ इति श्रीणायाधम्मकहाण ज्झयण छत
सम्मत ॥ इति श्रीज्ञाताधर्मकथावाला(च)बोध छटा आनउ पूर्ण थयो
र प्रधान सूना(मिमीलने १८२०० श्लोक ॥भी स्यातमी
"
-
"

·126 Jamna Lilerafire and Pinlosophy [135 TIL SLI ENTI ANGA उपासकदशाङ्गसूत्र (उवासगदसगसुत्त) l quzsah dasanym sutra (lugarudasingisutta ) No 135 173 1871-72 - hand writing Size Ios in by 41 in Extent 23 folios , 13 lines to 2 page, 47 letters to a line Description - Country paper, thin and greyish , Devanagari chara ters with पृष्ठमानाs, bold, legible, big, uniform and good borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the intervening space between the pairs coloured red fol I blanh, a piece of paper of the size of the fol pasted to the first tol red chalk and yellow pigment used, marginal notes written on several foll unnumbered sides have one small circular dise in the centre, the numbered having two more, one in each margin , 2 strip of paper pasted to the fol 23* , condition very fair, complete, estent 972 slokas Age Old Author Sudharmasvamın according to the Jaina tridition Subject - Lives of ten las disciples of Lord Malavıra narrated Begins -- fol ' तेण कालेण । तेण ममएण। चपा नाम नपरी होत्था ।। यमओ पुलमहे etc Ends -- fol 23 एव खलु जब समणेण जाय सपत्तण मत्तमस्स अगस्स उवासग- दसाण दसमस्म अज्झयणस्स अयमढे पण(ण्ण)त्ते । छ। उवासगदसाओ ममत्ताओ इ 1 उवासगदसाण सत्तमस्म अगमा एगो सुय(क)खधो दम अज्झयणा एकार(?कमरोगा दससु चेव दिवसमु ओ(उोदिसति तउ मुयम्वधो ममुहिमदि अणुषणविज्जद दोउ दिवसेस अग तहेव । छ। प्रथाय ९१२१ छetc Reference - This seventh anya consisting of 10 adhvayanas along with the Sanshrit commentary of Abhayadera Suri and 2 ·128 [137 Jama Literature and Pimlosophy Begins --fol 2 मतेस य कुलुपेस प राज्झेस य । रहस्सेस य । निच्छएस य । थप हारेस य I etc Ends -fol 29' CU EG FY elu, up to 3111 ata as in NO 13, followed by | ग्रथाय ८७२ । शुभ मरतु ' etc मु० महीसागरलिपित । सवत् १५६६ प पातसाहमीग्यासदीनतत्पट्टे पातसाहनासीरदिनपिजयायि) राज्ये 'देवास'नगरे भाद्रपदपक्षे पचमीदिवसे 'देवास'नगरे साहाभोजाभार्या पूरी । पुन साहनांदा मुनिमहीसागरलेपित साहनांदायोग्य । कल्पाणमस्तु - etc AB – For further particulars see No 135 उपासकदशादसूत्र Upāsakadasāngsūtra 1110 No 137 1887-91 Size Tol in by 4} in Extent 37-1 =36 foltos , 9 ines to a page, 45 letters to a line Description Country paper very thin and brownish, Devanagarı characters with पृष्टमात्राs , big, legible and elegant hand writ ing, borders ruled in four lines in black inh, numbers of foll entered twice as usual, red chalk and vellow pigment used , a part of the 36th fol worn out, fol 37% blank, fol ist missing, otherwise complete, this Ms seems to be exposed to rain, all the same the condition very fair Age —- Fairly old Begins- fol 2* वाणियगामे जियसन राया वणउ (वण्णओ) तथ ण वाणियगामे आणदे नाम गाहायई परिवसइ etc Ends —fol 37 एच खलु जल etc , practically up to अग तहेघ । छ । as in No 135 followed by इति उवाश(स)गटशांगसूत्र समाप्त । B- For other details see No I,5 ।

·1387) VII 11 Angas 129 उपासकदशादसूत्र cutoalarea Upāsakadašārgasūtra Fith ygākhya No 138 174, 1871-72 ») 33 > 27 Size --101 in by 44 in Extent --(text) 62 folios, 7 to 12 lines to a page, 40 letters to a line - (com), 45 Description - Country paper, tough and white, Devanagari charac ters with occasional GamETS, It is a freret Ms the text written in a bigger hand, clear and good hand writing, fol. I blank, edges of the first and the last few foll slightly worn out, condition on the whole verv good , red chall and yellow Pigmeot used , numbers of foll entered only once, this Ms contains the text as well as its Sanskrit commentary, both complete, their extents being 812 and 944 ślokas respectively. Age.- Pretty old Author of the commentary--Abbayadeva Sari Subject --The text in Prakrit together with its explanation in Sanskrit Begins --( text) fol 16 aur tout do Fragur etc (com.) श्रीवर्धमानमानम् etc Ends - (text ) fol 620 EC etc practically up to 37 as in No 135 followed by JAISTEN YÜ J 1994 CPP - (com ) fol 626 of G a MTEURT etc, up to fit as in No 139 followed by समाप्तमुपासकदशाविवरण उ प्रथान ९४४ etc Reference - Both the text and the commentary published See No 135. ) 3 3 2 17 ( LP ) ·130 Jamna Literature and Philosophy [139 १ उपासकदशाङ्गसूत्रव्याख्या Upāsakadašāngasūtravyākhya 55(a) No 139 1870-71 . 27, - Size rot in in by 4t in Extent 39 folios, 13 lines to a page, so letters to a line Description - Country paper, thin and greyish , Devanagari charac ters with CHATTS , quite clear, bold, big, uniform and good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red, fol r decorated with a pattern in red colour, so is the fol 396 but the pattern is different , red chalk and yellow pigment used , un numbered sides have one small circular disc in the centre, in red ink, the numbered having three-one in the centre and one, in each margin, edges of the first four foll slightly damaged , condition very fair , complete , this work contain ing the waters of the text ends on fol on fol 340 numbers 1 to 5 are arranged in a square of s as under १।२।३।४।५ ३४|५|१|२ ५|१|२|३|४ २३४५ ४|५|१/२१३ This Ms contains two additional works as under (1) अन्तहदशाङ्गसूनविवरण foll 27-36 (2) अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसनविवरण 36-39 Age - Old Author Abhayadeva Sun Subject — Commentary in Sanskrit to the seventh adga Begins fol x श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य व्याख्या काचिद्विधीयते । उपासकदशादीना प्रायो प्रथातरेक्षिता ॥१॥ तत्रोपासक्दशा । सप्तममगमिह चायमभिधानार्थ उपासकाना श्रमणोपास- काना सबधेनानुष्टानस्य प्रतिपाद(दि)मा दशा दशाध्ययनरूपा उपासक्दशा बहुवचनातमेतद्धनाम I etc Ends -- fol 37. यदिह न ध्याख्यात त सर्य ज्ञाताधर्मकथाल्याख्यानमुपयुक्तेन निरूप्यायसेपमिति ॥ छ । " - ·140] VII 1 Angas सर्वस्यापि स्वकीय वचनमभिमत प्रायस(श) स्थाजनस्य । यत्तु स्वस्थापि सम्यग ज(नोहि विहितरुचि) स्यात् क्थ त परेषा चित्तोल्लासाकुतश्चित्तदपि निगदित किंचिति देव मयैतत् । युक्त तत्वा( यच्चा) तस्य ग्रहममलधिय(य) कुर्वता प्रीतयो(ये) मे। छ । समाप्तमुपासकदशक विवरण ॥ छ॥ Reference Published See No 135 -- - उपासकदशाङ्गसूत्रव्याख्या Upās kadasangasūtravyakhya No 140 164(a) 1873-74 Size 10f in by 41 in Extent 24 folios, 15 lines to a page, 56 letters to a line Description - Country paper, very thin, rough and greyish , Deva nagari characters with occasional पृष्टमानाs, small, legible, uniform and good band writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, red chall and yellow pigment used fol I blank, edges of the first and last foll slightly damaged, condition on the whole good, all the foll except the first numbered in the right-hand margin only, this work ends on fol 17', this Ms contains two additional works as under (1) अन्तरद्वशागमनविवरण foll 17--220 (2) अनुत्तरोपपातिरदशाङ्गयनविवरण 22--24 Age - Old Begins -fol 1 भीवर्द्धमानमानम्य etc Ends-fol यदिह न व्याख्यात etc , practically as in No 139 NB - For other details scc No 139 " ·132 Jaina Lilerature and Philosophy [142. उपासकदशाङ्गसूत्रत्यारया Upăcabindasāngasūtraszākhya No 141 1206 ( a ) 1886-92 Size Tin by 41 in Extent 102 folios, 17 lines to a page , 64 letters to a linc. Description - Country paper, thin and greyish, Devanagari characters seith TalzTs, small, legible and clegant hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, red chalk used , fol 1 blank escept that 397977TFT etc, written on it, foll numbered in both the margins, this work contains only the Tait Fs of the text, it ends on fol 15, this Ms contains the following additional vorhs (1) अन्तरदशानसूनविवरण foll 15"-206 (2) अनुत्तरोपपातिक्दशाङ्गसविवरण 2016--22 (3) प्रभव्याकरणानसून विकृति 22-894 (4) विपासूत्ररत्ति 89-1025 Edges of the first few foll slightly worn out, several foll somewhat worm-eaten, the left-hand corners of several foll gone, strips of paper pasted to foll 32 to 100, condition on the whole very 1206(e) Age Sainvat 1553 See No 1886-92 Begins fol 1 श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य etc Ends -- fol 156 TREE F etc, practically up to the end as in No 139 NB -- For further particulars see No 139 fair उपासकदशाङ्गसूत्रव्याख्या Upāsakadaśangasūtravyakhyā No 142 144 (B). 1881-82 Size -13} in by s in Extent - 26 folios , 15 lines to a page , 58 letters to a line Description Country paper, very thin and greyish, Devanagari characters with EATITS , quite bold, completely legible, big and good hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in ·142.) VII 11 Ångas black ink , in the case of most of the foll, the intervening space between these pairs is coloured red, some of the unnumbered sides have in the centre a small circular dise in red colour and some numbered sides have over and above this, two more, one in each margin, yellow pigment used , fol i' blank, so is the fol 260 , small strips of paper pasted to the 2nd and the 3rd foll , condition tolerably good, the paper used for foll 22 to 26 ditters in quality and thickness from that used for the preceding ones, this work contains only the stafies of the text, the commentary complete , it ends on fol 85, this Ms contains the following additional works (1) अन्तरदशास्त्र विवरण foll 188-24 (2) 991faransatlantur foll 24-26 Age -- Old Begins — fol days नम। siCA774 etc , as in No 139 Ends - fol 18. OFTE 7 Tra etc , up to the end as in No 139 NB -For further particulars see No 139 t ·154 Jama Literature and Philosophy [143. THE EIGHTH ANGA अन्तकृद्दशाङ्गसूत्र Antabrddasāngasūtra (अंतगडदसंगसुत्त) (Antagadadasaigmsutta) No 143 1079 1887-91 Size --10] in by 4} in Extent — 21- 3 = 18 folios, 13 lines to a pige, 48 letters to a linc good, Description --- Country paper, thin and white, Devanigarı characters, small, quite clear and good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, red chall used, edges of the first and last few ſoll slightly worn out, condition foll 10 to 12 missing, otherwise complete, fol 21" contains some lines such as तुगे गयणतलमणलिहतसिहरे। ATTIETETIFRUTTI etc , these do not seem to form the part of the text, morcoi er, they are sritten in a different hand, extent goo slohas Age -- Pretty old Author -- Sudharmasvåmin according to the Jaina tradition Subjcct This 8th Anga consisting of one srutashandha with 8 cargas having 10, 10, 13, 10, 10, 16, 13 and 10 uddesahas respectively, deals with the antahrt Revalins They are persons who lived only for a short time after they had attained omniscience That is to say there was a very small interval Icft betw cen their attaining omniscicacc and final emaacpation Begins fol bण कारेण । सेण समएण । घपा नाम नगरी । पुण्णमहो(द) चेतिए । यणसरे सेण यालेण etc Ends - fol 21 अहप पारा आदी परिपार जाप समरस । एगो रपट परिताओ सेणियभग्जाण नायम्यो । एष एट ए समणेण भगरपा महायरेण(ण) आदिन जाप मोर्च भहमाम अगम्ग अत्त(तोगटदसाण अपमहे पण(OTIVIमहम अग मम्मान । अतगरदसाण अंगरम पगो एपरमपी । भावागा मारण्य the ·144.) VIII. 11 Angas 135 दिवसेस उहिस्सति । तत्थ पढमवि(मिोइयवग्गे दस २ उद्देसगा तइयवग्गे तेरस उद्देसमा चउत्यपचमवग्गे दस २ उद्देसगा छठे यागे सोलस उद्देसमा सत्तम वागे तेरस उद्देसगा अहमवग्गे दस उद्देसगा सेस जहा नायधम्मकहाण ॥ छ । etc प्रथान ९०० शुभ etc Reference - The text was published along with a tibbá at Calcutta in 187, A D, while this text together with Abhayadeva Suris Sanskrit commentary or Surat, by the Againodaya Samiti in A D 1920 In this latter edition are included Anuttaropa patıl adašīngisuir ind Vipákasutra along with a Sansl rit commentary for cach of them A portion (V 1) of the text is given as in appendix by H Jacobi in his article "Die Jaina Legende von dem Untergange Dvaravati's und von dem Tode Krsna's See 2 DM G ( vol XLII, PP 493-529, ) Leipzig, 1888 The text is translated into English by L D Barnett For quotations etc, pertaining to the text see Weber II, p. 494ff, and Indian autiquary vol XX, P 19 For the description of the contents of the text according to the Sthånakavāsın standpoint see Jaina Tattvapralisa (pp 197-201) The text is translated into Hındı by Amolaka Rsiji अन्तकृदशाङ्गसूत्र Antakrddasangasūtra टब्बासहित with tabba 678 No 144 1899-1915 Size -101 in bv 41 in Extent (text) 45 folios, 7 lines to a page , 42 letters to a line (fabba) „ foll 9 to 14 48 Description - Country paper rough, brittle and white, Devanagari characters, sufficiently big, legible and very good hand writing, of course the interlinear tabba sritten in a smaller hand, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, ta piece of paper of the size of the fol pasted to foll 1 and 45,folla s* and 455 blank, complete, condition very good 20 >1 > 1) ·136 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [145. Age.- Old. Subject.- The 8th anga with Gujarati explanation. Begins.--(text) fol. I तेणं फालेणं तेणं समएणं etc. -(rabba) " तेणइ कालइ चउथउ अरु ते लक्षण काल सुधर्मस्वामी विहार करि त्यां आत्या etc. Ends-(rext) fol. 45 अहवासा आदी(य) etc., practically up to मुयधो as in No. 143 followed by सम्मत्तो श्रीरस्तुः etc. -- (tabhā ) fol. 45 आठ वरसथी आदि मांडी एकेकनी रद्धि जां लगी सत्तरि बरिस धाइ ते निश्वइ दीक्षा नओ पालिवओ श्रेणिकनी भार्यानओ जाणिवउ etc., अंतगडदशागतओ एक श्रुतस्कंध छइ ते पूर्ण थयओ श्रेय etc. Reference --- Published. See No. 143. "" अन्तकृदशासूत्र विवरण Antakddaśãngasūtravivarana No.145 55 (b). 1870-71. Extent.-fol. 27- to fol. 36.. Description- Complete in to foll. For further details sce No. 139. Age.- Old. Author.-Abhayadeva Suri. Subject.-- A commentary in Sanskrit Antakrddaśangasūtra, the 8th anga. Begins.-- fol. 27 अथांतकृत(दादशास किमपि विनियते । तत्रांतो भवांतः कृतो पिहिती पी सूत)रुता तक्तव्यताप्रतिबच्चा दशाः दशाध्पयनरूपाः ग्रंथ पद्धतय इति अंतकृत(द)दशा: etc. Ends.-- fol. 36• यदिह न व्याख्यातं तद ज्ञाताधर्मकथाविपरणादयसेयमेवं च समाप्तमंतकृद्दशाविवरणमिति ॥ छ । अनंतगमपर्यापजिनपरोदितिति) शासने पकेद समयानुगा गमनिका किल प्रोच्यते । गर्मातरमुपैति सा तदपि सद्भिरस्पां एता- वरूढगमशोधनं न तु विधी सर्वथा इति।। Reference.-Published. See No. 143.

·148 ) VIII 11 Angas 137 अन्तकृदशागसूत्रविवरण Antakrddasangzsūtumiruna 164 (b) No 146 1873-74 Extent fol 17% to fol 22! Description - Complete in 6 foll For further details see No. 140. Age -- Old Begins -- fol 176 37TATE ETTE etc Ends - fol 22 of 5 TOTEUTA etc, as in No 145. N.B - For other details see No 145 अन्तकृद्दशाङ्गसूत्र विवरण Antakrddasangasūtraviarna 1206( b ) No 147 1886-92 Litent fol 155 to fol 205 Description - Complete in 6 foll, condition very fair Tor further details see No 141 Age - Samvat 1512 See No 279 Begins -- fol 150 37TAHEFTIU FAÎT etc Ends --- fol zob fa a etc up to our gf gas in No 145 NB For additional particulars see No 145 अन्तकृद्दशाङ्गसूत्रविवरण Antakrddasangasūtravirarum No 148 144 ( b ) 1881-82 Extent - fol 185 to fol 24 Description - Complete For other details see No 142 Begins – fol 186 UTASETITE fefe fraud Ends -- fol 24 G a Tok etc, up to the end as in No 145 followed by अतगडदशाविवरण समाप्त छ। NB --For further particulars see No 145 IS (LP) ·138 Jarna Literature and Plulosoplry [149 . अन्तकृदशाङ्गसूत्रविवरण Autahrddasaugasūtruuvarana No 149 121) 1873-74 Size 10} in by 4 10 Extent.--- 7 folios, 17 lines to 2 page, 62 letters to a line Description - Country paper thin, smooth and grey, Devanagari characters with पृवमानाs, bold, small, legible and good hand writing, borders mostly ruled in three lines in red ink, complete , this Ms contains over and above this work अनुत्तरोपपातिक्दशाङ्गसूत्रविवरण' commencing on fol sandend ing on fol 78, edges of most of the foll slightly worn out, condition good Age — Samvat 1568 See No 155 Begus ~~fol " अथातकृत(दोदशाम किमपि विनी(नि)पते । तातो भघात सतो पिहितो पैस्ते अतष्टतास्तद्वक्त यताप्रतिरक्षा दशा etc Ends fol 5. पदिह न स्यात्यात तत् ज्ञाताधर्मकयाचियरणादयसेयमेव च । समाप्तमतकृदशापिवरणामिति ॥४॥ अनतगमपर्यायजिनपरोदिसे शासने यह समयानुगा गमनिरा रिल मोच्यते । गमांतरमुपैति सा तदपि सादिररयां एताs पगढगमशोधन ननु विधीयता सर्वथा इति ।। MB-For additional details sce No 145 1 See na 135 ·15o.] IX. 11 Angas 139 THC NINTII ANGA - . अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र Anuttaropapatihadasangasūtra (अणुत्तरोषवाइयदसमसत्त) (Anuttaron vayadasangasutta) 679 No 150 1899-1915 Size --Iol in by 4} in Extent 5 folios , IS lines to 1 page , 46 letters to a line Description - Country paper thin and grcyısh, Devanagarı chara cters with पृष्ठमानाs , bold, big, clear and good hand writing, orders ruled in four lines in black inh, red chalk used , fol. * blank , complete extent I92 slokas , condition excellent Age -- Samvat 1544 Author Sudharmasvamın according to the Jaina tradition. Subject This 9th anga is divided into three vargas, each of which is further sub divided into 10, 13 and to uddesahas respectively This work refers to the 33 persons who have been born in the Anuttara vimana and who will attain final emancipation after an immediate birth as a human being For other details see Jaina Tattvaprakas1 (4th edn P 201), those details are, however, in accordance with the Sthanaha vasın stand point Begins -- fol 1 तेण कालेण । तेण समएण रायगिहे णगरे अजसुधम्मस्स समो. सरण etc Ends - fol 5 तच्चरस अघिग्गरस अयमहे पण्णत्ते। अणुत्तरोवयातियदसाउ समत्ताउ ॥ ॥ णवम अग समप्त ॥ छ । छ॥ श्री ।। ग्रथाय १९२।। नम श्रुतदेवतायै ॥ अणुत्तरोववातिअदसाण एको सतायोझवधो ति णि(ण्णि) घग्गा तिस चेव दिवसेस उद्विसति । तत्थ पढमवग्गे दस उद्देसगा। बिति[ति अवग्गे तेरस उसगा ॥ ततिअबग्गे दस उद्देसगा । सेस जहा धम्मकथाण तहा तय । छ । सवत् १५४४ वर्षे माघवदि गुरु श्रीश्रीभी'शीराहिका नगरे । रापाराउ. श्रीश्रीश्रीजगमल्लविज्ये(जयिनि राज्ये । श्री'तपागच्छे गच्छनायकभीश्रीभी- हेमविमलसरिराज्ये ॥ महोपाध्याय)श्रीअनतहसगणीना उपदेशेन । सघवीपीमालिसापित । जोसीपोपालिखित ॥ २ ॥ शुम भवतु ॥

·140 Jasna Literature and Philosopliy [ 157 Reſerence -Published together with Abhayadeva Sun's commentary, at Calcutta in A D 1875 and by the Agamodaya Smit in A D 1920 The text with avacuri and Pudgalaparavarta stotra, too, with avacúri are published by the Armananda Jaina Sabha, Bhavnagar in A D 1921 The text is trans lated into English by L D Barnett, in A D 1907 For quotations see Weber II, p 504 ff Geschichte II by Winternitz may be consulted for contents etc For further Miss see BBR AS vol III-IV, P 381 The text according to the Sthanahavasin version has been translated in Hindi by Amolaka Rsiji as can be seen from p 3 of Jaina Tattvaprahasa (4th eda) For the last few lines of the text see No 162 अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशागसूत्र Anuttu opapatibatlısangısūta i 120 (a) No 151 1872-73 Size - 11 in by 4.} in Extent 41 folios , IS lines to a pige, 64 letters to a line Description - Country paper thin and grey, Devanagari characters with units, bold, small, legible and good hand writig, borders ruled in three lines in red suk, most of the foll worm caten , condition poor , complete , cxtent 192 £lokas, the first fol numbered as 27, so this seems to be a part of some Ms it contains in addition to this,tlie following two works (1) TTTtFcurea foll 296-48* (No 161) (2) विपारसूत्र 484676 (No 175 ) Age - Not modern Begins -~-fol 27 तेण कालेण hण समएण रापगिहे जगरे अजमधम्मसमो सरण Ltc Ends-ſol 29" AUME AS etc , up to ju ?? as in do 150 N. B-lor other details wce No 150 ·113] 1X 11 Angas Lat अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशागसूत्र Juuttarojaatiladasau prisutia 1077 No 152 1887-91 Size -10 in by 4g in Extent - 8 folios, 11 lines to 2 pige, 40 letters to 1 line Description - Country paper thin and grey, Devanigari characters with पृष्टमानाs, rery big, bold, legible and elegant hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red, red chall used, notes written in the margins, complete, condition very good Age - Not later than Samvat 1705 Begins --fol 1 तेण कालेण erc , as in No I50 Ends-fol 8 तच्चस्स घग्गरस etc , up to सेस as in No Iso followed by जहा धम्मकहा णेयव्य । नवम अग सम्मत्त ॥॥श्री । ॥ Then we have che lines whiten in a different hand as under - । सपत् १७०५ वर्षे बैशाखशुक्लद्वितीयाया जगवयसभनीहीरविजय- सूरीश्वरपट्टालकारभट्टारक्श्रीविजयसेनहरिपट्टोदयाचलदिनकरसमानयुग- प्रधानोपमानल° श्री२१ विजयदेवसूरीश्वराणा आचार्य श्री२१ विजयसिंह- सूरीश्वरादिप्रवर्द्धमानपरिवारयधुराणा श्री शत्रुजय गिरनार'प्रमुखानेरमहा तीर्थयात्रासतिलस्तार्थितमनुष्यावतारया श्रा० फूला । नाम्न्या प्रतिरिय प्रतिलाभिता वाच्यमाना चिर जयतु ॥ ॥ ॥ ॥ N B - For further particulars sce No ISC अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र Anuttuopatikada sangrūtm No 153 411 1882-83 Size -Io in. by 4, in Extent - 9 folios, 11 lines to a pac, 35 leiturs to a line Description - Country ripher, tough and greyish, Desanigan cha racters with पृष्टमात्राs, bold big, legible and good lnd-unt log, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, fol r* blank, a strip of mper pasted to fol ", condition good, completc.

·142 Jama Literature and Philosophy [154 Age -- Pretty old Author Abhayadeva Suri Subject Sanskrit commentary to the oth inga Begins -fol 10 ॐनम । तेण कारेण तेण समएण रायगिहे etc , as in No 152 Ends --fol 9 तस्स वग्गरस etc , practically up to धम्मकहा णाय वा ॥छ । इति श्रीअणुत्तरोववाईयदशांग । नवम अग सम्मत्त ॥ ९॥ N B - Fot other dctulas see No 150 अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र Anuttaropapatihadasangsūta विवरण vivarana 55 (c) No 154 1870-71 Extent fol 36' to fol 396 Description Fol 39 blank , complete in four foll The citent of this work along with those of the other two is 1300 slohas For further details see No 139 Age Old Author - Abhayadeva Suri Subject-- Sanskrit commentary to the oth angt Begins --fol 36. अथानुत्तरोपपातिकदशारा किंचित् याग्यायते । तनानुत्तरेषु सर्वोत्तमेषु यिमानविशेपेपपातो जन्मानुत्तरोपपात । स विद्यते पाते (अ)नुत्तरोपपातिगस्तत्प्रतिपादकादशा etc Ends -fol 39 जीव जीवेण गच्छति । जीयवीर्येण तु शरीरवीर्येणेयर्थ । शेपमत. कृद्दशांगदित्यर्थ 'अनु(त्तोरोपपातिकारस्यनषमागदेशविवरण समाप्त । शम्दा पेचन नार्थतोऽत्र विदिता फेचिनु पर्यायत । सूनार्थानुगते समृह्य भाणतो यज्जातमार्ग(ग )प्रद॥ उत्तापन तात) जिनेश्वरवचोमाषाविधौ योपिदै । सशोध्य विहितादर्जिनमतोपेक्षा यमिति(? यतो) न क्षमा । प्रत्यक्षर निरूप्यासा ग्रथमान विनिश्चित । नीना तिमृणा श्लोक्सहस्र विशताधिर ॥ ॥ १३०० । एतिरिप श्रीमजिनेश्वराचार्यपादोपनीविभीमदभय (देवा)ोणामिति ।। Rclercacc- Publishicd Sec No 150 ·156] IX 11 Angas 143 अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र विवरण Anutturopapatihadasangısutrayivarana -- No 155 121 (b) 1873-74 Extent fol 55 to fol 70 Description-Complete The extent of this together with the com mentaries of two other angas one of them vız Antakrdda sangasutra (No 149) and the other probably Upasaka dasangasutra which is not contained in this Ms comes to 1300 slokas For other detalas see No 149 Age -- Samvat 156r Begins -fol z' अथानुत्तरोपपातिकदशास किंचिद् व्यास्यायते । तनानुत्तरेषु सर्वोत्तमेषु विमानविशेपेपूपपातो जन्मानुत्तरोपपात etc Ends --fol 7 जीव जीवेण गच्छति जीवीर्येण न तु शरीरवीर्येणेयर्थ etc , up ro कृतिरिय श्रीमन्जिनेश्वराचार्पपादोपजीविश्रीमदभयदेवाचार्याणामिति ॥ as in No 154 followed by छ। छग्र० ४३७ छ ॥४॥ स. १५६१ व श्री तिमिरी पुरे श्री खरतर गच्छ श्रीसागरचद्रसरिसताने वाचनाचार्यदयासागरगर्णाना वा ज्ञानमदिरगणीना विनेयवेवतिलकन वृत्तिज्य शोधित वाचित च ॥ वाच्यमान सतत नदतु शिष्यश्रेण्य ।। श्रेयो()- स्तु श्रीसघाय॥ NB - For further particulars see No 154 Anuttaropapatılaclısangrsuty- अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र- विवरण Virarana No 156 164(c) 187374 Extent -- fol 225 to fol 245 D script on Comilerc For other details seu No 110 Age - Begins fol 2 अथानुत्तरोपपातिकशास etc - - Old ·144 Jainn Literature and Plulosophy { 15%. Ends —fol 246 pitantior etc, up to thaararajanih far as in No 155 NB - Tor additional particulars see No iss अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशास्त्र विवरण Anuttaroppatiladasangnsūtm- Yivarna 1206 (0) No 157 1886-92 Litent fol 200 to fol 22a Description Complete , condition very fair For other details see No 141 Age - Samvat 1512 See No 179 Begins — fol 200 Brugariqlatelie etc Ends --fol 22' attafuor etc , up to HATATAP as in No 155 tolloned by छ । ग्रथाय १३००॥छ प्रयक्षर निरूप्यासा etc and pronunci TT etc up toक्षमा ।। २ ।। NB-Tor additional information sec No 155 अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र Anuttaropratikndasangasūtin. विवरण visamna 144 (0) No 158 1881-89 Cxtent -- fol 24 to fol 26" Description Complete in 3 ſoll The crient of the complete Ms 15 1 100 ślohas for other details see No 142 Beguns --- fol 20 अयानुत्तरोपपातिकदशासु c Ends 26• Fireitor etc , up 10 AT as in No 155 followed by ।। प्रधान १४०० etc NB - ror additional particulars sec No iss ·189.] X 11 Angas 145 THE TENTH ANGA प्रश्नयाकरणासून Prasna vyakaranangasutra (पण्हायागरणगसत्त) (Panhavagaranangasutta) 446 No. 159 1882-83 Size rol in by 4110 Extent 35 folios, 13 lines to a page , 48 letters to a line Description - Country paper thin and greyish, Devanagarı chara cters with पृष्टमात्राs, bold, big legible and good hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black inh, numbers of foll 1 to 4 entered twice as usual, fol r' blank, so is the fol 35, edges of some of the foll slightly damaged, condition on the whole good, complete Age - Pretty old Author -- Sudharmasvämın according to the Jaina tradition Subject - Thi, tenth anga deals with questions and answers pertain ing to samvara ( stoppage of karmans) etc Begins -fol 1 णमो अरहताण जयू इणमो अण्डयसवरविणिच्छय पवयणस्स निस्सद घोच्छामि णिच्छयथ सहासियथ मसीहि ॥१॥ etc Ends -fol 35 पसथ पचम सबरदार सांसोमत्त ति बेमि उ एपाहवयाइ पच वि छन्वयमहब्धयाइ हेउसयविचित्तपुक्कलाइ कहिया अरहतसासणाणे पच समा सेण सवरा विथरेण उ पण्णवीसतिसमिपसहियस )ह सदायतणघडण छ विष(द)दसण(जे) एए अपचरियसजते चरिमसरीरघरे भविस्सतीति छ श्री छ इति इति प्रश्नयाकरणानि समाप्तानि | TT etc Reference - - As editio princeps may be mentioned the Calcutta edition of A D 1876 where the text together with Abhaya deva Súris Sanskrit commentry and a Hindi gloss by Vijaya Sidhu is published The text is also publ shed with Abhaya Jeva Súris commentary by the Agamodaya Samiti in A D 1919 See for other particulars Weber II, p so8 ff, and Indian Antiquary (vol ad 23) A Weber's Ahalsa 19 [ILP ·Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 160 Berlin, 1887 may be also consulted For additional Mss ser B BRAS vol III-IV, pp 394-395 प्रश्रव्याकरणागसूत्र Prasnavyakuranārgasūtra No 160 1398 1891-95 Size 10in by 44 in Extent 33 folios, 13 lines to a page, so letters to a line Description Country paper thin and greyish, Devanagari characters with ear, bold, big, legible and good hand writing , borders ruled in ſour lines in black ink, foll li and 335 blank, edges of the tirst fol. slightly damaged, condition very good, complete , extent 1250 slokas Age - Pretty old Begins --fol 'ॐ नम श्रीसर्वज्ञाप[ ] नमो अरहताण जल इणमो etc , as in No 159 Ends -fol 32baru Tin etc , practically up to FATHG as in No 159 followed by पण्हावागरणाण एगो सुप(कोखंधो दस अज्झयणा एक्कार- स? कसरगा चउदसस चेव दिवसे(स) उद्विसिज(ज्ज)ति एकतरएस आय विलेस निरुद्धेस आउत्तपाणएण । उ ।। अग जहा आयारस्स ॥ ॥७॥ श्री ॥ग्रथान १२५०४॥ NB — For further particulis see No 159 प्रभव्याकरणानसूत्र PrasmirgalaminārigustITU 120 ( b ) No 161 1872-73 Extent fol 298 to fol 48 Description - Complete, crient 1250 ślokas For other details sce No 1st Sec Sitzungberichte der honiglich Preuss shop Akademie der Wissen Sulaften ·162 ] X 11 Augas 147 - Begins - fol 29" णमो अरहताण । जवू इणमो etc, as in No 159 Ends ~fol 48 पसथ पचम etc, up to सरीरधरे as in No IS9 followed by भविस्साईति ॥ प्रश्नयाकरणानि समाप्तानि ।। छ । ग्र० १२५० ॥ छ । पण्हावागरणाण एगो मुत(योरखधो दस अज्झयणा इक्कसरगा चउदस सुचेच दिवसेस उद्विसिज्जति इकतरएस आयविल्स निद्धेस आउत्तभत्त पाणएण अग जहा आयारस्स ॥ छ ।। NB - For further particulars see No 159 प्रश्न याकरणानसूत्र Praşuavyzkariangsutra विवृतिसहित with vitrti 70 No 162 1860-68 Side – 10.1 in by 48 in Extent -- II. folios, 15 lines to 2 page, 14 letters to a line Description - Country paper thin and grey, Devanagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs, bold, legible and good hand writing this Mis contains both the text and the comnien tary it is a St Ms , the text being written in a b gger hand writing, fol r blank, so is the fol 111 leather bound, several foll worm-eaten, some of them very badly condition unsatisfactory, in some cases there are lacunt (vide fol 956), numbers of foll entered twice as usual small bit of paper posted to fol 336 borders nearly ruled in three lines in red ink, edges in ino, complete 1 extent 1250slokas Age.- Samvat 1633 Author of the commentary-Abhajadera Suri Subject - Thc text and its Sanskrit commentary The initial lines do nor belong to प्रश्नपारणारा , they are rather the final lines of अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशास्त्र Begins -(text) fol 1 ॐ ममो एपदेवपाए । अपातोश्शापदसाण एको मय सयौ तिलि बग्गा तिग घर दिवमेस उहिसति । तथ परमशागे दम ·148 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [163 उद्देसगा वितियवग्गे तेरस उद्देसगा। सेस जहा धम्मकहाण तहा नेयव्या । नमो अरहताण ज इणमो etc as in No 159 Begins.- (com ) fol 1 नम श्रीसर्वज्ञाय । श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य etc, as in No 159 Ends (text) fol 10 पसत्य पचम etc, up to समाप्तानि as in No 159 followed by ग्रथाय १२५० ।। छ। श्री ॥ -(com) fol IIo° का(सत् ? )पुरुषतीरितानि etc., up to सशोधिता चेय as in No 163 followed by प्रथा ४६३०॥ छ । शुभ भवत etc स १६३३ वर्षे कार्तिक वदि ११ शुक्रे लिखित ॥ NB -- For further particulars see No 159 प्रश्नव्याकरणागसूत्रविवृति Praspavyalaranāngasūtratırtı No 163 298 A. 1882-83 Size - 9 in by 41 in Extent 100 folios, 17 lines to a page , 44 letters to a line Description - Country paper thin, rough and greyish, Devana gari characters with quarts, tolerably big, legible and good band wiring, borders ruled in four lines in black ink red chall and yellow pigment used, fol ze blank, edges of some of the foll slightly damaged, condition on the whole good, complete , extent 8630 slodas Age - Pretty old Author Ablazadesa Säri Subject Sanskrit commentary to Praśnavyiharaningasútra It is stylcd 25 vyäh hjå and vsypti by the commentator lucaself Begins -- fol "श्रीवर्दमानमानम्य व्याण्ण काचिद्विपीयते । प्रश्नव्याफरणांगस्य रदन्यापानुसारत ॥ (१) भक्षा वयं शामिदं गार भापो(स्प स्टानि च पुस्तकानि । राई उपचापाप्य ततो विपश्य याण्यामकस्पादित पर धेर॥१॥ भप प्रभायाकरणाध्यक्षामांग स्याफ्यापत Inc ·1641 X 11 Angas 149 Ends --fol 100 सत्पुरुपतीरितानि । निर्वाणगमनस्वर्गप्रणायमानि पचापि सवर द्वाराणि समाप्तानीति ब्रवीमीति ॥ ॥ ममाप्ता प्रश्नन्याकरणांगटीका छ॥ नम श्रीवर्द्धमानाय श्रीपार्श्वभरे नम । नम श्रीमान्सरस्व यै सहायेभ्यो नमो नम ॥१॥ इह हि गमनिझार्थे यन्मया(s)भ्यहयोक्त स्मियापि) समयहीन तद्विशोध्य मधीभि । नहि भपति विधेया सर्वथा(s)स्मिन्नुपा(पोक्षा दयितजिनमताना तायिना चागिवर्गे ॥२॥ परेपा दुर्लक्ष्या मधति विवक्षा स्फुटामद विशेषादू वृद्धानामतुलवचनज्ञानमहसा । निराम्नाया(घाभि पुनरतितरा) मादृशजनै- स्तत शाखार्थो मे वचनमनघ दुर्ला(ल)भमिह ॥३॥ नत सिद्धाततरवज्ञै स्वयमा प्रयत्नत । न पुनरस्मदास्यात एव ग्राह्यो नियोगत ॥४॥ तथैव मा(s)स्तु मे पाप सघमत्युपजीवनात् । वृद्धन्यायानुसारित्वात् हितार्थ च प्रवृत्तित ॥५॥ यो जैनाभिमतात) प्रमाणमनघ व्युत्पादयामासिवान् । प्रस्थानविविधैनिरस्य निखिल बौद्धादिसबाध तत् ।। नानात्तिक्था[ ] स्थापथमतिकात च चक्रे तप । निस्सबधपति(?यि)हारमप्रतिहत(हत) शास्त्रानुसारात्तथा ॥ ६॥ तस्याचार्यजिनेश्वरस्प मदवद्वादिप्रतिस्पर्द्धिन- स्तद्वयोरपि बुद्धिसागर इति रयातस्य सूरे पि । दोबधनि(पद्ध)नधुरवच शनादिसलक्ष्मण । श्रीसविनविहारिणः श्रुतनिधेश्चारित्रघूढामणी(?णे)॥७॥ शिष्येणाभयदेवाख्यसूरिणा विरति स्ता। प्रश्रव्याकरणागस्य श्रुतभरत्या समासत ॥८॥ नितिककुलनमा(स्त)लचन्द्रोणाख्यसासिख्यन । पडितराणाणे)न गुणवाप्रिपेण सशोधिता चेय ॥९॥ रामर्षायत्ति ५६३० ॥॥॥॥ Reference - Published for the prasasti see Nos 162 and 165 मभव्याकरणानसूत्रायिवृति Trasparyakaraningasūtravurti 22 No164 1877-78 Size - 101 10 by 4 in Extent – 9. folios , 15 lines to a page, 60 letters to a linc .

·150 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [165. Description Country paper rough, thin and greyısh, Devanagui characters with EATATS, smull, legible and good hand- Writing, some of the last few foll written in a somewhat illegible hand , borders ruled in four lines in blach ink, red chalk used , fol 1 blank, so is the fol 925, foll mostly numbered in the right hand margin only, this Ms contains the trips of the text, condition very good, complete except that it lachs in the colophon given in No 163 extent 4800 slokas Age - Pretty old Begins - fol 1% ở nhà đất giang wag PTT SATTTT etc, as in No 163 Ends -fol 92" सत्पुरुपतीरितानि etc , up to समाप्ता प्रश्नव्याकरणांगटीका।। Ell as in No 163 Then Tote 8600 NB – For other details see No 163 प्रभव्याकरणागसूत्रविवृति Prasnuvyākıranăngasūtruvierti No 165 1206(a) 1886-92 Extent — fol 22* to fol 89 Description-- Complete , condition very fair For other details see No 141 Age Samvat 1512 See No 177 Begins - fol 221 नम श्रीसर्वज्ञाया श्रीवर्तमानमानम्य etc Ends. -- fol 89 सत्पुरुपतीरितानि etc , up to सशोधिता चेय ॥९॥ as in No 163 N. B-For additional details see No 163 ·167.] X 11 Angas 151 3 eaten, प्रश्नव्याकरणागसूत्रविवृति Prasnavsakyanāngasūtrevivrti 772 No 166 1899-1915 Size.- 104 in by 41 in Extent 114 + 1 - 2 = 113 folios , 14 lines to a page, 48 letters to a line Description - Country paper white and greyish, Devanagari characters , big, legible and good hand writing, borders mostly ruled in two lines in black ink fol r bland ellow Pigment used, foll 5 to 27 and 86 somewhat worm fol 29 repeated , ſoll 42 und in laching, ends abruptly, incomplete, condition falt Age - - Samvat 1670 Begins --fol 13 RA TT II SIQAMARA etc, as in No 163 Ends fol. 11.44 mga talata etc , up to date har na as in No 163 Then we have वर्षे व्योमपयाधिपोडश(१६७०)मिते माघस्य पक्षे रिते। पुष्पर्कदितीयादिने शुभतरे वारे भूगोनंदने Then run the lines नानात्तिकथा cte, up to मदववादि. 11 No 163 Here it termipates abruptis NB - For further particulars see No 163 प्रश्नव्याकरणागसूत्रविवृति Irispavyakaranangasūtraviitti 821 No 167 1895-1902 Size - Tofin by 4s in Extent - 70 folios, 17 lines to a page, 54 letters to a line Description Country paper verythin, smooth and grezish Devanagari characters with thra15 legible, small and good hand waiting, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, fol 1 blanh, red chalk and yellow pigment used, foll number. ed twice as usual, this Mis contains only the waits of ·152 Jama Literature and Philosophy [ 168. the text, some lacunx here and there (vide fol s.), edges of the first and the last foll damaged to a smaller or greater extent, condition tolerably good , complete , extent 4630 slokas Age --Pretty old Begins - fol. 16 o H ( A ) tachiatre ATATATANEO etc, as in No 163 Ends - fol 700 frgtinthatja ctc , up to dataifa (feat) as in No 163 followed by ॥ प्रश्नव्याकरणांगटीकायां प्रधान ४६३० ।। शुभ भवतु [ ] etc NB – For further particulars see No 163 प्रभव्याकरणानसूत्र विवृति Prignavyābaranangasūtravivrti No. 168 121 1872-73 Size - 11 in by 4s in Extent 86 folios , 15 lines to & page, 56 letters to a line Description - Country paper rough and whitish, Devanagari characters with Damas, big, hold, legible and good handwriting, borders ruled in four lines in blach anh, the space between the pairs coloured red, red chalh used, fol 1 blanh, strips of paper pasted to it, edges and corners of several foll worn out, in most of the cases pieces of paper are pasted where necessary, the fol 869 is decorated with a Faint in red ink, two bits of paper pasted to it, condition fair, unnumbered sides have one small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having two more, one in each margin, complete extent 4630 slokas Age Samvat 1571 Begins fol 10* sirare il siaga Harg etc , as in No 163 Lnds fol 850 Faltanat cic, up to hit 19 35 in No 163 Thien follow blie lines as under छ॥ श्री ॥प्रथाग्र ४६३० ॥ ॥ श्रीरस्तु रेसकपाठल्यो धारपानी w This is succeeded by the colophon as below - ·168.] | 11 Angas 151 स्वस्ति श्रीपदवर्द्धमानमगयतमासादविन(प्रा)जिते श्री सडेर पुरे मरालयसमे 'प्राग्वाट'वशोत्तम आभूर्भूरियशा अभूत समतिमुर्भूमिप्रभुप्रार्चिता - स्तज्जातोऽम्ययपद्मभामुररवि श्रेष्टी(टी) महानासड ॥१ सन्मुरयो मोपनामा नयविनयनिधि सूनुरासीत्तदीय[ ]- स्तद्माता चर्द्धमान समजनि जनतासु पसौजन्यमान्य ।। अन्यनाऽन्यायमार्गाऽपनयनरसिकस्तत्मतश्चडसिंह) सप्तासस्तत्तनुजा प्रथितयणगणा पेथडस्तेषु पूर्व ॥२ नरसिंहरत्नसिंहो(ही) चतुर्थमलम्ततस्तु मुजाल विक्रमसिंहो धर्मण इत्येतेऽस्याऽनुजा क्रमत ॥३ सडेरके ऽणहिलपाटणपत्तनस्या- सन्ने य एव निरमापयदुवचैत्य । स्वस्वे स्वकीयकुलदैवतवीरसेश। क्षेत्राधिराजसतताश्रितसनिधान ।।४ वासाऽवनीनेन सम च आते कलौ कुतो(s)स्थापयदेय हेतो 'बीजापुर'क्षत्रियमुरयवीजा सौहार्दतो लोककरोऽर्धकारी ||" अत्र रीरीमयज्ञातनदनप्रतिमान्वित यश्चैत्य कारयामास लसत्तोरणराजित ॥६ योऽकारयत्सचिवपुगववस्तुपाल- निर्मापित' द गिरिस्थिरतानेमिचैत्ये । उद्धारमात्मन इव (बुडतो झपार- ससारदुस्तरणवारिधिमध्य इद्ध ७ गोत्रे()वाधाविर भीमसाविधिसित । प(तपित्तलमय हैमहढसधिमारयत् ॥ ८ चरमजिनवरेंद्रस्फारमूर्ति विधाप्य । गृहनिनवसती प्रातिष्टपत् शुद्धलग्ने पुर उरुतरदेवौक स्थिताया च तस्या। समहमतिल्धो भोकर्णदेवस्य राज्ये ॥९ खरससमयसोमे (१६६०) बधुभि पहभिरेव सममिह मुविधीना साधने साधाना । 'विमलगिरि शिरस्यादीश्वर चोजयते । 'यह'पुलतिरका नाममानम्य मोहात ॥१०॥ 20 ULP

·+
Jama Litcrature and Philosoply
[168.
निजमनुजभव य सार्थक भार चार ।
विहितगुरुसपर्य पालयन् सांघपत्य ।
कलसक्लक्लासत्कौशली निष्फला
पुनरपि पडऽकापी यो हि यात्रास्तथैव ।। ११ ॥
त्रिभि कुलक।
मुनिहनियक्ष१३७७मितेऽ दे । दुभि(भिक्षविलक्षदीनजनलसांन ।
वीपाऽनू(ना)न्नान्ना(ना) दानात् स्वस्याश्चय कृतवान् ॥ १२ ॥
समयश्रुतिफलमतुल स्वगुरोर्ययोs)थैदा(ड)वबुध्य मुधी ।
सक्ल विमल सतत । मदो(दागम श्रावय मम र ॥ १३ ।।
इत्यार्थितवास्तस्मै गुरौ प्रवृत्तेऽरोत्तथा कर्तु ।
तद्गमगवीरगौतमनामाची रे(रै रजत टकै ॥ १४ ।।
तेनाऽहणाधनेनाऽलेखयदातोक्तियोशसचतुष्क ।
सत्यादिसूरिवचनात् । क्षेत्रनवक उत्तवान् पित्त ॥१५॥
त्रिभि कुलक॥
तत्तनय पद्मा स्तदुद्भवो लाड(णोस्तदगभव ।
अरित स्मा(ss)ल्ह्णसिंहरतदगजो मडलिकनामा ॥ १६ ॥
श्री रवता"(द'मुतीर्थमुसेषु चैत्यो-
द्धारानकारयदनकपुरप्पनल्पै ।
न्यायार्जितैर्धनभरैर्वरधर्मशाला.।
य सत्रुतो निखिल(महल)मडली
वगुरसभुवन(१४६८)प्रमिते वर्षे विक्रम पादविनिर्जितवान् ।
दुकाल समकाल । बह्वन्नाना वितरणाय.॥१८
वपु सप्तसातत्यऽधिकचतुर्दशशतेषु (१४७७) यो यात्रा ।
देवालयकरिता क्लेिलि) चक्रे 'शजयायेषु ॥ १९ ॥
श्रुतलेखनमघा प्रभृतीनि यहूनि पुण्यकार्याणि ।
यो(ोमपाद विविधानि च पुज्यजयानदरिगिरा ॥२०॥
व्यवहरठाई) आरयो(भूदक्षस्तनुत्त(त्तिनुज एव विजिताक्ष ।
घरमणकाईनाम्नी । सत्वरती जन्पजनि तस्य ॥२१॥
तत्क्ष्यनुपममानसासारसितच्छदास्रय पुनः ।
अभवन् श्रेष्ठा पर्वतइगरनरबदरुनामान ॥ २२ ॥
तेवऽन्ति पर्वताल्यो लक्ष्मीगत महन्नयोरेण ।
पोईआममुखकुटुयै । परीस्तो वशशोमाछत् ॥ २३ ॥
इगरनामा द्वितीयः । सपा(चारुचातुर्पयर्पमेधावान ।
पत्नी मगादेवी रमण कान्हास्यमुतपक्ष ॥२४॥

·169] i Angas 15 स्वकारिताऽहत्पतिमाप्रतिष्ठा विधाप्य तौ पर्वतडुगराभिधौ। वर्षे हि नदेपुतिथौ १५५९ च चक्रतु श्रीराचकस्थापनसन्महोत्सव ॥ २५ खतिथि(१५६०)मितसमाया । याना तो चक्रतु मुतीर्थेषु । 'जीरापल्लीपा sचुदा चलायेषु सोल्लास ॥२६॥ 'गधार मदिरे तो जलमल्युगलादिसमुदयोपेता । श्रीकल्पपुस्तिका अपि । दत्गऽखिलसर्वशालामु ॥ २७ कृतसघसटती चावाचयतां तौ च रूप्यनाणम्युम् । ददतुश्वसितापुज । समस्ततन्नागरिक्वणिज ॥२८ कृतयतौ तावित्यादिविहितचतुर्थनतादरौ मुस्त । 'आगम गच्छेशश्रीधिवेकर नाग्यगुम्वचनात् ।। २९ अथोत्तमौ पर्वतकान्हनामको सार्थोयमौ मुरिपदपदापने । आकारताना च समानधम्मिणा नानाविधस्थानसमागतना ।।३० पुसा दुन्थूलादिक्दानपूर्व समस्तसद्दर्शनसाधुपूजनात् । महामह तेनतुरुत्तरती। पवित्रचित्तौ जिनधर्मवासितौ ।। ३१ युग्म ।। 'आगम'गच्छविभूना सूरिजयानदसद्यरो क्रमत । श्रीमद्विवेफरत्नप्रभुसूरीणा सद्रुपदेशात् ॥ ३२ शशिमुनितिथि(१५७२)मिते(तव) समग्रसिद्धातलेखनपराभ्यां । ताभ्या व्यवहरपरवतकान्हाम्या सुटतरसिकाभ्या ॥३३ निजमानसमोदभराद् ऐसितमह्य(१)मरिचिनरचनाध्य । प्रश्नव्याकरा(र)णाना । वृत्तिरिय सा चिर जयतात् ।। ३४ त्रिभिर्विशेपर ।। इति प्रशस्ति ॥॥॥ N, B -- For further particulars set No 163 प्रश्नन्याकरणाचसूत्रविकृति Irsuargakaranauga sutruvztrti No 169 295 A.1883-84 Size.- 101 sn by 4! in Extent - {; lolos 17 lines to 1 rige (1 letters to a line ·156 Join Literature and Philosopiy [170, Description - Country paper rough, tough and white, Desanagari characters with granats, small, lcgible, uniform and good Irand writing, borders ruled in four lines in blach inh, space between the pars coloured red, foll numbered in the right hand margin only, unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only, the numbered, in the margins, too, each of the foll i' and 676 decorated with the same design in red colour, tlus Ms does not seem to contain the complete text, only the gates appear to be given, com plete , edges of the first and the last foll worn out, condition on the whole good, extent 3016 sloh is Age -- Sinvat 1632 Begins fol 1 ॐ बर्द्धमानाय। श्रीवर्द्धमान etc Ends - fol 67 pregnantftarfa etc , up to fivat tu as in No 163 followed by सय १६३२ घरपे असाढ मदिर लप्पत व्यास अनत Then in a different hand we huse you 038 !! NB For other details see No 163 - - TEET TUTTEET Prasvavyabuuanāógasūtm टब्बासहित with tabba 222 No 170 1871-72 Size - 1oj in by 4 in Extent (text) 95-28-3-1 =63 folios, 5 lines to a page, letters to a linc -(tabba) 63 folios slides to a page , 38 letters to a line Description - Country paper whitish and rough, Devanagarı characters with ans, bold, big clear but poor hand writing borders ruled in three lines in red in blank , edges of the first fol and also those of the 6th to the Isth slightly damaged, some foll woim eaten, condition very fair, this Ms contains both the text and its interlinear explanation in Gujarat2 Inown as tabba , yellow pigment used, foll 16 to 43 lacking, so are the foll 46 to 48 and fol ·17] Ini digas 157 SS, foll 43 etc, upto 54 also numbered as 7th etc, foll 56 to 8% numbered also as 2, 3 etc., the foll $4 to 95 doubly numbered, the second set being 1, 2 etc This Mis terminates at the first I, the work being hence incomplete Age -- Pretty old Subject — The text along with its explanation in Gujarati Begins (text) fol 1 FT MITTATUT HY'T SÆT etc. (com) नमो वीतरागाय मंस्वामी कहि उइ etc Ends -(text) fol 95 सिवरसासणमिम आपविय मुदसिय छ पहम सवरदार इति समत्त ति पेमि ॥१॥ ममात श्री छ। (com ) lol 91 बीतगगने काड ।। उपदिस्यउ ॥ प्रधान ॥ इति सापूर्ण ॥ भीमुघर्मस्वामि अधुस्वामि प्रति कहि डर ॥१॥ N B- For adduonal information see No 159 M " " प्रश्नव्याकरणासनपर्याय Prasnargākaranžigasūtrapryarı 736(7) 1875-76 No. 171 Extent fol Description - Complete For other details see Pancavistuhaparyaya No 756 (1) - 1875-76 Subject Difficult fords etc occurring in Prasnavgalaranangasutra explained Begins -fol 4'प्रभयारणपर्याय यथा सूत्र अवस्थाध्यमतो विमृदय व्याग्यान क्ल्पादित एवं नैव इति व्यारपानकल्पात् ete Fnds-fol'वृद्धोऽय अघोऽयामिति मणिवा पे सा(मा)रपति ते मसारमोचका व्रणे श्वयधुरापासीत् श्वयथु शेफ । इति प्रश्नव्याकरणपर्याया समाता । 1 Letters conc

·158
Jaina Lilcralire and Philosophy
(172.
प्रभव्याकरणागसूत्रपर्याय Pruśta vyäkaranatigasūtraparyaya
789 (7).
No. 172
1895-1902.
Extent.--- fol. s.
Description. Complete so far as it goes. For further details sce
787().
Pancavastukaparyaya No.
1895-1902.
Begins.-- fol. 55 999 Tiar orari etc., as in No. 171.
Ends.- fol. so st(s); siutsertaa etc.
N. B.- For additional parciculars sce No. 171.

·173) VI. 11 Angas 159 THE ELEVENTH ANGA विपाकसूत्र Vipakasūtra (विवागसुत्त) (Vivāgasutta ) 82 No 173 1869-70 Sizt 10, 2n by 4: in Extent 29+1=30 folios, 13 lines to a page, so letters to a linc Description - Country paper thin and white, Devanagari clara cters with occasional gehat, bold, uniform, legible and beautiful hand-writing, borders ruled in three lines in red ink, fol i' blank, fol 25 repeated, condition very good, complete Age -- Fairly old Author Sudharmasvämın according to the Jaina tradition Subject This work forms the rith anga It is known as Vipaka śruta too It deals with fructifications of good and bad karmans It is divided into two parts lpown as Srutashandhas They are styled as Duhavivaga or Duhkhavipaka and Suhavivaga or Sukhavapaka Each of them consists of 10 chapters Anown as adhyayanas Begins fol r' तेण कालेण तेण समएण चपा णाम णपरी होत्या पणओ पुण्णभद्दे चेति etc Ends - - fol 29 एच मलु जगू समणेण जाव सपत्तेण सहविवागाण दसमस्स अझपणस्त अपमहे पण्णत्ते सेव भते सहविवागा छ एकार(सोम अग समन छ नमो श्रुतदेवा(ता)ये विभागमयस्स दो मुय(क)वधा । दुहविवागो (सह विवागो य तत्थ दुहविवागे) दस अज्झयण एकरस(मर)गा दस(8) चेव दिवसेस उहिस्सति एव सहविवागे वि सेस ओहायारस्स छ छ । Reference - Published with abhayadeva Suris commentary and a Hindi gloss by Vijaya Sadhu at Calcutta in A D 1876 The text as well as the commentary are published by the Agamodaya Samiti in A D 1920 ( see p 135 ), and in the Mukti kamala Jaina Mohanamāļa, Baroda, 100, in Samvat 1976 The text together with the Gujarati translation 13 published by Jaina Dharmaprasaraka Sabbà in Samvat 1987 For contents etc, see Weber II, P 524ff , Indian Antiquary vol XX, P 26 and Winternitz, Geschichte II, P 306 For additional Mss see B BRA S vol III-IV, P 395 ·160 [175 Jama Literature and Philosoply विपाकसूत्र Vipăkasutra 1253 No 174 1887-91 Size - 10% in by 44 in Extent 35 folios, 13 lines to a page, 46 letters to a line Description - Country paper very hın and greyish, Devanagari characters with occasional TTHETS, big, clear and good handwriting, borders ruled in four lines in black ink , red chalk used , ſol re blanh, it it little bit torn, most of the foll earen away by white ants to a smaller or greater degree, condition unsatisfactory, complere , cxtent 1250 slokas Age - Old Begins – fol 16 abruptly na 11 aor Floor FOT FAÇO etc, as in No 173 Fnds - fol 35 एय सल न etc, up to सेस जहा आयारस as an No 173 followed by faga YATELE TATA IE11?? ISTA मवतु ग्रधान १२५० NB -For further particulars scc No 173 fagram qurkasūtra No 175 120 (C) 1872-73 Extent - fol 48 to fol 676 Description Complete lol 67' blanh nl place of paper of the same size as the fol passed to fol 67% for further details sec No 151 Begins ſal 48. RT u etc, as in No 173 Ends - fol 674 VE TE HT eit , up to HIT TIITTI CIC, as 10 No 173 followed by इति भीचिपाकश्रुत परादममा ममम इति मेयर ) भीरस्तु भी NB - 1 or further particulars vet do 173 ·176.] XI. 11 Aigas 161 विपाकसून Vipahasūtra टब्बासहित with tabbā No 176 102(a) 1872-73 Size 101 in in by 4310 Extent :-7 folios , 13 lines to a page , 35 to 40 letters to n inne Description Country paper thick and white, Devanagarı churc ters, bold, clear and good hand-writing, borders ruled in two lines in red int, edges singly, this Ms contains both the text and its explanation in Gujarati as well, the latter written above the corresponding lines of the former, numbers of foll entered twice, once, in each ot the two margins of the numbered side, fol 70 blank, only the first chapter known as Subaluajjhayaņa and its tabba complete , this Mís contains in addrion जम्यूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिगतभरतचरिन with abba Age -- Samyat 1758 Subject - The first chapter of the second part of Viral asutra deal ing with the life of Subihukumāra together with its explanation in Gujarati Begins - (text) fol तेण कालेण तेण समएण। रायगिहे णगरे । एणसिले(लए) चेहए । सोहम्मे समोसढे। जबजाव etc -(abba ) fol I"ते काल ।। ते समो चोथइ आरइ॥राज्यगृह नामा नगर ।। गुणसिलो etc Ends - (text ) fol 7 एव खल जन् । समणेण जाव सपत्तेण। सुहविवागाण । मत अभयणस्त अथभेटे पीजीते ति पनि पहन अग्नयण सा लिपित कपि दूदाजी । आर्या स्यामा गागवाइ ४ पटनार्थ -(rabba ) fol 7 सुपविपाकियाना पहिला अध्येनना ए अर्थ कह्या ति वेमि । सुपविपाकनो।ए प्रथम अध्पेन पूर्ण थयो N B-For further particulars see No 173 " " 1 JL.P1 ·162 Jamna Literature and Philosophy space betu een the विपाकसूत्रबृत्ति Vipākasūtratta No177 329 A188283 Suze.--- 1011n by 4g in Extent - 17 folios, 15 liaes to a page , 63 letters to a lipe Description - Country paper very thin and greyish, Devanāgarı characters with पृष्टमात्राs, bold, clear, uniform and good hand spitag, borders ruled in four lines in black sok, die pairs coloured red, each of the follra apd 176 decorated with a design in red ink, red chalk used, annumbered sides marked with a small arcular disc in the centre, the numbered having over and above this rwo more, one in each margin , condition very good , complete , extent 1000 Slokas Age -- Samvat 1603 Author - Abhayadeva Süre Subject Commentary in Sanskrit to Vipalasätra Begus --fol r'नम श्रुतदेयताये। नत्या श्रीवर्द्धमानाप बर्द्धमानश्रुनानने विपाकश्रुतशाग्रस्य वृत्तिय विधास्यते । अथ विपार श्रुतमिति शब्दार्थ । उच्यते विपाक- I etc Ends fol 16 इति द्वितीय श्रुतस्त्यधि) प्रथमाध्पपनापियरण ॥ एयमुत्तराणि नवाप्यनुगतन्यानोति ॥ छ । समान विपारश्रुतास्येवादमागमदेशयिमरण उ॥॥ दहानुयोगे पदयुनमुक्त सदीपना हारपरिशोधपत। नोपेसण मुनिमदन पेन जिनागम भक्तिपगपणानां ॥ ॥ तिरिय मग्नि(ग्न)मनिननमपानभोजिनेश्वरापाचरणमर(ल, चरीम्पपीमदमयदेवाचापंस्पेति ॥reen प्रपा १०००। ८॥ पहगा मुशामिमपित रेसपार Fiग(गो) स्तमिद मापमान पप्राचीररितमुरारपणंम्प - ·178) I 11 Angas 163 यत्साधुभिार्मधुरै परिचुन्यमान जीयाचिर सगुरुराजविकाग्यमान । अक्षरमात्रपदस्वरहीन व्यजनसधिरिवर्जितरफ। साधुभिरेप मम क्षमित प । कोडयन मुमति शाखसमुद्रे ।। ॥४॥ शुभ क्षेम पल्याण ॥ सवत् १६०३ वर्षे भाद्रपद मास दि ५ शनउ॥ Reference - Published See No 173 For an additional Ais see B BR AS rol III-IV, P 396 - चिपाकसूत्रवृत्ति Vipaksūtravrtti 185 No. 178 1873-74 Size IOm by 40 Extent 27 folios, 17 lines to a page, so letters to a line Description-Country paper, thin and greyash, Devanagari charac ters, clear, uniform and fair hand unting, borders ruled in four lines in red ink and edges in two, foll r' and 17 blank,astrap of paper pasted to fol r", red chalk used, numbers of foll entered twice on one and the same side but in different margins, this Ms contains the sites of the original text, condition good, complete , extent 1116(?) slokas Age-Samvat 1728 Begins - fol 1 मम श्रुतदेवतायै । मया श्रीवद्धमानाप etc , as in No 177 Ends-fol 17* इति द्वितीय श्रुतस्त्रघ etc , up to प्रदेशविवरण as No 17m followed by ग्रथायथ १११६०(१) Then we have - इहानुयोगे up to श्रीमदभयदेवाचार्यस्येति as in No 177 This is followed by एव पचागीसूत्र वृत्तिसमन्वित पचागीपुस्तक etc, up to घिकाश्यमान Then follow the lines as under - सवत् १७२८ वर्षे मिती कार्तिकचदि ५दिने नेमलमेरुमध्ये धा विनयराज तेपा शिष्यप(सकलह तेषा सशिष्यविनयविमलेन लिपीहता। NB- For further particulars see No 177 in ·164 Jarna Literature and Philosophy (180. विपाकसूत्रवृत्ति Vipäkasūtravrtti No. 179 1206 (e). 1886-92. Extent- fol. 89e to fol. 1025. Description- Complete , condition very fair. For other details see No 141. Age- Samat 1912. Begins.- fol 894 7: Sort नत्या श्रीवर्द्धमानाय etc. Ends-fol. 102b gta Pentiae etc., up to Harirütolat as in No. 177 followed by श्रीरस्तु etc संवत् १५१२ वर्षे श्री अणहिल्ल- पाटक'पत्तने 'श्री'सरतरगच्छे श्रीजिनवर्द्धनसूरिपट्टे श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरयस्तेषां पट्टे श्रीजिन'... भीजिनसुंदरसूरपरतेपां पट्टे भी'... श्रीजिनहर्पयरीणा Then we have the line in a different hand as under- पं० श्रीभानुमेरुगण्युपदेशात प्रतिरिप गृहीतेति ॥ vo. विपाकसूत्रवृत्ति Vipībasūtravrtti No. 180 330 A. .1892-83 Size - 10 in by 4g in. Extent 20 folios , 15 lincs to a mage, 48 letters to a line. Description - Country paper very thin and white, Devanagari chancurs with occasional gEHTOTS, bold, clear, unvorm and good hand-s riting, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, numbers of foll cntered tsicc on one and the same side, bur, of course, in different margins, foll. . and 2011 blank. scllos ish rigmcat ured, this dis conuins only the wrists of the original sdira , compleic ,cxtent 909 blolas, 17 the beginning of this Ms we have a colophon of Praintlarınar gusotrasnn. condition son good 1 L (1) ATC net 4 clc 19 Essasa? t* :lcrct 316icile C*1015 tbc yr 'on riuxed ·180.] XI 11 Angas 165 Begins.- fol. x श्रीजिन ॥ नम श्रीवर्द्धमानाय श्रीपार्श्वभवे नम ॥[छ ।) नम श्रीसरस्वत्यै सहापेभ्यो नमो नम ॥ इह दि गमन(निकाथै यन्मया(5)भ्यूहयोक्त किमपि समयहीन तहिशोध्य सुधीभि नहि भवति विधेया सर्वथा(स्मिन्नुपेक्षा दर्शयितिति)जिनमताना तायिना चागिवग्ग ॥२ परेषा दुर्लक्षा भवति हि विघक्षा स्फुटमिद । विशेषाद् वृद्धानामतुलयचन ज्ञानमहसा॥ निराम्नायाधीभि पुनरतितरामादृशजले (ने) तत शास्त्रार्थ(ों) मे घचनम(न)घ (दुर्लभमिह । छ । ३ तत च ह (तत सिद्धाततत्त्वज्ञ) स्वपमा प्रयनत न पुनररमदाख्यात एव ग्राह्यो नियोगत ॥४ तथैव मात्रा(स्तु) मे पाप सघम युपजीवनात् । द्धन्यापानुसारिद्धीन(वात्) हितार्थ च प्रवृत्तित ॥५ यो जैनाति(भि)मत प्रमाणमनघ व्यु पादयामासिवान् । प्रस्थानैर्विविधैर्निरस्य निखिल वादादिसवध(धि) तत् ।। नानात्तिस्था(कथा)पथमतिकात व(च) चक्रे तप । नि सवधवियाहारमप्रतिहत शास्त्रानुसारात्तथा ॥६॥ तस्याचार्यजिनेश्वरस्य मदवद्वादिप्रतिस्पर्द्धिन तबधोरपि बुद्धिमा(सा)गर इति रयातस्य सूरे वि । छदोबधनिबद्ध यधुरवच शब्दादिसल्लाक्ष)ण । श्री(सोविग्नविहारिण श्रुतमिधे चारित्रच्ढामणे । शिष्येणामयदेवाल्यसूरिणा पि(ति) स्ता॥ प्रश्नव्याकरणागस्य श्रुतमस्त्या समासत ॥८ निदृतग्ज्य(१)कुले नमस्तलचद्रद्रोणाख्यसूरिहस्येण । पडितगणेन गुणधी प्रयेण सशोधिता चेय ॥९॥ छ नम श्रुतदेवतायै etc, as in No 177 Ends. iol 20* इति द्वितीयश्रुती(तोय etc, up to श्रीमदभयदेवाचार्यस्पति as in No 177 followed by ग्रथान ९०९ । शुभ भवतु ॥छ । छ छ NB --For further particulars see No 177 ·166 Jaina Literature and Philosophy ( 3803 विपाकसूत्रवृत्ति Vipākssutraštetty? 53. No 181 1870-71 Size.- 104 in, by 4s in. Extent 20 folios, 15 lines to a page , so letters to a line Description Country paper tough and white, Devanagar characters with occasional Hists, sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red , foll numbered in the right hand margin only, unnumbered sides have a small disc mainly in red colour, in the centre, the numbered in the margins, too , red chalk and yellow pigment used , foli I* and 206 blank, edges of the first and the last foll. very slightly damaged, condition on the whole very good, complete , extent. 1767 slokas, his Ms contains in the beginning prasasti of Prasnavyāharanangasūtravivſti Age - Pretty old. Begins fol it ॐ नम श्रीवर्द्धमानाय । श्रीपार्श्वप्रमो नम नम श्रीसरस्वत्यै सहायेग्यो नमो नम ॥१ up to maintat 119.11. Then we have नम श्रुतदेवतायै etc, 2 PETAFT etc, as in No 180 Enus - fol 20• fentauntry etc, up to facup 25 in No 377 followed by सपूर्ण प्र०११६७ ।। शुम भवतु । NB - For further particulars see No 180 These g scrses form the 997 of the commentary of the soh anga ·1B21) I. 12 Upangas 167 II 12 UPANGAS THE FIRST UPĀNGA औपपातिकसूत्र (उववाइयमुत्त) Aupapatkasutra (Ovavalyasutta ) 72 (c) No 182 1880-81 Extent.-- 25 leases, 4 to 7 lines to a leaf, 140 letters to a line Descripuon -- 1295 to 153leaves, complete, extent 1167 $lokas For further details see Rajapraśnıyasútra No 190 Subject -- This upanga is connected with Acrāngasutra, the first ang?, hence it is looked upon as the first upanga It deals with gods and denizens of hells Begins - leaf 1298 FT Story I तेण कालेण तेण समएण चपा नाम नगरी etc , as in No 183, Ends — leaf 1536 Prefetc, up to gerary map as in No. 183 followed by TUI ॥ छ !) मगल महाश्री ॥ ॥ शुभ भवत लेपपाठक्यो । छ॥॥॥ Reference :- Published along with the Sansknt commentary of Abhayadeva Suri and Gujarāti gloss of Amrtacandra, at Calcutta, in A D, 1880 The text is edited with introduc tion, glossary etc , by E Leumann at Leipzig, in A D 1883 A tolerably good edition of the text together with Abhaya deva Suri's commentary is published at Surat in A D 1916 by the Agamodaya Samit For analysis etc , see F L Pullès " Della letteratura del G 2102 , Punte I e II, e Aggiunte, Venezia, 1884-3886, Rājendralala Mitra's “A Catalogue of Sanskrit manuscripts in the library of his highness the Maharajā of Bihaner', Calcutta, 1880, and Indische Studien vol XVII, PP 389-411 For other details see Weber II, P 536 and Indian Antiquary vol XX, P 367ff For another Mis see GO Series vol XXI, p 43 ·168 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [183. औपपातिकसूत्र Aupapāthasūtra वृत्तिसहित with vrttı 175 No 183 1871-72 Size — 9 in by 4 in Extent - 83 folios , IS lines to a page, 30 letters to a line Description Country paper rough and white , Devanagari charac ters with पृष्ठमात्रा, this is a पश्चपाटी Ms, the text written in the centre and in a bigger hand, legible and very good hand writing, borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink, numbers of foll entered only once, fol 1* blank, the fol 83 slightly worm-eaten here and there, condition on the whole very good this Ms contains the text as well as the commentary, both complete , extent 4955 slokas Age Not modern Author of the commentary-- Abhayadeva Suri Subject — The first upanga together with its commentary in Sanskrit Begins -(text) fol 1 ॐ नम सर्वज्ञाय । तेण कालेण (तेण स)मएण चपा नाम नगरी होथा । etc - (com ) fol नम ॥ श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य etc , as in No 184 Ends - (text) fol 821 सिद्ध ति य मो(ए)द्धतिय पारगय ति(ति)प परप(रपोरगयति उम्मुकम्म्मश्यया अजरा अमरा) असम्ग(गा)य २० । णिच्छिपणस वदुरसा जाइजरामरणरघणविमुका अवागाह सम्रन अणुहोती सासय सिद्धा । २१ अतुलसहसागरगया अगवाह [8] अणोघम पत्ता सयमणागतमद्ध चिहति सही राह पत्ता ॥२२॥ छ उ(व)वाइय समत्त । छ । मथान १५००। (com ) fol 82 अजरा etc up to मशोधिता चयमिति as in No 184 followed by ॥ ग्रधान ३४५५ र etc सुषमथ १५००॥ शपमसुदराय पाचनायें । 1 छ । श्रीपार्श्वनाथप्रमादाद कल्याणमस्तु Reference-Publıslıcd See No 182 " ·I ters, - fol I 184.] 1. 12 Upangas औपपातिकसूत्रवृत्ति Aupapātikasutrauftti 141, No 184 1873-74 Size. 10f in by 4 10. Extent. 58 folios, 18 lines to a page , 46 letters to a line Description - Country paper thin and wibite, Devanagari characclear, small and fair hand writing, ink faded, borders ruled in two lines in red ink, edges singly, dissolution of syllables indicated by vertical strokes, red chalk and yellow pigment used, condition excellent , complete, erteat 3135 Slokas Age.-- Samvat 1892 Author. Abhayadeva Suri Subject. Commentary 10 Sinshrit to Aupapatikasutra Begins - श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य प्रायोऽन्यप्रथरीक्षिता औपपातिकशाम्रस्य व्यारया काचिद्दिधीयते ॥१॥ औपपातिकमिति क शब्दार्थ उपपतन उपपातो देवनारजन्माऽसिद्धिगमन याऽतस्तमधिकृत्य स्तमध्यपनमोपपातिकमिद etc. Ends - fol 57 तथा अशरा वयसोभाबादमरा आयुपोमावादसगाश्च सकलक्लेशा- मावादिति । निच्छिन्नगाहा ॥ अतुलगाहा ।। व्यतार्था एवेति ॥छ । औप- पातिकवृत्ति समातेति ॥ छ । 'चद्रकुल विपुलभूतलमुनिपुगरचर्द्धमानपपतरो कुसमोपमस्य सूरेणसा(सौरभभारतभुवनस्य ॥१॥ निनि सबधविहारस्य सर्वदा श्रीजिनेश्वरावस्य शिष्येणाभयदेवारव्यसूरिणेय स्ता वृत्ति ॥२॥ अहिलपाटक'नगरे श्रीमद्रोणारयसरिशिष्येण । पहितगुणेन गुणवत्प्रियेण संशोधिता चेय॥ इति छ । प्रथाम ३१३५॥ युगानतिमि(मितिसरये()दे गते विकमसस्ये(७)न्दे गते विक्रमसवत्सराव औपपातिकसूत्र तु सत्ति लिखित शुभ ।। छ । सव१८९२ वर्षे माधवकृष्णप्रतिपया तिथौ धरणीसतवासरे लिपरित धनविजयन कुचेरा मध्ये श्रीभद्र श्रेयकल्याण भवतु सर्वदा इद पुस्तरम् ।। Reference -- Published See No 182 22 [UL P] ·170 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [18. औपपातिकसूत्रवृत्ति Aupapātikasūtravetti 72 (d). 1880-81. No. 185 Extent. 73-3=70 leaves, 4 to 7 lines to a leaf; 140 letters to a line. Description.—This work commences on leaf 154' and ends on leaf 226. Leaves 221, 223 and 224 missing, othervise comp• lete ; this Ms. contains the colophon; total extent 3135 ślohas For further details see Rajapraśnıyasutra No. 190. Begins-leaf 154 ॐ नमो वीतरागाय । श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य etc., as in No. 184. Ends.-leaf 226 तथा अजरा वयसो etc., up to संशोधिता चेयं इति अंथानं ३१३५ as in No. 184 followed by अक्षरगणनया स्थापितमिति ॥ छ । आनंदकंदोद्गमवारिवाह सदा मुरश्रोणिनरेंद्रवद्यः। प्रभाभिरामो भवतां विभूत्यै। भवेत्रभुश्रीजिनवर्द्धमानः ॥१॥ सरछायपर्यो धनजैनधर्म स्थानेषु सपुषिशेपितश्री । वश() प्रसिद्धो भाये पलिपाला- भिधो(s)स्ति भूभीभृतिलब्धरूप ॥२॥ अजनिष्ट पिशिष्टमी । तन मुक्तामाणिमभ । आरसिंहो महत्तेजो कुमरदेवी च ताप्रपा ॥३॥ श्रीमत्सरिजिनप्रमादिकमले धम्म प्रपपानघ। यातुर्गा प्रतिमा घियत्मुश्रावणां सदा । अदादित पर चित्तवपनं क्षेपु सप्तस्वयो। तन्वती तनुजानपत मनुजाधीश समाजस्तुतान् साया अपमोजयसिंहाप्योऽभयसिंहद्वितीयक । आमकुमारो माग्मी धांधलो धीरधारभूत् ॥५॥ अत (74) चतुणों एहिणी स्पृहणीयसतीराणा । मंतति पुमपापायां परियणे पथानमं ॥६॥ पत्न्याय(म)जयसिंहस्प हीरुगउरिसझेति । चील्हण सांगणी पुनो हीरक्षिसमर्श ॥

·186.1 I. 12 UMrigas 171 हांसलरयोरिल्या) मिया(55)यस्य नाम्ना ज्याजप (झाझपडू) तो। सुहागदेवी सदपर्मचारिणी सांगम्य तु | घटमाऽभयसिंहस्य नापिरिनयनास्त । एतथाल्हणतिरो(sोम्या [आल्हणदेवी च सप्रिया ॥९॥ आल्हणामहस्यसा स्यारतभनिफुलापण । सोहगामिपदेशारप सग्रामः सोहगांगन ॥१०॥ पनीत्यामकुमारम्प धनदेवी एणोला । मिनाज्ञामरगीहमायासचदाजदो उत्तो ॥१२॥ पुधिकाधितप चंपलतामहणदे यथ । सवा महासिंहस्त घपलायारतनूरह ॥१२॥ जयतलदेयीनाम्ना(ड) स्त्यासचद्रस्य बलमा । अमरसिंहममृतप पुधा पितरि पत्सला ॥१३॥ सर्पग्य धांधल(स्य) स्वात्तप्रिया धांधलदेविया । तसतसोमनामा(स्ति साइजलास्प घ मिया ॥१४॥ अभापि एमारिया फुरदेन्या(यदा सदा । भीजिनममरीणा गुरां धर्मदेशनां ॥१५॥ उदप नीतो दिनहत् शशी नेहशीपितो दीप । मपन पछत जगतां जिनसयन रेसित पेन ।॥१६॥ अयोपपातिकोगराजमनीपान्तर। निशम्य देशat at मा सामेयोऽय स्पीति(a) men भीरत्नमित्राणां गाटे 'भागम'महिने। पूर्वउपापमाला प्याग्मानार्थमदायदा ॥१८॥ शुभ यपतु भीमपम्प IICE Tor other details sec No 18: NE औपपातिकस्प्रवृत्ति Anumukuutraurtu 351 Na186 1884-36 Sin-toney in Exical. 7,6 folio“, 1310 is I res to a raffolet trs to a line Description Courtn fuper t'un and raishs, Derandort cluns imrth aaorter Fat Iric androlord korden meen foult int,TION ·172 Jaina Literature and Philosophy 1.187. pigment used; edges of the first and last foll. worn out to some extent; foll, 1 and 766 blank; foll, numbered in the right hand margin only; condition on the whole good; complete ;. extent 3125 ślokas, Age.- Samvat 1665. Begios.--fol. Ib strantura 31714 27 STAFIN FA: 11 श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य etc. Ends.-- fol. 76* aut 38: T etc., up to Eat af#: as in No. 184 followed by sari 3334 STATTUTAYT furtara etc. संवत् १६६५ वर्षे पोपमासे शुरूपक्षे चतुर्थीदिवसे लिपतं श्री'जेसलमेर'मध्ये। सकलसंघस्य शुभं भवतु ॥ छ etc N. B.— For additional particulars see No. 184. औपपातिकसूत्रवृत्ति Aupapātikasūtravrtti No. 187 91. 1872-73. Size.- 11% in. by 41 in. Extent. - 75 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 53 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with GEHATS; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. r blank ; so is the fol. 755; a portion on the right hand side of fol. 1b is kept blank, probably with a view to decorate it with a picture of a Tirthamkara ; foll. numbered only once; the first few foll. worm-esten especially at the corners; condition good ; yellow pigment used at times; red chalk, too ; this Ms. does not contain the text but only the tres; complete, extent 3125 ślokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.-- fol. I'm att etc., as in No. 184. Ends. -- fol. 75* AT etc., up to tizifurai Bata as in No. 184 followed by us 33741 11 N. B. - For further particulars sce No. 184. ;

·1
188. ]
1. 12 Unngas
औपपातिकसूत्रवृत्ति
Aurapātikusītravrtti
220.
No. 188
1903-7.
Size. - 9 in. by 41 in.
Extent... 65 folios; 15 lincs to a page; so letters to a line.
Description - Country paper rough and wluite , Devanagını cluaran
ters with FATATS, small, clear and fair hand-writing:
borders ruled in four lines in blach ink; red chalk used;
ſoll. nunibcrcd twice as usual, edges of the first fol.
slightly damaged; fol se blank cxcept thar she male of this
work and its extent arc itten, fol 656 blank, condition
very good ; complete, extent 3125 slokas;
Age.- Pretry old.
Begins. - fol. 16 3 (3) at ting 11
ICHIGAFAT etc. is in No. 184
Ends.- fol. 65. सांमत यस्तुनः रिस(सिद्धपर्यायशदान प्रतिपादयन्नाह सिने
त्ति प गाहा । सिद्धा इति etc. सलहेशाभायादिति । महायर्ग एवेति ।।
छ
॥ औपपातिकवृत्तिः etc., up to संशोधिता धेh as on No.
184 followed by ममाप्त ॥ प्रथाग्रं ३१२५ । श्री etc.
N. B.Tos other details sec No 184.
.
!

·174 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [:169 THE SECOND UPANGA राजप्रश्नीयसूत्र Rājaprasnīyasūtra (रायपसेणीयसुत्त) (Rayapaseniyasutta) 1240. No.189 1887-91. Size.-- 101 in. by 41 in. Extent. - 43 folios; 16 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and greyish : Devanagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs, small, legible, bold and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink red chalk used; fol. 1• blank; so is the fol. 436; a part of the text written on fol. 12; condition very good, complete; extent 2509 ślokas. Age.-- Pretty old. Subject.— This is the second upānga. It mainly deals with the birth of King Pradesi as Saryabha deva, lis celestial grandeour and enjoyments, his staging of a drama and a dance in the presence of Lord Mahāvira, description of his vimana (celestial car), and a dialogue regarding the identity of soul and body between him and Keši nirgrantha, follower of Lord Parsya. Begins.- fol. 1 उ (ॐ) नमो(मः) श्रीधीतरागाय[:]u नमो अरिहंताणं नमो सिद्धाण etc., upto पढमं वह मंगलं ॥१॥ तेणं कालेण तेणं समएणं आमलकप्पा नाम णयरी होत्या setc. Ends.- fol. 43. सव्वदुक्रसाणमंतं फरेमि ॥ छ । सेपं भंते सेयं मते भगय गोपमे समणं भग, महावीरं । चंदद णमंसइ । पंदित्ता नमंसित्ता । संजमेणं तपसा अपाणं भायेमाणे विहरति ॥छ।। णमो जिणाणं जियभयाणं । णमो मुपदेषयाए मगयईए । नमो पण्णत्तीए भगवईए नमो मगपओ अरहओ पासस्स परसे स(पस्से)। परसयणी(णा) णमो ॥९॥ रायपसेणइयं सम्मत्तं ॥ 4.२५०९ ॥ श्री ॥८॥शुभं भूयात् ॥ Then follows a line in diffcrent hand as under:- पं. भीविजयचंद्रगणि प्रति Reference. The text together with the Sanskrit commentary of Malayagiri Sori and the Gujarati commentary of Megharaja ·190) II. 12 UA JASAS 175 #published at Calculra in A D 1880 The tcit is also published with Malayagırı Sans commentary in the Agamodaya Samiu Scrier, in A D 1935. For the narrause of hing Pradesi etc , scc r Lumann's " Esezichungen der Jaina-Literatur zu andern literaturhreisen Indiens For the discuss on of the title, ctc , scc "Annals of the Bhandarkar Oricnual Research Insutute", 101 XIV (1932 33), PP 145-119 for o lice details sec Weber II, P 5.44f1 , Indian Antiquant soll!, p 369ff, and Winternitz, Gescht chuc II, 307 ror additional Miss. scc B B R. AS sol III-IV, P 395 राजमनीयसूत्र Rippmengasitra No. 100 79 (a) 1880-81 Size -33in by 21 in Extent 326-3=223 leases, 1107 lines to a leaf , 140 letters to a linc Description Palm-leat durable and grcyıslı, Devanagari characters with TERTITs, big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing, this Ms presents an appearance of the worl having been written into three separatc columns, but, really speaking, it is not so, sinec lines of the first column are continued to other columns, borders of cach of the columns ruled in four lines in black ink, tuo holes in each leaf for the string to pass, wooden planks encompass the As, leares qumbered in both the margins, in the right-hand margin as 1, 2, etc, and in the left-hand one as in Acarangasútrasarnı No.9, leaf r. blank, some of the leaves worm-caten, last few leaves torn into two pieces, condition on the whole fair , complere , extent 2079 Slokas, this Ms contains the following works in addition to this रानमनीयश्नति leaves 51-128 (2) औपपातिरसूत्र 129-153 (3) rnuftFERTA 154-226 Leaves 221, 223 and 224 are missing - ) ·175 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 192 Age.. Fairly old Begins.-- leat, I THI TATTICI RAT BRENTOT etc as in No 189 Enda-leaf. so मव्वदुक्याणमत करोमि ॥ छ । सेव भते सेव etc , up tc रायपसेणइय सम्मत्त । छ॥ छ । ग्रथ २०७९ as in No 189 N. B. For other details see No 189. राजप्रश्नीयसूत्र Rajaprisnīyasūtra 74 No 191 1869-70 Size.- 104 in. by 4 in Extent. 42 folios, 15 lines to a page, 54 letters to a line Description Country paper very thin and grey, Devanagari characters with occasional TAENS, bold, clear though somen hat small and good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black inkį, yellow pigment used, edges of the first fol slightly worn out, a corner of the 2nd fol damaged, condition on the whole good , fol r' blank , so is the fol 426 except that the sentence on Turga HT T is written on 16, complete, esteat 2079 slokas Age -- Fairly old Begins - fol 1 नमो अरिहताण etc, up ro नमो लोए सरसादण। Then follows aor etc as in No 189 Ends fol 42° FITFETT etc, up to 7 as in No 189 followed by ॥ ॥ श्री प्रधान २०७९. N-B - Tor further particulars sec No 189 राजपनीयसून Rīpnmsniyasūtra No 192 125(0) 1872-73 Size – 12 in by 4 in Litent - 88 folios, 15 lines to a page, 66 letters to a line Description - Country Narer thin and Inte, Doranspar} charactere nukrauonal प्रमाणात ncuhet 100 mg nor 100 ·193.] 11 12 Ungas 177 - small, legible and good liand-writing, Lorders ruled in four lines in black ink, space bemeen the pairs coloured red , red chalk used, unnumbered sidus marked with a small curcular dise in the centre, the numbered having to more, onc in cach margin, folls and the succeeding numbered (1116e as usual, this work ends on ſol 32*, this dis contains another nork siz रानमभीपयनत्ति ( foll 321-88), foll 1 to 31 more or lcs, worm caten, so are the foll 2 to 60 and 69 to 88, condition tolerably good, complcre, cxtent 2079 slolas Age - Samvat 1573 Begins fol ॐनमो वीतरागाय ॥ नमो अरिहताण etc, as in No 191 Ends -fol 32 सस्यहरमाणमत etc , up to सम्मत as in No 19r Then we havc the following lines - ।। समर्थितमिद गुष ॥8॥ भी प्रधान २०७१॥ ॥ मगलमस्तु ॥शुभ मयतु ॥ सय १५७३ प आसोमदि३ रयो भी रथमतीर्थ पास्त य । 'उपोश पशमन सो समामयतसोनामा चादूतपुत्री भीगोरी तेन भीराजपसेणीसूत्र रिपाय भीमदतपा पसे भभीर ब्धिसागर सरितपटे समितयिजयमानयुगप्रधानगरखनायकभीधनरत्नहरिराज्ये उपा ध्यापभीमुनिसिंघगणितशिष्यपनयसिंघगाणिभ्य पुस्तिरा प्रदत्ता । शुभ भय तु रेगरपाठश्यो । भीरस्तु ॥ कल्याण भूपाद्विने दिने । श्री। NB - For further particulars sec No 189 राजपनीयस्त पुत्तिाक्षित Rījprispiyasutrit - vrta No 193 317 A1882-83 Size - 10 in by 4 in Extent - 109 folios, 15 to 18 lines to a page, 30 to 41 letters to a line Description - Country paper thin and greyish Devanagari charac rers with occasional पृष्ठमानाs, bold, big, legible and good "ULP ·194 ] II 12 Upangas 179 Ends.-~-fol 88 जुगुप्सामापणानि सिंसनानि धिम् गु(छोहन(हिते त्यादियायपानि तर्जनानि अगुल्या निक्षेपपुर सर निर्भर्सनानि ताडनानि । शादिधाता ॥ ॥ इति मलयगिरिविरचिता राजप्रश्नीयोपांगवृत्तिका] सम र्थिता ।। समाप्तमिति । प्रत्यक्षरगणनातो अथमान यिनिश्चित । सप्तत्रिंशत् शतान्यन श्लोकानां सर्पसरयया ॥ छ । प्रथाय ३७९० (१३७००)॥ ॥ शुभ भवतु ॥ छ ॥छ । सबद १५७३ वर्षे यातिम्मासे शुक्लपक्षे अष्टमीदिने रविवासरे भी स्तभतीर्थ यास्त यश्री 'उपमेश धशालारपिहिती 'शत्रुजययात्रापानादिवित्त ययकरणप्रमुखा(s)- नेमधर्मसर्मप्रकार सा लटकणभार्या सपूराई सपुर सा जगसी सा. नीनामा. जगसीभार्या श्री सोमाईत पुनसा जयवत सा० श्रीवतमा० श्रीगोरी तेन श्रीमद् पद्धतपागच्छगगनागाणतरुणसमान । कलिगलयुग प्रधानश्रीरत्नसिंहसरितत्पट्टानुक्रमेण श्रीउदयसागरसरिश्रीलब्धिसागर सरितत्पदृयारिधिनिशामणिमूरिमूरिश(शि)रोमणिभीगच्छनापकप्रभुभट्टारिक श्रीश्रीश्रीश्रीश्रीश्रीधनरत्नसारिराज्ये उपाध्यायीमुनिसिंघगणित सष्य १० नयसिंघाणिष्ठ(यु)पदेशेन श्रीराजप्रश्नीयवृत्तितिर्लिपाप्य पाचनार्थ पुस्तिका प्रदप्ता बुधैर्षाच्यमान चिर नदतु ।। सूर्याचद्रमसो यावत् योतयेते महीतल । जीयाद श्रीपुस्तक यावत् । वाच्यमान मुनिनजे ॥१॥ तथाच॥ लेण्यति नरा धन्या ये जिनागमपुस्तक । ते सर्व वाट्य ज्ञावा। सिाद यांति न संशय ॥२॥ श्री।। "यादृश पुस्तक etc ॥१॥ भग्नप्पष्टिमटिग्रीवा बद्धमुधिरधोमुख । कष्टेन लिपित शास्त्र यत्नवत् परिपालयेत् ॥२॥ शुभ भवतु लेपरवाचक्यो । कल्याण भूयादिने दिने । Rclerence — See No 189 For an additional Ms see B BRAS vol III IV, P 395 and GO Series vol XXI, P 42

·178
Jaina Lilerature and Philosoply
( 194.
hand-writing; this Ms. contains both the text and the com-
mentary; it is a quatre Ms.; borders ruled in four lines in
black ink, edges in two; foll. ji and 1095 blanl; edges of
the first fol. slightly worn out; condition on the whole
very good; numbers of foll. doubly entered as usual;
complete ; extent 3650 šlokas.
Age. Fairly old.
Author of the commentary.- Malayagiri Sūri.
Subject--- The text in Praktit along with its esplanation in Sanskrit.
Begins.--(text) fol. 10 doi moi au paqui etc., as in No. 189.
(com.), Ib FA :) !!
Un altr etc., as in No. 195.
Ends. - (text) fol. 909 HIU * etc., up to 7pca Holaj as in
No. 189 followed by reti 232011 g etc.
(com.) fol. 1085 ghraiguma etc., up to the far as in
No. 196 followed by Ell all jari 3640 11 3 11
Reference.-- See No. 189. For an additional Ms. see G. O. Series
vol. XXI, p. 43.
राजपनीयसूत्रवृत्ति
Rājapraśniyasūtravrtti
No. 194.
125 (b).
1872-73
Extent.-- fol. 32 to fol. 884.
Description. - Complete; errent 3700 ślokas; edges of the last
(88 th) fol. somewhat damaged; foll. 42 to 60 and 69 to
88 worm-eaten; For other details see No. 191.
Age.-- Samvat 1973.
Author.- Malayagiri Sori
Subject. Sanskrit commentary to Rajaprasniyasaira.
Begins...fol. 320 07874 IMETOKWOTE TAVERTETO!
मपरीतनतपासयाकुटारियतालगावैचळं ॥१॥

·194] II 12 Upangas 179 Ends - fol 88 जुगुप्साभापणानि सिंसनानि घिग् रा(मोडने(हितेत्यादिवास्यानि तर्जनानि अगुल्या निक्षेपपुर सर निर्भर्सनानि ताडनानि । क्शादिधाता ॥ छ। इति मलयगिरिविरचिता राजप्रश्नायोपागवृत्तिका[] सम र्थिता ।। समाप्तमिति । प्रत्यक्षरगणनातो प्रथमान विनिश्चित । सप्तत्रिंशत् शतान्यत्र श्लोकाना सर्वसरयया ॥ छ । ग्रथाय ३७९८ (१३७००)॥ छ । शुभ भवतु ॥छ ॥ छ । सबत १५७३ घर्षे कार्तिकमासे शुक्लपक्षे अष्टमीदिने रविवासरे श्री स्तभतार्थ पास्त यानी उपशवशालकारपिहितश्री शघुजय यानापात्रादिवित्तन्यपकरणप्रसा(s)- नेवधर्मकर्मप्रकार सा लटकणभार्या सपूराई त पुत्र सा जगसी सा नीनामा जगसीभार्या श्री सोमाई तानसा जयचत सा. श्रीयतमा. श्रीगोरी तेन श्रीमद्'पद्धतपा गच्छगगनागाणतरुणसमान करिकालयुग प्रधानभीरत्नसिंहमूरित पट्टानुक्रमण श्रीउदयसागरसरिश्रीलब्धिसागर सूरित पट्टवारिधिनिशामणिभूरिमूरिश(शिरोमणिभौगच्छनायकप्रभुभट्टारिक श्रीश्रीश्रीश्रीश्रीश्रीधनरत्नमारिराज्ये उपाध्यायीमुनिसिंघगणित सष्य १० नयसिंधगणिमु()पदेशेन श्रीराजप्रश्नीयवृत्तितिर्लिपाप्य वाचनार्थ पुस्तिका प्रदत्ता बुधैर्वाच्यमान चिर नदतु ।। सूर्याचद्रमसौ यावत् योतयेते महीतल । जीपाद श्रीपुस्तक पायत् । वाच्यमान मुनिव्रज ॥१॥ तथा च ॥ लेखयति नरा धन्या ये जिनागमपुस्तक । ते सर्व वाद्य ज्ञाया। सिाद याति न सशप ॥२॥ श्री॥ ॥ यादृश पुस्तक etc ॥१॥ भग्नपष्टिरटिग्रीवा पद्धष्टिरपोठख । फ्टेन लिपित शास्र यनयत् परिपालपेत् ।।२।। शुभ भवतु लेपरवाचश्यो "पल्याण सूपाहिने दिने । Rulorence See No 189 For an additional Ms see B BRAS vol III-IV, P 395 and GO Series vol XXI, P 42 -- ·*780 Jaina Liletalure and Philosophy (196. राजप्रश्नीयसूत्रवृत्ति Rājaprsniyasūtravetti No. 195 230. 1871-72. Size.. 10f in, by 4 in. Extent.-73+1-1+1=74 folios : 16 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description. Country paper rough and white; Devanagari characters; small, clear and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; most of the foll. numbered in both the margins ; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; fol. 39th repeated; the following fol, numbered as 43 and not 40; the Ms. coding abruptly, the last fol. newly added ; condition very fair ; fol. je blank. Age.-- Old. Begins. fol. s gurna att etc. Ends.- fol. 735 ay ITUAT(? qum) at etc., up to Frarat: as in No. 194 followed by stuntsaf ATAUFCHATHANH(E)- HTETET It ends thus. fol. 74 नमो भगवओ अरहतोणीयस्से सपणीए णमो॥ इति रायपसेगी. सूत्रं सम्मत्त छ: etc. N. B. For further particulats see No. 194. राजप्रभीयसूत्रवृत्ति Rājapraśnīyasūtravrtti 168, No. 196 1881-82. Size.- 131 in, by s in. Extent.-- 65-1=64 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 63 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanāgari characters with gahats; bold, big, legible and elegant handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, red chalk used; fol. 1* blank; foll. 3 and 4 numbered together ; foll. 8 to Is and 65 slightly worm-eaten; edges of foll. 24 to 27 and 6s somewhat worn out; fol. 27" blackish ; the 28th ;

·197.] II. 12 Upangas 181 and the 3 ist foll. slightly torn in the body; foll. 3r to 53 and 57 to 65 darkish ; some of them are a little bit torn owing to the foll. being brittle; condition fair ; fol. 31 and the following doubly numbered as usual; unnumbered sides of foll. i to 27 decorated with a small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having two more, one in each margin ; complete; extent 3700 ślokas, Age.-- Fairly old. Begins,-- fol. प्रण(मोत वीर etc., as in No. 194. Ends.- fol. 65 ETHTHITOTTA etc., up to Fina Urat: as in No. 194. Then we have:- अधरीहतचिंतामणिकल्पलताफामधेनुमाहात्म्या: विजयंतां गुरुपादा विमलीकृतशिष्यमतिर्वि(वि)मया । राजप्रश्नीयमिदं गंभीरार्थ विरण्वता कुशलं यदवापि मलयगिरिणा साधुजनस्तेन भवतु कृती छ इति मलयगिरिविरचिता राजप्रश्नीयोपांगरत्तिका समर्थिता छ । प्रत्यक्षरगणनातो ग्रंथमानं विनिश्चित सप्तविंशत् शतान्यत्र श्लोकानां सर्वसंख्यया ग्रंथानं छ श्री छ छ छ छ । साधवीरत्नश्रीशिपिणीसाधवीरंगश्री- शिप्पिणीसाधवीकपूरश्रीकेन प्रति समर्पिता। N. B.-For further particulars see No. 194. राजपनीयसूत्रवृत्ति Rājapraśniyasūtravrtti No. 197 72(b). 1880-81. Extent,-78 leaves; 4 to 7 lines to a page; 140 letters to a line. Descripriom.- Complete. The work commerces on leals ardends on leaf 128. For further details see Rājapraśnīyasútra No. 190. Begins.-leaf SI प्रणमत वीरजिनेश्वर etc., as in No. 194. Ends. - leaf r28 जुगुप्साभाषणानि etc., up to इति मलयगिरिविरचित राजप्रश्नीयोपांगवृत्तिका समपि(थिोता ॥ छ । छ । छ। N. B.–For further details see No. 194.

·182 Jana Literature and Plulosophy [ 198. THE THIRD UPANGA जीवाजीयाभिगमसून Jivājivābligamusūtri जीवाजीवाभिगमसुत्त) (Jivajivabhigamasutta ) No 198 1263 1891-9). Size 12 in by 4 in Extent - 134 folios , 13 lines to a page , 46 letters to a line Description - Country paper thin and wlule, Devanagari charac ters with TATATS , quite legible, very big, uniform and vers beautıful hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in blach ink, the intermedizic space between the pairs colour ed red , a piece of paper of the same size as the fol pasted to fol 1', foll Ib and 22 decorated with beautiful pictures, the ist with that of Samavasarana with a Jina delivering a sermon and the 2nd with that of the audience, numbers entered thrice, once at the top in the left hand margin and twice in the right hand margin at the top as well as at the bottom , double set of numbers I, 2, 3 as usual and 89 90, etc as well, 1 e to say the ist is also numbered as 89, upnumbered sides are mostly decorated with one circular disc in the centre, the numbered with two more, one in each margin, even these are embordered at times, yellow pigment used red cball too, condition very good, complete, extent 5200 slobas Age Samvat 1557 or at least not earlier Su bject This third upanga deals with the fundamental principles of Jainism It furnishes us with details about the animate and inanimate objects Begins ~~-fol r'नमो जिनागमाय । नमो उसमादियाण | चउर्यासाए तिथगराण । इह खलु जिणमय जिणाणुलोम(ग)। जिणप्पणीय जिणप्परुविय ! etc Ends fol 134 अपढमदेवो असखेनगुणा अपहमसिद्धा अणतगुणा । अपढमति रिक्त अणतगुणा सेय दसविहा जीवापन्नत्ता से त स वजीवाजीवाभिग मसूत्र सम्मत्त ॥ छ ॥ श्लोक्ग्रथाग्र ॥ ५२००॥शुभ भवतु ॥छ ॥ श्री ॥ This is followed by the following lines in a small hand ·198] III 12 Upangas 183 श्रीमन्महे महेभ्यश्रेणिसरद्धेऽत्र 'भेलाडी'नगरे । पूर्व पाहणसिंह 'प्रागरश'(शा)वतसक समऽभूत् ॥१॥ तत्रैव सुजनरजन । जिनभवनाविधापनकविधिना य । सस्तार्थी सरूतार्थी । चार निजर्जित वित्त ।।२।। पाल्हणदेवीनाम्नी। गृहिणी स्पृहणीयसद्गुणा तस्य । निजानिमरतरपक्ष । द्वितययुता राजहसीब ॥३॥ इगरनामा तनय । स्तयोरभूद्धारगुणगणोपेत । सारू सा रूपवती । सती च सीतेन ययुवती ॥४॥ तत्तनयो भत्तनयो विशिष्टविनयात्रुमौ शुभी जाती। प्रथम सीधरनामा सोभाक सो(शोभते ह्यपर ॥५॥ निर्मलदृष्टिनिरीक्षण । विशुद्धनाणपक्षिणपराभ्या। याम्या मणहिल्लपुरे' परीक्षक्वाभिधा दधे ॥६॥ सीधरवधक्पूरीपेणैकपूरै प्रपूरितदिगता। विनयविवरपिचारस्फारसदाचारशूगारा II श्रीसीधर () प्रतिष्ठा पथ न लभते परीक्षप्रवर । श्रीजिनपतिप्रतिष्ठा विधापपामास विधिना या ॥९(१)। तत्तनयपासवीरो गुणगमीर परीक्षकोटीर यत्कारितगृहचैत्य कस्य न चित्त चमत्कुरुते ॥१०॥ नयरदतभ्रमरी | गजाऽश्वरथनरसतोरणादियुत । सप्रत्यपि चैत्यमिद । नृणा पीणाति चित्तानि ॥११॥ पूतलिनाम्नी तस्य च भार्या शुभकार्यकरणनिष्णाता। देवगुरुनिबिडभक्तिभ्यक्तिप्रतिवासितस्थाता ॥१२॥ जिनशामनप्रभावपितृपक्षरव(श्व)सुरपक्षसपूर्णा । शोभासौभाग्यवती । पतिव्रता पूतलि यति ॥१३॥ पुत्रास्तस्यास्त्रयो()मी रामादेवारय(क)वर्द्धमानास्या । विश्वोपकारकरणप्रगुणा सगुणा विराजते ॥१४॥ कीकी-मानीनाम्ना । भार्यायुगल विभाति रामस्य । देवाकस्य रमाई। हासीरिह बर्द्धमानस्य ॥१५॥ देवस्य वर्द्धमानस्य पुत्रौ जातौ क्रमादिमौ। जगपालसूरचदौ(द्रौ) सूरचद्रसमप्रभौ ॥१६॥ भीसूरीश्वरसोमसुदरयरुपष्ट प्रतिता[ ]स्पद । सपटू मुनिसुदरारयगुरव सौभाग्यभाग्यालया)।

·184 Jaina Lilerature and Philosophy [198. श्रीमंतो जयचंद्रसूरिगुरवः प्रज्ञाप्रकर्षाद्धताः। सूरींद्रा गुरुरत्नशेखर इति स्यातायदातास्ततः ॥२७॥ लक्ष्मीसागरगुरवस्तपट्टे सुमतिसाधुमारवराः। तत्पट्टे विजयंते संप्रति गुरुहेमविमलसरींद्राः॥१०॥ तेषां च विजय(पि)राज्ये श्रीजिनमाणिक्यगुरुावनयानां । श्रीगुरुअनंतहंसप्रवरगुरूणां सदुपदेशात् ॥१९॥ नगशरातिथि(१५५७)मिते(त)व हर्पण परीक्षिपासवीरेण । चित्कोशलेखनस्य प्रारंभः फारयामासे ॥२०॥ साधार्मिकथाच्छ(सोल्प । श्रीकल्पमहाद्यगण्यपुण्यानि । कुर्वन बंधुसमेतस्तदंऽगजो रामनामा(s)यं ॥२१॥ बहुमूल्यपट्टिकायं स्फारफरंगीकतीफकसपृष्टं । सज्ञातरूपरूपं वराक्षरं चतुरचित्तहरं ॥२२॥ पलक्षपत्रिंशत्सहस्रमानं समग्रसिद्धांतं । निजजनकप्रारब्धं संपूर्णमलीलिखद्भक्त्या ॥२३॥ कुलकं ॥ संशोधितः स्वशक्या शुभभूपणनामपंडितप्रवरैः वियुधजनवाच्यमान(.) चित्कोशो(s)यं चिरं जीया ॥२४॥ चातुर्विद्य'मोढ'ज्ञातीयभवाडीवासामुतश्रीनाथ लिखितं ॥ छ ।। श्रीः॥छः ।। श्रीः॥ शुभं भवतुः Reference. The text together with the Sanskrit commentary of Malayagırı Suri, the Gujarati paraphrase etc. was published at Ahmedabad, In A. D. 1883. The text is also published with Malayagiri Suri's commentary in the D, L. J. P. F. Series as No. so in A. D. 1919. For contents etc., see Weber II, p. 549 and Indian Antiquary, vol. XX, p. 371. For additional Mss. see B. B R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 390. Scc also Rajendralal Mitra's “Notices", vol. VIII (1885), p. 332 and Studi italiani di Filologia indo-iranica, vol. IV, pp. 19-20.

·200] III CUNngas 165 - - hand margin, जीवाजीयाभिगमसूत्र Jnajivallugaimasutra No199 1635 1891-95 Size Iol in by ta in Extcnt folios, is links to a pagtu, jo letters to a linc Description Country paper sery thun, rough and slutc, Devana. mari characters, sufficienils big, legible and good landwriting, borders rulcu in two lines in black ink, the space beru con them coloured red, ſoll numbered in the right unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only, the numbered, in the margins, 100, condition good, this Mis scems to suclude sotras os to 95 of the printed edition, complcic so far 25 it goes, ſol 4 blank Age -Nor quiic modern Subject - Tiposition of the liellislı beings Begins - -fol साय जेते एपमारा चहा सगारममापण्णगा जीया पण्णमा | नेया तिरिमानोण(fणोपा मगरमा देवा ।।मेत ने आ मापिहा पपणमा पदमपुदापिनेरइया पीपातया उपचमारीमतमापुट पिनेरया ॥ ममयिपुडयी ण किनामा सिंगोता पम्मा नामेण ॥ रपण प्पमा गोषण योपायमा नामेण मारपमा गोनेण ।। Ends fol 4' अस्टिनिम्मिप(म)मेत यि यह द्वपसमय अणुपद ।। नरए मेरइआण ॥ अहोनिस परमाणाण ॥ इति जीवाभिगमे नरगायिवारनारगीयेदनाविचारारापर समाप्त ॥ भिन्न मुद्दतो नरपरा ॥ तिरियमणुए इति चत्तारि ॥ देवेस अदमागो। उपोमयिउरणा मणिया ।। जीवाभिगमे Reference -Sce No 198 जीवाजीवामिलमसूत्र Jirajsabhugmaratra टब्बासहित withi tabin 195 Na200 1871-72 Size.-98in by 4 in. Extent - 258+1-I-I+1-13257 folios, 16 lines page, 40 letters to a line 4 JL.P1 to 2 ·186 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 201. *1. blank; Description.- Country paper thin and white; Devanāgarī characters''with पृष्टमाघाs; bold, clear and good hand-writing%3; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; a piece of paper of the same size as the folio pasted to fol. 1'; it is this Ms. contains both the text and its explanation in Gujarati written above the corresponding lines of the text; fol. 13 tepeated, fol. 19 lacking; fol. 172 numbered as 173 also ; fol. 186 repeated ; fol. 196 missing; foll. 9, II and 13 slightly torn; foll. 217 to 221 worm-eaten to some extent; condition on the whole good; yellow pigment used; complete ; extent 4700 ślokas. Age., (Samvat 1702 (?). Subject. — The text along with its explanation in Gujarāti. Begins. - (text) fol. I श्रीमगवत्यै नमः ।। णमो उसमादियाणं चउवीसाए etc., as in No. 198. - (com.) fol. r" श्रीसारदानि नमानि नमस्कार हु रिपभादिक चुवीस तीर्थकरनि नमीनि etc.... (text) fol.258. अपढमदेवा असंखेन्ज etc., up to तिरिक्व अणंतरणा as in No. 198 followed by the lines as under:-- से तं दसविहा सव्वजीया । सेतं सवजीवाभिगमे । छः॥जीवा- मिगमसूत्र ॥ श्लोकसंख्या ।। ४७०० ॥ शुभं भवतु छः ।। छः॥ श्रीरस्तुः॥ लेपकपाठकयोः ।। संवत् १७०२ वर्षे चैत्रांद दिने ॥ श्रीमस्तु ।। श्रीरस्तुः ।। Ends.-- etc. ,, -(com.) fol. 258. भेद सर्व जीवना कहीइं । ते जीवाभिगम कहीइ ॥ ॥ इति जीवाभिगमटवु समाप्तः । संवत् १७३(१) वर्षे पृथमश्रावणशुदि. २ दिने । लपितं । ग्रंथायं सहसहसतः() संस्याश्लोकऽनुमानं । श्री. रस्तुः। श्रीपार्श्वनाथप्रसादेन लपितं n etc. Reference.-See No. 198. 152. जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्राविवृति Jivājivābligamasutravivíti No.201 1873-74. Size.- 10 in. by l in. Extent.- 240 folios; 17 lines to a page , 52 letters to a linc.

·201.] III. 12.Upangas 187 text, Description - Country paper thin and greyish, Devanagan characters with पृष्ठमानाs, bold, legible and good hand-unting , borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment as well used, a piece of paper of the same size as the folio pasted to fol i', it is blank, paper used for foll 1 to 103 brittle, foll 12 to 240 numbered twice, once, in each margin, on one and the same. side, this Ms contains the commentary with the waiters of the original fol 48th slightly torn, edges of the last fol partially worn out, condition on the whole very good, complete , extent 14000 ślokas Age.- Samvat 1718 Author.- Malayagını Súri Subject - Commentary in Sanskrit to Jivajivabhigamasutra a Prakrit Begins - fol 1 श्रीवीतरागाय ।। प्रणमत पदनसतेज प्रतिहतनि शेपनम्रजनतिमिर । धीर परतीर्थियशोद्विरदघटाध्वसकेसरिण ॥१॥ प्रणिपत्य गुरून् । जीवाजीयाभिगमस्य वितिमहमनयां । विदधे गुरूपदेशात् प्ररोधमाधातुमल्पधिपा ॥२retc Ends -- fo) 240* पक्षपातोऽप्यन क्ल्याणहेतु । राजयक्ष्माहकारादिदु खसमृदयस्प विपर्यस्तदर्शन बनायेति । त्याज्य एतदनगुणो व्यवहार , कार्या सदैव- सन्मार्गप्रतिपत्तये मार्गानुसारिबोधयहुश्रुतजनै सगति 1 तयोगत सक्लापाय विरहिणा चिरमभिमतफलसिद्धे । जपति परिस्फुटविमलज्ञानविभासितसमस्तवस्तुगुण । प्रतिहतपरतीथिमत श्रीवीरजिनेश्वरो भगवान ॥१॥ सरस्वती तमोरद शरज्जो(ज्यो)नेव(स्ने) निन्नती । नित्य वो मगल दिश्यान्मुनिमि पर्युपासिता ॥२॥ जीवाजीवाभिगम विवृण्वता(3)वापि मलयागेरिणेह । कुशल तेन लमता मुनय सिद्धातसद्बोध ॥३॥ ।' इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचिता श्रीजीवाभिगमटीका समाप्तम् ॥ प्रथाप्रथ१४००० ॥ सवत् १७१८ वर्षे फागु(गुणवदि १३तिथौ ॥ Then follow the lines as under in the same hand writing but perhaps not belonging to this work १ ·Sizc. - 12. ini 190 jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 205. जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रपिवृति Jivājīrābbigumasūtmviitti No. 204 1264. 1891-95, in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 301 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin and grey; Devanagari characters with CATENTS ; quite bold, uniform, big, perſectly legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. 1' and 301 blank; a small piece of paper pasted to a corner of the ist fol.; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 57th torn most of the foll, have their edges worn out; for, the paper is brittle; a small strip of paper pasted to an edge of foll. 296 'to 300 and to both the edges of fol. 3016; condition on the whole *tolerably good; complete; extent 14000 ślokas. Age. Fairly old. Begins.--. fol. Flat atamama 11 * Sura qalanda: etc. as in No. 201. Ends.— fol. 3006 maiatsune étc., up to wiarahi as in No. 201 followed by haat: 11 3 1 lata teta11 11 : 1 . etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 201. जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रविवृति Jivājīvābhigamasūtravivrti No. 205 700. 1892-95. Size.-- of in. by 4 in. Extent. 289 folios; 15 lines to a page : 48 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with eats; bold, sufficiently big, legible and good band-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; strips of paper pasted to fol. 1'; small pieces pasted to the corners of foll. 2 to 44; edges of the last fol. slightly ·207.] III. 12 Upangas 191 damaged ; condition on the whole very fair; red chalk used; numbers of foll, entered in two different margio's of one and the same side; complete ; extent 14000 ślokas. Age.- Samvat 1618. Begins.- fol. 1 ॐ नमो वीतरागाय । प्रणमत पदनख etc., as in No. 201.' Ends.-पक्षपातो(ड)प्पन etc., up to ग्रंथाग्रं १४००० as in No. followed by the lines as under :- श्रीः । छ ॥ श्रीरस्तुः ॥ श्री ॥ यादृशं पुस्तके etc. संवत् १६१८ घर्षे जेट(ज्येष्ठ) सदि ७ रवौ लपितं ।। N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 201. 201 .. . . जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रपर्याय Jīvājivābhigamasūtraparyāya No. 206 736 (8). 1875-76. Extent.-- fol. 4 Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya 1875-76.. Subject.- Some of the words etc., occurring In Jivajivabhigamasutra explained in Sanskrit. Begins.- fol. 4 जीवाभिगमस्य यथा सतः संभूतभावस्य वाररूप फल च यत इति सतः आप्तात् । समूतभावस्य शास्त्रस्येत्यर्थ ॥ etc. Ends.- fol. 4 तदाधिपत्यादामासः सत्त्वार्थे पूपजायते इति सत्त्वार्थेषु पुरुषार्थेषु इत्यर्थः । इति जीवाभिगमपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ।। No. 736 (1). 4 जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रपर्याय Jivājīvābhigainasūtraparyāya 789.68). 1895-1902. No. 207 Extent.-- fol. sb.

·192 Jaina Literature and Philosoplay 1 209. paryaya No Description.- Complete. Tor further details see Pancavastuka- 789 (1) 1895-1902. Begins. -- fol. sosianet TYT etc, as in No. 206. Ends. fol sतदाधिपत्यादाभास etc N. B.- For subject see No. 206. - जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रपर्याय Jivājivabhigamasutra pryāya No.208 736 (29) 1875-76 Extent.-- fol. 37 to fol. 37. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastuha- __736 (1) paryaya No. 1875-76. Subject Some of the difficult words etc., occurring in Javajıvabhrgamasutra explained in Sanskrit. Begins - fol. 37* इह खलु इति अनुविचित्य विमृश्य इहे है)व मनुष्यलोके इदमध्ययन स्थविरा' प्रज्ञापितवन्त । तच जिनमत जिनस्य महावीरस्य मत आचारादि- दृधिवादांतं प्रवचनं । १etc Ends.- fol. 37 उम्पत्ति । समए कालतरे तस्स पाडेय । जीवाभिगमसूत्रपर्यायाः समर्थिता । जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रपर्याय Juājīvāblugamasūtraparyāya No.209 789 (29) 1895-1902 Extent - fol. 61' to fol 626 Description. Complete For other details see Pañcavastukaparyaya No 1895-1902 Begins.- fol. 61 इह खलु इति etc as in No 208 Ends. fol 620 उप्पत्ति समए कालतरे etc N. B.-- For subject see No 208 __789 (1) ·212.] III. 12 Upangas 1933. जीवाजीवाभिगमसूवपर्याय Jivājıvābhigamasātraparyāya... 3321121). A.1882-83. No.210 Extent. fol. 51* to fol. 53' Description.- Complete. For other details see Nandisutravışamapadaparyaya No 332(1). A. 1882-83. Begins.- Cal. S" इह खलु इति अनुपिचिंत्य ec, as in No, 208, Ends.-- fol.53* उत्पत्ति । समए कालतरे etc, N, B.-- For subject see No. 208. ज्ञीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रवृत्तिपर्याय Jiyājıvābhigamasūtravrttiparyaya No.211 736 (30) 1875-76... Extent.- fol. 37s to fol. 38. Description. Complete. For other details see Pancavastuka- 736(1). paryaya No. 1875-76. Subject. - Explanation of some of the difficult words etc., occurring in the commentary of Jivajivabhigamasutra, Begins.--- fol. 37 वचनादिति वचनाजिनससिद्धि । जिनससिद्धर्वचन तत इत्यादि विरोध. 1 etc. Ends.-- fol 38. चतुरशीतियोनिरतिजाति. गोमयपोह कुलानि जीवविशेषा' योनिस्तेपामुत्पत्तिस्थानम । जीवाभिगमवृत्तिपर्यायः ममाप्त । जीवाजीचाभिगमसूत्रवृत्तिपर्याय Jivājīrabhigamasūtravittparyāya 789(30) 1895-1902. No.212 Errent. fol. 626. 25J.L.P.]

·[ 213. 194 Jasna Literature and Pinlosophy Description - Complete For other details see Pancavastuka- 789 (1) 1895-1902 Begins — fol 610 anffo etc as in No 211, Ends fol 628 refifa etc N.B -- For subject see No 211 paryaya No जीवाजीगाभिगमसूत्रवृत्तिपर्याय Juajivabhigamasūtmyrttiparyaya 332 (13) No 213 A, 1882-83. Extent - fol 53' Description -- Complete For other details see Nandisutravisama- 332 (1) padaparyaya No A. 1882-83 Begins.w fol 53' Tangla sonhitis etc, as in No 211 Ends — fol 53' restaurant i etc N. B For subject see No 211 ·214 ) IV. 12 Upangas 195 THE FOURTH UPĀNGA . 4971 TRIETE Prajiapanasutra (पपणवणासुत्त) (Pannayanāsutta ) 761 No 214 1892-95 Size — 12 in by sin Extent 164 + 2 + 1 = 167 folios, 15 lines to a page, so letters to a line Description Country paper thin and grey in colour, Devanagarı characters with ERETS, bold, big, uniform, legible and beautiful hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red in raost of the cases, the dandas drawn in red ink, edges of the first two foll damaged , strips of paper pasted to the margins of fol I", tho foll having the same written portion as given in the first two foll added, un numbered sides marked with a small ciucular disc in red ink, the numbered having two more, one in each margin, red chalk used, the yellow Pigment, too, strips of paper pasted to the fol 163 on both the sides, a piece of paper of the same size as the fol pasted to the fol 164th (the last), in spite of that its edges somewhat worn out, the matter written on fol 164" reproduced on another fol written on a white paper , condition tolerably good, fol 1645 blank, complete, extent 7980 ślokas Age - Samya 1586 Author - Śyamacarya , he is at times idenufied with Kalihacarya Subject - This fourth Upanga which is also called Prajnäpana-Bhagayatı throws flood of light on the nine tattvas in special It is divided into 36 chapters known as padas Begins -01 'नमो अरिहताण | नमो सिद्धाण । नमो आयरिमाण 1 नमो उप- ज्झायाण । नमो लोए सम्बसारण । पवगपजरमरणमये सिद्धे अभिवदिऊण तिविहण। GTA fororefte (EJOR(E) HEISIT 11 3 11 etc ·196 Janna Lateralure and Philosophy [215 Ends -fol 164 निधिपणसध्यदुक्रग नातिनरामरणयधणयिता । सासयम यामाह चिट्ठति सही स ह पत्ता। उ॥ इति श्रीपण्णवणाए भगवतीए समुग्धायपद उत्तीसइम सम्मत्त मायक्षरगणनया अनुष्टुप्छदसा(सा) मानमिद ।। ग्रथान ७९८० ।। यादृष्टाश) पुस्तर दृष्ट्या etc यदक्षरपरिग्रष्ट स्वरव्यजनयर्जित । ताद) सर्व क्षम्यता देवि(१) किंचित् स्पलता मम तैलाक्षे etc सपत् १५८६ व माहसदि बारस सोमे ल्पत ।। शुभं भवतु etc Reference The text in Prakrit together with the Sanskrit conmentary of Malayagiri Sun, the Sanskrit version of Nanahacandra and the Gujarati commentary by Parama nanda was published at Benares in A D 1884 is also published with Malayagırı Suris commentary in the Agamodaya Samıtı Series, in two patrs in A D 1918 and 1919 respectively See H Jacobas "Das Kalikachrya-Katha nakam" (ZDM G vol XXXIV) See also Rajendraials Notices vol VIII ( 1885), pp 60 6r and 70-72, Weber 11, P 59 and Indian Antiquary rol XX, P 373 ff For additional Mss see B BRAS Yol III IV, p 394 and GO Series vol XXI, p 13 The text - मज्ञापनासून Prajnapanasutri 216 No215 1871-72 Size 10 in by 4} in Extent 316 + I + I = 318 folios II lines to a page, 35 lerters to a line Description Country paper, thin cough and white, Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्रts, bold, big clear and good handwriting, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, fol 1" ·-215.] IV 12 Upangas 197 blank , edges of the first five foll more or less damaged, some of the foll worm eaten , notes in Gujarati written in the margins of foll 83, 84 and 213 10 223, foll 12310315 have their edges more or less worn out, condition on the whole fair, fol 199 repeated , so is the fol 237, the 316tit fol is unnumbered and seems to have been written in a different hand on a different sort of paper, complete, extent 8100 ślokas , Samvat 1771 - Age Begins ofol 1 ॐ नमो(म) श्रीवीतरागाय नमो अरहताण नमो सिद्धाण etc , as in No 214 Ends - fol 316 जातिजरामरण etc , up to गणनया as in No 214 followed by अनुष्टुपद(पदसा मानमिद प्रथायथ ८१०० प्रमाण छई इति पण(ण)वाणासूत्र समाप्त । श्रीमत'तपा'गणविभासनतापनाम मयाश(ए)म[हहृदयकैरवराजिरज आसीद् गुरुर्विमलसोमगणाधिराज सौंदर्यधीरयणमडलदारिराशि ॥१ गच्छे तत्र विशालसोमयरव श्रीसूरय साप्रत । वर्तते महिमडले गणपदप्ताप्त(प्राप्तप्रतिष्ठास्पद ।। नानावाहमय[ ]सागरायुतरणे सद्बुद्धिनावाचिता । चारित्राचरणेन दुभरतप श्रीस्थूलभद्रोपमा ॥२ तदच्छे मूत् क्रियापान विद्वज्जनशिरोमणी । श्रीमद्विमलप(प)डितपाडताग्रणी()॥३ तसियशवधनावमल साधुधनविमरसत । प्रज्ञापनारयसूत्रस्य) या चक्रे मनोहरा ॥४ यचिद लिपित कुट सूनार्थीभयतस्तथा । विद्वद्भितक्नेय सधै सो(शो)प पापर( ॥ (५) सबत् १७७१ वर्षे समाता ॥ NB - For other details see No 214 ·198 Jaina Literature and Philosoplis 1216. प्रज्ञापनासूत्र Prajñapanäsutra - - No216 763 1899-1915 Size 10] sn by ti in Extent 233 folios , 13 lines to a page, 38 letters to a line Description Country paper, thin, rough and grey, Devanagari characters with frequent पृष्टमानाs, big, clear and good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red, red chall and white pigment used, foll numbered in the right hand margın only, fol I decorited with a design in red colour, the upnumbered sides have one disc in red colour in the centre only, the numbered, in the margins, 100, several foll more or less worm eaten , edges of the first and last few foll slightly worn out, condition very fair, complete, extent 7787 slokas , . Age Samvat 1581 Begins -tol b नमो मुयदेवयाए । नमो अरिहताण etc Ends -fol 233" जातिजरामरण etc , up to गणनया as in No 214 followed by अनुष्टुपछदसा मानमिद ॥ ॥ ग्रथान ७७८७॥छ ॥श्री सवत १५८१ वर्षे ज्येष्ट(ए)वदि ११ शुक्रे लिखितम् ॥छ॥ श्री ॥छ ।। श्रीरस्तु ॥ सघन १५८१ वर्षे श्री सरतरगच्छे । श्रीजिनहसमरिविजय(यि) राज्ये । गगाजलपविने 'घरहडीया गोत्रे श्री'सातलमेरुंघासि पुण्यामासि साह सपापुत्ररत्नसाइरेक्खा सभायण पुवसा आंवा सा श्रीवत सा० आवापुत्रईसर । पेतसीप्रमुखपरियारसश्रीवेण श्रीप्रज्ञापनोपाग लेखित । श्रीधवलचद्गमहोपाध्यायशिष्यपण्गजसारगणीनामुयमेन ॥ वाच्यमान चिर नदतु ॥श्री॥ NB For additional particulars see No 214 ·218) IV 12 Upaigas 199 4914TTEE Prajāpanāsūtia No 217 445 1882-83 Size - 101 in by 44 in Extent — 325-4 = 321 folios, ir lincs to a page, 33 letters to a line Description — Country paper this and white, Devanagari charis ters with occasional Z TITS, big, legible, uniform and good fand writing, borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red job, foll numbered in the right hand margin only , 2 piece of paper of the size of a fol pasted to fol I* and to fol 325 as well , strips of paper pasted to foll 24, 3', 41, 42", 3224 to 324' and 3956, condition tolerably good , 2 small disc in red colour in the centre of each side of the foll , yellow pigment used , red chalh, too, foll 148 to Isi missing, otherwise complete , toll x and 3256 blank , extent 7787 slokas Age ---Pretty old Begins - fol 1 AT GTTTTT नमो अरहताण नमो सिद्धाण as in No 214 Ends fol 325' STATUT etc , up to ExiFTA HA as in No 214 Then we have ३६॥ ग्रथान १७८७ छ । श्री NB For other details see No 214 प्रज्ञापनासूत्र Prajnapanasutra टीकासहित with tika 762 No 218 1892-95 Size 10g in by 4 in Extent. 339+1= 340 folios , 18 lines to a page, 56 to 62 letters to a line ·200 Jama Literature and Philosophy ( 218. - Description Country paper rough, thin and greyish ; Devanagar characters with पृष्ठमाना, this is a fet Ms , containing the text and its commentary, the former written in a somewhat bigger hand, clear and good hand writing, the space for the text not reserved , red chalk and white paste used, the latter profusely, foll numbered in both the margins, both the sides of the foll have three discs in red colour, one in the centre and two in the margins, a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol r*, fol 3395 decorated with a design in three colours, strips of paper pasted to several foll corners of foll 2 to 4 slightly worn out, condition very fair , diagrams drawn on foll 65, 7* etc , fol 74th repeated , complete, extent of the text 7787 slohas, that of the commentary I sooo slokas Age -- Pretty old Author of the commentary -- Malayagırı Süri. Subject The text in Prakrit together with its commentary in Sanskrit Begins -(text) fol 1 FAT Top 11 AT STATUT etc, as in No 217 - com ) fol 10 BAR yfa TRT etc, as in No 219 Ends (text) fol 3385 ATCIHTOT etc, up to 36 77T as in No 214 followed by the lines as under – इति पण्णवणाए भगवईप समग्यायपद छत्तीसहम सम्मत्त । छ । प्रत्यक्षरगणनया अनुष्टपत्थ( टुपच्छ दस( सा )मानमिद । छ । ger! ७७८७॥ शुभ भवतु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु॥ ॥3॥ - (com ) fol 3394 va(a) Faufa etc, up to TANSAT 5197 ct as in No 220 Then we have - ग्रथाम १५००० छ शुभ भयतु erc.

·219.] VI 12 Upangas 201 > 7 eaten, in प्रज्ञापनासूत्र Prajapanasutra टीकासहित with tikā 116 No 219 1872-73 Size.- 94 in by 42 in. Extent - (text) 835 ſolios, 12 lines to 1 page, 30 letters to a line - (com ) , 14 35 Description Country paper thich, tough and grey, Desanagari characters with his, this is a grei Ms, the text written in a very big hand-ui Titing, legible, uniform and good hand-writing, borders ruled in three lines red ink and cdges in one, in red ink, red chalk used, yellow pigment, too, fol r• beaunfully decorited, the ist ſol partly worn out, so some letters from the 1st two lines are now gone, corners of some of the foll torn, a strip of paper pasted to foll 99*, 104", 152. etc , some foll worm foll 431 to 440 torn two pieces, on the whole condition unsatisfactory, diagrams about 3TITAFFUTA etc, on foll 13' to 14", 106, 107, 3576, 358, 359, 3606 etc foll 1 to 395 numbered in both the margins, the rest numbered in the right hand margin only, both the text and the com complete , the text has been wronglı noted as the 3rd upangi, perhaps through oversight , extent of the text and that of the commentary 7787 and 14000 slohas respectively Age - Samvat 1701 Begins -(text) fol ID 3 sfrattatrone i नमो अरिहताण etc ~(com ) भट्टारक्श्रेणिपुरदरीविजयाणदररिगुरुभ्यो नम मर्वज्ञाय । जयति नमदमर etc Ends -( text ) fol 8340 FTTTA TATUT etc , up to anitafa(z)# FATTO 26 it as in lo 214 followed by tê satqoocaUTT JATET मम्मत्त तृतीतुरी)य उपाग सपूर्ण । ०७८८७ । 27 नम 1 Sont body seen s to ba u tried to change this date 26 [LP] ·202 Jatna Luteramire and Philosophy 1220. Ends (com) fol 834" सत() तिटति up to समर्थिता प्रज्ञापनाटीका as in No 220 followed by ग्रथान. १४००० ।। प्रतिलभिता चेय प्रति प्रतियोचिता(s)कब्बरक्षितिपतिप्रदत्तजगद्गुरुबिरुदसुदरस्वमहिमातिशया- चहेलितमदरसक्लसरिपुरदरभट्टारक्प्रभुभ श्री२१हीरविजयसारिपट्टनमस्त. लालकरणकिरणमालिप्रतिमापतिमभाग्यसौभाग्यनिधानप्रस( ? नावधानस धानप्राप्ता(s)कबरभूजानिपर्पद्वादिविजयबहुमानम श्रीविजयसेनसरिपट्टे रावतकुभस्थलपुलोमीपतिसमानापमानितकुमतिमतासनताभिमानभ श्रीवेज यतिलकसरिपट्टधक्टसिंहासनसार्वभौमसोमानुशारिहारिप्रतापवृहद्भानुप्रभामा ग्भारपराभूतप्रभूतापरसारयश क्षौमश्रीमत् तपा गणनरेश्वरशिर कोटीरहीरसप्र तिविजयमानयुगप्रधानप्रधानश्रीगौतमोपमगुणसमाजश्रीमत् 'तपागच्छाधिरा जभ श्री२१ विजयाणदरीणा सप्रतापसीमा ऋपभदासभार्याझिकू नाम्नीभ्या स्नश्रेयो(s)) लखिता च श्री राजनगर श्रीविक्रमार्गसमपाततिसवत १७०१ व चैत्रशुक्लपूर्णिमातिथौ सोमवासरे लपीत ज्ञाती 'अउदीच्य सहनरा ८(१) मथुरादास ॥ छ । प्रज्ञापनासूत्रटीका 1'rajuapidasūtratikā No 220 1288 1886-92 Size 101 in by 4j in Litent 285 -1=284 folios , 1, lines to a piye, 52 lerrers to 1 linc. Description – Country paper, thm, smoothi, tough and gity, Devanagari cliaracters with emas, bold, legible and good hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink , foll 1 and 2856 blanh, numbers of foll entered twice, once in cach margin of one and the same side, edges of the first fol slightly damaged, condition on the whole good, the matter explained with corresponding figures (11de foll 7, 8,3894, 96, 98 10 100 and 283), red chall used (sec fol soch ), yellow pigment, too, the fol 83th numbered as 86 also, the 86th etc hence numbered as 87 etc . this Ms contains the galios of the original sdira, complete Age --Fairly old Author - Malayagiri Suri Subject Sanskrit commentary to Pranapana.atta .

·221.] Il 12 Upangas 203 Begins -fol. I नम श्रीसर्वज्ञाय । जयति नमदमरम(Bकुटप्रतिबिम्ब()उद्मविहितबहुरूप उद्धर्तमिय समस्त विश्व भवपस्तो वीर । जिनवचनामृतजलधिं वदे पबिंदुमानमादाय । अमवन्नन सत्त्वा जन्मजराव्याधिपारीणा ॥ etc Ends fol 285" नमत नयभगलित प्रमाणबहुल विशुद्धसबोध जिनवचनमन्यतीर्थिक्कुमतनिरासैक्दुलित ।। जयति हरिमद्रमरि(पोटीकाकृरित्त(त)विपममावार्थ पद्वचनवशादहमपि जातो लेशेन वितिकर । रुत्वा प्रज्ञापनाटीका पुण्य यदयाप मलयागरिरनघ । त(ते)न समरतो(डोपि जनो लभता जिनवचनसद्धोध ॥छ । इति श्रीमलयागरिविरचिताया प्रज्ञापनाटीकाया पदनिशत्तम पद ममर्थित ॥ ८ ॥ समर्थिता प्रज्ञापनाटीका ॥ ॥ शुम भवतु ॥ छ। Reference - • Published See No 214 For additional Mss see BB RA. S vols JII-IV, p 394 and G Series vol XXI, PP 13, 14 and 36 प्रशापनासूत्रटीका Projñāpanāsūtratīkā (प्रदेशव्याख्या) (Pradesavyākhyā) No221 48 1880-81 Size- 228 in by rl in Extenc -- 98 leaves, 5 lines to a leaf , about 125 letters to a line Description Palm-leaf thin and greyish, Devanagari characters with पृष्टमानाs, small, parrly illegible and tolerably fair handwriting, this Ms presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns, but, really it 13 not so, since every lime of the 1st column extends to the there are two holes in each leaf in the interspaces between the columos, leaves numbered in both the margins, in the right hand margin in numbers and in the left hand one, practically as usual in letters, a fragment preceding the 2nd leaf seems to belong to the ist, for, its counter part is blach a few leaves in the beginning have their corners worn out, condition on the whole fair , complete . rest, .

·204 Jana Literature and Pinlosophy 221. " Age- Old Author Haribhadra Suri Subject Commentary to Prajñapanasutra, styled as tika by the commentator but popularly known as Pradesavyabhya Begins -leaf ro ससाचपाचवायभाय न कालघटा जैन वचस्तदिह को न रुजेत विद्वान् ॥ तच्चागोपागप्रकीर्णका -leaf 3 आसन्नोपमारित्व कथमिति चेत् ॥ छ । उच्यते यत सुतरतण गाहा ॥ द्विविधानि रत्नानि भवति । द्रयरलानि । भावरत्नानि च । तब द्रय- रत्नानि वैडूर्यमरक्तेंद्रनीलादीनि । भाररत्नानि तु सूबरचनाद नि भार- रत्नरिहाधिमार । सूत्ररत्नाना निधानर निधानमिव निधान तत्पस्तुतास्र(?) यत्वात् ॥ जिनवरेण ! केवलिना किभूतेन । भन्यजननिनिररण तत्र अनादिपारिणामिक्भ यभावयुक्तो मोक्षगमनयोग्यो भन्यजन । निति निर्वाण भन्यजनस्य सम्यग्दर्शनादिनितिमार्गकरणसी(शी)ल भयजननितिकर कारणे कार्योपचारात् ॥ छ । Ends ---leaf 98° कालमिति समयपरिभावा(पा) तिष्ठन्ति णिच्छिण्ण सरगुरखा गाहा निगदसिद्धा । मेय(शेप) स्तन्त्र(? सूत्रोमिद्ध । नवरमिय भावना दग्धे पोजे यथा()त्यत । प्रादुर्भवति नाकुर सम्मबीने तथा दग्धे न रोहति भवाकुर ॥ प्रज्ञापनाप्रदेस(श) पारयाया पह(ट्)विसत्तमपदव्याख्या समातेति ।। समाप्ता चेय प्रज्ञापनाप्रदेस(श)व्याख्येति ॥ छ ।। आचापजिनमटस्य हि सुसाधुजनमेवितस्य मि(शि)ध्येण । Then in a different hand we have जिनवचनभावितमतेइत्तयतस्त प्रसादेन ।। किंचित्प्रक्षेपमस्कारद्वारेणेम स्ता रफुटा। आचार्यहरिमन्द्रेण टीका प्रज्ञापना श्रु(ते)। मयंहिताय नित्य ॥ Rererence See F helhorn's Report and Indian Antiquars vol A, Pp 100-102, Bombay, 1881

·222 ]
11. 12 Ufangas
205
.
Sativat 1703
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रतृतीयपद
Prijñāpanasūtratrtiyapada
सरग्रहणी
ungraham
N0222
763
1892-95
Size - 10 in by 4s in
Extent -
- s folios , 16 lines to 3 page, 33 letters to a line
Description Country paper thin, tough tud white, Devanagiri
characters, small, legible and very fair hand-writing,
borders ruled in three lines in red ink, red chalk and yellow
pigment used, fol so blanh, a portion of an edge of the
first fol worn out, condition on the whole good, toll
numbered in the right hand margin only, complete
Age
Author - Abhayadeva Sûrı
Subject -- This work is based upon Bahuvaktavyal, the third pada
(chapter) of Prijaipanasútra It deals with the alpībahufia
of living beings as compared with cach other, thus entire
subject is beautifully represented in 13, verses in Prährit
Begins -fol 1 दिसि १ गइ २ इदि३ काए ४ जोए ५ वेए ६ कसाय ७ ले
साय८
सम्मत्त ९ नाण १० दसण ११ सजम १२ उवओग १३ आहारे
१४ ॥१॥
भामग १५परित १६ पजत्त १७ राहुम १८ सनी १९ व २० (थिए
२१ चरिमे २२
जीवे अ२३ सित्त २४ बधे २५ पुग्गल २६ सइदडए चेव २७ ॥२॥
अगा पच्छिमपुरा दाहिणओ उत्तरेण जहसख ।
धोया यहुआ बहुअर । बहुतमगा हुति जीवाउ ॥३॥
जत्थ वण तथ जिआ । यहुआ त पुण जलस्म निस्साए।
ता जत्थ जल थोर । तत्थ उ जीवाउ थोवयरा ॥४॥ete
Ends -fol सहुम असमत्त अहिआ ६३ सहुमवणरसइ असख पजत्ता ८४
उहुमसमत्ता ८५ मुहुमा ८६ भविआला] य ८७ निगोज ८८ वणजीवा
८९ ॥१३१॥
एगिद ९० तिरिक्खा ९१ मिच्छदिति ९२ अविरय ९३ तहेव सक-
मापा ९४
छउमन्ध ९५ ग ९६ भवस्थ १७ सय ९८ सवे विससहिआ
॥१३२॥

·206 Jnina Literature and Philosophy ( 223. अ अहाणउइपर्य मानिअप्पबहुमिअपयं तइस पन्नवणाए । सिरिअभयदेवसहि संगहि ॥ १३३ ॥ इति श्रीप्रज्ञापनोपांगतृतीयपद(द)सग्रहणी समाता गणिगज. विजयलिखित 'मेहता नगरे स. १७०३ घ वैशाप(म)शुदि ७ दि. वीरविजयपठनार्थम् शुभं भवतु ।। Reference Published with avaçuri. See No. 111. प्रज्ञापनासूत्रतृतीयपद Prajnapanāsūtratrtiyapada- सद्ग्रहणी saingrabini 18 No 223 1880-81. Size.-- 121 in by lo in Evrent.-- 17 leaves, 3 to 4 lines to a leaf, 45 to so letters to a line Description Palm-leaf durable and greyish; Devanagarı charac. ters with RTATS, small, legible, uniform and good handwriting, thuis Ms presents an appearence as if the work is written in two separate columus , but, really speaking, lipes of the first column extend to the second , none of the columns has its borders ruled, red chall used, leaves Bumbered in the right hand margin only as sat, 2, 3, 4, 5 leaf įa blank, so is the leaf 17€, a string passes througlı a hole in the space between the two columns and has a button attached to one end of the string, several leaves slightly vorm-eaten, condition, however, on the whole good, complete, two wooden planks encompass the Ms erc Age - Old Begios --leaf i FIA T etc Ends -leaf 166 HE# etc, up to FIG II 33 practically as 10 No 222 followed by usigitodrihsoft HIT 11 Eetc. N. B -For other details see No 222 ·1251 1 2 Udhyas 207 प्रज्ञापनासूत्रतृतीयपद Prjanasutratrtayapaul - सामरणीवृत्ति Sirogi hamyrtti No 224 1393 1891 95 Size - 10 in by ts in Extent - To folios , I7 lines to a page, 8 letters to a line Description - Country paper chin, rough and yellowish, Devana gari characters with zart at times, small, legible and good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, red chall used , foll mostly numbered in the right hand margin only, results pertaining to 3rgaryfs etc, tabulaed on fol 7, fol job blanh condition very good , this Vis contains the waters of the text, complete Age - Pretty old Subject — A commentary in Sanskrit elucidating Prajnapanåttıyapadasamgrahapu Begins fol ' दिसि० मासा परित इति परीता प्रत्येक्शरीरिण शुक्लपाक्षि काश्च तवार १६ भवति । भवसिद्धिपदार १० आती यस्तिकायद्वारं २१ एत दिग्विभागादि २७ द्वारे कृषि यादीना अल्पमह वादिनिरूपणाय सग्रहणी- गाथाय ॥२ etc Ends --fol 10 सर्वजीया विशेषाधिका(सिद्धानामपि तत्र प्रक्षेपात् । ९८ इ. इत्युक्तमकारण माननादस्मिन् महाई(द)डके भावप्रधानत्वानिर्देशस्य सव- जीपाल्पबहुत्वमुक्त ॥ अष्टनवतिसरयानि गर्भजमनुजादीनि पदानि पदानि] पस्मिस्तत्तथा । अथ । समथयन्नाह ॥ त्रि(तृतीय पद दिगादिसप्तविंशति- दारामा पहपक्तव्यतराभिधान प्रज्ञापनाया भीअभयदेवशारीभि मगृहात ।। बहुवतव्योपारि सारार्थसंग्रहणेनेति ॥ इति श्रीमज्ञापनाया तृताय पदवहुवतन्यतावृत्ति । Reference -See No 222 मज्ञापनासूत्रवृतीयपद Prajnapanasutratrtiyapada सग्रहण्यवाण samgrabinyıvıcurni No225 295 A 18883 10} in by 4. in Extent - 3 folios , 29 lines to a page , 92 letters to a line Description Country paper very thin rough and white Derana gart characters, small, legible and tolerably good handwriting borders ruled in two lines in black ink, red chalk Size - ·208 [226 Jaina Lilciature and Philosophy used, edges of each of the foll slightly wom oil, condition very fair, this Mís 'cont uns the rates of the text, foll num bered in the righthand mırgın only, complete, the last fol written iti a slightly bigger hand, composed in Samvat 1474 (?) Age - Pretty old Author Kulamandına Gani(?) Subject -- This work scems to be practically the same 1s No 233, opening lines agret Begins ~~fol I" दिसि भासा परित इति erc 1s In10 224 Ends-fol सर्वजीया etc, up to मारार्थसग्रहणेनेति १३३ १ No 274 followed by the lines is under - श्रीदेवसुदरगरो प्रसादतो()गतजिनवचोऽर्थरव । कुलमडनगणिरालिसत् अवचर्णिमेशान्धिभुवनान्धे (ब्दे)॥ छ॥ इति ॥ श्रीग्रज्ञापनातीयपदसग्रहप्यवचूर्णि समाप्ता ॥ छ । श्रीभवतु । श्री Reference See No 222 for, the in प्रज्ञापनासूत्रपर्याय Prajuapanasūtiapa yayı 736 (9) No 22, 187576 Extent fol 4* to fol 4 Description - Complete For other details see Pancavastub aparyaya No 736(1) 187576 Subject -- Explanation of some of the difficult words occurring in Prajuapanasutra Begins-fol + प्रज्ञापना()टादशपदे देशतो(ड)पि स्वावगाहना तत() प्रदेशो यमनाहारक etc Ends -~-fol + अत अविच्छिन्न सतत पाहिति विच्छिन्न इत्यर्थ हथमता पदवाठमत्र पुण्य मया तेन भवतु भत्या । प्रज्ञापनार्थीव गमात्रशुद्ध भावान्विता सत्याहिताय निय॥छ। इति प्रशापनापर्याया समाप्ता ।

·229J IV 12 Ufailgas 269 प्रज्ञापनासूत्रपर्याय Prijāpanāsūtraparyīga 789 (9) No 227 1895-1902 Extent fol st to fol 6 Description - Complete 1 or further details see Pancavastuhaparyaya No -789 (1) 1695-1902 Begins --folz प्रज्ञापना(डाटादशपदे etc as in No 226 Ends-fol 6. अत अविच्छिन्न etc NB - For subject sec No 226 fol 38. प्रज्ञापनासूनपर्याय Prajapanāsutriparyaya 736 (31) No.228 1875-76 Extent Description - Complete For other details see Pancawastuhaparyaya No 736(1) 1875-76 Subject — Explanation of some of the words occurring in Prajna panasutra Begins --fol 38- विजेऊण इति वीजपि वा उनिथपटु इति ईपन शुभा मृत्तिका पादुमृत्तिका ! etc Ends -fol 38 इथिरउ इति स्रीनविशिष्टा पुिहा इति पुछो गाढअणतर गाहाआदि इति भाषाया । प्रज्ञापनासूनपर्याया समाता । प्रज्ञापनासूत्रपर्याय Prajuap nasutryurvay? 789 (31) No229 18951902 Extent - fol 626 to fol 63* Description - Complete For other details see Pancavastul aparynya No 789 (1) 1895 1902 Begins --fol 62 विजेऊण इति वीजयि वा etc as in No 7-8 Ends-fol 63"इथिवउ इति etc NB - For subject see No 228 37 IJLP] ·210 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [.232. प्रज्ञापनासूत्र पर्याय Prajapanāsūtraparyāya No.230 332(14). A. 1882-83. Extent.---fol. 53* to fol. 54:. Description. -Complete. For other details see Nandisutravisamapadaparyāya No. 332(1). A. 1882-83.. Begins.--fol. 53 बिजेऊण इति । वीजयित्वा उदित्य etc., as in No. 228. Ends.-fol. 54* इत्थेवर इति स्त्रीत्वावशिष्ट किं etc. N. B.--- For subject see No. 228. प्रज्ञापनासूत्रविवरण- Prajñāpanāsūtravivarana- विपमपदपर्याय vişamapadaparyāya 736 (32). No.231 1875-76. Extent.- fol. 38* to fol. 39.. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya 1875-76. Subject. — Explanation of difficult words occurring in the commentary of Prajñāpanāsútra. Begins.-fol. 38 सितमिति जीवे बद्धं । योगत्रयव्यापार इति यत्र स्ने योगत्रयं न व्याप्रियते समुद्रव्यस्त एच etc. Ends --fol. 39. इति पर्यंतांतर्मुहर्त सेस । इति सेतस्यायुपः शेपं ॥ छ । प्रज्ञापनाविवरणविपमपदपर्यायाः समाप्ताः । अंगोपांगपर्याया समर्थिताः ।। No.-736(1). प्रज्ञापनासूचविवरण- Prajītāpanāsūtravivarana- विपमपदपर्याय vişamapadaparyāyu 789 (32). No232 1895-1902. Extent.--- fol. 63* to fol. 6... Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya No. 789 (1). 1895-1902.. Begins.-fol. 63 सितमिति जीवे बद्धं । etc., as In No. 231, Ends.-fol. 64" इति पर्यंतांतहले etc. N. B. - For subject see No. 231.

·233.) Il'. 12 Upingas RIT प्रज्ञापनासून विवरण- Prajiapanāsītrayamann- विपमपदपर्याय virimapaclapargāga No, 233 332 (15) A 1882-83 Extent fol 51' to fol 553 Description - Complete for other details see Nandisutravisamaprdiparynya No 332 (1) A 1882-83 Begins -fol 34' frafafa stare 1 etc, as in No 231 Ends -fol 55' इति पर्यतातर्मन सेस etc NB - For subject sce No 231 ·212 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [234. THE FIFTH UPANGA सूर्यमशात (मूरियपण्णत्ति) Sūryaprajíñaptı (Sūrijamnnitt) No 234 224 1873-74 Size - 10 in in by 4:11 Extent - 86-1=S5 folios, 11 lines to a page , 42 letters to a line Description Country paper thin and white, Devanagarı characters with a TITS, bold, big, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing, borders ruled in four laes in black cok, most of the foll worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent, foll rand 866 blinh, each of the foll 32 and 34 wrongly numbered as 33, ſol 69 laching , the folio 74th wrongly numbered as 73rd, complere , condition poor Age Old Subject A worh on astronomy This is the sth upanga and it consists of 20 chapters called prăbhſtas Begins ~~fol 1 नमो(म ) श्रीयीतरागाय ॥ नमो अरिहंताण । तेण कालेण तेण समएण मिथिला नाम नपरी होत्था रिद्धिस्थिमिपसमिद्धा पमुइतजणजाणव etc Ends --fol 86 वीरवररस भगवतो जरमरणकिलेसदेसरहितस्स घदामि विणयपणतो सोक्खुप्पाए सया पाए छ सूर्यप्रज्ञप्तिसूत्र सपूर्ण छ सहजइयाइ आर्पा धनवाइनी दीष्टा- (८)नी पछि सही३ Reference Published along with Malayagını Sūris commentary in the Aga modaya Samiti Series, in AD 1919. In this connec tion may be consulted A Webers “Ueber die Súryaprajñapu (Indischen Studien, yol X, pp 254-316), Leipzig, 1868, G Thibaut s "On the Suryaprajnaprı Journal of the 1 In tl is edt on PP 97 to 102 have Leen wrongly Dumbered as 91 to 96 ·235 ) 1. 12 Upangas 213 Asiatic Society of Bengal, sol XLIX, PP 107-127 and 181-206 ), Calcutta, 1880, R Shamasastri's articles published in the journal of the Mythic Society, vols XV and XVI, and J Burgess's " Notes on Hindu Astronomy and the History of our hnowledge of it' (Journal of Great Britain and Ireland, pp 717-761 ), London, 1893 For quotations etc , see Weber I p 372 and II P 5741f, and Indian Antiquiry tol VII, pp 28-29' and vol XXI, P 14ff A summary ctc of this important work is given in “The Jaina School of Astronomy published in Indian Historical Quarterly vol VIII, No 1, PP 30-42 "A short chronology of Indian Astrononny (IHQ vol VII, No 1, pp 137-149 ) may be also consulted for a discussion in Germinace G Thilauts Astronomie, Astrologic und Mathematik (Grundriss der indo-srischen Philologie und Alicrtumskunde, Band III, Heft 9 ), Strassburg, 1899 For additional Miss see B BRAS vols. III-IV, P 402 and G O Series vol XXI, p. सूर्यप्राप्तिटीका Sūrgaprajšaptatīka No 235 19 1881-82 Size 33 so by 4 in Extent Not possible to state Description Palm leaf, Devanagari characters with geaTS, small, legible, uniform and very good hand writing, this Ms presents an appearance of the work having been Wien no hace separzie wwws, but it's w, borders for each column ruled in three lines in blauko sak, in the space between every two columns, there is a hole, leaves numbered in both the margins as in the case of other palm-leaf Mss since this Ms is extremely damaged, it is whuch 1 Here there is G Buller s art cle Il e D gambara Jardas d scusses the connect on between Tr lobasara and Suryaprajnapta ·Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 235. not possible to pote its beginning etc., moreover, leaves seem to be in disorder ; on leaf numbered ass} we find the line ) as under :- प्रश्नसूचमाह । ता उत्तराहिं इत्यादि । ता इति पूर्ववत् । उत्तरस्यां... condition very poor; thic Ms. is placed between two durable and thick wooden planks. Age.- Samvat 1389. This is what is written on a wooden plank and also in the printed catalogue for 1881-82. Author.-- Malayagiri Sûri. Subject.-- A Sanskrit commentary to Suryaprajñapti in Prakrit. Reference. - Published. See No. 234. For Lord Mahāvīra's description etc, see A. Weber's Über ein Fragment der Bhagavati (Zweiter Theil, 1867, appendix I). For grammar see "The Prākrita-Lakshanam or Chanda's Grammar of the Ancient (Arsha) Prākrit" cdited by R. Hoernle, pt. I, Bibliotheca Indica, Calcutta, 1880.

·236] VI 12 Updrigas ars THE SIXTH UPANGA जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञति (जंबुद्दीवपण्णात्ति) Jambudyipaprajiapti (Jambuddivapannatt) No 236 190 1871-72 Size - Io in by 4.0 Extent - 158 foltos , II lines to a page, 40 letters to a line Description - Country paper, somewhat thin and white, Devanagari characters with पृष्टमात्राs, bald, bug, legsble, uniform and elegant hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink , fol I' blank, red chall used , some of the foll have marginal notes in Gujarati, white pigment used , a strip of paper pasted to foll 2 to 5,9097, 108, 109, 123 10 129 and 148, foll 75 1078, IIo to 12, and 136 to 156/shghtly worm-eaten, edges of fol 158th a little bit worn out, condition tolerably good, complere, extent 4458 slokas Age - Fairly old Subject -- It forms the sixth upanga and supplies us with information in details about Jambudvipa In short it is a treatise on Jaina cosmology Begins -fol 'नम श्रीस ज्ञाय ।। णमो अरिहताण । तेण कालेण तेण समएण मिहिला णाम णगरी होत्था । रित्यि- मियसमिद्धा etc Ends.-fol 158 बहण देवाण बहुण देयोण मझगात ते)एवमाइक्सति एप भासति एव पण्णवेड एव पस्वेद जमुद्दीने (व)पण्णत्ती नाम (त्ति) अज्झो आग्झोपणे अहच हेउ च पसिण च । कारण च धागोरण च भुरजो २ उबदसेइति पेमि जवुद्दीवपण्णत्ती समता[ J" प्रधान. १४५८॥ शुभ भवतु ।। फ्ल्याणमस्तु ॥श्री श्री श्री॥ Referencc Published with Santicandra Gani's commentary in the DLP F Series in two parts in the same year (A D 1920) For contents etc, see Weber II, p 579, Indian Antiquary vol XXI, 17 and "Sruds italiani di Filologia indo- ·216 Jarna Literature and Plulosophy [ 238. sranica", vol. IV, PP 35-41 For additional Mss see B. B.R. A. S vols III-IV, P 389 and GO Series 1 ol XXI, p 6 जम्बूद्वीपप्राप्ति Jambūdvīpaprajapta 30. No 237 1869-70 Size.— 104 in by 43 10 Extent 98 folios , Is lines to a page, 47 letters to a line. Description - Country paper somewhat thio and white, Devanagarı characters with carat, bold, big, legible, elegant and uniform handriting, borders ruled in four lines in black inh, the intervening space between the pairs coloured red rather indifferently, red chall and yellow pigment as well used, a beautful pattern on fol 1', the same repeared on the last toi (986), unnumbered sides marhed with a small circular disc in red ink in the centre, the numbered having over and above this, two more, one in each margin , numbers of foll written in two different margins of one and the same side, complete, condition very good Age.-- Fairly old Begios.- fol. 15 3 THPT I TÆT TEAM 1 तेण कालेण etc as in No 236 Ends.-- fol 98 JEU Satu etc, up to 3a PA as in No 236 followed by जबुद्दीवपण्णत्ती समत्ता ॥ छ ॥ श्री | Some thing written after this is made illegible by applying red ink to it N. B — For further particulars see No 236 ·238 ) VI 12 Upanças 717 जम्वृद्वीपमज्ञप्ति वृत्तिसहित Jambūdisapaprajnapta with yrtti No 233 31 1869-70 Size - min by 41 111 Extent 454 folios, 15 lines to 1 page, 42 to 47 letters to a line Description - Country piper tlın, bristle and grey, Devanagarı characters with GERAIS, bold, lcgible, big and very good hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, red chall used , roll rand 15.46 bland , this Ms contains both the text and thic conimentary, it is a fryret Ms , so, the tulle written in a bigger hand, space reserved for the text, for, it is not uulized even when not a word of it is to be written on the corresponding page, white paste used as pigment, cllow pigment also used , a very big colophon to be found in the Des Car of B BRA S vol III is wanting here, It is given in No 240, paper does not seem to be of the same quality throughtout, a strip of piper pasted to foll 3136 to 4376, fol ,72 slightly torn, so are the foll 374 and 385 to 392, condition on the whole very fuir, complere, extent of the text and the connientary being respectively 4146 and 14252 slokas Age - fairly old Author of the commentary Hiravijaya Suri, pupil of Vija; adera Sari of Tapă gaccha Subject The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit Begins --( text ) fol 6 आँगुरुभ्यो नम नमो आरहताण ao reut QOT KATOT etc as in No 236 (com ) for sig i AA जीयात्तेजत्रिभुवनातिलमाभ जैनमेनसा मुक। योगिध्येयममेय कल्पिततिम्ल्पतरकल्पम् ॥१॥erc End.-( text ) fol 452" To gatu etc up to area for afh as in No 236 followed by z gastzegi SILATELET HATA TUT ४१४६ छ श्रीरस्तु 28 ULP) - ·218 , Jaina Lileralire and Philosoplys 1239. Ends. --(com. ) fol. 453 सस्त्कथने हि ओता विस्मरणशीलोऽलसो वा स्यात पारंवारं च कथने क्यं भगवान वारंवारमुपदिशतीति चिंतापरायणोऽलसो(पि श्रवणाभिमुखी स्यादिति सप्रयोजनं पारंपारमुपदेशनमिति श्रीसुधर्मस्वामी पंचमो गणधर श्रीजवूस्वामिनं स्याशिध्यं भति नीति अवीति . इति श्रीमत् तपा'गणगगनांगणगगनमणिसमानश्रीविजयदानसूरीश्वर- शिप्यश्रीहीरविजयसाविरावतायां श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिवृत्ती ज्योतिष्क- वक्तन्यताधिकारमतिमद्धश्चतुर्थोऽधिशारो क्याल्यातस्तद्वचारयाने च व्याख्यात जंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञाप्तिनामक ज्ञाताधर्मकथांगस्योपांगमिति । छ । इति श्रीजबू- द्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिवृत्तिः समाता छ ।। वृत्तावस्यां सहस्राणि चतुर्दश शतहय । द्विपंचाशत्तथा श्लोका ग्रंथमान विनिश्चितं १ ग्रथा १४२५२ ॥ श्रीरस्तु । N B - For further particulars see No 236 जम्यूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्ति वृत्तिसहित Jambūdu paprajāapti with yrtti No239 1243. 1886-92. Size • Iol in by 4g in Extent 402 folios, Is lines to a page, 54 letters to a line Description – Country Paper rough and white , Devanagari charat - rers with पृटमात्राs, this is a त्रिपादी Ms , the text is consequently written in 1 slightly bigger hand, clear and good hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, foll "and 402b decorated with various beautiful designs , red chalk used, corners of the first several foll partly worn out, condition on the whole very good, both the text and the commentary complete, their eatents are 4146 and 14252 slohas respectivels C. .. rich ·210) I'I. 12 Umanas 1 Begins -(text) fol 6. sytytina FA HIFAT HITENTOT "I tol 8 तेण यालेण etc (com ) fol so unetan II जीयानेजत्रिभुवन etc Ends -(text) fol 4001 TUTTU etc, up to TUTT 238E I as in NO 240 followed by apreta eus -(com ) fol 401 सटव क्थने हि up to इति श्रीजद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिवृत्ति FATAT as in No 238 follon ed by the lines as under ॥ सपत् १६५२ व आसो सदि २ गुरू दिने रूपित । शुभ भवतु etc regras 32247 Then is written in a different hind a line as below पहितश्रीशियविजयगणिशिष्पहविजयमुनिना भाडागारे पुण्यार्थे प्रतिमना। NB For other details sec No 238 जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्ति वृत्तिसहित Jambūdu prajitapti with vrtti No 240 382 1879-80 Size 10.1 in by 4 in Extent -- 454 + 2 = 456 folios, 15 lines to a page , 4, to so let ters to a linc Descriprion - Country paper thin and greyishi, Devanagari charac ters with germa, bold, big, uniform and good band wrı ting borders ruled in four lines in black ink, this Ms contains both tle text and the commentary, it is a Paret Ms, tentral space reserved for the test wherber written or 1101, fol r. blank , foll 9 10 32, 7-, 78, 102 to 106 and 157 to 168 worm-eaten to 1 smaller or greater extent, condition on the whole very fair, foll 329 and 330 seem to be added later on, they are Very thin paper, fol 454 (the last ) also written on a sery thin paper, yellow pigment used, both the text and ritten on 2 ·210 Jana Literature anl Phulisoply [240 the conmentary complete, this Ms contuns thic colophon also, extent of th teit 4116 slokas ind thirt of thic commentary 14252 slokas Age - Pretty old Begins --( text) fol 6* श्रीगुरुभ्यो नम ॥ नमो अरिहताण। तेण कालेण तेण समएण etc, 1sm No 236 - (com ) fol r' श्रीगुरुभ्यो नम जीवात्तेजस्त्रिभुवन etc, as in No 238 Ends -( text)fol 452 बहूण देवाप्प ett, up to उपदसेति ति बेमि as in No 236 followed by the lines is under ॥ 7 ॥ इति श्रीजवृद्धीपप्रज्ञप्तिसूत्र ॥ समाप्त छ प्रथान ४१४६ सून छ । , -(com ) fol 45, सस्त् क्थने हि etc, up to ग्रथान १४२५२ as 11 No 238 followed by the lines as below ॐ नम आसीद्वास(य)दमौलिमुकुटभ्राजिष्णुरत्नममा पूरशारितपादपक्लयुग सिद्धार्थराजागज तेजोभि सुभग व्यधाद्गणधर श्रीमान सुधर्माभिध. स्तत्पट्ट चरमेतरक्षितिभृत शग विवस्वानिय ? विश्वाशयपयोराशिचद्रा निस्तत्तय त परपरया(भुवन् श्रीजगञ्चद्रसरय २ व विशिखवस्यक्षिकौमुदीकातसम्मित १२८५ होभिर्दुस्लपेटभे 'लपतिविरुद च ३ आनदविमलाद्वाना सूरय सिद्धिभूरप तेपा क्रममरचा क्लहसा इयाधुजम् ४ पाणिसिद्धीपुशीतापुर)प्रमित परिवत्सरे १५०० विदधे ये फियोद्धार सत्त्वानुग्रहकारिभि ५ ये वैराग्यवता बजेषु परमा सूर्या इवार्चिष्मता ये मुख्या सुधिया च येषु मरुता वृक्षा योसम्हाम् य सौभाग्यभता भरेषु सुभगा सिंहा इमो(वो)जस्विना पचार्या गुणिनां गणेषु सरितामीशा इबाभोभताम् ६ ·240.] 11 12 Upangas दितपुस्तिनिदान माधुतामाददान राविहिताहितदान रमेग्पनोपदान अननि विजयदान मूरिसद श दान स्तमनसिजदानस्त पदे श्रीनिदान ७ प्रगटप्रभावभयन भुवनाा हीरविजयगंदा त पट्टे विजयते विजपत्रीदोरताररिता ८ मयातमारचमस्थरमदपाट गौडादिदेशपतिसाहिअकन्धरण आरारिते मरहमानमनियविद्ये. मध्यमहलमलनिपते स्म पूज्य ९ यद्रारमहटददयो(डोगनिजानिमुख्य श्रीमानकन्नरनृप पया परीत घध्या न देहिन डहेति वदन यचासि दने स्म डाररसर शमिमिधुराणाम १० यदर्शनायाप्तपरप्रमाद साहि मच द्वादश यासराणि श्रीयापिके पणि सर्वदेशे पधादमारे पदह पटिष्ठम् ११ सिद्धाततर्कराव्यादिश्वाङ्मयजलधिग्नशैलानाम् परवादिगपर्वतपर्वतविद्वेपिलीलानाम् १२ कल्पकिरणावलीमुसरहुशास्त्रग्रथनलन्धसिद्धीनाम श्रीधर्मसागराभिधवाचम्चफ्रेक्चक्रभृताम १३ एदयुगीनसनिहितसद मदनमदनरलसदृशानाम महिममाणमंहिताना वानरसपिपडिताना च १४ साहाय्यारसन्जिता साहविश्वोपततिकाक्षिभि श्रीजीवाभिगमज्योति करडायनुमारिभि १५ उप श्रीविक्रमादि ग्रहदहनरसश्वेतरसिमप्रमाणे() २६३९ स्वाती दीपासर्याय(5)हनि निखिलम्लाकीमुदीगौमुदीशे तैरपा शास्त्ररेखा सहृदयहृदयानंदक्दाउजबू द्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिवृत्तिपिविधरसमपी निर्ममे निर्ममेशै १६ कुलकर त पट्टपुष्यपर्वतपयाजिनीप्राणवल्लभप्रतिम । घरधर्मकामानामंतिम्लालादाशतिम्ट' १७ सौभाग्यमाग्यरातिशैलमुत्तैक्पाद प्रोफुलपद्मालपेशलपाणिपादे ·222 Jaina Literature and Philosophy 124t. दुर्खादिरंदवदनांबुनशीतपादैः सूरीश्वरैर्विजयसेनमुनाद्रपादः १८ याचदवतंसेः सकलकलाकमलिनीकमलिनीशैः कल्याणविजयवाचकमुख्यैः संप्राप्तसोस्यैश्च १९ कल्याणकालनिलये श्रीमरकल्याणकुशलकुशलैश्च श्रीलम्धिसागराभिधाविबुधैरुपलान्धलुब्धश्च २० संभूय भूयसी भक्तिं बिम्रद्भिर्मगवगिरि 'पत्तने' शोधपांचके वक्रेतरगुणैरियम् २१ तञ्चरणनलिननिलयः प्रशातिमेतां जगस्थितिप्रतिमा हेमाविजयकाविरकरोत्पुरुषोत्तमपालनप्रथिताम् २२ पापत् शीतमरीचिमंडलामिदं व्योमागणं गाहते यावत्यकजिनीपतिर्वितनुते भासां भरवातपम् रम्पालंशतिशालिनीवरपदन्यासा लसद्वर्णमाम तायवत्तिरियं वशेष कुरुतां कामोत्सवानंगिनाम २३ इति श्रीवृद्धीपप्रज्ञप्तिवृत्तिप्रशस्तिः छः N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 238. जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञाप्ति प्रमेयरत्नमञ्जूषासहित Jambodvipapirajñapti mith Pramryaratnaranjūsd 1244. No. 241 1886-92. Sizc.- lollin. by Admin Extent. 387 folios, 15 to 18 lines in a pige, 18 to 3 Ictters to a line. Description. -Country Paper. threl and grey, Devanagari characters with टमामाs, lold, legible, and gond hand-writing%3B borders ruled in four linics in black ink, sprace beruccn thic pairs coloured red , cach of the ſoil, r' and 38, decorated With the amc beauttful diagram in red and green colours; foll. 1,263,2821. 302, 383" and 38. hare some space ·4..] 11 12 Ujan,as kept blank on the right hand side, whereas foll 198,375", 2831, 284, 290, 296, 378, and 380', on the left hand side, probably sathi 7 vek to utilize it for drawing illustrations of the Jinas or some diagrams, mostly un numbered sides marked with a squarc in red ink in the centre the numbered having over and above this, tho small circular discs, ont in each margin, this Ms contains both the text and the commentary, the latter entitled as SRUTHITIST , It is a forget Ms , both the text and the commentary conplete, foll numbered in different margins on one and the same side of the fol measurements of Bharata ksetra etc, tabulated on foll 65° and 310, diagrams on foll is, 2' Ind 242', condition sery good Age.---Tairly old Author of the commentary - Upadhyaya Sinticındra Gani, pupil of Sakalacandrı Ganı Subject The text along with a commentary in Sanshrit Begins --(text) iol.7 ॐ नम णमो अरिहताण तेण फालेण । तेण समएण etc , as an No 236 -(com. ) fol 1 ॐ नम सिद्धा(च) श्री श्रुतद यै नम । श्रीहीरविजयसरिगुरुभ्यो नम जयति जिन सिद्धार्थ । सिद्धार्थनरेंद्रनदनो विजयी अनुपहतज्ञानवचा सुरेंद्रशतसे यमानाज्ञ ॥१॥ सर्वानुयोगसिद्धान वृद्धान् प्राणिदध्महे महिमऋद्धान प्रवचनमश्चननिवि (क)पान् सूरीन श्रीगधहस्तिमुस्ान् ॥ २॥ यज्जातातोत्तिमलयजराजिजिनागमरहस्यरसनिवह मशयतापमपोहति । जयति स सयो(डन मलयागिरि ॥३॥ श्रीमद्गुरोविजयदानसहस्रभानो()। सिद्धातधामधरणात् समवासदीप्ति । यो दुपमारजनिजातमपास्तपार । प्राणाशयद्भरतभूमिगत तमिश्र ॥४॥ दीप स रत्नमय एवं परानपेक्ष मोद्दीपयन विशदयन् स्वपद स्वभाभि ।

·224
Jama I lentare and Pilosophy
[241
गौरैणैरिह निदर्शितपूर्वसरि ।
श्रीसूरिहीरविजयो रिजयाय वो(स्तु ॥५॥ युग्म
यत्प्रभाधादशमनो(s)पि मम पाणीरसो(5) मवाचित ।
ते श्रीसकलचद्रारपा । जीयासुर्वाचकोत्तमाः ।।६।।
जब पार्दिप्रशते । दृष्टशास्त्रानुशा(सारत ॥
प्रमेयरत्नमजूपा । नाम्ना वृत्तिर्विधीयते | etc
Ends (text) lol 383° बहूण देवाण etc, up to उपदसह ति बेमि as Im
No 236 followed by the lines as belon
छ ॥ इति श्रीजीपप्रज्ञाप्तस्त्र समाप्त ग्रधान ४१४६ । जवूद्दीपपन्नत्ती
सूत्र सपूर्णमस्तु ॥
com.) fol 385 अन च ग्रथपर्यवसाने श्रीमन्महावीरनामस्थन चरममगल मिति
इति सातिशयधर्मदेशनारससमहासविस्मयमानऐदयुगीननराधिपतिचक्रवर्ति-
समानश्रीअकबरसरमाणपदत्तपाण्मासिक्सर्वजतुजाताभयदान'शत्रुनया 'दि
करमोचनस्फुरन्मानप्रदानप्रभृतिबगुमानयुगमधानोपमानसाप्रत( त )विजयमान
श्रीमत् तपागच्छाधिरानश्रीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरपदपद्मोपासनाप्रवणमहोपाध्याय-
श्रीसकलचद्रगाणार्शष्योपाध्यायशिातिचद्गाणीवराचताया जवूद्वाप-
प्रज्ञप्तिवृत्तौ रत्नमजूपानाम्न्या ज्योतिष्काधिकारवर्णना नाम सप्तमो वक्षस्कार
समाप्त तत्समाप्तौ च समाप्तिय श्राजबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्त्युपागवृत्ति ॥२॥
श्रेय श्रीप्रतिभूतिमिभृततपसा यो मोहराज रिए
दध (ध्व)स महसा श्रितो गतमल ज्ञान च य चल
यो अष्टश्च स्व(स )दा विविशिष्टपसदा(दा) दैस्तथा तथ्यवार
यस्तीर्थाधिपति श्रिय स ददता श्रीवीरदेव(सता ॥१॥
अहरिघवान निखिलेषु गणाधिपेषु
घामयदेव इव यो विदि(तो)जगत्या
आदेयना(ता)मदघदद्धतलाधिधाम
श्रीगोतमोऽस्तु सम(मम) पूरितसिद्धिकाम ॥२॥
य पचम प्रथमतो(पिरतोपर्यमे
श्रीवीरपट्टपटाक्षादिम)सरोमहाक्षी
द्रास्तेि गणमास सुधर्मनामा
भूयादर्य एभगतानिधिरिष्टसिद्धये ॥३॥
तस्य प्रभो स्थावरदपरपराय(या)
तत्तहस कुलगणालिसभयाया
जात प्रमाद् वर गणेतपस्विसूरि (रे)
श्रीमा तपा गण इति प्रथित पृथिया ॥८॥

·PL 1: Ufarcas 225 पावतीपचनती(गुदप विभाग पराप मारामध(मत पां गरिजिनि(न)प्रम उप प्र( मायाये गो (5) गतां 'तर' गणो न पथ प्रशस्य ॥५॥ समानेर पग गरिदिगार भीजगचंद्रमाया दोराया पा दिया पा पदामि रहिहोमिया रमनियारशभाश. भादियोईगि चिति(भागता अमादायममा पेम्प्रे पिता सहितले गवप्रिया गन्निपाहा ॥६॥ अनुष्यं पदयं पाणगुणदप्यमाहित प्रमादागा प्रपचनधि) ममत्स्यस्ता गुणांची यययन गलदुर्शरप(प) शिपया) समादागीदरिमन पग्मगुगरानदविमल II अतिमिति निपा(अपि पुमतं भदापता रग(ग)गत निभा पारायं प्रगटित गिरिसक्ती()प प्रभो। पासांतपिभदिनो दिनमणे गाम्य न रम्यं न वा रातिभिदापि मंदिरमण संरक्षतोऽधरतम ॥८॥ म्यगर गरम मयपतितरां रम प्रथमत. स्तथा मापांश्च(पाथीयों मपसमप एस प्रमुरमी यथा गतत्पहाधिपतिपुरप गपतगणं प्रमाद राग (पी) प्रजनितशरया(पशानुपसे) ॥९॥ सत्पभूपणमाण( ) गुरारूतधर्म- पीनप्र(य)ीनपटुर्भरतक्षमायां परीश्वरो विजयदानगुरुभूय पे यादिनो विजयदान परस्य ॥१०॥ नालीरनीरनिधिनिरसित घभतुर्मस(स)चतुर्भुजचद्र(सोडा यस्य प्रतापपरितापभूतो न भीता एते जहाभापिण इत्यपपादतो(पि ॥११॥ तत्पढें गुरुहीरहीरविजयो विमानयामासिवान् जायद्धाग्यानधि प्रियागमविधिश्वारिधिणां चावधि य समाप्य जगलवैक्सभग मुक्तो मियो मत्सर श्रीवाग्भ्यामिर दीर्घकालजनितो ज्ञानक्रियाभ्यामपि ॥१२॥ मौभाग्य यस्य नाम्नो नृपगदास गुणिवादिताया प्रसिद्ध । मौभाग्य देशनाया अकबरनृपति पादयो पादुका ॥ 296J. P.]

·226
Jama Literature and Philosophy
[241.
सोभाग्य यस्य पाणेरुपपदविजय सेनसूरीश्वरो(s)सौ ।
सौभाग्य दर्शनम्य त्यहमहमिम्या स्वान्यलोकोपपात()॥१३॥
इदानीं तत्पट्टे गुरुविजयसेनो विजयते
क्लो काले मृत्त मुरिहितजनाचारानिचय ॥
गिरजे राजन्माना(न)शशधरगणो येन रिभुना
गुणग्रामो यस्माद नरति विनयेनैव मुभग ॥१४॥
सलास्तेजोराशि चरणगुणराशि सविह(हिोता
विनेयाश्चिद्राशि प्रतिवचनराशि कुमतिन
मवि कीर्तिते) राशि वरपिनयराशं च गुरयो
विदु स्थाने जाने शुचिमस्तराशिं पुनरठ ॥१५॥
गुरोरस्य श्रुत्या अवणमधुर चारु चरित
वरित गर्यादीत शुचिराणगणोपार्जनभय ।।
चमारोप(प) ससलिलसहस्रानिमिपटक
पटकेदात(६)वेश सुबहु सहते गिर्यसहत(न) ॥१६॥
नेपा गणे गुणरता धुरि गण्यमान
श्रीनाचर सकलचन्द्रगुरुभूय ।।
मेधाविपु प्रथमत पथमानीति
रतिपदीयरविकर्मणि गुणमिद्धा ॥१८॥
पुन पुन रास्मृतिमीयुपीणा ।
प्रतिक्रियेय यदुपक्रियाणा ॥
पुन पुनर्लोचनसाभाय ।
पुन पुननि( श्वसनस्वभाष (१॥
सेपा शिष्याणनेय गुरुजनपिहितानुमहादेव जघू-
द्वीपप्रतिरति( ) स्वपरहिसरते शांतिवद्रण चक्रे ।
घप भीविम्मा विधुशारभाजधानी(२६६१)प्रमाणे
म(राज्ये प्राज्ये श्रिया श्रीअकारनपते पुण्यकारुण्पसियो ।॥१९॥
भरपोपागस्प गाभीनमदीपमतिमायत ।
समदाय यपापाय पूर्वमीनियनित ॥२०॥
पिसमागमादिभ्यो यदा शिक्षित मपा
भीगेचनस्तदा लिगप्पशोप सानुपहेमपि ॥२२॥
सुप्यतु मापय गौ मा ग्यामा मपि।
नमरररोमिनिरप्रीया भीमा प्रमादिमाम् ॥२२॥

·247.] MI 12 Upangas 237 गंभीरमिदमुपांग यथामति विवृण्वता विशदमतिना । पदयापि मया कुशलं कुशलमतिस्तेन भवतु जन ॥२३॥ अये यापहील(लौ मसि नभसि नक्षनफुसुम- व्रज राज्ञ स्यामाभिगमसमये पूरिततर मृजाक(का)र सूर्य करनहुक्रेणापनयति ध्रुव(पा) तायद भूयादियमखिललोकै( परिचिता ॥२४॥ अथ शोधनसमयगता पुरो(5)नुसधीयते प्रशस्तिरियं । 'तप'गणसाम्राज्यरमा श्रयति श्रीविजयसेनयरौ ॥२६॥ यसौभाग्यमनुत्तर गुणगणो येषां यचोगोबर (रा)- तीत को(5)प्यभवत पुग(5)पि विनयाधार सता पूजित ॥ हित्या येन पतिरो(राोपदपरान यानेय मञ्चातुरी- युक्ताचार्यपदन्यदाररचिता सौवश्रिये(s) शिभियत् ॥२७॥ यहप मदन सदा विदम' मदन निर्माति रम्यश्रिया यसीर्तिश्च पदातिक वितनुते कात्या निशानायक ।। चित्र सचिनुते च चेतसि सतां यदेशनावाम् राधा- देच्या शासनदीप्तिच्च सतपो यद्ध्यानमत्यद्भुत ॥२८॥ ते श्रीअकवारमहीधरदत्य(त्त)मान विख्यातिमद्विजयसेनगणाधिपाना ।। नदति पट्टयुवराजपद दधाना श्रीसूरयो विजयदेचयतिप्रधाना ॥२९॥ श्रीविजयसेनसूरीश्वरगणनायनिदशरणप(च)णा । चत्वारो(s)म्या वृत्ते शुद्धिस्ते सगता निपुणा ॥३०॥ तथाहि श्रीसरेविजयादिदानमुगुरो श्रीहीरमरेरपि । प्राप्ता याद् मयत चमततर मनदायागत ये जैनागमगिंधुतारणविधी मसकर्णधारापिता । ये रयाता क्षितिमदरेमाच) गणितग्रथज्ञरेसात ॥३१॥ 'लपार'हरयामतेक)तम प्रपचे रोचिष्णुचहरुचय प्रतिमासमाना ॥ श्रीयाचा ] विमलरपंचगभियाना । म्तेमादिमा राणगणेष छतावधाना ॥३२॥ . T715 CSC 75 ucll tli art ter wronols numbered Simlar is the casc u 1 the prin sd k torticurses and the following are namtered 1515 ·228 Jama Interature and Philosoply [ 241. तथा- ये सचिनपुरधरा गममयन्नानालासादापि प्रज्ञायत्स्वपि ये म (च) अधुरतस (रा) प्राए प्रसिद्धि परा श्रीवीरे गणधारिंगौतम इव श्रीहीरसूरी गुरौ ये राजदिनयास्तदाननराधाभानो पदुर्यास्सधा ॥३३॥ सत्तमोरक्षणविशारजिनागमादि- शाखायगाइनमलाकुशलाद्वितीया ।। श्रीसोमयगविजयाचस्नामधेया- स्ते सहजैरपि परै गमप्रमेया ॥३४॥ स्चि- ये वैरगिकतादिवरगुणे सप्राप्तसगौरवा सर्वादेयगिर क्लावपि युगे साम्नायजैनागमा ॥ जा श्रीवरचानर्पिविनधास्तच्चियमुरयाश्च ये कितन्गृतिरिवापरेत्यभिमतास्तैस्तैर्गुणैर्धामता ॥३५॥ प्रज्ञागुणगुरुगेह परिभाषितभरिशास्त्रवरतत्त्वा । ओआनदविजय(विउधपुगवास्ते तृतीयास्तु ॥३६॥ अपिच- ये(द्वैतस्मृतय कुशाग्रधिपणा सहक्षणामोधरा- उदो(ड)लतिकाययगड्मयमहापासैश विभुता ।। सिद्धातोपनि पत्ताशनपरा विज्ञावतसायिता स्तत्ता(त्तोन्नृतनशास्रशुद्धिकरणे पारीणता सश्रिता ॥३०॥ श्रीकल्याणविजयग्रवाचशिष्येषु सरयता प्राप्ता । श्रीलामविजयविजुधास्ते तुर्या इह वद्युक्ता ॥३८॥ एतेपा प्रतिभारिशेपावलसतायें प्रथामागमे(ते) नानाशानविचारचारुसलिलापूणे चतुर्णामपि ॥ स्नाता वाचस्वाच्यदृपणमसान्मुक्ता सुघर्णाचिता सत्यश्रीरजनिष्ठ शिष्टजनताकाम्यैव वृत्ति कनी ॥३१॥ श्रीमद्विनमभूपतोंरगुणमाखडदाक्षापणी प्राणेशारितवत्सरे १६६० ऽतिरुचिरे पुष्पेंदुभूवासरे ॥ राधे शुद्धतिथौ तथा रसमिते श्री राजधन्ये पुरे । पाचे श्रीविजयादिसनसगुरो शुद्धा समग्रा(डोमवत् ॥४१॥ श्रीगातिचद्राभिधाचवेंद्र शिष्यापनोयु मणीयमाना ।

·242.] VI 12 Upangas 229 ध्वस्तांतरध्यांतजिनेंद्रचद्र- राद्धातरस्य(म्य स्मृतिलन्यमाना ॥४१॥ अस्यामनेक्शा(शो) लिखनशुद्धिगणनादिविधिपु साहाय्यं । गुरुभक्ता कृतवत श्रीमतस्तेजचद्रयुधा ॥४२॥ देवादिंद्रातिथिता गतेवित्तिसूत्रधारेषु । सन्मविनिजमनीपारिशेपमिच वीक्षितु -पत १४३॥ तेपामतिपद(दा)मखिलशिप्यसमुदायमुरयतां दधता। गुरुका धुर्याणां पढितवररत्नचद्राणां ॥४४॥ श्री'तप'गणपूर्वागिरिसूरै श्रीविजयसेनमरिवरै । निजहरतेन वितीर्णा प्रपतनी(ना)ये प्रसादपरै ॥४५॥ पहुभिश्च समतेय कृता तदा विदितसमयतत्वार्थे । श्रीविजयदेवसूरिश्रीवाचकमरयगीतार्थे ॥४६॥ रत्नानीव प्रमेयानि नानाशास्त्रखनीनि चेत। भूयासि लिप्मरो यूय विज्ञरनवणिग्वरा ॥४॥ श्रीजयूद्वीपमनसेम्पांगस्य सविरतरा । प्रमेयरत्नमंजूषा रत्तिरेपा तदेक्ष्यता ॥४८॥ श्रीशांतिचद्याच शिष्यवरो विउपरत्नचन्द्रगणि । अस्या बद्वादानऽलीलिग्गद् भक्तियुक्तमना ॥४९॥ पायमाना भूयमाणा गीतार्थ() श्रायरोनमै । शोध्यमाना लेग्यमाना जीयाहस्ते चिर भुवि ॥५०॥ तच्छिप्पो धनचन्द्र रपुरदुम्धीलिप(पि)म्लारिधियितद्र । अग्रोप्रथमादर्श सूनार्थरिवचने चतुर ! ५१॥ इति शिांतिचद्रगणिवाचकायेराचतापा प्रमेयरत्नमजुपानाम्न्या() श्रीजवृद्धीपमज्ञप्तिवृत्तिाने ) प्रशस्ति सपूर्ण(1) MANENT शुभ भरतु ॥ जम्वृद्वीपमाप्ति Jamhels paprajnapti टब्बासहित with tips 726 No242 1899-1995. Sizc 98in by thin Extent 140 folios, 25 lines to a page, 55 to bo letters to a line ·230 Jainn Literature and Philospoliy [242, ters, . - Description Country paper thin and white, Devanagari charncbold, clear and fair hand writing, borders ruled in three lines in red ink, all the four edges ruled in two lines in red ink, this Ms contains both the text and its explanation in Gujarati , the latter written above the corresponding lines of the former, portions separated by vertical lines in red ink, numbers of foll i to 4 entered in two different margins on one and the same side, diagrams on foll 35, 789, 91, 934 and 119* , a piece of paper of the same size as the fol pasted to the first lol and the last as well, fol both slightly torn, condition on the whole fair, results tabulated on foll 88, 96, 105', I and I25", both the text and the tabba complete , extent 1,000 slokas Age: Not quie modern Author of the tabba - Jivavi (? Jivavijaya) Gani Subject — The fort along with its cuplanation in Gujar 111 Begins -(text) fol 1 श्रीजिनाय नम ॥णमो अरिहताण । णमो सिद्धाण । णमो आपरियाण । मो उज्झापाण । णमो लोए सरसाइण । तेण कालेण तेण etc as in No 236 -(com) fol I'श्री जिनाय नम ॥ महागे न(म)स्कार हुओ अरिहतना काजे तिहा नामजिन पभादि etc Inds - (text) fol 140* यहुदोण देविघी मझगए एवमाइकराड etc up to उपदसंडत्ति बेमि as in No 236 followed by the lines as under - इति जवृद्धीपप्रज्ञाप्तीप्ति) नार्थ समाप्तमिदम् ॥ लिपि(पी)स्त 'नागपुर मध्य (पे) ॥ श्रीररत ।। Lnds --(com) ol 140 पार फार उपदेश देपाहे भपात इम पटेगी एधर्मम्मामी जयूस्वामि प्रते कहे रे ॥ इति श्रीजगदीपप्रज्ञाती(ति) सूत्रस्य गणिजिवि('जीवविजय) तटगार्थ मपूर्णम ॥ गर्यप्राशय सूचार्य मिरी १५००० Reference - See No 236 ·41 VI. 12 Upangas 231 भरतचरित्र Bbuatacaritra (भरहचरित) (Bharalhacarntta) दव्यासहित with tablā 102 (b) No 243 1872-73 Extent - -4 folios, 12 lines to a page, 38 to 46 letters to a line Desuripuion Numbers of foll entered as 1, 2 etc , this Mís contains both the text and its explanation in Gujarítı as well, comp Icte For further detuils see No 176, condition very good Age Samvat 1758 Subject Life of Bharata cakravartın narrated It forms a part of the third val sashara ( sutras 68 to 70, pp 270" to 2785) of Jumbúdvipaprajnapti It is explained in Gujarati Begins - (text) fol "तए ण से भरहे राया । दुवालससवन्धरयसि । पमोयसि नित्तसि समाणसि । जेणेव मज्जणघरे तेणेव उवागच्छति etc. - (com) fol 1 ॐ नम ॥ तिगर पछी ते भरथ राजा ॥ बार बरसनो प्रमोद महोटव etc Ends -(reet) fol 1 कालगए बिइक्रते समुज्जाए छिपणे जाईजरामरणबधणे मिद्ध युद्धे मुत्ते परिने चुडे । अतगडे । स यदुक्खप्पहीणे । इति भरचरित मिति । जवूद्वीपपन्नत्तीनो आधिकार सपूर्ण । लिपित कपिदूदासूरजी आर्या स्यांमां गांगगाइ सपरवेलमाई पठणा(नार्थे । श्रीरस्तु । शुभ भवतु लेपपाठक्यो । ~~(com) fol 4 अत कर्यो। सर्व दुख क्षय कीधा । इति श्रीभरथचरित्र सपूर्ण ॥ ए अधिकार जबूद्वीपपन्नत्ती मध्ये छे सही ॥ सवत १७५८ वर्षे फाल्गुनमासे शुक्लपक्षे सप्तमीतिथौ रविवासरे लिखितामिद । श्रेय इति मगल श्री etc NB For further particulars see No 236 - भरतचरित्र Bharatacaritra टब्बासहित with tabla No244 619 1884-86 Sice — 91 in by 4 in Extent (text) 54 folios, 7 lines 10 a pige, 40 letters to a line - (tabba), 7 " 46 Description - Country paper thin and greyish, Devanagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमानाs, small clear and good hand- " " " " " ·I 30 Jama Literature and Philosophy [245. writing, borders ruled in four lines in red ink, foll and 549 blank, edges of the first ſol sliglıtly worn our , condition fur , yellow pigment used , both the text and the çabba complete, the former written in Prikrn and the latter in Gujarati Subject: Life of Bharata It starts with the beginning of the 3rd valsaskara (sutr 41 ) and ends with sutra 70 (p 378% of the printed cdition) Age -- Not quitc modern Begins --(text) fol x श्रीवीकातिरा)गाय नम ॥ श्रीगुररे नम ॥ एव तुचति । भरहे पासे २ गोयमा भरहेण पासे यह रस पयस्स दाहिणेण चोदृसत्तर जोयणसयपकारसएसम्णूनीसतिभागे जोयणस्स अबाधाए गगाए महाणदीए पच्चस्थिमेण etc -(corr ) इम कहिउ । भरतपेजह । गौतम भरतपेवइ । वैताध्य पर्वत थकी दष्यणइ एक्स चउदसत्तर जोयन उगणीस भाग योजननी आवाधाइ etc Lnds -(text) fol 4 स्थाणे येयाणिजे आउए णामे गोए कालगए बीकते सम. ज्जाए हिपणे जाइजरामरणरधणे सिद्धेबद्ध सत्ति(त) परिनिवृडे अतगड सर दुक्सप्पहाणे ॥ छ । इति भरहचारित्त ॥ छ । ल क जयराज आत्मार्थ ।। --(com fol 5, क्षय गयउ वेदनी कम आयु नाम गोत्र कालगत हवा तिहा कीधउ छेदी जाति जरा मरण बवन साधी वुझ्या मुकाणा ससारथी पार पाम्या अत कीधउ । सर्व दुपथी मुकाणा पार पाम्या । इति भरतचरित्र सपूर्ण लपत ऋजयराज आत्मा अर्थ।। " - भरतचरित्र Bhi atacarita टब्बासहित with tabla No 245 604 1893-98 Size Iod in by 4g in Extent 4 follos, 6 lines to a page, to letters to 1 ling Description - Country paper thicl , tough and white, Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्रा thus Ms contains the text in Prakrit and its interlinear tabbi in Gujarati, foll numbered in both the margins, complete , fol 4th slightly torn, con ditiongood, this is the same work as No 243 with a line or so more in the beginning 11, 100, commences on P 270* of the printed editton Age Pretty old - ·246.] VI. 12 Upangas 233 " Begins.--(text) fol. I* श्रीवीतरागाय नमः॥ उपि(प्पि) पामायक(घ)रगए । फुट्टमाणोहि मुइंगमच्छ (त्योएहि । जाप भुजमाणे विहरड़ तए णं से भरह राया दुबालमसंवच्छरियांम । पमोयांस । निवत्तास । सिस)माणसि । जेणेव मज(ज्जणघरे तेणेव उवागच्छद उवा- गच्छइत्ता । जार मंज(मज्ज)णघराउ(ओ) पडिनिप(कस)मइ २ ता । eto. --(rabbā) fol. I श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ॥ पीटणी उपरि ।। मृदग वाजतइ हुतइ । शब्दादिक भोगवइ तिवार पछी भरथ राजा बार वरस पछी ।। प्रमोद हुति थाक ॥प्रमोद ईता थकी ॥ मोह- छव थाय ॥ मर्दन करावयानो घर.छे । तिहां गया । etc. Ends.--(text) fol. 4 खीणे याणिजे etc, up to अंतकडे सबदुप(ख)पाहिणि as in No. 244 Then we have.- तिये॥ इति श्रीभरथेसर अलायो समाप्त ॥ श्री ।। -(tabba) fol 4 एकेंद्री आदि जरा मरण रूप अनादि कालनी गाठि फर्मनी ते बोडि तेह वीपरी शुक्ल ध्याने बुध थया कर्म थकी मुकाणा प्रर्प वशेष निवृते स्थानके अंत कीधो भवरूप वलि छदि सर्प दूप(ण) थकी संकाणा श्रीमर्थेश्वर, It ends thus. " जम्वृद्धीपप्रज्ञाप्तचूर्णि Jambūdvipaprajnapticūrni (जंबुद्धीवपण्णात्तिचुण्णि) (Jambuddīvapannatticunni) 149. No.246 1873-74. 13 in. by 4g in. Extent. 30 folios; 15 lines to a page; 66 letters to a line. Size. — Description. -Counuy paper, thin, brittle, and grey , Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, clear, uniform and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black iph, with slight space between the pairs, fol !" blank ; so is tol. 30°, numbers of the foll. entered at two places on one and the same side, those written on the right hand side of the bottom mostly gone, owing to several foll. having their edges and corners worn out to a smaller 30 J.L.P.]

·334 Jarna Literalire and Philosophy [246 or greater degrec, condition very fair , red chalk and yellow pigment used, complete, extent 2023 Slokas Age — Simvat 1625 Subject A commentary to Jambudvipaprajñaptı in mixed Sanskrit and Prakrit It supplies us with some Mathematical formult (harana-githas ) Begins fol 1 परमगुरुभीजिणेश्वरसूरिपष्टप्रभाकरखरतरनमांगीत्तिकार- श्रीअभयदेवसरिसद्गुरुभ्यो नमः ।। नमिऊण (विणयविरतियकरयल्फयमत्थयजली पयतो। सुरवरमणिरयणुभाडफुरतपरिघट्टपापीढ ॥१ वरपसहमत्तगयवरसललियविरक्तक्तगति(ग)म(म)ण । घरहेमतवियचपयदिणपरकरसप्पह उसह ॥२ अवसैसे य जिाणदे णामभो(उ) चर्दिधणयपरिणि )पतिते । करणीयभायण घोच्छ जबुदी(द्दी)वस्स ह इणमो ॥ ३ etc Ends fol 30. आदिल्ड परायत्तेऊण उपट्टेयदयो । चउभागद्धभागेहि उपट्टे (?ड्डे) आगय उरससो(? सेहो) । एकौ( ? को) घण एव उपरिल्ल भागरस तेरासिय चैव०(प)उजियव्य । विरुधेहा वट्टार( वृड्डीओ) आणे पन्या । उ ॥छ जवुद्दीवपण(ण्ण)त्तिमरणाण चुण्णी सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥छ। प्रथान० २०२३ ॥॥॥॥ सवत् १६२५ वर्षे माग्ग(ग)शीर्षशुदि १५ शनौ । अयेह श्री अहम्मदावाद राजनगरमध्ये । द्विजमह रेवासत । रामचन्द्र स्वप हस्ते लक्षित ॥ छ । छ । शुभ भवतु ॥छ । छThis is followed by the following lines most probably written in a different land - श्रीरह(त) खरतरगच्छाधीश्वरश्रीपूज्यराजश्रीजिनराजरिपट्टाल पारश्रीजिनमरसतानकर श्रीयश्रीजिनपन्द्रहरिविजधिराज्ये (Nxh. some letters made illegible by yellow pigment ) इय श्रीजवू द्वीपमाप्तिचणिलिरिता श्रीज्ञानमाहागार ॥ शुभमस्तु श्रीसिद्धान्त मक्तित ॥ श्रीविजयलाभो()स्तु नित्यम् ॥ श्रीजिनधर्मरद्धि स्तात् ॥ ॥श्री॥ Reference I have not come across a printed edition of this work There are 3. Mss in Jesalmere See G Series vol XXI, PP 22, 23 and 41 ·247. VI 12 Updatgas 235 जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिचूर्णि Jambūds upaprajbapticūrni No247 592 1884-86 Size - 12 in by 43 1n Extent -- 35–1=34 folios, 15 lines a page, 34 letters to a line Description - Country paper very thio, smooth and greyish , Devanagari characters with पृटमानाs, big, bold, legible, uniform and good hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, with space between the pairs coloured red, red chalk used, the ist fol missing, foll 2 to 7 and 34 to 35 more or less badly damaged, the 11th fol slightly torn, so are the foll. 20th, 21st, 30th and 31st, an edge of the 32nd fol worn out to some extent , condition on the whole poor, extent 1823 slok as Age -Samvat I576 Begins --- fol 2* एव दाहिणटभरहस्स जीवादग्गो परिस्पति जीवानग्गे इमो । ३४३०८०९७५००० etc nds - fol 35आदिल्ड परायत्तेऊण उवट्टेयव्यो etc, up to विरु वेह पट्टीओ आणेय गा 3 as in No 246 followed by जबुद्दीवपण्णत्तिकरणाण चुपणी सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥ जबुद्दीवपण्णत्तिचुन्नी सम्मत्ता ॥ ग्रथसख्या श्लोक १८२३ ॥ ॥ मगल(म)स्तु शभ भरतु ॥ etc, Then follow the lines as under - सवत् १५७६ थप पौपवदि १ सोमे। श्री आगम गच्छे श्रीजयानद- भारिपट्टानुक्रमेण । श्रीविवेकरत्नहरि(री)णामुपदेशेन । श्री गधार मदिरवास्त थे। श्री प्राग्वट'वशाभरण यबहारिवर । श्रीआचार्यपदविप्रतिष्ठातीर्थ- पात्रादिमहापुण्यकरणीयवारमाभ्यां । व्य श्रीपेथडसताने म्प टाई- आकुलदीपगम्या व्यपरवत व्यकान्हाभ्या श्रीज्ञानभक्तये । य डुगर- श्रेयोऽर्थे च । श्रीजवृद्वीपमज्ञप्तिउपागर्णिालीरिता धाच्यभाना चिर मदतात् ॥3॥ N B.- For further particulars see No 246 ·236 Jama Literature and Philosophy [249 जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिचूर्णि Jambūdvipiprajuaptıcūrni No 248 695 1892-95 Size - 10% in by 45 in Extent --48 folios, 13 lines to a page, 48 letters to a line Description - Country paper thin ind greyish , Devanagari characters with occasional PATATS, bold, big, legible, uniform and clegant hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black inl fol 1* blank , foll 14 10 28 worm eaten to a smaller or greater extent , condition on the whole good, red chall used , complete, extent 1860 ślokas Age - Fairly old Begins - ſol Ib ATH o il णमिऊण विणयविरतियकरयलक(यमत्य)यजली पयतो etc, as in No 246 Ends fol 48 आदिल्ल परायत्तेऊण उचड्डेययो etc , up to युट्टीओ आणे याओ as in No 246 followed by जबुद्दावपण्णकरणाण चुप्णी समत्ता ॥ छ । जबुद्दीवपण्यात्ती समाप्ता । ग्रथान १८६० ।। शुभ भवतु 3 h att allt NB – For further particulars see No 246 जम्बूद्वीपमज्ञप्तिविकृति Jambudvipaprajueptivivrti 1259 No 249 1891-95 Size -- 10 in by 4:10 Extent 1or + s = 102 folios , 25 lines to a page, 60 letters to a line Description Country paper very thin and white, Devanagari characters, very small but clear, uniform and good handwriting borders unruled, yellow pigment profusely used up to 20 foll , foil tand 10r blank, this Ms does not seem to contain the original text, only the artifs appear to ·250.] VI 12 Upangar 237 be given, foll 25 to 35 and 61 to 67 worm-eaten to 2 smaller or greater extent , condition on the whole good , at times letters made illegible by applying black ink, diagrams on foll 536 and 675, results tabulated on foll 71", 736, 74, 75' and 756, fol 84sh repeated , complete Age - Fairly old Author - Brahmın Munt, pupil of Parsvácandra Suri See No 250 Subject - Commentary in Sanskrit to Jambudvipaprajnaptı It is named as vivști and tika as well, by the commentator himself Begins fol 'सिद्धिरस्तु ॥ ॐ नम सिद्ध । अपार फिल ससारे।मजतामनिश सता। आदौ पोतायित येन । स श्रीनाभिमत श्रिये ॥१ जयतात् स जिनो वीरो । पद्वाचामाचली भुवि । सोपानश्रेणिवद्भाति । आरुरुक्षो शिवालये॥२ समस्तयणमूरिम्य सूरिभ्य सर्वदा नम । पाप्रसादान्ममाप्येय । जायते शक्तिरहता ॥३ परणकमल रारूणा नवा सद्य प्रसादसदनाम । रविमहलामेव वस्तुप्रकाश पाटलच्छाय॥४ कुचे जवृद्वीपप्रज्ञप्त्या देशतो(s)पि वितिमह । पूर्ववियुधप्रणीतप्रमाणतवावलोग्नत ॥५॥ युग्म etc Ends. ---fol Ion' भूयो भूपो विस्मरणशीलश्रोननुग्रहार्थ उपदर्शयति अनेकश प्रदर्शयति । इति प्रवीमीति । श्रीरधर्मस्वामी जचूनामान शिष्य प्रति सुते । मेद स्वमनीषिक्या उध्यते । किंतु तीर्थकरगणधरोपदेशेनेति । अनेन गुरुवार त्र्यमभिहित । इति ।। ॥ श्रीपाद श्री ॥ श्री ।। भी । Reference - See R G Bhandarkar's Report for 1883-84. जम्बूद्वीपंपक्षप्तिविवृति Jarnbudyipaprajaptivisti N0250 272 1883-81 Size - 10 in by 4g in Extent -- 235-1 = 234 folios, 17 lines to a page, 62 letters to a line.

·238 Jama Literature and P/ilosopliy [250 Description Country paper thick and grey, Devanagari charac. ters isith gahTITS, bold, clear, uniform and good handwriting, borders ruled in four black lines, this Ms does not contain the original text but it only gives its fairs, fol te blink, out of the foil 42 10 45 and 234 to 235, unnumbered sides are marked with a small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having over and above this, two more, one in ench margin, red chalk used, information about the Asurikumaras and others tabulated on the 18th ſol , the topics pertaining to sanious Vyantaras similarly tabulated on fol 182k, measurements of Jambudvipa etc, presented in a tabular form on fol 188, foll 167 to 233 also numbered as 1, 2 etc , foll 209 and 210 numbered as 42 (1) and 42 (2), fol 177th missing, otherwise complete, this Ms contuns the colophon, condition very good Age Not modern Begins Ends fol. I' सिद्धिरस्तु ॥ अपारे क्लि ससते(सारे) मन्जतामनिश etc as in No 249 fol 275 भूपो भूपो शिरमरणशील etc, up to पारतव्यमभिदित । इति as in No 149 followed by the lines as under सक्लसविहितसैद्धातिरशिरोरल्गलसरश्रीपावंचदररितच्छिष्यश्री- श्रीविजयदेवसरिसतीर्थ्यचरणाभोजमधुररश्रीब्रह्मसनिविरचिताया श्रीजघू- द्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिटीका ज्योतिश्चक्रादिविचाराधिकार समाप्त ॥छ । श्रीसाघुरत्नाभिधपडितेशा । सुकीर्तिविद्योतिप्तसर्वदेशा ॥ यथास्थित जैनमत जनाना। प(प्र)काशयत मसदा अभूवन ॥१ तदीयपादाम्बुजयुग्ममुङ्गा स्त्यक्ता खिलारभपरिग्रहौधा । जयति मरेगाधैरपाना । श्रीपाचचद्गाभिधमुग्यो()मी ॥२ सुत्र समालोक्य गुरोरय यै । प्रकाशित श्रीजगदीशपथा ।

·.aso.] VI. 12 Upaigas 1239 पमाश्रिता भव्यजना लभंते। सख सुखानां परमावतां तं ॥३ ये पादिन कर्कशतक(क)यित्ति । स्तब्धा स्वभिन्नानसुधान्विदंति ।। विलोक्य विद्यादिगुणे समेता। नेतान्नताम्ते(ड)पि भवति सद्य ॥४॥ एतेहताश्चैत्यमुदाहरति । मुक्त्यर्थ(थि)भिमुक्तिनिमित्तमच्यै ।। पुष्पादिपूजां चरितादिवादै । प्रकाशयतो न निषेधयति ॥ ५॥ गीतार्था जिनशासने बहुतरा संत्येव साहित्ययुम् । पट्तीपरितकर्कशतममज्ञायलोलासितः ॥ किंवतै मदृशो न को(ड)पि भुवने दृष्ट श्रुतो गस्ती । विज्ञाश्चेदनृतं वदाम्यहमिदं तत्कथ्यतामेप मे ॥६॥ तेषां गुरूणां गुणसागराणां। श्रीपावचंद्राभिधसूरिराजां। शिष्यो(उत्पयं ब्रह्ममुनिर्विपश्चिन- 'चुलक्य'यशोद्भवराजपुत्र ॥७ इतश्व (अ)णहिल्लएर' पत्तन जयति नाम्ना पर स्फुरदर(र)जिनालयै । जिनरद्रपूजामिलन्महाजनमनोधनप्रमदपूरसंपूरके 10 टोक्य तत्र स्ता । ब्रह्मरिदा ब्रह्मसाधुना(s)नेन । श्रीमज्जवृद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तमतिमतामुचिता ॥ ९ यद्यपि जबूद्वीपमज्ञप्तिहुनया गभीरार्था । व्यातुमिह न शम्या विद्युधैरपि रि पुनर्मनुनै ॥१० अर्धस्तथापि कथितो मया पदस्या मतुच्छमतिना()पि । निजयकरमणापूर्वाचार्यग्रंथमभावो(5) ॥ ११ श्रीमद्विजयदेवाख्या सूरयो यिजितारय । ये क्षमाराजिता नित्यमक्षमाराजिता भुवि ॥१२ धर्मम्ने (स्नेहधरैरेपा । शोधिता यलतोतिऽपि) से। म्यापलक्षणसाहित्य प्रतिनथपारग() ॥१३

·240
Jama Literature and Philosophy
[250.
जिनयरवचननिरुद्ध फिमपि मया यत् प्रमादतो मणितं ।
संशोध्यं पिबुधव मिथ्या मे भवतु तद् हरित ॥१४ विभिर्विशेपर्क
खेदः को(पि न तय नः खलजनो निंदत्य यत्कति।
हनाप्यथया स्वभावसजना रतोति प्रकृत्यैव पद ॥
फित्वेद्गुणभूषणे दृढतरे जातस्य एव स्तुति-
निंदा वा भवतीह या मतिमतामेव मोदादिकत् ॥१५
इति श्रीविजयदेवसरिचरणमसादरचिता श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिटीका समाप्ता
कल्याणमस्तु छ शुभं भवतु । यादृशं etc. Then we have:-
'तपंगणगगननभो । माणिसूरिश्रीविजयसेनाशष्याणां ।
वाचकनयविजयानां शिशुना बुधकीर्तिविजयेन ॥१
सनिरसचंद्र(१६७१)मिते । वर्षे चित्कोशद्धये स्वस्य ।
मुक्ता श्रीमद फन्मरपुरे' सदा(s)सौ प्रतिजीयात् ।।२
N B.- For further particulars see No.249.

·251.) VII 12 Upangas 141 THE SEVENIH UPANGA big strip चन्द्रप्रज्ञप्ति Candiprajitapti (चदपपणत्ति) (Candapannattı ) 429 No 251 1882-83 Ssze.. 10 in by 4 in Extent -65 - I = 64 folios, 11 lines to a pige, 40 letters to a line Description Country paper, extremely thin and grcy, Devanagari characters with a rats, bold, very big, clear, uniform and good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, a piece of paper of the same size as the fol pasted to foll In and 65, the fol 22 numbered as 23 also, the succeeding foll hence numbered as 24, 25 etc, foll 43 and 44 have a of paper pasted, the fol 47th and the following, a small strip in a corner, condition tolerably good, com plete, extent 2058 ślokas Age - Fairly old Subject — This work which forms the 7th upānga is divided like Süryaprajñaptı into chapters hoown Prabrtas (Pr Pahudas) It is more or less of an astronomical nature and has many points in common with Suryaprajñaptı In many a place even the wording is the same,' so one is tempted to believe that this differs from Suryaprajnaptı only in name Begins fol "ममो अरहताण। जयति णपण(लिण कुवरणविगसियसययत्तपत्तलदल्डो च्छो) । कीरो पदमपसररिपविक्रमो मपय १० fol 2 तेण धारण तेण समएण महिला णाम नगरी होथा etc Ends - fol 65" तम्हा घितिउहाणु(च)छाहरूम्मयर पीरियसिरिय णाण। 1 of the follosing versc occurr ng n Siddhinuigina stotra of Jinaprabha Sin "प्रणमामि चन्द्रसूर्पयज्ञप्ती समाजानरेनन्। गुम्फवन न जानिभिनाय त्मनाऽयियो ।" -hluimifs st III p 91 31 (LP) ·242 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [252. धारय णियमा ण य अधिणीएस दायव्वं ॥ छ॥इति चंदपण्णत्ती सम्मत्ता ॥छ॥ ग्रंथानं श्लोक २०५८ ॥ ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥॥ Reference. This work is published together with the Hindi translation of Amolaha Rşi. Consult Rājendralala Mitra's “ Notices” vol. VIII (1885), pp. 113 and 114. Sec Weber II, p. 597 and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 20. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, P. 389 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 31; a note is written on this work by me and it is published in "The Indian Historical Ouarterly " vol. VIII, No. 2, pp. 381-382. चन्द्रप्रज्ञप्ति Candraprajñapti No.252 189. 1871-72. १ Size.-- 104 in, by 4 in. Extent.-~68 folios , II lines to a page; 45 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough, thick and white; Devanagiri characters with GTATAIS; bold, very big, perfectly clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in blach ink; foll. e* and 95b blank, complete; extent 2000 ślokas; condition very good. Age.-Old. Begins.--fol. ॐ नमो अरहंताणं । जयति णवणलिण etc , as in No 251. Ends.-- fol. 68 तम्हा धितिउठाणुच्छाइकम्मवरवरिय(?)नाणं । पारेयत्वं णिययं जय अविणीएस दायब् । छ । इति चंदपण्णत्ती सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथाओं २००० ॥ शुभ भवतुः॥छ। N. B.-- For subject etc. see No. 251.

·253.) VII 12 Upangas 243 चन्द्रमज्ञप्ति Candraprajuapti 688 No 253 1892-95 Size - 104 in by 4in Extent - 58 folios, 13 lines to a page, 39 letters to a line Description - Country paper, thin, smooth and grey, Devinägarı characters with genas, bold, very big, legible and very beautiful hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black inh , red chalk used , fol 1* bland numbers of foll entered twice as usual, fol 41 slightly torn, foll so to 58 more or less damaged, strips of paper pasted in corresponding places, condition tolerably good, this Ms seems to be in complete in spite of what has been said in the last line Age – Fairly old Begins - fol 1 ॐ नमो वीतरागाय । नमो अरहताण ॥ sofa etc as in No 251 Ends • fol 58 सोलस वास निप्पय ? कतिक ने। अणदसमग्गे पुणरति This is followed by a line in a different hand as under इति श्रीचन्द्रप्रज्ञपनती(प्ति)सूत्र सपूर्णम NB - For further particulars see No 251 चन्द्रप्रज्ञप्ति Candrapraparte विवरणसहित with vit hrana 147 No. 254 1873-74 Size 10% in by 4 in Extent 238 folios, 13 lipes to a page, so letters to a line Description Country paper tough and white, De vinigri charac ters with occasional galit, big, quite legible and good hand writing borders ruled in four lines in black ink, only ·244 Jauna Literature and Plulosophy [254. the first 3 foll numbered in both the margins, foli* blant , fol 2586 is practically so , fol 97th partly torn, condition on the whole very good, yellow pigment rarely used, fol 186th numbered as 1486, this Ms contains the test as well as the commentary, both complete, extent 9500 slokas Age - Pretty old Author of the com Malayagırı Suri Subject Thc text along with a commentary in Sanskrit Begins - (text) fol 1 जपइ नवनलिणकुवलय etc -(com), . श्रीवर्द्धमानाय नम । म(मुक्ताफलमिव करत(ल)कलित विश्व समस्तमपि सतत । यो वेत्ति विगतकर्मा जयति (स) नाथो जिनो वीर १ सर्वश्रुतपारगता प्रतिहतनि शेपकुपथसताना । जगदेकतिलकभूता जयति गणधारिण सर्वे २ विलसतु मनसि सदा मे जिनवाणी परमकल्पलतिकेय । कल्पितसकलनरामरशिवमुखफलदेन गुललिता ३ चद्रमज्ञप्तिमह गुरूपदेशानुसारत किंचित् । विवृणोमि यथाशाक्त स्पष्ट स्वपरोपकाराय ४ तत्राविघ्नेनेष्टप्रसिद्धयर्थमादाविष्टदेवतास्तवमाह n etc Ends - (text) fol 238 तम्हा ठि(धि)इउ ठाणुच्छाह कम्मरलविरियसिरिखय etc up to airea as in No 251 -(com ) fol 238" या(य)स्मादेव तरमा धृपु(युनोत्साहकर्मबलवीर्य यत् चद्रप्रज्ञप्तिलक्षण ज्ञान मुमुक्ष(क्षु)णा सता सि(शिक्षित तन्नियमादात्म न्येवधर्तव्य न तु जातुचिदप्यविनीतेषु दातव्य ते(तदाने उक्तप्रकारेण आम परदीर्घससारितामसक्ते घदे यथास्थिताशेपपदार्थप्रविभासक नित्योदित तमो(s)स्पृष्ट जैन सिद्धातमास्कर १ विजयता गुणगुरवो २ जिनवचनभासनक्परा । यदीव)वशादहमपि जातो लेशेन पटुधुद्धि २ चद्रप्रज्ञप्तिमिमामि(मोतिगभारी (?भीरा) विण्यता कु(श)ल पदा(द)गपि । मलयगिरिणा साधुजनस्तेन भवतु ती ३ इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचितापा चन्द्रमज्ञप्तिटीका समाता ॥ छ ॥प्रथाम्र ९५००netc Reference -- See No 251 ·2 the lives of the ro sons of Kala and others scribir Puspikā describes 10 gods such as the Moon, 57 and They are nanied after the names of ther mothers Se mer 255.) VIII-XII 12 Upangas 245 THE EIGHTH to TWELTH UPANGAS निरयावालिकाश्रुतस्कन्ध Nirayavalıkāsrutaskandha (निरयावलियासुयक्खध) (Nirayayılıyāsuyakbhandha ) 112 No 255 1872-79 Size Log in by 44 in Extent 40 folios, II lines to a page , 42 letters to a line Description Country paper thin, smooth and white, Devanagari characters with genENTS, bold, big, clear and good handwriting, borders ruled in four lines in blacl ink, red chalk and yellow pigment used, foll r' and 400 blank, notes added at times in margins, complete Age Old Subject — This Ms contains five works which form the last five upangas viz, ( 1 ) Nirayavaliya (Nirayavalıkā ), (2) Kapa. vadımsıya (Kalpavatamasiha), (3) Pupphıya (Puspika). (4) Pupphacülya (Puspaculika ) and (5) Vanludas (Vrsnidaså) All these five works together form Niraya valihasrutaskandha, which is also styled as Nirayavalikasara The first work is known as Kalpikā,' too It consists of ten adhyayanas (chapters ) named as ( 1 ) Kala, (2) Suksia, (3) Mahahala, ( 4 ) Krsna, (s) Sukrsna, (6) Mahakrica, (7) Viral rsna, (8) Ramakrsna, (9) Pațrsenaktina and ( 10 ) Mahasenahrsna These are the names of the in sons of king Srenika Their lives are narrated 19 - chapters halpavatamsa, a celestial vimāna others It, too, consists of 10 adhyayanas See the second pas.c of Prameyaratnaman å noted in I 2 (P3) ·246 Jaina Literature and Philosoplry 1255. " Puspaculıl à, also known as Puşpacula consists of 10 adhyayanas This upang? furnishes us with some details about 10 goddesses viz Śrı, Hrı, Dhſti and others Vrsnidasa, the last upinga consists of 12 adhyayanas and deals with the lives of twelve princes of Vahnı race, their names being Nisadha etc Begins -(निरयावलिका) fol 1'ॐ नमो वीतरागाय । तेण फालेण । तेण समएण । रायगिहे नाम नगरे होत्या रिद्धा एणसिलए चइए । यन्नओ । असोगघरपायवे पुढविसिलापट्टए । तेण कारेण तेण समएण। समणस्स भगरओ महापरिस्स । अतेवासी अज्जमुहमे(म्मे) नाम अणगारे जाति- सपन्ने जहा केसी नाव पचहि अणगारे(र) सएहिं सद्धिं सपरिबुडे etc • fol 1 एप खल मबू समणेण भगयया जाय सपत्तेण एघ उयगा(ण) पच पग्गा पन्नत्ता । त जहा। निरावलियाओ प्पिय सियाओ। पुफियाओ। पुप्पि(फ)चूलाओ वन्हिदसाओ l etc fol 1 (mirginal com ) तब निरा(र)यावलि(कारियोपागमथस्वार्थतो महावीरनिगतवचनमभि(घि)मराचार्य सुधर्मस्वामी' सूत्रकार । तेण फालेणमियादि ग्रथ तायदाह । अत्रण वाक्यालकारार्थ । etc Ends fol 16 सकुमाले ततेण से सकाले कुमारे अन्नयाई तिहिं दतिसहस्सेहि नहा काले कुमारे निरवसेस त चेव महाविदेहे चासे अत कारहिति। छ। एव सेसा वि अट्ट अज्झयणा नेयत्वा पढमसारसा णवर मातातो रिम सण्णामा(ओ) निरयावलियातो सम्मत्तातो ॥ ॥ निक्रदेवो स बेसिं भाणियो तहा ।।१। Begins (कल्पावतमिका fol 16 जइ ण भते समणेण भगयया नाव सपत्तण उयगाण पढस(मस्स(स्स) वग्गरस निरयावलियाण अयमहे पन्नत्ते। दोच(च्चोस्स ण भते वग्गस कप्पवडेंसियाण । समणेण जाय सपत्तेण का अन्झयणा पन्नत्ता । एप खल जनुधि)। समणेण जाय सपत्तेण कप्पवाडिसयाण दम अज्झयणा पन्नत्ता ! जहा पउमे। महापउमे मद्दे सभदेह) पउमभट्टे । पउमसेणे पउमएम्मे मलिणिगुम्मे । आणदे ने(नोदणे। जइ ण मते समणेण जाय सपत्तेणीकप्पवडिसियाण दस अज्झयणा पन्नत्ता etc Ends -fol IT महाविदेहे यासे जहा दृढपइन्ने । जाय अतकाहिति त एव खल जसू समणेण जाव सपत्तेण कप्पडिसियियाण । पढमस्स अज्झयणस्स अयमहे पन्नत । छछ॥ । These I nes are found in Sncandras commentary to N ryávalskäsutra ·255.] VIII-XII 12 Upangas 247 Ends fol 17" सेणिय नतूण परिपातो । उपवातो आणुपु गीते पढमो सोहम्मे वितितो ईसाणे ततितो सणकुमारे चउत्थो माहिदे पचमओ बमलोए छहो लतए सत्तमओ महासक्के अहमओ सहस्सारे नरमतो पाणते दसमओ अच्चुए सम्वत्य उकोसहिई भाणिया महाविदे(हे)सिज्झिहिति कप्पचडिसियाओ समत्ताओ। छ॥ रितितो वग्गो दस अग्झयणा । Begins -(पुल्पिया) fol 17 जति ण भते । समणेण भगवया महावीरेण । जाप सपत्तेण उवगाण दोबस्स कम्पबडेसियाण अयम? पन्नत्ते । छ । तबस्स ण भते वग(ग्गर)स उवग्ग(वगाोण पुटिफ(पिफ)याण के अहे पन्नत्ते एवं खल जर । समणेण भगग्या महागीरेण जाव सपत्तेण उपगाण सच्चस्स यग्गरस पुष्फि(पिफ)याण दस अज्झपणा पन्नत्ता । त जहा । चदे सूरे सक्के बहुपुत्तिय पुत्त(नोभद्दे माणिभद्दे य । दत्ते सिवे बभाया । अणाहि(ढिए चेय बोधवा। जइण भते समणेण । जाव सपत्तेण । etc Ends. -- fol 33* एव खलु जर निक्रसेवउ । छ । ऊ । एव दत्ते ।७ सिये।८। बले। ९। अणाढिते। १० । सव्ये जहा पुनभद्दे । देवे सबसि दो सागरो. वमाइ ठिई विमाणा देवसरिसनामा पुरम दत्ते चदणाणामए सिले महि- लाए यलो हस्थिणपुरे नगरे अणाढितो काकदीए चेइ(इया) जहा सगरणीप । ततिउ वग्गो सम्मत्तो। छ । Begins ----(पुष्पचूलिका) fol 33* जहण भते समणेण भगवता उक्खेवतो । नाव दस अग्झयणा । पन्नत्ता 1 त। सिरि हिरि घिति शिति शुद्धि लच्छी य होइ बोधव्या । इलादेवी सरादेगी रसदेवी गधदेवी प। जण मते समणेण भगरया महावीरेण । जाव स(मपनेण उपगाण । चउत्थ रस वग्गस्म पुप्फयूलाण दस अग्नपणा पनसा। पढमस्स ण मते उक्सेवओ। etc Ends --fol 38 एय सेमाण रि नयह भाणिपर । सरिमनामा पिमाणा सोहम्मे कप्पे पुषमये भगरेर चेहयपिदमादीण अपणोय नामादी जहा सगरणीए मग पासरस अतिय निम्रता (ता)तो पुप्फचूलाण मिस्सिीयातो मरीर- पातोमिणीयातो मबाओ अणतर चहता । महाविदेहे वासे मिग्निहिति । चउरयो धमो(गो) सम्मतो । Begins (शरिणमा) fol 33. जहण भने उशोषमो उगाण पउयस्म धागरम पुप(फोचताण ! अपमहे पनन । परमम्म ण मते यन्दिसाण समणेण भगयया जाय सपमेण etc घग्गरम उवगाण ·248 Jarna Literature and Philosophy [256. Engs -- fol 40' एव खलु जमू समणेण भगवया महावीरेण जाय निक्षेपओ । छ । एव सेसा यि एकारस अज्झयणा नेयवा । सगहणी अणुसारेण अहीणमइरित्त एमारमा(स) वि। छ । निरयावलियासुयफखधो सम्मत्तो। छ । समत्ताणि य उयगाण } छ । निरयापरिपाउवगेण एगो सयक्खयो पच घग्गा । पचस दिवसेस उहिस्सति । तत्य उचउ)ह यग्गेसु दस २ उद्देसमा पचमागा(मवग्गे) पारस उद्देसगा । छ || निरयावलिया- सुयक्सधो गम्मतो । छ । निरयावलीसूत्र समान । छ । निरयावली समत्त । श्री।। शुभ भवतु | etc Reference Published with Sricandra Suri's commentary in the Agamodaya Samiti Series in A D 1922 For its contents etc see Weber II, p 601, Indian Antiquary vol XX, p 20 ff , and Z D MG rol XXXIV, p 178 For additional Mss see B BRA S vols III-IV, P 393, and GO Series vol XXI, p 33 " " " " " "" " निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्ध Niryāvalıhasrutaskandha व्याख्यासहित with vyallıya 158 No 256 1873-74 Size - 10] in by 41 in Extent -(text) 34 folios, 2 to 14 lines to a page, 58 letters to a line - (com ), 14 to 19 65 Description Country paper thin and greysb, Devanagari charac rers with occasional पृष्ठमानाs, bold clear ind tolerably good hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in black inh, some of the foll marked with three circular discs in red ink, one the and one in each margin, numbers of foll entered twice as usual, this is a gre Ms the text is written in the middle and in a bigger hand, red chalk and yellow pigment profusely used, foll I' and 34• blanh, condition tolerably good, the commentary composed im Saunvat 1228 See No 257, extent of the text 1109 slobas and that of the commentary bos 1n centre .

·257-J VIII-XII 12 Upangas 249 " Age - Old Author of the com Śricandra Suri Subject The test along with a commentary in Sanskrit Begins -(text) fol 1 तेण कालेण । तेण समएण etc , 1s in No 255 - (com) , श्री पार्श्वनाथ नमस्टत्य । प्रायो()न्यग्रथवीक्षिता। निरयावलि[का]श्रुतस्कधे व्यारपा काचित्रकादयते ॥ १ etc Ends -- - (text) fol 33' एव खल जन् etc, practically up to सम्मत्तो 1s in No 255 followed by the lines as under प्रधान ११०९ ॥ इति अयो(स्तु लेपकवावकयो ॥ छ । पहितवीरग विजय ॥ - (com ) fol 33 सकलमत्तविकारविरहत्तया तात्पर्थमाह । म दु खानामत करेंति ॥ इति श्रीश्रीचन्द्रसरिविरचित निरयावलिकाश्रुत स्कविवरण समाप्तमिति ॥ अथार ॥ ६०५ ॥ शुभ भवतु लेखक पाठकयो । चिर भदत पुस्तिका । Reference See No 255 निरयापलिकाश्रुतस्कन्ध-याख्या Nirayatalkasrotaskandburyahbya No 257 738 1892-95. Size -- 10in by 41 in Extent - 12-1=1 folios, 17 lines to a page, 60 letters to a line Description Country paper, brretle and greyısh, Devanagan characters sith TEHTAJTS, small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red, foll numbured in the right hand margis only, mostly unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre, the numbered, in the margins, 100, red chalk and yellos pigment used, fol I" missing, otherwise complete , edges of some of the foll slightly worn out , condition tolerably good, this Ms docs not gne the text continuonsiy, it is rather gren in parts, toral crtent 1746 slolas, the commentary composed sn Samyat 1228 " IJLP] ·350 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [258 Age.--- Sariivar 1623. Author.---Sricandra Suri. Subject. A Sanskrit commentary explaining Nirayavalikāśrutaskandha. * Begins.- fol. 2*4(6) सारो घण्णातिशयस्तत्प्रधानो यो निकपो रेसा तस्प यत्प. क्ष्म बहुलत्वं तद्वयो गौरः स कनकपुलमनिम्पपक्ष्मगौरः । तथा उन etc. Ends.-- fol. 12* सकलमर्मत etc., up to ग्रंथाl as in No. 256 followed by ६३७ सूचत्तिसर्यमरपा १७४६ शुभं भवतु ।। संवत् १६२३ वर्षे श्री 'जेसल मेरौं' ५० कल्याणधीरेणालोखि । स्वयाचनाय ॥ श्री" यसुलोचनरवि(१२२८)वर्षे श्रीमश्रीचंद्रहरिभिण्या(धा)। आभडासाश्वसतो निरयावलिशास्रवृत्तिरियं ॥ १ ॥ छetc. Reference.-See No. 256. निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्धव्याख्या Nirayāvalikāśrutaskandbavyākhyā No.258 607. 1884-86. Size.- Ton in. by 41 in. Extent.- 12 folios ; 18 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line. Description.--- Country paper, rough and greyish; Devanagari characters, small, clear, bold and fair liand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in blach inh; red chalk and yellow pigment used; complete, composed in Samyat 1228; extent 650 slokas, condition very good. Age.-- Old. Begins.-- fol. I ॐ नमः श्रीमते शांतिनाथाय ॥ पार्श्वनाथं etc. as in No. 256. Ends.- fol. 12 सकलार्मकृत etc., up to विवरण समा# as in No. 256 followed by the lines as under :-- छ । श्री वसुलोचनरवि( १२२८)वर्षे श्रीमच्छीचंद्रमारभिब्धा । आभदवसाकवसाता(सतौ) ॥ निरयावलिशास्त्रवृत्तिरियं ॥ १ ॥ ग्रंथान ६५मितं ॥ N. B. For further particulars see No. 256.

·299 1 VIII-XII 12 Upangas 251 Paragrafscht EFEEDITOR Niriyavalihasrutusludluvyállya 1877. No 259 1886-92 Size — 10 10 by 4s in Extent 9 folios , 18 lines to a page , 60 letters to a lioe Description - Country paper, thin and grey, Devanagari characters with occasional de cats, small, clear and good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, red chall and yellow pigment used, numbers of foll entered twice as usual, some lacune (vide fol 4th), fol gb blach, com plete , extent 70370?) slokas , condition tolerably good Age - Pretty old Begins fol rran FETT etc as in No 256 Ends fol 9 स(कल)कर्मरुतविकार etc, up to श्रुतरम्यविवरण as in No 256 followed by सपूर्ण ॥ श्री etc यथार ७०३७ (७३७१) ॥ श्री etc N B- For further particulars see No 256 - निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्धव्याख्या Nirajav abhasrntash udhavyabbyā No 260 739 1892-95 Size - 101 in by 4 in Extent Is folios, Is lines to a page , 48 letters to a line Description - Country paper, rough aud white, Devanagari characters with that, bold, sufficiently big, clear and good hand-wring, borders ruled so four lines in black ink, space bers een the pairs coloured red, complete, edges of some of the foll slightly worn out, condition tolerably good Age - Old Begins - fol 13Ah listrata Tiffaren 1 पार्श्वनाथ नमस्कृत्य etc as in No 256 ·252 Jaina Literature and Philosophy ( 261. Ends - fol 850 F7 F etc, up to ETF fattor is in No' 256 Here it terminates N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 256. No 261 निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्धयारया Nuajāvalilasiutuskaluvyakhyā 159 1873-74 Size Infin by si in Exten --- Zr folios, 12 likes to a page , 38 letters to a le Description - Country paper, rough, tough and wluite , Devanagari characters, bold, big, legible and good hand-writing , borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink, fol je blanh, so is the fol 210, complete , condition good Age -- Saravac 1931 Begins fol 1 श्रीगणेशाय नम ।। ভানাথ etc as in No 556 Ends.- fol 21° FF FFAT etc, up to FANAF as in No 256 followed by the lines as below शुभ भवतु सवत् १९३१ ज्येशुक्लनवम्या चद्रयासरे व्यलीलिखत् व्यास- टीकमदास श्री जेसलमेरुदुर्ग श्रीवै(?)रीशालराज्ये शुभ भूयात् श्रीरस्तु NB.- For further particulars see No 257 निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्ध वासहित Nirayāvalılasıtaskandha with tabla No 262 754 1899-1915 Size Extent 10 ia by 48 in (text) 53 folios , 8 lines to a page, 40 letters to a line - (tabbà) 44 >> >> 3) 1 > ·262 VIII-XII 12 Upangas 283 Description Country paper, tough and white , Devanagari characters, this Mís contains the text as well as the fabbi, the latter written in a very small hand , legible and very fair handwriting, borders ruled in two lines and adges in one, in red ink, red chall used , fol i blink, a big strip of paper pasted to fol 14 , small strips to corners of several other foll , foll 35 to 44 slightly worm-erten, coodition on the whole very fair, foll numbered in both the margins , both the text and the tabbà complete , extent 1100 slokas Age --- Samvat 1765 Subject — The text in Prakrit together with its interhuear explana tion in Gujarati Begins -(text) fol 1 श्री गुरुभ्यो नम । तेण कालेण तेण समएण etc, as in No 255 --(rabba) fol xb ॐ नमो भगायै नम । तेणइ कालि चोथे आरइ ॥ तेणे समद तेणइ । प्रस्तावि ॥ राजग्रह नामि ।। नगरइ ॥ हुषु ॥ गुस्ता(ण)सा(शि)ल नामि ।। चैत्य । हुतो।। वर्णण घन । अशोक घर प्रधान रक्ष हुतो Metc Ends - (text) fol_53' एव खलु जसूसमणेण etc, ug co पारसउद्देसग निरयावला(लि)यासुयक्रधो समतो छ as in No 255 followed by ग्रथायथ ११०० इति श्रीनिरयावलिया उप्पाग समापत सवत् १७६५ घरपे आसोमासे शुक्लपक्षे चउदस रविवासरे 'वाशनेर नगरे ल पु श्री५- महावजी ततसीप्यऽश्री५ प्रेमजी ल वीरजी क । जगा + । वालजीनी प्रत छै सही ३ -(rabba) fol 53* इम सेप थाक्ता इगियार अध्येन जाणवा ।। कद्देवा सर्व सगृहणीने अनुसारइ ॥ अद्धीक उनो ॥ इगीयारनि इम जाणयो । निरावण]लिनो ॥ श्रुतस्कद्ध ॥ समाप्त ॥ समतो एनी प्रथनि ।। निरावलीका ॥ उपागनि । एक श्रुतस्वध ॥ पांच वर्ग ॥ पाचे दीवसे कहेवा उदेस्यो । तीहा चउथो वर्ग ॥ दस उदेशे करी सहीत ।। पाचमे वर्ग चार उद्देसा कर्या निरयावलीनो श्रुपको समाप्त । प्रधानथ ॥ पाठ ११०० इती निरयावलीया । उपाग समाप्त ॥ Reference - See No 255 ” ·25A Jaina Literature and Philosophy [263. निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्धपयाय Nirayāvalikāśrutaskandhaparyaya 736(16). No.263 1875-76. Extent.-- fol. 156 to fol. 16'. Description. Complete. T'or other details see Pañcavastukaparyaya 736 (I). No. 1875-76. Subject.-- Difficult words etc., occurring in Nirayāvalikāśrutaskandha elucidated. Begins.--fol. IF' पाक्षिकवृत्तौ पक्खसंधी आ(अ)मावास्या । तो कह निज्जुत्तीए णुमइ इति आवश्यकनियुक्तिः । etc. निरावलीश्रुतस्कंघपर्याय यथा विहरइ etc. Ends.-fol. 16* इति पुरुपा वागुरेय मृगपंधनमिव सर्वतो भवनात् तया परिक्षिप्ताः । यहुपडिपुनाई बायालीसा इति । पणयालीस पाठांतरं । इति निरा(रया)वलिकाश्रुतस्कंधपर्यायाः समाप्ताः। निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्धंपर्याय Nirayavalikäsrutaskandhaparyāya 789 (16). No.264 1895-1902. Extent.- fol. 24. Description. Complete. For other details see Pancavastuka paryaya No. _789 (I)... 1895-1902.. Begins.-fol. 24 पाक्षिकवृत्तौ पक्वसंधी अमावास्या etc., as in No. 263. Ends.--fol. 24' इति पुरुपा वायरेव मृगबंधन etc. N. B.--- For subject see No. 263. निरयावलिकाबालायबोध Nirayāvalikābālāvabodha No.265 160. 1873-71. Size.- 11 in. by 6 in. Extent.- 3+1=4 folios; 13 lines to a page, 28 letters to a line, ·265 l'III-XII 12 Upangas 255 Description - Country paper, thich, rough and white, Devanagari characters, bold, sery big, quite legible and good handwriting, borders ruled in two lines in red ink, edges singly, completo, this Ms contains an additional foll numbered as i and containing the colophon, condition very good Age Samvat 1930 - Author - Not mcntioned Subject 1 Gujarati commentary to Nirayávaliku Begins -fol 1 अह । श्रीपार्श्वनाथाय ॥ नमो अरिहताण । नमो सिद्धाण । नमो आपरियाण । नमो उवझायाण । नमो लोए सरसाटूण ॥१॥ अप निरयावलीसूत्र अक्चूरि लिस(रयते । अध्ययन समुदाय ।। पत्र प्रथम ॥ १॥ समानाकार पर॥२॥ आयु तेह नाशु जीपसइ । के नही जीप । भामजह । के नही भाजद etc Ends --fol 3* नव हात देह प्रमाण इत्यादि श्रीपार्श्वनाथनु पर्णक जाण ॥ ७ ॥ पन्न १॥ सदा उस चन ठाम पर ॥ ३३ ॥ साहदा० । हर्पनी भेरी । पापोग पने करी ॥ पर॥३४॥ इति निरयारली अपरि सपूर्ण ।। स० १६७५ वर्षे चैत्र यदि । १० ॥ लपित । साहा श्री ५जीवापठनार्थ ॥ इति जूनि पर्त माहेथी। सः। १९३० घरपे पोश यदि ८॥ दिने रवीवारें । लपित ॥ श्री थिराद'मध्ये ॥ श्रीसेवक ठाकोर । मे आरांमसत माणकचद ॥ श्री (स)रकार साहिबनें लपी आप्यु छि । ए परत । मैंता भगवानलाले लपावी । अगरेच सरकार वास्त ॥ श्रीम(शुभ भवतु || श्री ।। इति निरयावली अवरि समाप्त ॥ श्रीमह मायादेवी म || श्रीसरस्वती तुभ्य न्मो ॥ श्री. ॥ श्री ॥ए सर्वे थइन पाना दशे दश लप्पा ॥ Begins fol 1श्रीनम ॥ 'श्रीमाली'वरवशमौक्तिरसमस्फूर्जतश्रिया(5)लस्तो मन्त्री गोवलनामत समभवत् श्रीपाइलीया न्वय । सूनुस्तस्य च पाल्हणाख्यसचिवस्तजो(s)पि पथाभिधो बुद्धया श्रेणिकर्नदनस्य सदृशश्चातुर्यधैयाश्रित ॥१॥ प्रासादोद्धरणप्रष्टपदधीविरप्रतिष्ठापक स्तस्यामीद(द )रमातराण्यतनुजस्तबल्लभा(s)यूं सती । 4 ·256 Jauna LsicTolute and Philosopiry 126. सत्पुनो(डास्ति तयो एधर्मनिरत श्रीधर्मसिहाभिध मर्यभ्येषु च गम्पसद्गुणगणारामाभिराम मदा ॥२॥ सतत् )शी( च्छी लभूपणविभूपितचारुदेहा सोहीरमृत प्रथमका पिर तस्प पाता। तस्या सत कमलसिटपराभिधाना विद्याधरो गुणनिधिस्तनपस्तदर्य (14) ॥३॥ पतिव्रताधर्मसदानुरता भार्या द्वितीया मरघू प्रसिदा ।। तस्पा सत श्रीनरसिहनामा ख्यात सदाचारविचारविजः॥४॥ स्वभुजोपात्तयित्तस्य व्ययात् श्रीरल्पपुस्तके धर्मसिरधनीनाम्ना । लिसापपदिद महत् ॥ ७॥ 'राया पक्षीयगच्छी(च्छे) प्रचरगुणयता जैत्रचंदाभिधाना सूरि श्रीपूज्यपादा जे(ज गति विजपते सूरयो भावचदा । श्रीमच्चारित्रचन्द्राभिघरगुरपश्चारुचारित्रमाज स श्रीसघलोरे प्रवितरतु उस शारयतानदरूप ॥६॥ तेपा च पट्टे महिमा(म)प्रभाड्या सूरीस्य(श्व )रा श्रीमुनिचन्द्रपादा भानो समा सभति विद्यमाना श्री भीमपलीय गणे जयति ॥७॥ कालाद्विन्मभूपतारपशर पंचैक (१५५५) व सरे(रे) वैशापस्य गभस्तिनाम्न्यनुमिते घने सिते शीतगे। श्रीकल्याभिधशास्त्रपुस्तकामिह श्रीमद्गुरोरर्पयत् मत्रीशो बहुभाक्तपूरितमना श्रीधर्मसिह सती ॥८॥ जीयाचिर महाशास्रपुस्तक साधुसाधुभि पाच्यमान सभामध्ये अधिया हर्पशरफ ॥९॥ श्रीमत्श्रीमुनिचद्रमरिसगुरो प्रोढप्रसादात क्षिता व—कुक्षिसमुद्भवो नरमाण श्रीधर्मसिह स्ती। इभ्य सभ्य(भ्योतम कल्पतनय साक चिर जीवतात स्फूज्जतस्वीयपवित्रगानशिरसि स्वणाचत स्तोपम ॥१०॥ इति प्रशस्ति ॥ इति लपित श्रीसघश्रीम्पारामस्तूतमाणकचद श्री'थरा. द'मधे( ध्य) वास्तव्य ॥

·266 ] I 10 Prakiratas 257 - II PRAKĪRNALAS (A) 10 PRAKIRNĀKAS THE FIRST PRAKĪRNAKA चतु शरण Catulisarana (चउसरण) (Causarana ) No266 316 (1) A. 1882-83 Extent • fol 23"to fol 25 Description Complete For other details see Bhaktămarastotra No 316 (3) A 1882-83 Age -Nor modern Author Virabhadra Subject This work also known as hušalänubandhi adhyayana (Kusalanubandhi ayjhayana ) deals with four saranas in 63 verses in Prahrit, the portion preceding the ist verse being in prose The other name is probably due to the gth verse See fol 233 Begins --fol 23"चनारि मगल अरिहता मगल मिद्धा मगल । साहू मगल । केव- लिपणण)तो धम्मो मगर । चत्तारि रोगोत्तमा । अरिहता लोगोत्तमा । सिद्धा लोगोत्तमा । साहु लोगोत्तमा । केवरिपण(पणत्तो धम्मो लोगोत्तमो ॥२॥ चत्तारि सरण पवज्जामि अरिहते सरण पर(ब)ज्जामि ॥ सिद्धे सरण पर(कोजामि साटू सरण पव(व)ज्जामि केवलिपण(पणत्तो धम्मो सर(ण) पच्च(ब)ज्जामि ॥३॥ सावज्जजोगविरई उविरजण गुणवओय पडिवत्ती खलियस्त न(निोदणा वणवि(ति)गच्छ गुणधारणा चेव ॥ ४ etc -fol 23° अमरिंदकुभ]नरिंदमुणिंदवदिय वदिउ महावीर । कुसलाणुबधिरधुरमज्झयण कित्तयस्सामि ॥ १२ ॥ Ends -fol 25* इय जीवपमायहारिधीरभद्दतमेयमज्झयण । झापस तिसझमरसारण निव(इसहाण । कुसलाणबधिज्झयण सम्मत्त ॥६६॥ इति चउसरण सम्मत्त । छ। Reference This work was published in A D 1886 by Rai Dha napatısınh Bahadur along with the following nine prakır nakas - 33 [JL P.] " .

·258 Jaina Literature and Pinlosophy [ 267. - ( 1 ) Tandulavaicārıha, ( 2 ) Devendrastava, ( 3 ) Ganıvıdy 1, (4) Samstaraka, (5) Åturapratyahhyāna, (6) Bhahta parijn, ( 7 ) Candravedhyaha, ( 8 ) Mahapratyāl hyana and (9) Marannvibhıhtı The last is also known as Marana samadhi Agimodaya Samiti, too, has published this work along with chāya, in its series as No 46 Herein are included the folloring nine prakırnalas ( 1 ) Aturapratyakhyana, (2) Mahapratyakhyana, (3) Bhaktaparijnă, ( 4 ) Tandulavaicăriha, (s ) Samstarala, (6) Gacchacira, ( 7 ) Ganividya, ( 8 ) Devendrastava and (9) Maranasamdhi Thus, in this list we find Gacchacara in place of Candravedhyaka The text together with avacuri was published in D LJ PF series as No 59 in A D 1922 For contents etc see Weber II, Nos 1861-1864, p 608 and Indian Antiquary vol XXI, P 108 For additional Mss see B BRA S vols III-IV, P 389 For the opening lines beginning with parts and ending with धम्मो सर(ण) पवजामि see Bhaktapariyna No 298 There is another work having Catuhsarana for its title, but, as it does not seem to have any other point in common with this work, it is not being included under this group of prakırnahas, but is incorporated under "miscellanea चतु शरण Catulsarna 1280 (c) No 267 1891-95 Extent -fol 40 to fol 56 Description – Completc The number of verses is mentioned as 63, though ita RITO is numbered as 4th For other details 1980 (a) see Bļhidatıcıra No 1891-9) Begins fol 4 T RTE etc, as in No 166 Ends fol s6 g 14A1 etc up to Ugly as in No 266 followed by ॥ ६३ इति कुसलाणुषधिअज्झयण सम्मत्त ॥" N.B. For other details see No 266 ·268.1 1 10 Prakirņakas 259 - " चतु-शरण Catubsarana No 268 386 (a) 1879-80 Size --9 in by 4g in Extent 132 folios, 13 lines to a pige, 46 letters to a line Description - Country paper thin, rougli and white, Devanagarı characters with frequent HTAIS, sufliciently big, legible and good hand writing, borders ruled in three lines in red inh , foll numbered in both the margins, yellow pigment used , fol r-decorated with a design in various colours%3B similar is the case with fol 1320 , foll 62 to 112 more or Jess worm eaten, edges of the last two foll slightly worn out, condition on the whole tolerably good, this work ends on fol 36,63 verses, complete, this Ms, contains in addition the following 14 prakırnahas (1) आतुरप्रत्याख्यान foll (2) भक्तपरिज्ञा (3) सरतारक (4) तन्दुलवैचारिक (5) चन्द्रवेध्यक (7) देवेन्द्रस्तव (8) गणिविया (9) महाप्रत्याख्यान (ro) पीरस्तव (11) अजीवकल्प (12) गच्छाचार (13) मरणसमाधि (14) तीर्थोद्गालिक 88. The total extent of this Ms is 1565 ślokas, the number of gathas being 1233 1879-80 Age - Samvat 1671 Begins -fol 1 सावज्जजोगविरई etc Ends -- fol 3'इप जीव etc, up to सहाण 25 10 No 266 followed by ६३ चउसरण सम्मत्त छ NB - For additional details see No 266 36106 120 I26 " 17 17- 300 30. , . " 47', 360 360 "474 500 500 54. "56. 56. 574 570 " " 620 " 610 884 " 132" See No 386 (n) ·260 Jama Litercitire and Philisophy 1269. . . অহা Catuharana No 269 14166) 1872-73 Sizc.-IIn by 4t in Extent -- 96-1595 folios, 13 lines to a pago, so letters to a line Description - Country paper thin, and greyish , Devanagari charau ters with occasional gentats, sufficiently big, clear and good hand writing, borders ruled in four lines in blach inh, red chall and yellow pigment used, this Ms seems to be ex posed to fire, fol ri blank , foll numbered in the nght hand margin only , marginal notes here and there, fol 67th missing, otherwise complete, some foll worm-eaten , condition not satisfactory, this Mís contains the following 14 additional works आतुरमत्यास्थान foll 3' to 5 (2) भक्तपरिक्षा . (3) सरतारक 13 (4) वीरस्तय 13 (3) गच्छाचार " 180 (6) अजीवकल्प 196 (7) चन्द्रवेध्यक 190 27 (8) देरेन्द्रस्तष 27,35" (9) गणिविद्या 35,37 (10) महाप्रत्यारपान 37, (1) तन्दुलवैचारिक (2) मरणविधि 49, 660 (13) आराधनापताका 68 (14) सारावली 920, 95 "10 10" " " " 18 " " " " 400 "49 " " " 920 " Age - Old Begins --fol bॐनम श्रीजिनागमाय ॥ सावजजोगविरई etc Ends-fot3. इअ जीव etc, up to निसहाण 25 in N0266 This is followed by the line as under इति बृहश्चतु शरणप्रकीर्णक छ ॥१॥ NB-For further particulars see No 266 1 There is a work named Gea NU apted in Jaina Granthas all but it seems to be diferent from thus ·270 1' I 10 Prakirakas 261 चतु शरण Catubsarana No. 270 1358 (0) 1891-95 Size - 101 in by 4 in. • Extent so folios, 13 lines to a page, 48 letters to a line Description - Country paper, thin, rough and greyish, Devanigiri characters with occasional (EHES, small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red foll numbered in the right hand margin only, unnumbered sides harc a small disc in red colour, in the centre only, the numbered, in the margins, too, a piece of paper of the size of a fol pasted to fol 14, this Ns contains the names of the ten prakınalas etc, complete, 1 portion of fol 136 worn out, bits of paper pasted to foll s', 24' and 25*, edges of the last few foll damaged, condition toterably good, 63 verses, complete, this Ms contains the following to additional works (1) आतुरप्रयाख्यान foll 3 to 6° (2) Fart IO* (3) मतपरिज्ञा 156 (4) तन्दुलबैचारिक Isb ,, (5) বই (6) देवेन्द्ररतव (7) महाप्रत्यारपान (8) गाणिविया (9) वीरस्तव (ra) अजीवकल्प Age — Fairly old Begins -- fol 15 3 FÈ STATATITT II सावज्जजोगविरई। etc End -fol 3439 Tar etc up to निव(बु)इसहाण ।। ६३ ॥ followed by कुसलाणुबधिज्झयण सम्मन्न NB - For additional details see No 266 6 > . 10 " 32" 324 » 476 3 » 484 >> 454 455 485 496 » 496 » Soo ·262 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 2732 चतुशरण Catuh sarana 1262 (0) No. 271 1891-95. Extent. fol. 4' to fol. 6'. 1262(a). Description.- Complete. For other details see Jivavicāra No. *1891-95. Begins.- fo.4% in AS REM etc. मायज्जजोगविरई' etc. Ends.--fol. 68 g Fathry etc., up 10 AT as in No. 266. N. B.-For further particulars see No, 266, चतुःशरण Catubsarana No. 272 579 ( a ). 1895-98. Extent.- fo. 12° to fol. 13'. Description. Complete. For other details see Maranavidhi No. 579 (a ), 1895-98. Begins. fol. 128 HTC WITORS etc. Ends.-fol. 138 gu yang etc., up to ugrós as in No. 266 followed by ॥ ६३ कुसलाणुबंधज्झयणं सम्मत्तं । छ। N. B. For other details see No. 266, चतुशरण Catuhsarana 1168 (d). No. 273 1887-91, Extent.- fol. 7* to fol. 85. Description. - Complete. For additional particulars see Samstäraka No. 317. Age.-- Samvat 1491. Begins.-fol. 78 FITFRÄMITE etc. 1 This verse is here Qumbered as the 4th 23 in No. 266.

·75.) I, so Pralirnakas 263 Ends -fol 88इप जीवपमाय etc, up to सुहाण । ६३ कुसलाशुवाधिज्झयण समत्त followed by मगलमस्तु ॥ ॥ स. १४९१ प फागुणयदि ७ गुरो लिसित ।। पादृश etc , मगर महानी । देह पिया परमश्वरि ॥छ । शुभ भगतु । रेसकपाठग्यो ॥॥ N. B - Por other particulars see No 266 चतु शरण Catubsamna No.74 613 (1) 1884-86 Extent -- fol 452 to fol 471 Description Complete For other drails see Paksihasutra No 513(a) T884-86 Begins -fol 45 सायनजोगविरई etc Ends — fol 470 g Thi ctc , up to UGTOT as in No 266 followed by the line as below - ॥६३ चउसरण समाप्त "॥ NB -For other details see No 266 चतुशरण Catulisaran अवचूरिसहित with aracūr 645 (a) No 275 1884-86 Size — 10% in by 41 in Extent - 8 folios, 26 lines to a page, 56 to 74 letters to a line Description - Country paper very thin, rough and grey ish, Deva Dagan characters, this is a part Ms containing the text and the commentary, the latter in a very small hand, legible and tolerably good hand writing, bordets ruled in four lines in black ink, red chalk and white pigment used, the ist fol slightly com, each fol vorm-eaten some extent, a strip of white paper pasted to fol 8', condition on the whole good, both the text and the com mentary complete, this Ms contains the following 3 addıtional works — to ·264 Jama Literature and Philosophy [276. " " 6. 86 " " " " (1) आतुरप्रत्याग्यान with अवचार foll 241030 (2) भक्तपरिज्ञा 36,6 (3) सस्तारक Age - Samsat 1484. See No 319 Subject — The text along with a small commentary in Sanskrit Begins ~~-( text) fol "नमो जिनेंद्राय ॥ सावज्जजोगघिरइ(ई) etc , as in No 266 ---(com) fol " सामायिर (letters scratched out) उत्कीर्तना २४ जिनस्तवेन २ ज्ञानादि गुणवत्प्रतिपत्ति ३ खलिप्रति ४ ख (व)ण कायो त्सर्ग ५ गुणा चिरत्यादय ६ इति पडावश्यक सूचा ॥ १ इहैव जिनशासने स नान्यत्र २ चतुर्विशि()तेरात्मनाजीवाना जिनसबधिना रतय क्रिपते । पर चतुर्विंशत्यात्म(क)स्तन । आदिशब्दाद् दर्शनचारिनाचरणग्रहा । तत्सपन्न ज्ञानादिगुणयुक्तभक्तिकरणात् । ज्ञानयानपि दर्शनचारिगुणयुक्त एव वदन कपतिपत्तियोग्य ॥ विधिना ३२ दोप २५ (आ)वश्यक्शुद्धि क्रियते तेषा ज्ञानाचारादिना तु पुनरर्थे ४ etc Ends --( text ) fol 21 737 TGATTAEfr etc, as in No 266 --(com ) fol 27 जीवात्मन् वीर सुभटरल्प | भद्र यस्मात् । भद्रात मोक्षप्रापक । एठत् अध्ययन । जीभ इति पाठो जितप्रमादमहारिवीरभद्र स्येद तदेव । उन साधो लक्षणमध्ययनमति (1)६३ छ श्री छ॥ Reference See No 266 चतु शरण अवचूरिसहित Calculss 119200 With wvacūri 0276 260 A1882-83 Size - 101 miyal m Errent -- (text) I folios, 22 limes to a pag- -(com),, 55 letters to a linc 62 " """ ·1978) I 10 Prakirrakas 265 Description - Country paper rough and white, Devanagari chiarace ters, this is a free Nis , tlic text written in 2 bigger hand as conipared with the commentary, legible and very good hand-string, borders ruled in four lines in black inkx foll numbered in right hand margin only, both the ictt and the commentary complete, "condition very good, the commentary seems to be almost the same as in No 278 Author Gunarataa Suri Age - Samvat 1645 Begins -(text) fol 14 CFR 1 सावज्जजोग etc --{com), " पदमध्ययन परमपद etc Ends --(text) fol 869 Team etc, up to Um 1162 11 15 103 No 272 followed by it at Total FIANT CIC - com ) fol so srdrygt etc, up to or as in No 278 followed by the lines as under ॥ इति चतुशरणप्रकीर्णकाऽवरि । सम्मत्त शास्त्र । सवतः 8684 11 at NIKTE TE JETE Herfor faen maalt Then in a different hand we have g! Ernatu i Reference See No 266 > चतु शरण Catuh sarang भवचूर्णिसहित with avacūrni 720 No 277 1899-1915 Size -- 1010 by 41 an Extent.-- (text) s folios, 7 lines to a page: 36-letters to a line - (com ) s foltos, 15 lines to a page, 104 letters to 2 line Description Country paper very thin and greyish, Devanagarı characters is th FAITS bold, legible and elegant handwriting, borders ruled in tbree lines in red ink, it 15 2 21 Ms sontaining both the text and its commentary, 22 34 U LP3 ·266 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [278 " the latter written in a rery small hand , both complete , condition sery good, though the edges of all the foll slight ly damaged Age - Fairly old Subject - The text along with a small commentary' in Sanskrit Begins --(text) fol 1 सावज्जजोगविरई १ उात्तिण २ic --(com ) fol 1 इदमध्ययन परमपदप्राप्तिचीजरूप वात् श्रेयोमूतमतस्त- दारभे ग्रथन्मगलरूपसामायिकायावश्यगर्थस्थन? सर्वभावमगलक(का) रणद्रव्यमगलभूतगजादि१४ etc Ends (text) fol sb इअ जीवपमाय etc, up to नि इसहाण as in No 266 followed by the lines as below इति चतु शरणप्रकीर्णक । लिखित गच्छाधिराजश्रीमुनिसंदर सूरिशेष्येण ।। -(com ) fol b प्रत्येकबुद्धा अपि तावत एव परीणान्यपि तावति भव तीति गाथार्थ ॥ ६३ ॥ इति चतु शरणप्रकीर्णकावचूर्णि ॥ श्रेय स्तात् ॥श्री ॥ Reference Scc No 266. " चतु शरण Catubsarana अवचूर्णिसहित with avacūra 188 No278 1871-72 Size 9 in by 44 in Estear (test) 1. folios, 18 lines to 2 page, 44 letters to a lide --(com },, Description ~~ Country paper rough and greyash, Devanagari characters with पृष्ट्रमात्रा, this 15 1 मिपाटी Ms the text written a slightly bigger hand, borders ruled in three lines in black ink, red chalk used, yellow pigment, condition sery good, boh the text and the commen 1271 complete This small commentary seems to be die same as one & eo in the printed edit on (DL.IPF Senes Mo 59) "153 " 1D 100, 1 ·267 " 279.1 I. 10 Prakirnakas Age.-Samrat 1686. Subject.— The text along with a small commentary agreeing in main points with No 277. Begins.-(text) fol x" सारग्जजोगविरई etc --(com), ॥ इदमध्यपन परमपदमाप्तिबीजमूतत्वात् श्रेपोभूत अतस्तदा- रभे अथष्ठन्मगलरूपमामापिसवायदयास्थनमारमगरसारण यमगल सूतगजादि१४वमोचार पानसर्वतीर्थरद्गुणरमरण२ etc Ends -(rext) fol In अ जीपमाप etc , up to सहाण as in No 272 followed by a line as under — इति श्रीचतु( )शरणप्रकीर्णकमध सपूर्ण ॥ -(com) fol r' प्रत्येसुद्धा अपि तारत एर मणिगन्यपि ताति भव- तीति ज्ञापित भवतीति गाथार्थ ६३ इति श्रीचतु शरणप्रकीर्णकाव- चूर्णिण() सपूर्णा रिसिता मयत् १६८६ वर्षे पैशापयदि १२ दिने प्रथम महरे 'मीर्या पुरे मुनिहारिलिसित ॥ छ । Reference See No 266 चतु शरण Catuhsurana टिप्पणकसहित with tippanika 247(a) No279 1871-22 Size - IIg in by +p in Extent- 7 folios, 17 lines to a page, 70 letters to a line Description - Country paper thin, rough and greytsh, Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs, small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing, borders ruled in two lines 10 black ink, red chalk used , marginal notes added at times, foll do not appear to have been numbered, the text and notes com plete, every fol more or less worm eaten, condition very fair, this Ms contains the following 3 additiozal works (1) आतुरप्रयारपान fall (2) भक्तपरिज्ञा 3,6. 13) सस्तारक 61 7" Age. - Samvat 1468 See No 310 , 2103. " " ·"268 Jaina Literature and Philosoping 1280 y " " Begins ---(text) fol ra सारज्जनोगचिरई etc --(com), कुशरस्य पुण्यानुनधिपुण्यस्य अनुराधो निरतत्ता re Ends -(text) fol 20 इय जीव etc., up to सम्मत्त as m No 266 - com ) fol 2 सम्या मनोवाकापै क्रियमाण स्वर्गापवर्गाय । कुशलेन पुण्यानुनधिपुण्येन जीय अनुबध्नाति योजयति अत एव कुशलानुबधि तच्च तध्ययन च कुशलानुवध्यध्ययन । Reference See No -266 " "145 " चतुःशरण Catuhsarana स्वासहित Sicà dabda N0280 114 1881-91 Size 10 in by 43 in Extent – (test) 9 follos, 15 lines to ? page, 34 letters to a line --(rabbi),, Description - Country paper rough and grey, D vanagırı charac ters with EATTIS, hand writing of the text very big, legible and very fur hand-s riting on the whole, borders ruled in three lines in red aub, foll numbered in the right hand margin only , foll " and blank , condition very good , both the text and the interlinear tabba complete Age - Samvat 1688 Subject The text along with an explanation in Gujarāti Begins -(text) fol r'श्रीगुरुभ्यो नम । सावजजोगविरई exc -(com), स्थविरश्रीजावणजीगुरुभ्यो नम । साध सावध जोगनै घरज ते सामायिद कहिइ etc Ends -(text) fot 9 इप जीव erc, up to सुहाणु(ग) as in No 266 followed by a line as below इति चउमरणपइन्न सम्मत्त || etc -(com) fol 9. नितिनु कारण 18. मोक्षन कारण ॥ ६३ ॥ इति श्रीचउसरणपइनु टवा सविस्तार सपूर्ण रूपत ऋषि श्री ॥ रामजाजी तासस्य(च्छिष्य)ठानि वीरजीना लेपत I etc सवत् १६८८ धर्षे अश्वमासे " , ·28r. I 10 Prakırnakas 269 कृष्णपध्ये तथौ ४ शनीवासरे 'सीहोरि'मध्ये कल्याण । Reference - See No 266 चतु शरण Catuhsarana टचासहित with tabba 713(b) No. 281 1899-1915 Extent fol 3* to fol 7 Description - Both the text and the tabba incomplete, since they commence abruptly For other details see Sthavırayalı No 713 (a) 1899-1915 Age -- Samvat 1703 Subject The text together with its explanation in Gujarati Begins -(text) fol 38 (म वजि)गणमहिमा अरिहत्ता मच्चायणमरिहता । यभर(व)यमरिहता । अरिहता दुतु में सरण ॥ १७ ॥etc -(com ) fol 3' प्रतिगालता हिमा अगरता चली सय पचन बोलता छह श्रीजिनरेंद्र अनइ ब्रह्मचर्य समन प्रतिपालता घr etc Ends-(rest) fol 7* इय जीवरमाय etc up to सम्मान as in No 266 followed by सवत् १७०३ प फागणशुदि ४ शनिदिने । श्री अणह (हि)हपुर पत्तने । लिखित ॥ श्री ॥ --(com) fol 7'ए अध्ययन उभट उद । ए ध्यायाथी भद्र कल्याण हद अघीयणऽथवा सिष्य आमरण हे वीर हे भद्र जापतय(ध्य)ना अत लगदप अध्ययन ध्यावू निश्चइ । ध्याता निशल विण्य सध्याइ अवध्य फर सहित " Reference - See No 266 चतुशरण टब्बासहित Catulgrana with tabba 428 1882-8३- N0282 Size - 10 in by ti in ·270 Jasa Literature and Philospohy [283 "14 """ Samyat 1759 Extent (text) 9 folios , 4 lines to a page, 30 letters to a line (abba), ,48 Description - Country paper thin and grey, Devanagari characters, bold, clear and fair hand-1 riting, borders ruled in two to three lines in red ink, edges of foll 4 10 7 somewhat damaged, condition tolerably good, this Mís contains both the text and its rabba , both complete, tol 9 blank Age Subject - The test with its explanation in Gujarati Begins -(text) fol "सावज्जनोग etc , -(com), महावीर ज(जि)न नावा शिवजाग्थ्य तु (ग? उप चतु शरणशब्दार्थ मपयोत क्रोम्यहा(ह) ॥१॥ चतु शरणनु पहिवनदु etc Ends --(rext) fol 9" इअ जीवपमाय etc, up to निरइसहाण ६३ as m No 277 followed by इति चोसरण समाप्त ॥ सपूर्ण । सवत १७५९ वर्षे ॥५०नरसघल्पित श्री विमानेर नगरे फागुण व ११ -Icom) fol 9. कारण छ प() अध्प फल उइ बले रहेचा छ पत इपथ ६३ इति श्रीचौसणसूत्र ममाप्त वाचनाचाग्यश्रीजैरतनगणिनीशिष्यवाचना चाहेमप्रमोदगणिशिप्पयाचनाचार्यरगविमरगणिाशेप्यपाहितनरसघ- लिपत ॥ मानृपडितलालजीसहितान ११ सवत् १७५९ अ मती फागुण- सुदि १ दिने सरस्वत्रबारे श्री विशनेर'नग()मध्ये लिपत । Reference See No 266 " " चतु शरणायचूरि Catabaaranăvacuri No 283 261() A.1882-83 Size ro in by 4g in Extent - 9 folios, 21 lines to 2 page, 72 to 74 letters to a line Description - Country paper very thin and greyish, Devanagan characters with पृष्ठमात्राs, bold, clear, small and very good - ·284 1 1. 10 Prakirnakas 271 hand-writing, borders ruled in three lines in red ink, the ist fol laching, so incomplete, the Ms. starts with the explanation of the 14th gatha of 5 Toot and goes up to the end, this Ms contains over and above this the following 3 works 410 74 See No 321. (1) आतुरप्रत्यास्यानविवरण foll (2) HERTIE 74 , 8! (3) सस्तारकीर्णायचर्णि 86,,ICO Age - Old Author - Probably Gunaratna Sûri Subject A small commentary in Sanskrit elucidating Caruhsarana. Begins -fol 2 घा तपश्चरण दुश्वरमनुचरत । केवलनी(भिय) पा(5) ईत प्राप्नु. पतो येते शरण etc Ends -fol. 4 येषां नितिमोक्ष इति तस्या निहत्ते(ते ) ससानि नेपामित्यर्थ ॥ ६१ समाता चतु शरणावचूरित Reference - This seems to be the same as ope published with the text together with Tandulavaicārıha, in the D L J. P. F. Series, No. 59 For contents etc see Weber II, p. 608 and lodian Antiquary rol XXI, p. 108 चतुशरणविपमपदः Catuhšaranavışamapuda. विवरण Varans No 284 1364 (a) 1891-95 Size 104 10. by 41 10 Lstent 13 folios, 19 lines to a page, 62 letters to a line. Description - Country paper sery thin and grey ssh, Devanagari characters Bath THPTS bold, small, legible and tolerably good hand-piting, borders ruled in three lines in red ink ·172 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [2345 । " " red,chalk used ; complete; this work is styled as Catuhsarandvacari, too. This is contains the following additional works:-- (1) आतुरमत्यास्यानविवरण foll. 3+ to 96 (2) भनपरिज्ञाऽपर्णि 96 11. (3) मस्तारफायरि T, 13 Age.- Pretty old. Subject.-Explanation of difficult words, phrases, etc., occurring in Catuhtarana. Begins.-fol. ." अहं चतुःशरणविषमपदविवरणं माव० सह अययेन पापेन वर्तत इति सायया युज्नं(ज्योत इति योगः erc. Endsr-fol. 5 केपा निर्वति(तिः) मोक्ष इति तस्याः निवृत्तेतः) गुखानि तत्सरगनि २ तेपामित्यर्थः ॥६६॥ चतु:शरणायचूरि।

·285.1 II to Prakirakas 273 THE SECOND PRAKIRNAKA STITUCITITI (आउरपञ्चक्खाण) Atuaprutyahbyan (Aurpaccallhana) 1358 (b) 1891-95 No. 285 Extent -- fol 30 to fol 6 Description -- Complete , 84 verses in all For further details see No 270 Author Virabhadra Suri See No 291 Subject This is one of the ten important prakırnakas mostly composed in verses in Prakrit After the roth verse, there is a Prakrit passage in prose which is followed by versas as before This prakırnaka which is also styled as Bfhadaturapratyakhyana' deals with various types of death, and indicates the stages arrived at by these types, pointing out means leading to them Begins --fol 3' देसिकदेसविरओ etc Ends-fol 6-धीरो जरमरणविक etc, up to सबदुरियाण ॥ ८४ ॥ आउर. पच(च)क्खाण मम्मत्त ॥छ । Reference -- Published by Rai Dhanapatısınh Bahadur in A D 1866 at Calcutta, ilong with nine other Prakırnal as, this work forming the 6th number in the lot of ten See No 266 It is also published with chaya by the Agamodaya Samiti,in its series as No 46 For contents etc see Weber II, p 612 and Indian Antiquary vol XXI, p. 310 For 2n additional Ms see B BRA S vols III-IV, P 382 There is another work of this name but as it seems to have only one verse in common with the present worh, it is not incorporated here, it is however mentioned under supernumery prahırnakis , since it is styled as prakırnaka in one of the Mss See No 267 35 (JLPI ·274 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [2863 । आतुरप्रत्याख्यान Aturapratyākhyāna 386 (b). No.286 1879-80. Estent.-- fol. 35 to fo]. 66. Description. - Complete; 67 verses in all. For further details see No. 268. Begins.- fol. 3' देसिक्के(क)देसविरओ etc., as in No. 293. Ends.-fol. 6. धीरो जरमरण etc., as in No. 293 followed by आतुरपच्चक्खाणं सम्मत्तं ॥४॥२ N. B.- For other particulars see No. 285. आतुरप्रत्याख्यान Aturapratyāklıyāna No.287 141 (b). 1872-73. Extent.- fol. 3" to fol. 5. Description. Complete ; 67 verses. For other details see No. 269.“ Age.- Old. Begins.-fol. 3*देसिक्कदेसविरओ etc. Ends.-fol. 5" धीरो etc., up to सयं as in No. 293 followed by सव- दुरिआणं ॥६७ इति वृहदातुरप्रत्याख्यानप्रकीर्णकं ॥ छ ॥२॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 285. आतुरप्रत्याख्यान Aturapratyākhyāna 2476). No.288 1871-72. Extent.-fol. 2 to fol. 3. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 279. Begins.-fol. 2 देसिक्कदेसविरओ सम्मदिही etc., as in No. 293. Ends.--fol. 3'धीरो जरमरणविऊ धीरो etc., up to सब as in No. 293 followed by दुरियाणं ।। ६. ॥ ८४ (१) आउरपञ्चक्खाणं ॥छ। N. B.-- For additional particulars see No. 285.

·189. It jo Prakarsakas 275 आतुरमत्याख्यान Aturaprutyakhyana 1168 (0) No 289 1883-91 Extent fol 6 to fol 7* Description - Complete , 84 verses For further details see Samsta ruka No 317 Begins --fol 6 देसिक्के(क)देसविरओ etc Ends --fol 7 धीरे जरमरण etc सम्बदुरिमाण १८४॥ आउरपचरूखाण सम्मत्त । N.B — For additional particulars see No 285 STTTTHEUTETTA Ātur apratyakhyana No 290 579(e) 1895-98 Extent – fol 134 to fol 14* Description 84 verses in all, complete for other details see Maranavıdhı No 579 (a) 1895-98 Begins --fol 13' ata arrat etc , practically as in No 293 Ends --fol 14" wiù tard etc, practically up to IOT " 8 as in No 293 followed by 37131484EIT HAITIE" NB- For further particulars see No 285 आतुरप्रत्याख्यान Aturapratyakhyāna विवरणसहित with viramni No 291 124 1873-74 Size --- 910 by 41 in Extent - 27 folios, 13 lines to a page, 4. letters to a line Description - Country paper thick and greyish ,Devanagari characters, sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink, yel low pigment used, numbers of the first and the last ſoll.

·276 Jama Literature and Philosophy ias. . " entered rvice, the rest numbered only once; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary, fol 1 blank, condition excellent, both complete , extent 850 slolas Age - Not modern Author of the com - Bha(?u)vanatunga Sun, pupil of Mahendra Sori, pupil of Dharmaghosa Sari, successor of Jayasımha Suri, successor of Aryarahsita Suri See No 318 Subject - The tert along with its explanation in Sanskrit Begins ---(text) fol 1 देसिकदेसविरओ etc - (com)" " श्रीसज्ञाय नम ॥ अहे ॥ मला वीरजिन वक्ष्ये मुग्धो(s)पि स्पयरोर्मसात् । आतुरप्रत्याख्यानस्य क्यिपदविवरण ॥१ मनु शास्त्रादौ सर्वश्रेष्टदेवतानमस्कारो दृश्यते etc Ends --(text) fol 26° धीरो जरमरण etc , up to सवरियाण as in No 289 followed by || ८४॥ -(com ) fol 27 अस्मिन्पाठे शास्त्रकाराभिधानमपि गुप्तमुक्त भवति । यतोऽस्यापि प्रकीर्णस्य वीरभद्रः कर्ता श्रूयते । भक्तपरिज्ञापामतिदेश- करणात् सा तु तेन कृतेति न्यतिक्रमे वास्तीत्यतो ज्ञायतेऽस्यापि स एष क्तति ॥८४॥ समाप्तमातुरप्रत्यारयानविवरण | छ॥ विचरणमेतद् यता यदि विपरीत मया किमप्युक्त। तन्मयि स्तानुस्पायचिंय शोध्य सदा विबुधै ॥१॥ सार्वज्ञशासनलवस्य श्रीधर्मधोपसगुरोर्जयति प्रसाद छ। प्रथितमतिरायरक्षितसरि विधि पक्षदेशक पूर्व । शमनिधिरभूदमुष्माच्छीजयासंहग्गुिरु ॥२॥ तापट्टोदयगिरिवरभानु श्रीधर्मघोपमरीश । तस्मान्महेंद्रसरिदस्तकुमतमतिबाद ॥२॥ श्रीम( 'भुवनतुगसरिस्तस्मा स्वस्योपटतिश्ते चक्रे । विवरणमानमिहातुरप्रत्याख्यानप्राणस्य ॥३॥ मिथ्या यदन भणित मयका मतिमाद्यतो महार्थेषु । तन्मय मृतानुस्पै शोध्य रियुर्विशेषेण ॥४॥ समाप्ता(ss)तुरप्रत्याख्यानविवरणप्रशस्ति । ग्रथमान ८५० ॥ श्री ॥ Reference - See No 285 ·4921 11 10 Prakirnakas 277 आतुरप्रत्याख्यान Aturaprtyākhyāna अवचूरिसहित 19th avacūri 645 (b) No292 1884-86 Extent -- fol 2:1 to fol 36 Description — Both the text and the commentary complete After thie portion in prose following the roth verse is completed, verses are not numbered in continuation but ast, 2 etc For other details see No 275 Author of the com Bhuvanatunga Suri, pupil of Mahendra Suri, pupil of Dharmaghosa Suri Subject The text together with a small commentary in Sanskrit as its explanation Begins -(text) fol 1 देसिकदेसविरओ etc , as in No 293 -(con ) fol : देशस्य समायरस एक्देश । सम्ल्पजनित्तिरूप । सो(s)पि मापराधनिरपराधत्वेन द्विधा । सम्यग्दृष्टि अपिपरीतमति १ सर्वतो १२ व्रतभेदत । देशत एक्वतपारनत । देशयतिमाद्ध २ विरतिरूपाणि ३ जच सयएस जयमाणा ठविआते पुण दिवसओ ओमारेइ । आवश्य- कचणी । सव्यवयाण करिज्ज सखेव । तन्मतमाश्रित्य सर्ववतरणकारपत्या. देशावकाशकस्यापि गुणवतव ४ etc Ends -(text) fol 3bौरो जरमरण etc, up to सव as in No 293 followed by दुरिपाण ॥ ५८ ॥ आउरपञ्चकखाण ॥ छ । , -(com ) fol 3' धिया राजते शोभते धीरस्तीर्थरत् ॥ धिय राति विज्ञान विशेपावनोधरूप ज्ञान सामान्य ऽथ वीर इति पाठ एव शास्त्रमन्नामापि ६८ श्रीधर्मघोपरिशिष्यमहेंद्रसरितच्छिष्यभुवनतुगसरे कृतिरियम् ॥ छ। Reference - See No 285 " आतुरप्रत्याख्यान Aturpriyakhana अवचूर्णिसहित mtb aracūrni 622 No293 1892-95 Size 10 in by 4g in Extent - text) 4 follos, jo lines to a rage, ,8 letters to a line (com) 98 " " "" " " "20 ·278 Jaina Literature and Plulosophy 1293. . Description - Country paper very thin and greyish, Devanagari characters with occasional gentITS, clear and good hand- Writing, thus Ms contains both the text and the commentary, lines of the commentary indiscernible at times, this is a I Mis as usual, borders ruled in three lines in red ink, red chall used, edges of the foll somewhat worn our , condition good , hand-writing of the commentary very small, Sr verses , complete, at the end of the commentary called 11acuri and avacurni as well, it is stated that the author is Virabhadra, pupil of Mahendrasün, pupil of Dharmaghosa Suri, but it seems that through oversight Virabhadra is mentioned for Bhuvanatunga Age Fairly old Author of avacúrni - Virabhadra (? Bhuvanatunga ) Súri Subject The text together with a small commentary in Sanskrit explaining it Begins -(text) fol 1 देसिकदेसविरओ सम्माहिही मरिज्ज जो जीवो । त होइ वालपडिअमरण जिणसासणे भणिय ॥१॥ etc " -( com ) fol ra अथातुरप्रत्याख्यानावचूरिलिरयते । इह सर्वेपा जीवाना नवद्दस्तकृतस्याग्रस्येव सक्लायुोऽत्यावस्थाराधनस्यैव सार- - Cara I etc " Ends -(text) fol 4 धारो जरमरणविऊ धारो पिताणनाणसपन्नो। लोग(गोरसज्जोअगरो दिसउ खय सव्वदुम्वाण ॥ ८१ ।। इत्यातुरमत्याख्यान परिपूर्ण ॥ शुभ भवतु -(com ) fol 4 इद विशेष्यपद । विशेपानि विशेषणानि तथैव । अस्मिन् पाठे शास्रकाराभिधानमपि गुप्त ज्ञात य यतोऽस्यापि प्रकीर्णकरप वीरभद्र एव साधु कर्ता श्रूयते भक्तपरिज्ञाया तकृताया अबाध्ययनेऽतिदेशकर जादीप ज्ञापते अस्थापि स एव कति ॥८४॥ इति धर्मघोपरिशिष्यश्रीमहेंद्रसूरिशिष्यश्रीधारभद्रसूििवरचिता. (55)तुरप्रत्यारयानावचूर्णि( ) समाता वैशाखवदि पचम्या भूला लाख समयरत्नगणिना मध्ये मुरकुलपाटक' ॥ शुभ भवतु । Refcrunce -- See No 28) ·2941 II 10 Prakirnakas 279 , " " "" , आतुरप्रत्याख्यान Aturapratyākhyana टब्बासहित with tabba 125 No294 1873-74 Size -- Iod in by 4g in Extent.- (text) 9 follos , 4 t09 lines to a page , 30 letters to a line. - (tabbr), 18 32 Description Country paper rough and greyish, Devanagarı characters with पृटमानाs, this Ms contains both the text and its cabba, the former written in a bigger hand , this is a panet Ms , hand-writing legible and fair, borders ruled sometimes in four lines and sometim s in three and edges mostly in one, in red ink, red chalk and yellow pigment used , fol ra blank , so is the fol 9', edges of the first and the last foll slightly worn out, condition good , complete. Age Samyat 1648 Subject — The text together with an explanation in Gujaratı Begins -(text) fol b श्रीवीतरागाप नम ।। देसिकदेसविरओ etc -(com ) fol tb देसर कापना वेस(१) आश्री देस हुत्ती पिरत सापराद्धा निरापराद्ध आदिथी देसनउ आधिशारी श्रायर सम्यग्दृष्टी जो जीयो etc Ends.- (text) fol 9 धीरो जरमरणविक etc, up to स रक्साण as in No. 293 followed by ६० ॥ इति आउरपयनू सपूर्ण ॥ शुभु( म) मयत etc रासित श्रीआचार्यजी ऋक्षि(पि ओ६ वरसिंहजीना सक्षानशपि नी जादव मूलीगरापठनार्थ बाई ल्पमा भूमि जपा की मग । श्री ॥ ॥ मयत् १६४८ कार्तिण मास उपक्षे पदि २ पार पाने स्पेत 'दीय मदेरि ॥ भी etc " -(com) iol 9 लेगम र मोहि उद्योतर । दिगठ. क्षय करीना। सप. सर्य सि पाहया कर्मनि ॥ ६० ॥ इति भीआतुरपपान प्रया(?) सपूर्ण ॥ Reference -See No 285 " ·280 Jasna Literature and Philosophy [295. " " " ,70 " "" आतुरमत्याख्यान Aturapratyākhyāna अक्षरार्थसहित with aksarartha 681. No.295 1899-1915 Size. — ron m. by 43 in Extent -(text)6 foltos, 7 lines to a page , 35 letters to a line •(com.), . Description Country paper rough and greyısh, Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्रा, this Ms contains the text and its commentary, the former written in a bigger hand, legible and good land writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the commentary written above the correspondidg lines of the text, fol 11 blank , condition quite satisfactory , complere Age - Not modern Subject The text along with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins --(rext) fol yदेसिकदेसघिरओ etc , as in No 293 --(com) "" देश कहता पृथ्वीकापादिक्नु देश उसकाय तेइनी ने हिंसा तेहनु जे एक देश आपणइ हा थइ हणघउ तेह चिकु विरमित etc Ends -(rext) fol.60 धीरो जरमरणधिऊ etc , •up to सयदुक्रवाण as in No. 293 followed by ६९ इति आउरपञ्चक्खाण पइन्न । -(com) fol 6 लोकनइ उद्योतनु करण्हार दिउ क्षय विनाश सर्व दुखनु एतलइ मुक्ति दिउ ॥६९॥ इति आउरपञ्चक्खाणन अक्षरार्थ पकानू जीशिप्य मुनी रतनविा(ज) यलिपत ।। " आतुरप्रत्याख्यानविवरण Aturapretsākhyādavimrana No 296 261 (b) A 1882-83. Extent — fol 4b to fol za Description - Complete For additional details see No 283 Author - Seems to be Gunaratna Suri See No 321 Subject -- Explanation in Sanskrit to Aturapratyakhyana Begins -fol 4 देशस्य त्रसकायस्य एक्देश । सकल्पजन(निवृत्तिरूपस्य तस्यापि सापराधनिरपरापत्ते त्वेन द्विप्रकारत्वाद etc Ends.--fo17: क्षय विनाश सर्वदुरिताना सर्वपापाना सर्वमणामित्यर्थ । समा- मातुरप्रत्याख्यानविवरण ।छ। --

·1971
Il 1o Prakiratas
281
आतरमायारयामधिकरण
Iturnprnts ikhynasnium
1361(b)
No297
1891-05
1 xtent - fol sito fol b
Description - Complete For o her details sec No 281
Subject Aturaj ratyahbyåna ciplained in Sanskrue
Begins --fol देशस्य प्रसशापरप एपदश गर पननिरतिरूपस्तस्पापि मापरा
पनिरीत पराप(पोरेन नहि गिर गत icc
Fnds -fol रोस्प पतुर्दशरग्रयामरस्योहायोतरगे विगत सोतक्षप विनाश
सर्वदुरितानां मपाणिानां मर्यामंणामि प । ममामातुरमत्याग्यान
विवरण

·282 Jaina Literature and Pinlosoping [298. THE THIRD PRAKIRNAKA भक्तपरिक्षा Bhaktaparija (भत्तपरिणा) ( Bhattararina) No.298 579(1). 1895-98 Latent.-- fol. 14' to fol. 160. Description.- 173 verses in all, complete, the passage in prose just at the beginning is not found in the printed cdition of the Agamodaya Sanıtı Series. Morcoier, it generally preccdes Caruhsarana. Sec Nos 266 and 267. For other de tails sec Matanayıdhi No 579 (a). 1895-98. Author.- Virabhadra Gan1. Sce No. 306. Subject.--- This is the third prakirnaka out of the ten well known ones, and it deals with ethical precepis Begins --[ol. 14 चत्तारि मंगलं । अरिहंता । मंगलं । सिद्धा मंगलं । साह मंगल । केवलिपन्नती धम्मो मगलं । चत्तारि लोगोत्तमा । अरिहंता लोगोत्तमा । सिद्धा लोगोत्तमा । साहु लोगोत्तमा । केवालपमतो धम्मो लोगोत्तमा । चत्तारि सरण पवजामि॥अरिहते सरणं पयजामि । सिद्धे सरणं पयजामि । साइ सरणं पयज्जामि । फेवलिपन्नत्त धम्म सरणं परज्जामि ॥छ । नमिऊण महाइसयं । महाणुभा मुणिं महावीरें। भाणिमो भत्तपरिन । नियम(सारणह परहा य ।। १ etc. Ends.--fol 16 इय जोईमरजिणवीरभद्दभणियाणसारिणामिणमो। मत्तपरिलं पन्ना पहति भावंति सेयंति ॥ ७२ ।। (स)तरसय निणाण व गाहाणं समयखेत्त पन्नन । आराह ते( इंतो) विहिणा सासयसौ(सो)क्ख लहइ मोक्ख ॥ १७३ भत्तपरिन्ना सम्मत्तामिति ॥छ । Reference.-- Published by Dhanapatsinh at Calcutta, in A, D 1886 along with nine other prakırnalas Sce No. 266. It asalso published with chāya in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as No. 46. For contents etc., see Weber II, and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, PP 110-11I .

·301 ) III 1o Prakımal as 283 भक्तपरिज्ञा Bhaktaparijda 386 (C) No 299 1879-80 Extent--fol 6b co fol 12b Description - Complete, 172 verses in all for other details see No 268 Begins --ſol 66 91H3(5)OT #ETSHU HAITHTE CE, as in No 298 Ends -tol 12b मत्तरिसय जिणाण व गाहाण etc, up to मोक्स as in No 298 This is followed by 11 EUR 11 TITAT FATET 11 g NB - For further particulars sec No 298 भक्तपरिज्ञा Bhaktaparijñā 247 (0) No 300 1871-72 Extent - fol za to fol 67 Description -- Complete, 172 verses in all for other details sec 768 (a ) 1892-95 Begins -fol 31 1750T AGTEHT HETTU etc, as in No 298. Ends-fol 6 सत्तर(रि)मय जिणाण र गाहाण etc, up to लहइ मोक्ख ॥ १७२ as in No 298 followed by Taftaten UT AKTHAT IT !! NB For additional particulars see No 298 No 279 भक्तपरिक्षा Bhaktapanjos 768 (d) No 301 1892-95 Ertent - fol rob to fol 17h Description 172 verses in all complete for other details sec No 708 (1) 1892-95 Begins --fol rod ait SSUT HEREAU etc as in No 298 Inds--ſol 176 Anth four etc , up to TOTTET FAW 11 as in No 298 NB – Tor further particulars see lo 298 ·284 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [303. भक्तपरिज्ञा Bhaktaparijñā 14110). No.302 1872-73. Excent. fol. sto fol. 10'. Description.- Complete. 172 verses in all. For other details see No. 269. Begins.-~fol. sb नमिऊण महा(डोमयं महाणुभायं मुणिं महावीरं । भाणमो भत्तपरिनं निअसरणहा परहा य ॥२ etc. Ends.--fol. 10? इअ जोईमरजिणवीरभद्दभाणिआणुमारिणामिणमो । भत्तपरिनं धला पढति भाति निसणंति ।। ७१ ॥ सत्तरिमयं जिणाण व गाहाणं समयासित्त पन(पण)ने आराहतो विहिणा सासपमुस्प लहड मुसवं ।। २७२।। इति भक्तपरिज्ञाप्रकीर्णकं ।। छ ॥३॥ N. B - For further particulars see No 298. 1" भक्तपरिज्ञा Bhaktaparijñā 1234 (d)... No 303 1886-92. Extent.-- fol 11' to fol. 13b. Description.-- Complete, the last verse numbered as 73(173). For other details see Gacchácara No 1234 (4) 1886-92.. Begins.--fol. II नामेऊण महाइसयं etc. Ends.--fol. I3 इय जोईसर etc., up to मुरख as in No. 302 fallowed by ७३ ॥ भत्तपरिन्नापइन्नं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ । N B., For additional information see No 298.

·306 ] III 10 Prakirnalas 285 भक्तपरिशा Bhaktaparijda 1168 (b) No 304 1887-91. Fxtent fol 2 to fol 6 Description -- Complete , 171 verses , ettent 19. slokas For addı ruonal derails see No 317 Begins -fol 2' नमिउ(ऊोण महाइसय etc Ends --fol 6 सत्तर(रि)सय जिणाण गाहाण etc, up to मोम्स ॥७१ भक्तपरिणा- पकरण समाप्त ग्रथान ॥१७१॥ N B- For further details see No 298 भक्तपरिशा Blaktapanja 1358(d). No 905 1891-95 Extent fol 10 to fol 15 Description Complete , the last verse numbered as 4) (14) ror additional particulars see No 270 Begins --fol 10 मिऊण महाइसय etc Ends - fol 1 सत्तरिमय erc, up to मोक्ख ॥४५॥ भत्तपरिखामकरण समाप्त ॥ गाथा १३१॥ NR -- Fot other de.ails see No 298 भक्तपरिज्ञा Bhaktaparijā अयचूरिसहित with avacūri 645(0) No306 1884-86 Extent - fol z to fol 6h Description Both the rest and the commentary complete, 171 verses for the text for other details see No 275 Subject A prakırnaha with a small commentary in Sanskrit Begins -(text) fol 3 नमिऊण महाइसप etc as in No 298 -(com). भृन्न धातुर्धारणे पोपणे च 1 आत्मन स्मृतये परस्य घ अथवा स्वस्य परस्य च । पुण्यपुटपे १सीना भिता काननषत् रामगं शुभद ससद वा २।३ अय आति समाधन वा ४ ना तस्मात् ५ यत् माझापा आराधन ससमाधर भवति तरपां आज्ञायां ६ etc Inds -(test) fol 6 मत्तरिसप जिणाण व गाहाण etc up to 1510 To:98 followed by the line as under - ·286 Juma Itimature and Philosophy [308. " मुस ॥ १७० भत्तपरिन्नापइन्न मम्मत्त ॥ ७॥ -(com ) fol 6 मुयधुना अमायेन ६२ योगिनामीश्वरो जिनो वीरस्तस्य मुभणितानुसारेण । वीरभद्रगणिभक्तपरिज्ञाप्रकरणकर्ता च । इणमो इमा ७२ भक्तपरिक्षा आ(अ)पत्रि || Reference Sce No 298 - भक्तपरिज्ञावचरि Binktomaynav acain 261(0) No 307 A.1882-83 Extent fol 7 to fol 8b Description Complete For further particulırs sec Catuléarana No 28, Autlior Scems to be Guntritoa Suri Subject-- A small commentary in Sans rit to Blahraparışña Begins --fol AFथ ज्ञा(धा)तुर्धारणे पोपणे च । अत आमन स्मृतये परस्य च । अथवा स्वस्य परस्य च पुण्य पुष्टये ॥ १ etc Inds -~-fol 80 वीरस्तस्य सुभणितानुसारेण वीरभद्रगाणि( ) भक्तपरिज्ञाप्रक रणकर्ता व इणमो० ॥ ७१ इति भाक्ति(क्त)परिज्ञावचरि( ) ॥ छ । Reference See No 298 -- - भक्तपरिज्ञावर्णि Bluktaparijuāvacūrni No 308 1364 (c) 1891-95 Extent fol gb o fol 11" Description Complete For other details see No 284 Subject - A small commentary in Sinsirat explainıng Bhahta pirina Begins -fol भृत्र(धातुर्धारणे पोपणे च । अत आमन स्मृतये परस्य च । अथवा स्वस्यापरस्य च पुण्यपुष्टये। १ । आलोना आश्रिता काननवत(त)समर्ग शुमद एखद या २cto Ends --fol I योगितामीश्वरो योगीश्वरो जिनो वीरस्तस्य सुभाणतानुसारेष वीरमदगाणभक्तपरिज्ञानि]प्रकरणकर्ता च । इणमो डमा १७१। इति भक्तपरिज्ञावचूर्णि।

·što.) IV.ro Prakirndkas 287 THE FOURTH PRAKIRNAKA संस्तारक Sanistáraka (संथारग) (Santhāraga ) No. 309 579 (8). 1895-98. Extent - fol. 16b to fol. 18, Description - -- 121 verses in Prakrit, coniplete. Yellow pigment used For other details see No 579 (a) 1895-98. Subject.-- This work which is named as Santlāra and Santhraya too, comes under the class of prakırnalas. It deals with the importance of samstaraha, eulogy of one who rightly resorts to it and happiness due to samstäraha. It contains references pertaining to Arnikāputra, Sukošala Rsı, Canakya, Gajasukumāla and others who gave up attachment to body vtc. and attained final emancipation. Begins.--fol 16b काऊण नमोक्कारं जिणवरवसहस्स बद्धमाणस्स । संथारमि नियद्धं । गुणपरिवाहिं निसामेह ।। १ etc Ends.--lol. 184 एवं मए आभित्युया संथारगइंदसंधमारूढा ॥ मुसम[२] नरिंदचंदा मुहसंक्मण मम दितु ॥ १२१ संथारो सम्मत्तो ।। च ॥१॥ Relcrcncc.--- Published by Dhanapatısınha 10 A D 1886, together with nidc other prakırnahas Sce No 266 It is also published with chày., in the Aganodaya Simti Scrics as No. 46. For contents cic see Weber II, p 615, Indian Antiquary vol, XXI, 111, und Mitra's Notices sol. Vlll (1885), PP 236-237 सस्तारक Saritäraka No 310 247 (d) 1871-72. Extcnt. - fol 6. to folh.

·268 Jama Literalme and Pinlosophis (312 Description - Complete , this Ms contains notes 11 times For other details see No 279 Age Samvat 1468. Begins --fol 61 4750T HATFIT etc as in No 309 Ends -fol b एव मए आमिथुपा etc, up to सथारो सम्मत्तो as No 309 followed by the line as below सरत् २४६८ वर्षे कार्तिकशुदि १० सोमे लिसित ॥ छ । NB I or additional informuon sec No 309 In सस्तारक Sainstarala No 311 1234 ( e ) 1886-92 Extent fol 13b to fol 15 Description - 121 verses , complete For other details see Ga cha Cåra No 1234 (a) 1886-92 Begins -fol 130 FTSUT 77FFTT etc Ends -fo] I एव मए आभिथुया etc, up to मम्मण as in No 309 followed by मया दिंतु ॥२१॥ इति सस्तारकप्रकीर्णक समाप्त पन्नग ।। N B - For further particulars see No 309 सस्तारक Samstaraka 138 No 312 1872-73 Size - 1o in by 4 in Extent - 6 folos, in lines to 3 page, 38 letters to a line Description - Country paper rough and grezish, Devanagari charac ters, big, clear and very fair hand-writing, bordur's ruled in red wh, , red chalk and yellow pigment used edges of all the foll slightly worn out, condition fair, complete, the last verse numbered as 122 Age Samvat 1551, ska 1417 2 ·314.1 IV 10 Pralırnakas 289 Begins --fol काऊण नमुक्कार etc Ends --fol 6 एव मए आभियुआ etc , up to मम्मण as in No 309 followed by the lines as below मया दितु । १२२ इति सथारगपइन्न समाप्त ॥ सवत् १५५१ वर्षे शाके १४१७ प्रवनमाने चैनशुदि३ सौ साह कोवरजाय. पि(प)ठनाथ ॥ श्री ॥ N B-- For turther information see No 109 सस्तारक Samstäraka 386(d) No313 1879-80 Extent fol 12b to fol 17* Description ---Complete , 122 verses in all For other details see No 268 Begins --fol 12b कार(ऊ)ण नमुक्कार ete as in No 109 Ends -fol 17 एव(ब) मए आभैथुपा etc , up to सया दिंत १२२ as in No 309 followed by सथारगपइन्न सम्मत्त ॥ र प्रथसर्वसख्या गाथा १४० ग्रथान NB -- For additional information set No 309 . - सस्तारक Samostaraka 768 (8) No314 1892-95 I vent fol Irb to fol 224 Description The last serse numbered as 122, complete For other details sec No 768 (2) 1892) Begins -fol 17 काऊण नमुकार etc Ends-fol 221 व मए अभिथुआ etc, up to १२२ ॥ इति सथारगान as in lo 312 ti tollowed by FHF 11 NB- For further i articulars sce No 309 un total of all the . Th not the nne for this worl fthis #ilton nths 11s up to tol 1" " UL.ru ·290 Jaina Literature and Philosophy (311 संस्तारक Sarstāraka 141 (d). No. 315 1872-73. Extent.-- fol. 10* to fol. 136. Description. Completc; the last verse numbered as 122. For other details sec No. 269. Bcgins.--fol. 102 $150 aguari etc. Ends.--fol. 130 Ti AT ctc., up to file is in No. 314 followed by ॥ १२२ इति संथारगपढन सम्मत्तं ।। ॥४॥ N. B.-- For additional particulars see No. 309. संस्तारक Saristāraka No. 316 1358 (c). 1891-95. Extent.-- fol. 6a to fol. 101. Description.-- Complete, the last verse numbered as 21 (121). For additional details see No. 270. Begins --fol. 6a TE काउ(ऊोण नमोकार etc. Ends --fol. 90 एव मए आभल्थुया etc. मम दिंतु ॥ २२ ॥ संस्तारकः समाप्तः ॥ छ ।गाथा ।। १२१॥ N. B.- For further particulars see 309. संस्तारक Sarnstaraka 1168 (a). No. 317 1887-91. Size. – 133 in. by s in Extent 27 folios, 19 lines to a page; 6 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, rough and white, Devanagari characters with TEATAS, small, legible and good handa writing, bordurs ruled in four lines in black inh, red chall ·318.] IV. 10 Paliruakas 291 used; " " " " 86 Sb " 134 " 162 " Ia 16a foll, seem to have been numbered just in a corner of the right hand margin, but mostly they are now gone, the corresponding portion worn out; condition on the whole good; complete; I2I verses; this work ends on fol. 2b; thus Ms contains in addition the following 12 works (1) भक्तपरिज्ञा foll 2a to 64 (2) आतुरप्रत्यारयान 6a (3) चतु शरण 72 (4) तन्दुलवैचारिक (5) चन्द्राध्यक (6) देवेन्द्रस्तर (7) गणिविद्या (8) महापत्यारयान (9) वीरस्तव 247 (10) पुद्गलपरावर्तस्वरूप fol 243 (L) संसक्तनियुक्ति foll. 243 10 250 (12) गच्छाचार 25 274 Age -- Samvat 1491 Begins - -fol ह। फाउ(क) नमोकार etc. Ends -- fol. 20 एव(4) मए etc. मम दिंतु ॥२१॥ संस्तारकः समाप्ता NB — For additional information see No 309, " " 202 21b " 236 2ca 21b 27 " " 1" " " संस्तारक Samstaraka विवरणसहित with vivarana 398 No318 1879-80 Size 10 in. by 4g in. Exrent --( tert)i8 folios, 4 lines to a page, 48 letters to a line. -(con.) , 60 Description.- Country paper rough aud greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional पृटमायाs; this is a त्रिपाटी Afs containing the test and its commentary as well, the former . ५ " "" ·292 Jama Interolure ard Pinloset}} [318. written in a bigger hand, legible and good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, red chalk used yellow pigment, 100, ſoll numberad in the right hand margin only, almost all foll slightly worm-eattn, condition tolerbly good , foll 13 and 181 blinh, both the rest and the commentary complete, this Ms contains the colophon of the commentator Age - Samvat 1669 Author of the commentary Bhuvapatunga Sury, pupil of Mahendra Suri See No 291 where other details are given Subject -- The text in Pralnit together with its explanation in Sanskrit Begins --(rest) fol b काउ(3)ण नमुकार जिणवरवसहस्स etc as in No309 " --(com) fol bॐनम ॥ नम शमितनिशेपर्मणे वरशर्मणे । श्रीचीराप भवाभौधिलब्धतीराय तापिने ॥१॥ तनुमतिना()पि विचिंत्य स्वस्मृत्यै क्वापि पदविभागेऽत्र । सस्तारकमकीण पर्याया केचिदुच्यते ॥ २ ॥ इह हि स(s)पि शास्त्रकारा । शास्त्राणि चिकीर्पय । पूर्वमऽभीष्टदेवता- नमस्काराभिधेयप्रयाजनसमधादयोऽभिदधति । तनापमपि शास्त्रकार स- स्तारकप्रकीर्ण विभाणिपु काउ(ऊोपा नमस्कार । जिणवरवसद्दे पादिना । अभीष्टदवतानमस्कार । मथारमियनेन शास्त्रनाम्य तदभिश्य । Etc Ends.-- text) fol 18 एव मए आभशुया etc , up to मम दितु ।। १२१॥ as in No 709 followed by इति सस्तारकामीणर सपुर्ण शुभ भवतु लेखपाठकयो । श्री । -~-tcom ) fol TABहसक्मणत्ति मुखस्प मुक्तिरूपस्य शुभस्य या विशिष्टेणति) (Eपुण्पप्रतिरूपस्य सक्रमण सक्राति ससारटुवादऽशुमाद्वा निस्सारणेन मम दितु । नरेंद्रचद्रा अपि ग्णाशरास गजदरवयावि( धिरूढा लब्धजपपताका कास्तल्वाम्मागपजनाना विपुल जीरा 'वाह प्रीतिदान ददतीति तैरुपमा हतेति मद । १२१ । इति सस्तारकविवरण परिसमाप्तामिति । य पूर्व कलिकालनामसमर( उन्नाचा ? चरित्रक्रिया नि सग प्रग(कोटीचकार मुरती चारिनडामाणि । आसीद रक्षितरिरद्भुतपशा विश्वमरामूपण । तत्पट्टे जयसिंहमूरिरमबद्वादीमपचानन । १ ।

·319.] IV 10 Prakır al as 393 तस्मार्मिधुमपादलक्ष विपयश्रीचिनावनी । श्रीमद् गुर्जरी बोधयधाधुरमति श्रीधर्मघोष प्रभु तेभ्यो(s)पि प्रग(कोटप्रतापवमति श्री(मन माहिं(हे)द्राभिध । मूरिभूरियशा प्रपचतुरस्तीथेशित १२. श्रीम( भुवनतुगसूरिस्तस्मास्यस्योपकातिहते चक्ने सस्तारफप्रकीर्णविवरणमल्पायनोधा(धोऽपि ३। मिथ्या यदन विस्त मयका मतिमायतो महा)(s)स्मिन् तन्मयि कृतानुरूप शोध्य विजुधैविशेषेण ! ४ । इति सस्तारकविवरणप्रशस्ति ।। शुभ भरतु कल्याणमरतु लेखकपाट- क्यो । इति सवत् १६६९ व बार्तिम्मासे शुक्रपक्षे चतुर्दशीदिने रविवारे 'पनननगरे । ऋषिकेशवारयेन रिपीटतेय स्वय वाचनाय । इति सस्तारक- प्रक(को)वचारिसून समाप्त | R ॥ श्री ॥ 7 ॥ श्री ।। श्री ॥ श्री ।। Reference See No 309 --- संस्तारक Suunstāraka अवचूरिसहित with a vacuri No 319 615 (d) 1884-86 Extent -- fol 6b to fol 8b Description Borl the test and the collimentary complete, the last verse numbered as 122 For cther details sce No 275 Age - Sarnvat 1484 Author of asacuri -- Gunaratma Surn Subjects A prahırnala with a small commentari in Sansh rit Begins ---(tent fol 6 काउकोण नमुमार जिणपर etc as in No 309 --(com) fol 6 एप सम्तार मिलराधनाचारित्रम्याराधन एप मनोरो पाहा एविहिताना एप रित पश्चिमाते मुविहितानां पताराहरण । यथा माद्वाना पताकाहरण भाति etc Ends ---(text) fol 8b एव मए अभिथुआ ete ॥ १२२॥ इति श्रीसथारापन्न समात शुभ भवतु । श्रीभीमीचतुर्विधस पम्प ॥ मन् १४८४ वर्षे भावयदि ६ गौम निषित -- com ) fol 8 ए एय पूर्योनागरेण मपा भिष्टुता स्नुता । मस्तारक- गजेंद्रमारूढा मत । सुममनरेंद्रा हि मोढा गजेंद्रगपमारोहति । राहगः Some of thu letters 450 gone " 1 ·294 Jama Literalure and Philosoply 1320 । सरस्य मुनिमसस्य । शुभस्य या समाति ॥ ममारदु साधा निमृत्य प्राप्ति गमददत १२ सस्तारकप्रकीर्णावरि ॥ परमगुरुमट्टारकप्रभुश्रीश्री. श्रीगुणरत्नसूरिस्ता ॥ सपत् १४८४ वर्षे 'वीरमधामे लिसिता ॥ शुभ भयतु चतुर्विधनीराघरय ॥ ॥ ॥ छ । Reference Scelo 309 Tor an aracurn by an author of the same name see No 321 सस्तारक बालावबोधसहित Cunstimha wth balıvalorilia 874 No320 189-95 Size 10 in bi fage in Extent 28 folios , 16 lines to a page, 49 letters to 1 line Description Country paper rough and greyish , Devanagari chara cters , big clear and tolerably good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in red inh, edges coloured red, red chalk and yellow pigment used , fol za blanh, edges of the first fol slightly worn out, condition on the whole good, foll numbered in the right hand margin only, both the test and its halavabodlia complete, bilavabodha composed in Samvat 160, Age Samyat 1639 Author of balavabodha Samaracandra (Amaracandra ), pupil of Parsvacandra Subject A prakırnaha with an explanation in Gujarau Begins - (text) fol b काउकोण नमुकार etc as in No 309 -com) fol b श्रीगुरुभ्यो नम श्रीगौतमाय नम ॥ श्रीमद्वीर नमस्कृत्य ! श्रीगौतम गणाधिप सस्तारकपर्णस्य । कुवें वालावोधरा शास्त्रन आराभिट इटदेवतानइ नमस्कार करिव ए उत्तमनउ आचार . 35 etc ·321.1 IV 10 Prakırnalas 395 Ends.- (test) fol 284 एव मए अभिथुआ मथारग etc , up to संक्रमण मम दितु १९ as in No 309 --(com ) fol 283 एणा उपमाइ मुनीस्वर माहि राजान समान सथाराना धणी (मवा)मुक्तिनउ राज पामानइ अम्हनद पुण सतुष्ट यथा हंता मुक्तिमप आपउ इत्यभ्यर्थना प्रथमारे कृता ११९ इति सस्तारकप्रकीर्णस्य वालावरोध सपूर्ण श्री। श्रीमदत्तपागच्छे श्रीपूज्या गच्छनायमा । सूरीशा पार्श्वचद्राहा() तेषां शिप्या(प्य)स्तु पाठक()? नाम्ना समर(?)चद्वारय स्तन चक्रे सविस्तृत बालावबोधग्रथो(s)यं ज्ञान्या मृत्त्यनुसारत २ अज्ञानाबदस(शुद्ध हि ग्रथो(थेऽस्मिन पिहित मया सुधीभिस्तच्च सशोध्य स्पा कृत्वा ममोपरि ३ वत्सरशतपादेश निभिरधिरे (१३०३ मामि कार्ति निहित प्रथा(डाय याच्यमान जयताञ्चिर उभद्रकर()४ इति श्रीरन्तु ग्रथान शतसो पोडमो साढसश्लोक ॥ छ । मयत १६३९- वर्ष कार्तिस्यादि ९ दिने युधिधारे लिप्यत या० श्रीरत्नचन्द्रेण शिष्यआणद- लिप्यस्त श्री'बाजीदपुरग्रामे In the margin we have ~~ १३५० ॥ चतुर्मासमध्ये श्री। Reference See No 309 -- Sle संस्तारकावचूर्णि Samstāralaracūrni 261(d) No321 A 1882-83 Latent - fol Sb to to! rob Description Complete Ior further dewis Catuhsarana No 283 Author -- Gunaratna Suri Subject -- A small commentary to Samstirahel Begins -fol 8b यसतपुरे गायन पुपशाल सम्पर परमातरूप तन मर्य कोशांको) गीतनाक्षिप्त सार्थसाहो धनो देशातर cte Lnds -fol to ससस्य मुनिससम्प शुभन्य घा महाति । गमाग्दु सादा नि सत्य प्राप्ति मन दतु (दित }॥ १२२ सस्तारकप्रकाणंकायचूर्णि । तिरिय श्री. गुणरत्नगर्गणा ॥ ॥ शुभ भरन्तु । यल्याणमस्तु । छ । Reference --See No 109 ·296 Jama Literature and Philosophy 1322. सस्तारकायचूरि Sunstárakātacuri 1364(d) No 322 1891-95 Extent fol 111 to fol 1,5 Description -- Complete this work appears to agree in th No 321, probably the author is the same, in case Ganiratna is to be read as Gunaratnt Ior other details see No 284 Autlior Ganaraina Sari Subject A small commentary in Sanskrit explaining Sanitäraha Begins -fol बसतपुरे गायन । एप्पशालसम्यर | परमारि मोति(कुरूप etc Ends --fol 130 एव पूर्वोक्तप्रकारेण मयाऽभिष्टुता स्तुता मस्तारकगजेड(जेंद्रामा रूढा । सत पुमम ॥ नरेद्रा हि प्रौढा गजेंद्रस्वधमारोहति सहम मुखस्य । मुक्ति मुसस्य । शुभस्य था मक्राति ससारद सादा नि()स प प्राप्ति (?) मम वतु ॥ १२२ अति प्रमाणायरि() श्रीगणरत्नसूरिकता ॥ ॥ ॥ श्री ॥ शुभ भवतु । म कल्याणमस्तु ॥ १२०० ·3231 V 10 Prakırnakas 297 THE FIFTH PRAKIRNAKA तन्दुलवैचारिक Tanduaraicārba (तंदुलवेयालिय) (Tandulaveyalıya ) No323 579 (1) 1895-98 Extent-fol 18 to fol 23' Description Yellow pigment profusely used, complete For other details see No 579 (a) 1895.98 Subject: This is one of the ten well-known prakırnahas The main topics dealt with, in this work are as under Embryology, food in the embevonic condition, births as a celestial being and a hellish being, ten conditions of a living being, description of the yugmins, six types of ossessus structure and those of the shape of the body, calculation of rice, number of veins, impurity of body, condemnation of women, and resort to dharma Begins-fol 18a अहे नम ।। निजरियजरामरण वदित्ता जिणवर महावीर । बुच्छ पन्नगमिण तदुलयेयालिय नाम ॥ १ etc Ends-fol 23a एय सगडसरीर जाइजरामरणवेयणाबहुल । तह घतह काउ जे जे(ज)ह चह सव्वदुक्खाण १८ इति तदलवेयालियपइन्नग समात ॥ इप ताल( वेयालिय )पइन्नग जो उ चिंतड महापा इह लोए परलोए सो एसो भावल्लमुसहोद्धारकारण लहद सिवसम्म Reference - This work along with 9 other prakırnalas was publish ed by Dhanapatısınh in A D 1886 See No 266 It has bccn also published in the D I.JPI Series, as No 59 and by the Jaina Dharma Prasaraha Sabhi, too Agamodaya Samiu has published this work along with cliāja, in its Series as No46 For its contents sec Weler II p 615 and Indian Antiquars sol ddl, p 111 sở LP1 ·298 Jaina Literature and Philosophy (325. तन्युलचैचारिक Tandulavaicārika 704. No 324 1892-95. Size of in. by 44 in. Extent :-- 8 folios, 15 lines to a page , 60 letters to a line. Description -- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devaoagari characters with TTHETS, small, legible and good handwriting, borders ruled in four lines in black inl, spacu between the pairs coloured red, foll. numbered in the right hand margin only ; red challe and yellow pigment rarely used ; unnumbered sides have a disc in red colour in the centre only, the numbered, in the margins, too, complete ; condition very good , tol. r. blank, Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.---fol. I STE Awitia etc. Ends.---fol 8b gå netti Rig etc., up to Fatti as in No 323 followed by सम्मतं ॥ छ l etc N. B.- For other details see No. 323. तन्दुलवैचारिक Tandulavaicārika 1159. No 325 1887-91. Size.- 10in by 44 10 Extent 17 folios, 11 lines to a page, 34 letters to a line. Description Country paper rough and greyish, Devanagari characters, big, legible and good hand--writing, borders ruled in three lines in red ink, fol 11 blank; edges of some of the foll slightly damaged , condition on the whole good, ſoll numbered in thc right hand margin only, complete ; extent 400 slokas, Age.- Pretty old. 1 ·3271 } 10 Prakirnukas 294 Begins --fol it FTU TF निज्जरियजरामरण etc Ends fol 17* एप मगढसरीर etc, up to तदुलधेयालिप as in No 323 followed by पइन्न सम्मत्तमिति ॥ ग्रधान ४०० ॥ Then in 3 different hand we have the following line- Tlalara(a)test saft NB For additional particulars see No 323 तन्दुलबैचारिक Tandulavalcarka 1234 ( b ) No 326 1886-92 Extent fol 2b to fol za Description Complete For other details see Gacchacara No 378 Begins --fol 2b निजरियजरामरण etc Ends --fol 7a T RTEAK etc , up to 567 25 in No 233 followed by सम्मत्त ॥ ॥ NB For further details see No 323 तन्दुलवैचारिक fandulavaicārzka 386 (0) No 327 1879-80 Extent - fol 17a to fol 302 Description Complete For other details see No 268 Begins ---to! 17a ft Taftanin z lor etc Lnds-ol ,01 G Eft etc, up to 7 as in No 323 followed by समत्त छ ५ B- For additional details sec No 323 1 This verse is hon cher here cumbered as 16th and not 18th ·300 Jarna Lilerature and Philosophy [330. तन्दुलवैचारिक Tanduluvaicānka 141(I) No 328 1872-73 Exteat fol 4ob to fol 49 Description Complete , extent 400 slokas for other detuls see No 269 Age.- Old Begins -fol 40 निजरियजरामरण etc Ends -- fol 49 एप सरीरसय(गोड जाइ etc, up to दुक्रवाण as in No 323 followed by ॥ छ । तदुलक्यालिय नाम पयन्नज्झयण समत्त ॥ छ । ग्रंथान०४०० ॥१२॥ छ। NB -- For further information see No 323 तन्दुलवैचारिक Tandulnsancarika 1358 () No329 1891-95 Extent fol 15 to fol 265 Description Complete , 424 gathas For additional details see Catuhsarana No 270 Begins - - fol 15 निजरियजरामरण etc Ends -- fol 260 एप मगडसरीर etc सम्बदुक्रवाण ॥॥ तदुलवेयालिय नाम पइन्नग सम्मत्त ।। छ ॥ गाथा ४२४ ॥छ ।। N B -- For other particulars see No 323 तन्दुलवैचारिक Tandulavaicamka No330 1168 (0) 1887-91 Extent - fol 8b to fol 13' Description - Complete for other details se Simstårala No 317 Begins - fol bॐ नम ॥ निजरियजरामरण etc ·331.] jo Prakirvakas 301 -- Ends - fol 13 एय सगडसरीर etc, up to सवदुक्रवाण | Then we have the following line छ ॥ तदलवेयालिय नाम पइन्लग सम्मत्त ॥४॥ N B- For other particulars see No 323 तन्दुलवैचारिक Tandulavaicarikat बालावबोधसहित with bālāvabocha No331 292 A 1883-84 Size — 104 in by 4} in Extent 25 folios , 17 to 19 lines to a page , 34 letrers to a line. Description – Country paper rough and whitish, Devanagari characters with occasional पृष्टमात्राs, this is a पञ्चपाटी Ms , bur there seems to be hardly any difference between the sizes of the hand writings for the text and the commentary, borders ruled in three lines and edger in one, in red ink , foll numbered in the right hand margin only, both the text and the commentary complere , condition very good except that an edge of the first fol is slightly damaged, fol ra blank , yellow pigment used Age -- Samvat 1675 Author of balavabodha -- Upadhyaya Pasicanda (Pärsvacandra ) pupil of Sadhuratna Subject - One of the prahırnakas together such a Gujarati explanation Begins - (text) fol rb ॐ नम मिध(द)। भीवीतरागाय नम । निजरिय ete --{ com ) fol bॐनम मिध(द) कल्याणग्ली(ल्ली)न(त)तियारिवार श्रीमिधि(वि)()ग प्रति मार्थवाह सकेपली लोकदिनेम(शातुल्य भीघद्धमान प्रयत प्रणम्य ॥१॥ श्री'तपागच्छसरोमगर- मीसाघुरनाम धर्मरिमध्यलेस्मालामिशिपदेश) ·302 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [332. प्रकारण(र्ण)स्यास(स्य) करोति वार्ता- रूपं प्रबंध किल पाश(ब)चंद्रः २ etc. निजरिथ ग्रंथकर्ता कहइ छर तेउ तंदुलवेयालय ए हषा नामि etc. Ends...--(text) fol. 25 एवं सगढसरीरं etc., practically up to मिवमुक्वं as in No. 323 followed by the line as under :- इति श्रीतंदुलवेयालियं पइन्न सम्मत्तं । छ । etc. संवत् १६७५ वर्षे मार्गशीर्षमासे रुप्पपक्षे तृतीयां सोमवासरे सृगशीर्ष- नक्षत्रे शुभदिने संपूर्णकृता लिपतं सा(०) वीरदास राइसंघाणी स्वहस्ते पुण्यार्थे । -(con.) fol. 25° मुक्ति पहुचावइ ए भाव जाणी विराग्य आणि ज्यो मुक्ति जाइ ज्यो । इति श्रीतंदुलवेयालीवालावबोधः उपाध्यायश्रीपास- चंदते । etc. श्रीमत्त'लंका'गन्छाधीश्वर गणिवरश्रीश्रीमलजी तत्पट्टालंकारभूत- आचार्य श्री६ रत्नसीजीविजय(यि)धर्मराज्ये प्रवत्तमाने ऋपि श्री ५गांगा- काश्री ५ लाला चालचंदपठनार्थ लिपतमिदं पुन्यार्थ । etc. Reference. - See No. 323. " तन्दुलवैचारिक Tandulavaicārika पालावबोधसहित with bālāvabodha 705. No.932 1892-95. Sıze.- toy in. by 48 in Extent.-- (text ) 36 folos , s lines to a page , 36 letters to a line. -(com.),, 710 10 lines toapage, 54 , Description.- Country paper thick, tough and white , Devanagari characters, the text written in a bigger hand as compared with the balavabodha , legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines and edges in (HO, 1 red lah; red chall used , fol. • blank ; so is the tol. 36b, both the text and the balarabodha complete , condiuon very good; this Ms, seems to be less erroneous than No. 331; foll. pambered in both the margins.

·332]
V 10 Prakimakas
303
"
Age - Not quite modern
Begins --(text) fol निजरिप etc
-(com),
श्रीपरमात्यने(ने) नम
कल्याणवल्लीततिवारवाह etc
Ends - (Text) fol 36 एय सगडसरीर etc, up to पहन्न as in 10 31
follawed be समाप्तमिद । यादश etc
-(com) fol 36 ए भावता एहवो वैराग्यनो कारण जाणी मर्व मग छाडी
म(ज्ञ)ल्य काढीने धर्म करवो इति तदुलवियालीया पयाना मपूर्णम् ।
जेहयो पुस्तक दीठो छह etc
"

·304 Jaina Literature and Pbilosophy [334 - 579(3) THE SIXTH PRAKIRNAVA चन्द्रावेध्यक Candrivedlyaka (चदाविज्झय) (Candarijjhaya) 579 (b) No 333 1895-98 Extent fol gb to fol 12a Description - Complete, the last (crse numbered as 175 For other details see Maranavıdhı No 1895-98 Subicat This prahırnaha which is also named as Candagavijba ( Capdrahavedhya ) explains how one should behave at the time of death Begins - fol gb जगमत्थयत्थयाण वियसियवरनाणदसणधराण ॥ नाणुज्जोयगराण लोगमि नमो जिणवगण ॥ २॥ etc Fnds -fol 12. तह पत्ते(तोह काउ जे जहर वहगम्भवासवसहीण। मरणपुणब्भवज म()ण दुग्गइविणिवायगमणाण ॥१७५ इति चदगविज्झ नाम पइन्न सम्मत्तमिति ॥ छ। Reference Published by Dhanapatısınh in AD 1886 along with 9 other prakırnahas See No 266 For contents etc, see Indian Antiquary vol XXI, P 112 चन्द्रावध्यक Candravedhyaka No 334 386 (f) 1879-80 Extent -- fol 304 to fol 360 Description Complete , 174 verses in all For other details see No 268 Begins fol 30 जगमत्धेिय थयथयाण etc , as in No 333 Ends - fol 36 तह पत्तह काउने जह etc, up to विणिवायगमणाण as in No 333 Then we have the following line - ॥ छ । चदाधिज्झय पय(इ)न्न मम्मत्त ॥ छ । ६ NB - For further particulars see No 33, ·337) VI 10 Prakırnakas 305 चन्द्राध्यक Candiavedliyahel 141 (b) No 335 1872-73 Extent fol 19b to fol 27 Description - Complete For other details see No 269 Begins fol 196 STARYU etc Ends - fol 27" af TE 413 etc, up to AUTOT as in No. 333 followed by the line as below - ॥ २८८ चदावेज्झय ममत्त ॥ छ ॥ श्री ॥८॥ NB For additional information see No. 333 चन्द्रावेध्यक Candrāvedbyaka No 336 1238 1886-92 Size -- 101 in by 4f 10 Extent - 9 folios, 12 lines to a page , 36 letters to a line Description Country piper thin and white, Devanagari characters, very big, uniform, legible and elegant hand-unting, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, fol gb blank, complete, condition very good Age - Fairly old Begins -fol 1 FHUU etc Ends - fol 9 g FU(T)TE ET5 up to TAUITUT II 200 tl as in No 333 followed by चदाविज्झपइन्नय अष्टमय मम्मत ।। छ lete N B.- For other details see No 333 चन्द्रावेध्यक Candrāvechiyaka No 337 1358 (f) 1891-95 Extent - fol 261 10 fol 322 Description — Complete For additional particulars see Catuhšarana No 270 39 LP) ·306 Jaina Lilerature and Philosophy [338. Begins.-fol. 26 जगमायग(पोल्याणं etc. Ends.-fot: 32* तह धत्त का etc., विणियापकम्माणं ॥७२॥ चंदाविज्झयां(गं) सम्मतं ।। ।। श्री गाधा १७४ ।। N. B.-- For further information see No. 333. s चन्द्राध्यक Candirāvedbyaka 1168 (f). No. 338 1887-91. Extent.. fol. 3" to fol. 16. Description.- Complete ; 174 verses. For other details see Samstaraka No. 317. Begins.-fol. I जह(गोमत्थग(योत्थयाणं etc. Ends.--fol. 16 तह उत्त(ह) का जे etc., विणिधायकम्माणं ॥ ७४ (१७४) ।। चंदाविज्झयणं सम्मत्तं । मंगलं महाधी । देहि विया परमेश्वरी ॥१॥ ८ ॥ N. B.--- For additional details see No. 333.

·340] VII 10 Prakirnakas 307 THE SEVENTH PRAKIRNAKA देवेन्द्रस्तव (देविंदत्थय) Devendrastiv? (Devindatthaya ) No339 386(8) 1879-80 Extent fol 360 to fol 47 Description.-- Complete, 292 verses 10 all For other details see No 268 Subject A certain Śrāvaha was singing the merits of Lord Maha vira His wife was sitting by his side, who incidentally asked hım questions pertaining to 32 Indras, their residential quarters, vimanas, cities, etc These are answered in details They give us information about all the four types of gods and 10 addition throw light on the problem of the liberated Begins अमरनरवदिए (व)दिउ(ऊ)ण उसभाइए जिणवरिंदे । वीरवरअपच्छिमते तिलुक्कगुरु(रू) पणमिऊण | १ etc Ends -fo) 47तेसि(सिं) सरासरगुरू मिद्धा मिदि उ(व)विहिरणम)तु भा(भो)मेज्जवणयराण जोइमियाण विमाणघासीण ॥ ९२॥ देविनिकायाण थओ इह समनो अपरि(मे)मो ॥३०॥ देविदत्थओ समत्तो ॥ ॥ Reference - Published as one of the ten prakırnahas by Dhana patisinh in A D 1886 See No 266 It is also published with chaya in the Agamodaya Samits Series as No 46, where the last serse here given is numbered as 107 - fol. 360 देवेन्द्रस्तव Devendmetavat 141) No340 1872-73 Fxtent fol 37. to fol " Description Complete For other details see vo 269 Begins -for 27. अमरनरवरिए etc ·308 Jama Literálure àrd Philosophy 1 342. Ends --fol 35. af HTA etc, up to athlu 11821' practically as in No 339 Then usthout any gap we have देवनिकायाण up to अपरिसेसो ॥ ३०० ।। followed by देविदत्थओ समतो॥छ ॥९॥ NB For alditional information see No 339 No 341 देवेन्द्रस्तव Devendrastava 1234 (c) 1886 92. Extent fol 7* to fol It Description - Complete For other details see Gacchacára No 378. Begins —fol 7 अमर्रनरयदिए etc Ends fol 7* तेमि अ मुरासरगुरू er, up to बिमाणमासीण as in No. 340 followed by c६॥ इति देविंदत्थओ समत्तो । पइण्णय ॥ NB.— For further particulars see No 339 देवेन्द्रस्तर Devendrastara No 342 1358 (8) 1891-95 416 Extent fol 32* to fol Description Complete For other details see Catuhsarana No 270 Begins -fol 35* HAT(TE) etc Ends -fol 41. Here the first line ate etc seenis of be omitted Then we have मोमिज्जवणयराण etc, up to अपरिमी(से)मो॥१३॥ देविदत्यओ मम्मतो ॥ छ N B For additional details see No 339 .

·343
VII 10 Prakirnakas
509
देवेन्द्रस्तव
Devendrastava
No343
1168 (8)
1887-91
Extent -- fol 16' to fol 20*
Description -- Complete For other details see Samstāraka
No 317
Begins ~~fol 16. अमरनरवदिए ete
Ends -fol 20. The first line of the 292th verse is omitted The Ms
gives only भोमिज्जवणयराण etc, up to अपरिसेमो ॥ २९२ ॥ छ ।।
देविदत्थओ मम्मनो।
N B- For further particulars see No 339

·310 Jaina Lsterature and Phlosophy [ 345 THE EIGHTH PRAKIRNAKA गणिविद्या Ganividya (गणिविज्जा) (Gadivija ) 579 (k) No 344 1895-98 Extent - fol 25 to fol 26b Description - Complete, the last verse numbered as 86 For other details see Maranavıdhi No 579 (a) 1895-98 Subject The contents of this prakırnaka are of an astrological character For instance this prakırnaha points out the auspicious and inauspicious days, constellations, muhurtas, omens etc Begins --fol 25" बुच्छ बलाबलविहि नवबलविहिमुत्तम विउपमत्य । जिणबयणभासियामिण पवपणमथमि(म्मि) मह दिह ॥१etc Ends fol 266 एसो घलाबलविही समासओ कित्तीति)ओ सुविहिएहिं। अणुओगनाम(ण)गज्झो नाययो अप्पमत्तेहिं ॥८६॥ गणिविज्जाप्रकीर्णक समातमिति छ । Reference Published with chåyå in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as No 46 It was forraerly published by Dhanapatısınh in AD 1886 See No 266 For contents etc, see Indian Antiquary vol XXI, p 112 गणिविद्या Ganrvidya 141 (1) No 345 1872-73 Extent — fol 35. to fol 37* Description Complete For other details see No 269 Begins --fol 35' Go Jettafetc Ends.--fol 37* # etc, up to tetor in as No 344 followed by WATF II ll 3° l! N. B - Fot further particulars sec No 344 ·348 1 VIII 10 Prakırnakas 311 गणिविधा Ganidyā No 346 386 (b) 1879-80 Extent fol 47* to fol so' Description - Complete , 85 verses in all For other details sce No 268 Begins --fol 47* 5 angstafe etc Ends --fol 49 T aerara (T) etc, as in No 344 NB For additional information see No 344 48. गणिविद्या Ganividyā 1358 (1) No 347 1891-95 Exrent fol 45 to fol Description Complete, the last verse numbered as 8s For additional detaiis see Catuhsarana No 270 Begins --fol. 45' TREE (TNB etc Ends-fol 480 (ए)सो अलाबलविही etc , up to अप्पमतेहिं ॥८॥ गणिविजा नाम प्रकीर्णक समाप्त॥छ । NB – For other particulars see No 344 गणिविद्या Ganındyā No 348 1168( h) 1887-91 Extent fol 20° to fol 21" Description - Complete, the last verse numbered as 85 For other details sce Samstäraka No 317 Begins -fol 20 gega(a)t( quift) etc Ends-fol 1 एसो बलापल्य(विही etc up 10 अप्पमतेहिं ॥८५॥ गण. (णि)विजा नाम प्रकीर्णक समाप्त ।। छ। NB - For further information see No 344 ·12 Janna Lateralure and Philosophy THE NINTH PRAKIRNAKA महाप्रत्याख्यान Valiapratyabhyana (महापश्चरखाण) ( Mahapaccakkhanu ) No 349 579 (1) 1895-98 Extent fol 23. to fol 245 Description - Complete, the last verse numbered as 42 (142), the 24th folio slightly torn, yellow pigment used For other details see Maranavıdhi No 579 ( 3 ) 1895-98 Subject - This is one of the ten prakırnakas It deals with rules pertaining to confession, renunciation and denials In all there are 142 găthas Begins -- fol 23* एम करेमि पणाम तित्थयराण अणुत्तरगईण । सबसि जिणाण मिद्धाण सजयाण च ॥१ ruds -- fol 24% एय पञ्चक्खाण अणुपालेऊण सुविहिओ (स)म्म । वेमाणिउ" देवो हविज अडवावि मिज्झिज्झा(ज्जा) ॥ १२ stà EITETETUT FAIR 11 5 11 Reference - This worh together with 9 orher prahirnahas was published by Dhanapatisiah, in D 1886 See No 266 It is also published with chaya by Agamodaya Samiti, in its senes as No 46 For contents etc see Indian Antiquary vol XXI, p. 113 महाप्रत्याख्यान Mahāpratyākhyāna No 350 386 (1) 1879-80 Extent fol so* to fol 54 Description - Complete, 143 verses in all For other details see No 268 Begins ~fol 50 एम रेमि पमाण etc Eods---fol 54' 4 Temur etc, as in No 349 N B — For additional informauon see No. 349 ·353.] IX, 10 Prakirakas, 3151" A&T4FUTETTE Mahāpratyakhyaning 1234 (f), No.,351 1886-9% Extent.- fol, 15b to fol, 16, Description - Complete. For other details see Gacchácara No. 378: . Begins.--fol. 156 TR FITA CHIUT etc. Ends-fol. 160 get great paroi etc., up to_FELTENETo, as ,un. Nos 349 folloxyed by HARI TETTE N. B---- For additional information see No.34% HETATUTEUTZ Mahāpratyākhyāna No. 352 141 (k). 1872-73 Extent.- fol. 37* to fol. 40%. Description.- Complete; the last verse numbered as 43 ( 143 ). For other details see No. 269. Begins.-- fol. 37a ga FIA etc. Ends.--fol. 400 gi Teatajui etc., as in No. 349 followed by a 4 महापच्चक्खाणं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥ ११ ॥ N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 349. महाप्रत्यारस्यान Mahāpratyakhyana 1358 (b) No.353 1891-95. Extent. fol.3o6.45*. Description. Complete; the last verse numbered as 42 (142). For additional particulars see Catuhšarana No. 270. Begins.--fol. 410 CFR FR quia etc. Ends.--fol. 45 एवं पञ्चवाणं etc अहवावि सिज्झिज्जा ।। ४२॥ महापच्च. FETUI TIHTI !! N. B.- For other details see No. 349. 401]. LP.)

·257.] X. 10 Prakirnakas.; ३७ मा.. %3B TENTH PRAKIRNAKA- वीरस्तव - Virastava (वीरत्थव) (Viratthava) 579 (i). No. 355 1895-98. Extent.--- fol. 24° to fol. 25 Description:--- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 43. For other details see Maranavidhi No. 579(a). 1895-98. Subject.-- This work which forms one of the ten. prakirnakas has for its main topic, various namies of Lord Mahavira. Begins.--fol. 24 नामिऊण जिणं जाय) जीवबंधवं भविषकुमुनियरं ।' - वीरं गिरिंदधीरं थुणामि पसस्थनार्महि ॥ १ etc... ८ --.. Ends.-fol. 25 इय नामावलि संथुपसिरिवीरजिणिंदमंदपुन्नस्स । वियक्खरुणाइ जिणवरमिवपयमणहत्थिरं वीर ।। ४३ ॥ हति वीरस्तवमकीर्णकं समाप्तं ॥ छ । Reference.-- See Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 177. . "Virastava चीरस्तव 386 (65) No. 356 1879-80. Extent.-fol. 54 to fol 56+. Description.- Complete , 43 verses in-all. For other details sce No.'268. Begins.--- fol. 54 नमिज(क)ण जिणं etc.,asin No. 3s. Ends.--fol. 56. इस नामावलि etc., as in No. 355. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 355. है धीरस्तव Virastava 141(01.. 1872-73. No.357 Extent.-fol. 13 to fol. 14.

·135& "516 Janaritative and Philosophy Description.- Complété. "For other details sec No. 269. Begins.fol. 13 TASTOT Prui ctc., as in No. 355. ( Ends. Tol. 146 3 AARO ctc., practically as in No. 355. N. B.-- For additional information scc No. 355. धारस्तव Virastava 1168 (1). No. 358 1887-91. stene.fol. 3 }* to fo. 271. Description.- Compléte." Eor other details see Samstarika No. 317. Begins...fol. 235 RTASUT RAUT etc., as in No. 355. Ends.---fol. 24. Faratas etc., up to ofte li gantung N. B.- For further information see No. 355. lui 1 1 धीरस्तव Virastava - 1358 (;). No. 359 1891-95, Extent.-- fol. 48' to fol. 496. Description. Complete; the last verse numbered as 42. For other details see Catuhšarana No. 270. Begins.--fol. 48 'नामिण जिणं etc. Ends.-fol. 490 इप नामापलि etc. धीर ।। ४२ ॥ वीरस्तवप्रकोण्ण छ N. B.- For further particulars sée No. 355.

·.१०.] I Supernumerars Prakırnakas (B) Supernumerirn Prakirnakis THE FIRST PRAKĪRNAKA Extent - अचूलिका Angacālkā -(अंगचूलिया) ( Angacaltys) No 360 763 1895-1902. Size rot in by 4g in 26 folios , 14 lines to a page, 34 letters to a line. Description - Country paper tough and Thire, Devañigarı Characters, big, quite legible and good band-writing, Förders Tuled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink, numbers of foll entered in both the margins as usual, fol 1* blank, some of the foll slightly worm-caten, condition very good, complete Age.-- Seems to be modern Author - A Jaina saint Subject -Angaculíka generally refers to the colikas of the adgas like Acaringa A work of the same name has been mentioned in Nandisutra as a kind of halka sruta It is atso referred to in Sihananga (X) But it is difficult to say whether the work written in this Ms 18 the same as the canonical work above referred to In the beginning we find the explanation of the word angaculiha and the part which angaculikās play in adorning the 11 angas The present work deals with the discipline Jaina saint It is written in Jaina Prakrit. Begins --fol. I' नमो सयदेवयाए भगवईए । नमो आरहताण नमो सिद्धाण नमो आयरिआण नमो उवज्झापाण नमो लोए सव्यसाहूण तेण कालेण तेण समएण चाचपा णाम जयरी 'होत्था चण्णओ । पुण्णमद्दचेतिए । तेण etc Ends --- fol 26 एव भुइस्स पुरओ चूह । आतारिसाए दिवीए विहरताण । णो आणा विरहाणी मगण परगण परगणे मविगो माण हॉलं लोता ममा विहीलिस्सति सेस उ बगचूालयातो गहेय व । विजामतप्पओग(गे) अत्य सति । सेव भते ति नमेव सब(च) ति णिसंकज निहिं पदय ।। ofa अंगलिया समामा ।

·Jaina Literature and Philosophy .-1361. Reference.- Sec" subject". The introductory portion is quoted in Abhidhănarājendra (vol. I, pp. 37--38), Ruslam. See its introduction ( p. 33), too. अंगधूलिका Angaculika 1226. No. 361 1891-95. Size.-- 101 in. by s} in. Extent.- 42 folios; 8 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. Description. Country paper rough and greyish , Devanagari characters; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; numbers of foll. entered only once ; red chall used; yellow pigment, too; this Ms. contains so to say a tabba up to fol. 17" ; condition excellent; complete; fol. 426 blank. Age. Not quite modern. Begins.-(text) fol. 14 otht siftearoj etc., as in No. 360. -Cabba) fol. ! नमस्कार अरिहंतने नमस्कार सिद्ध भगवंतने नमस्कार आचार्य etc. -(rabbi) kol. 17' काउसग्ग करे सत्तावीस सातोस्व(स्वा)सनों शिष्य भगवंतने गुरुनै नमस्कार करै चउवीसत्यो पहै वार ३ मंगल उचार करे. Ends.--fol. 42 ga 3TR TT etc , up to date as in No. 360 followed by sinigics377 FFATIT !! N. B. - For other details see No. 360. 3 1 अंगचूलिका Aúgacülikā "-1207. No. 362 1891-95, ...Size.- 74 in. by 11 in. Extent. 30 folios ; 20 lines to 2 page; 24 letters to a line.

·3634 1. Supernumerary Prakirpakas 319 . . .. Description. Country paper rough and white, Devanagari characters; big, bold, legible and tery good hand-writing: bor. ders not rulcd ; numbers of most of the foll. entered twice as usual; every fol seems to have been pressed against a wooden plinh having strings fired to it at equal intervals ; red chalk used , cllow pigment, too , condition excellent%3B complete. Age. - Samvat 1948. Begins.-fol. !"श्रीजिनाप नम ॥ नमो अरिहताणं etc, as in No. 360 Ends.--- fol.. 30' जहा विवाहपण्णत्तीए दिवंगपंदचूहम्स पुरओ (ब) etc., up to सम्मना as in No 360 followed by शुभं भवतु etc. यासं(स) पुरतरं दृष्ट्या ताइसो(दृशं) लिपिसिोत स(म)या पदि सक्षमराहं या मम दोपो न दीयते ॥१॥ यावापृयो(थ्री) नियायिा रद यावचंद्राद्रिाहिमाचलो। पाच्यमानं उधैरतारतदेतत् मदव(नदत) पुस्तकं स[स]१६.आपाढो दि. १६ प्रदतमाने स्वगच्छपरोपकारापमण- माय) याचनार्थ ()मिदं पुस्तिका मांगल्पमस्तु भीमारदाई नमस्तुम्य मनोपारितदायक नमामि मभित देगि मक्तस्य घरदायिनी इति श्री संपूर्णम् लिप्यतम तुलसीराम सापासी निरामनएक्सा- लिपी 'जयपुरमध्ये लिपायतम जतीजीभी१०८ ज्ञानानदनी महाराज एमम्मवतु १ संवत् १९४८ का. भा. १०३ N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 360. अचूलिका Aigacvilkar... No.363 1160. 1884-87. Size:- 10 in. by 4g in. Eisteat.- 16-115 folios; 15 lines to a page; so letters to a linea ·32017 Joina Lilcoiuri and Philosophy 136 ॥ Description. T-Country paper rough and grey; Devanagari charac. ters; small, clear and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in ſour lines in black ink, yellow pigment rarely used; almost all the foll. slightly morm-eaten; the first fol. does not be. long to this work; it is written in a different and better hand and has its edges slighty worn out; really speaking the rst fol.:of this work is lacking; the 15th, too, lacking; otherwise it is complete; on the 1st fol. of a different origin red chall is used; it contains : (1) नन्दिरतुतयः, (२) दिकपालाइवानन· मन्दिरतोत्रम् and (3) some other work, perhaps Nandisutra; condition very fair, Age.-- Sarnvat 1607. Begins.-(abruptly) fol. 2* कारसगं सत्तावीसस्ससे चिंतणं चउयीसत्यपभणमः. पुन्धं तो खमणे मीसो भणड । इच्छकारि भंते समण मे हाषणं करेह etc. Ends.- folk 16° इदं दरस पुरओ etc., practically up,to परेइयं as in No, 360 followed by the lines as under :- ता तमेय सच्च णिस्संकं जं जिणेहि पवेइपं । ॥ अंगलिया सम्मत्ता ।।शुभ etc. Then we have the lines as under written in a bigger, if not different hand...- मंषत् १६०७ वर्षे आमो शुदि १ गुरुवासरे श्री पेरोजपुरु'निवासीय. सा. ठाकुर सा जगपालभमपसमस्तश्रीसंधेन श्रीउपाध्यायश्रीमालब्धि- साधु उपदेमेन लिपाविता श्रीसाधुशरोमणिश्रीश्रीपतिपूज्ययोग्यं तत्र वाचवी संघाग्ये. Begins, -fol, I" अहंस्तनोतु स श्रेये (प.) रिम(भियं यध्यानतो नरैः। अध्यद्री माला(त्रै)हि रहसा सहा सोच्यते ॥१॥ ओमिति मंता यच्छासनस्य । नता सदा यदहीश्व आश्री(श्रिोयते श्रिया ते भवतो भवतो जिनाः पातु ॥२॥ etc, Ends-fol-1" सघेउन ये गुरुगुणानिधे(5)स्तु वैया- वृत्त्यादिस्त्यारणैकानबद्धव(क)क्षा' । ते शीतपे सह भवंतु सुराहरीमि. मुट्ट(सहोटयो निखिलविघ्नविधातदक्षाः ॥ ८॥. ८.इति नदिस्तुतयः॥

·363.] 1. Supernumerary Praktriakas 331 Begius. ---fol. 12 ओमिति नमो भगरओरिहतसिद्धापरिअउवज्झाए । परसबमाहुम(मुोणिसंघधम्मतित्थप्पययणस्त ॥ १ ॥ Ends,-fol. " मातरम मममसं मग्झमिम चेय[ध] मण्डाणं । सिद्धिमविघं गरउ जिणाइ नवसारी धणिों ॥ ५॥ दिग्पालाद्वानननंदिस्तोत्रं ॥ Begins.-fol "नमस्कार गण पंचरिहं पन्नत्त, तंजहा । अभिणियोर्हयनाणं ets. Ends.-fol. I" पिाकपिअस्म । चुहरप्पमुअस्म महारप्पसअस । उपाइपरस रायपमेणियस्स जायाभिगमसरा पन(नयणाए महापन्नवणाए नदीए अएनो. गदाराणं . It ends here. 4 41 [J. L.PI ·322 Jaina Literalme and Philosophy 1364 THE SECOND PRAKIRNALA अविद्या Argavidya ( अंगविज्जा) ( Angaviya ) 541 No364 1895-98 Size log in by 5 in. Extent 230 folios , 14 lines to a page , 40 letters to a line Description Country paper tough and white, Devan igari char ters, big, legible and rery good hand-writing, bord ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red in numbers of foll entered once only, foll 97 to 230al numbered as 1, 2, etu, lacunä on foll 67, 696 etc, fol blank, so is the fol 2306, an edge of each of the foll 19€ and 23oth shghtly worn out , condition on the whole ve good, complete Age - Seems to be modern Author - A Jaina saint Subject This is a prakırnaha' It is to some extent a nimitt Sastra and thus it reminds us of Nimittapahuda It written in Prakrit in mixed prose and poetry Its exte is indicated in Jaina Grantharalt as 9000 slokas Begins-fol r'ॐनम ॥ णमो अरिहताण etc णमो सेए सव्यसाइण नमो जिणाण न ओधिजिणाण नमो परमोधिजिणाण णमो सो(ब)जिणाण णमो अणतोरी जिणाण णमो भगवओ अरहओ महापरिसरस महावीरयमाणरम ण भगवई य महापरिमदिनाय अ० अगविज्जाय सहस्सपरिवाराप सपरि राय अपायु व सल मो महापरिसदिन्नाय अगपतीणा (पत्तीण) माझा परमो त खलु भो तमणुवस्वामि etc -fol 30 बभण सत्तिय वेस तो घण्णे पथापिहि अगमझायएसिरस अगविज्जाविमारदे ? etc ---fol 58 मान्झमाणि पहलाणि सम्मत्तााण ॥ -~-fol 70° सामरण्हाणि सम्मत्ताणि -- fol 197' चितामणामझायो अहाषणो सम्मत्तो।। It is so dame in logaudhu No 161 189195 ” - ·364.] 1). Supinumerary Prakirpakas 335 Ends.-~-fol. 230' इति मिझोपपती अपुणःमया बि(णेया इति इति सल भो महा- पुरिसदिन्नाय मंगविज्झार उपपत्तीविजयो णामझायो सहितिमो मम्मनो ॥ ॥ मो मगयनो अरहतो य सयतो महापुरिसरम महावीर- पद्माणस्म णमो भगयतीय महापुरिसदिनाय अंगविज्जाय सहस्स- परीधाराय भगवतीय अरहंतेही अणतणाणीहि तुपदीहाय अणंतगममंगह- मंजुत्ताप पण्ण समणसतणाणि पीजमति अणुगताय अणंतागमपज्जोया॥ मो अरिहंताणं etc., up to साहणं ॥ ४ ॥ नमो भगपतीए सतदेयताए श्री थारापद्र[गरभु(ब)पणमणे: श्रीशांतिम(सोरिप्रमोः 'चंद्रकुले एताओ गाथाओ मंलायजोणीपडले आदि दितिकाउ पुडबीगत जा कायी समायुप्ता कधाभये आधारि तणि सित्तट्टे कधेत्ताण | पुच्छति etc. नेणो ध पडीम्यण संसथा शाजमादिमे ॥ ॥ श्री अंगविज्जास्तर मंपूर्ण ममाप्तं ॥ Reference.- For description see Abhidhanarayendra. For another Als. see G. O. Series, ol. XXI, p. 25. See also Jaina Granthavali (p. 61). This work ( Angavidya ) **as studied by Vira Suri (Sarvat 938-991). See Prabhavakacaritra (p. 208). P. Peterson, Report III, p. 231 may be also consulted.

·324 Jarna Literature and Philosophy 1366 THE THIRD PRAKIRNAKA अजीवकल्प Ajīvakalpa (अजीवकप्प) (Ajivakapra) 141(g) No365 1872-73 Extent.-- fol 18. to fol 195 Description.-- Complete For further particulars see No 269 Author.- A Jaina saint Subject. This prahimnaha deals with certain articles like a such, 1 needle, a nail-cutter etc, which 2 Jaina $210t is likely to have with him In all 16 types of alwakalpa are mention ed liere in 44 serses in Prahrit Begins -fol. 18 आहारे उवहिमि अ उवस्सए तह य पस्सरणए । सिन्जनिसज्ज(ण)ठाणे दडे चम्मे चिमिलिलिमि)णी(ए) ॥१॥ अवलेहणिआ दताण घोरणे कन्नसोहणे चेव । पिम्पलग सूइ नरसाण छेअणे चेद सोलसमे ॥२॥ etc Ends -~fol 19 एसो उ सोलसविहो अजीवकप्पो समासओ भाणिओ। इत्तो उमीसप्प बुच्छामि अहाणुपुब्बीए ॥४४॥ अजीवकल्पप्रकीर्णरु ।। छ॥ Reference See Jauna Granthavalı ( P 62) अजीवकल्प Ajīvakalpa 386 (k) No366 1879-80 Extedt fol 56 to fol 57 Description - Complete, 45 serses in all For other details sec No 268 Begins --fol 56 आहारे उवह(हि)मि य etc , as in Vo 365 Ends • fol 57° सो 31 सोलमविहो etc, up to अहाणवीए as in No. 365 followed by अजीवकप्पो ममतो ११ ॥छ॥भी ॥ NB - For additional information cee No 365 .

·368 ] NSupernumerary Prakirnakis 325 25 44 अजीवकल्प Ajiralalpa No.367 124 (b) 1872-73 Extent fol 70% to fol 715 Description Complete, the last gatha is numbered as 4) and not For further particulars see Gacchacăra No 378 Age: Simiat 1569 (?) Begins --fol 70° (4) आहारे उपह(हि) म्मि etc , as in No 360 Ends -~~-fol 71 एसो उ सोल्सविहो etc, up to अहागुपु वीए ॥४५ m as in No 36s followed by अजीवकप्पो सम्मत्तो ।। ॥ छ । श्री ॥ सवत् १५६९ व शाके १४३४ प्रवर्त्तमाने । श्री श्रीमाल ज्ञातीय । मा० जूठाभा जसमादे। मु माहपतिरूपा । चउथा ५ हांसाहसाप्रमुख कुटुबयुतेन । सा चउथाकेन । श्री'वृद्धतपा गच्छे । श्रीलब्धिसागर मरीणामुपदेशेन ५० गुणसारगणि। चारित्रवल्लभगण्यो समयमेन चिर नदतु ॥छ। NB- For other details see No 365 अजीवकल्प Ajirakalpa 1358 (.) 1891-95 No 368 Extent fol 495 to fol som Description Complete For other det uls sec Catuhsarana No 270 Begins - fol 49 आहारे उवह (हिम्मि य etc Ends fol 50 सो उ मोलमविहो etc अहाणुए वीरा ॥ ४५ ॥ अजीवकप्पी ममतो।।।श्री ।। शुभ भरतु ॥छ । B-Tor further information see Vo,65 ·326 Jaina literature and Philosponge 18. THE FOURTH PRAKIRNAKA . आतुरप्रत्याख्यान Aturapratyākhyāna (आउरपञ्चक्खाण) (Aurapocakkhána ) No.369 76. 1872-73. Size.-- 10 in. by 41 in. Exteni.--- i folio ; 21 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters; small, legible and fair hand-writing; borders not ruled ; complete so far as it goes; edges of the first fol. slightly morn our; condition good; this Ms has Io verses followed by 18, it appetrs that the first ten verses do not forin a separate u orh but are only a part of the whole made up by 18 verses. Age.- Not modern. Subject.- Glorification to five paramesphins Begins.- fol. I. अरिहंता मंगलं मु(म)ज्झ अरिहंता (मोश देवया अरिहंता कित्तइत्ताणं वोसिरामि त्ति पावगं १to. कलह अम्मक्खाणं पेस(स)न्न अरहरइसमाजुत्त परपरवाय माया मो(सं) मिच्छत्तसलं च १० इच्चईयदं अहारसपावठाणाई आवजीवाए तिविहं etc followed by मन तिबिहेण वोसिरीयं ईच्चेई निरागारपञ्चक्खाणं तु किरथी(ती)यं कालरस परिमाणं तु सागारं तु वीयाहियं १' भावओ भायीयप्पा अणुव्बयाई य मावणा सम्वे । स्वामेमि सञ्चसत्ते खेमी खमि)यव्वं सबसत्ताण २ Ends.-fol. 11 सजोगमूला जीवेण पत्ता दुस्खपरंपरा । तुस्ना तम्हा) मंयोगसबंधं सव्वं तिविहेण बोसिरायरे)१८ इति आउरपच्चक्खाणं पपन्न ममा - 2 This is the second verse in No 370 This is the 27th githa of the Aturapraty akhvida in.luded under ten prakirnakas ·371] IV Supernumerary Prakırnakas 327 - आतुरप्रत्याख्यान Aturapratyahbyana 17 (m) No 370 1880-81 Extent leaf 1784 to leaf 182* Descriprion — For additional j articulars see Aga mikavastuvicarasāra No 77 (a) 1880-81 Begins -leaf 178. STREAT AT AFH etc Ends -leaf 182" सजोगमलाला) जीप etc upto तिविहेण as in No ,69 followed by वोसिरइ ।। १६ ॥ छ । इत्य(त्या)तुरप्रत्याख्यान समाप्त ॥ Tu etc N B- For other details see No 369 आतुरपत्याख्यान Aturapratyakhyana 1229 (b) No 371 1884-87 Extent fol 3' to fol 50 Descripnon -- Complete For other details see Vairagyasaraka no 1229 (a) 1884-87 Begins --fol 3. अरिहता मगल मग्झ । अरिहता मग्न देवया अरिहते तिहत्ताण योसिरामि प्ति पायग ॥१॥ Ends --fols सजोगम(ग) जीवाण पत्ता हुररसपरपरा। तम्हा सजोगसमय सध तिविहेण वोमिरे॥१६॥ इति श्रीआतुरप्रत्यारयान समा(R) ॥ ॥ NB-ror further information see lo 369 ·328 Jaina Literature ard Plulosophy [ 372, THE FIFTH PRAKĪRNAK 4 आराधनापताका Arādkanāpatākā (आराधनापडाया) (Aradhanapadlasa) No372 1178. 1886-92 Size • Io in by +10 Extenç :- 20 folios, 17 lines to a page , 60 leccers to a lie Description Country paper very thin and white, Devanagari characters svith gGHETS, small, legible uniform and good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black inh, space between the pairs coloured red, red chalk used, foll numbered in the right hand margin only, unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre only, the numbered, in the nmargins, too, fol ' decorated with a design in red colour , fol 20° practically blank, for, only the title etc written on it, complete , 990 gathas in all, condition very good, composed in Samyat 1078 Age - Pretty old Author.- Virabhadra Suri Subject A work in Prakrit in 990 verses dealing with what one ought to do at the time death approaches Begins fol 16 नियमचरिपरणमाइप्पादण(ण)सररापरिद्धिविधारो। जयड सररायपुडययणमाहप्पो महावीरो ॥१ आरोहणासम(सोय अणहरसिद्ध च फलमसदिट्ट(द)। भणिय तेण भगवया गोपममाईण ज पुर॥२ त पुरोरिससम्मम्ममागयभावसम्मादार सरोवओ महत्यं भणामि सत्ताणुमारेण ॥३ जिणययणमुइपवित्त मणुपत्त पाविऊण मन्पुरिसा। मासपसहकामेण होयर होउयामेहिं ॥2 etc Ends.-fol 20 जह सल दिवमाभन्थ रपणीए सुमिणमि पिछति । सह इह जम्माभाय मेयति भयतरे जीया ॥८० इप पिमपयहारषारभद्दमारार्पण पसाहस । उपएसपपहिं इमेहिं धारशीराण गमगो॥८३ -

·37.
V Supernumerary Prakırnalas
329
मिणमयमपरह कप्पण्णसेयमाराहणामय पाठ।
विसउण्हतण्दमवहाय साहुणा(णो) नि इमुविति ।। ८४
इस मुदराइ (जिण)वीरभद्दभणियाइ परयणाहितो ।
चिरमुश्चिणिमुम एसा रइया आराहणापडाया।। ८५
यस्साणमाणुपुरी गाहद्धपयाण पाययाण च ।
कत्थई कहिंचि रहया पुचपसिद्धाण समईए ॥ ८६
आराहणापसत्यमि एत्य सत्यमि गथपरिमाण ।
ना(नोउयार नवसयाइ अस्थागाहमि गाहाण ।। ८७
विकमनिसलाओ अहत्तरिमे समासहस्समि ।
एसा सम्बगिहिआ गहिया गाहाहिं सरलाहि ॥ ८८
मोहेण मदमहणा इममि जमणागम मए लिहिय ।
त महरिसिणो मरिसितु । अहव सोहि तु करणाए ॥८९
भवगहणममणरीणा ल(लोहति नियुइमुह जमल्हीणा।
त कप्पटुममुहय । नदउ जिणसासण सुइर ।। ९९०
आराधनापताकारतिरिय श्री वीरभद्राचार्यस्य ।। ४ ॥
Reference See Jaina Granthavali (p 64) where this work is styled
as prakırnaha
4: ULI

·330 Jama Literature and Plulosophy 1373 . - THE SIXTH PRAKIRNAKA कवचद्वार Kavaadvāra (कवयद्दार) (Karayaddara) 579 (m) No 373 1895-98 Extent fol 301 to fol 31b Description - Edges of foll 30 and 31 somewhat damaged. For other details see Marsnavidhi No 579 (2) 1895-98 Subject - A prahırnıha according to Jaina Granthavalı Begins -fol 30 तिन्नो महासमुद्दो । तरिय र गोयय तुहयाणि । समहकतो मेरू परमाणू चिट्टए इन्हि।। etc Ends - fol 316 एर सवड करचेणुयग्गहिओ । तेह परिस्सह चूण । जापइ अलपणिज्जो । झाणसमा(मत्यो य जिणड जई ।। १२९ ।' कवचद्वार समाप्त ॥र र etc Refererce - See Jaann Granthavali (P66) I This verse forms the $92th scrse of Aradhanapitkabliagarati lo 141 1872 73 This latter nork has क्वचद्वार 1 ·374 ] VII Supernumerary Prakırnakas 331 THE SEVENTH PRAKĪRNAKA गच्छाचार Gacchăcara (गच्छायार) (Gacchāyāra ) 141 (6) No374 1872-73 Extent fol 144 to fol 18 Description – Complete , the last verse numbered as 37 (137) Tor otner details see No. 269 Subject -- This prakırnaka based upon Mahanısıtha, Vyavahara etc, as indicated in the 135th verse of this very work deals with •he following topics -- The fruit accruing from staying in gaccha, characteristic of a gani ( suri ), prowess of gitartha, distinguishing features of gaccha, avoidance of contact with aryas, and behaviour of aryas । Begins --fol 14" नमिऊण महावीर तिअसिंदनममिअ महाभागो(ग)। गच्छायार किंची उद्धरिमो सुअसमुद्दाओ ॥१॥ Ends — fol 18* महानिसीहकप्पाओ क्वहाराओ तहेच य । साहुसाहुणि अहा(ए) गच्छायार समुद्धिअहिओ) ॥३५॥ पढतु साहुणो एण(य) असज्झाय विवज्जिउ । उत्तम सुअनिस्सद गच्छायार सु(तु) उत्तम ।। गच्छायार सणित्ता ण पठित्ता भिम्युभिरखुणी । कुणतु ज जहाभणिय इच्छता हियमप्पणो ॥३७ ॥ (१३७) इति गच्छाचारप्रकीर्णर ॥ छ ॥६॥ Reference - The text together with the Sanskrit commentary by Vanrra as well as the text along with chaya are published in the Agimodaya Simiti Series as Nos 6 and 46 respect vely for quotations etc see Weber II, p 622 ff, and for an additional Mis with a Gujarāti translation see B BRAS sols III-IV, P 464 ·332 Jama Literature and philosophy [376 गच्छाचार Gaccbācām No 375 386 (1) 189-80 Extent fol 57s to fol 6ro Description Complete, 137 verses all For other deraris see No 268 Begias - fol 37 नमिठ(ऊ)ण महावीर तियसिंद etc , as in No 374 Ends —fol 6t' पट मनु माहुणो erc up to हिपमप्पणो as in 374 Then we have इति गच्छायार पपन्न ॥ सम्मत ॥ १२ श्रीरस्तु ।। NB - For additional informuon sec No 374 . गच्छाचार Gaccbācāra 1168 (m) No 376 1887-91 Extent fol 23.10 27 Description -- Complete, fol amb blant For other details sce Samstaraha No 317 Age - Samsat 1491 Begins --fol 25* नमिऊण महागीर ete Ende - fol 29* पढतु साहुणो एय etc, up to हियमप्पणो ॥ १३८॥ गच्छा. यार समत्त ॥ followed by स. १४९१वर्षे चैत्रसुदि ११ शुक्रे । श्री'तपा गच्छे । श्रीश्रीजयशेपरमूरि ॥ “देउलाहा'नगरे राणाभी- कुभकर्णराज्ये । 'दुरह ज्ञातीय । श्रेष्टिटिसिंघाभार्या चांपू । आमश्रेया (योड)ये मह(स्रोद्रय श्री श्रीमाली वशेषु अष्टिमाला)मत कपीश्वरझा. अया(पोड) इद पुस्ता लिसापित ' । उपदेशेन ॥ ११ Then in a different hand te hale इति प्रशस्ति ए प्रति मवत् १७४३वर्षे श्रीआचार्यजी ऋपिम 'दिभटारि मुर॥ NB - For further particulars see No 374 - Letters att midt illegible by applsing black cock ·378 ) PIT Supernumerary Prakirnakas 333 गच्छाचार Gacchācām 124 (8) No 377 1872-73. Size - Infin by +1 in Extent :-5 + 17 = 22 folios, 13 lines to a page , 58 letters to alıne Description - Country paper rough, very thin and greyish, Deva någarı characters with TTATTS, small, legiblc and tolerably good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red, red chalk used yellow pigment, too, foll numbered in the right hand margin only but in two sets the foll 1,2, etc up to 5 as 67, 68 etc also, and then again foil 1, 2, etc up to 17 numbered as 85, 86 etc as well, unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre only, the numbered, in the margins, too, fol 679 ( 1 ) blanh, so is the fol 85', the first few foll are slightly torn and their edges, too, are partly gone, condition tolerably fair , complete, this Ms contains the following two work, in addition to this (1) artean foll 705 to 71 (2)मरणविधि 8go, IOID Age Samvat 1569 (?) See Ajivakalpa No 367 Begins -- fol 670 ( 16 ) 7757 HETais etc as in No 374 Ends - fol 700 ( 4 ) (?) Argois etc as in No 374 NB- For other details see No 374 > Size - गच्छाचार Gacchacara No 378 1234 (a) 1886-92. 101 in by 4, in Extent 16 folios, 23 lines to a page, 60 letters to a linc Description - Country paper this and white, Devanagari characters with occasional Teas, small, legible and good hand-s siling, borders ruled in three lines in red ink, red çhull used, yellow pigment, too, foll. numbered in the ·334 Jaina Literature and Philosophy 1379. I " " " right hand margin only; complete; condition very good : this Ms. contains the following s additional works :-- (1) तन्दुलवैचारिक foll. 26 to 7 (2) देवेन्द्रस्तय 7 (3) भनपरिज्ञा (4) संस्तारक 130, 15 (5) महाप्रत्याख्यान 15, Age. -- Pretty old. Begins.-fol. नमो जिनपचनाय ।। नमिऊण महावीरं etc. Ends.-fol. 2' पदंतु साहुणो etc., up to हियमप्पणो as in No. 374 followed by ३६ ॥ इति गच्छायारपइलं मम्मत ।। N. B.- For additional information see No. 374. 16 गच्छाचार Gacchácara No. 379 1140 (b)- 1897-91. Extent.- fol. ISI to fol. ISSA Description.- Complete, metres are referred to in this is. as गाथा उंदः, विपमाक्षरेति गाथा and अनुटुए; extent 167 Slokas. For other derails see No. 384. Begins.-fol. II श्रीआनंदविमलसूरीश्वरेम्पो नम ॥ नमिऊण महावीरं etc. Ends.fol. 155 पढंतु मागुणो etc, up to विभमप्पणो as in No. 371. followed by १३७ विषमाझरेति गाया इति श्रीगच्छाचारपर्णसूत्र समान। छ। ग्रंधानं १३७zetc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 374.

·382 ) VII Superrinmerary Prakırnakas 335 गच्छाचार Gaccbācara 714 (b) 1899-1915 No 380 Extent fol 5' to fol 78 Description Complete For other details see Rsimandalastavana No 714 (a) 1899 1915 Begins --fol sa नमिऊण महावीर etc Ends -fol 76 61 FIGUT etc practically as in No 37. NB - For additional details see No 374 ters, गच्छाचार Gacchacara No 381 1255 1891-95 Size 10in by 4 in Extent – 2 folios, 18 lines to a page , 68 letters to a line Description Country paper tough and white, Deranägarı charc. small, legible and good hand-writing, borders ruled in two lines in red ink, red chall used, foll numbered in both the margins, complete , condition very good Age - Samvat 1682 Begins.-fol नमिऊण महावीर etc Ends --fol 26 al figuit etc, up to the end as in No 374 Then follow the lines as under थाए(शिवनिधानगणिभिलिखित ॥ स. १६८२ वर्षे मार्गशीर्ष शुक्लकाददया श्री अहम्मदाबाद रथे । शुभ elc TESTATT Gacchacara fagranica with wvrti No 382 1183 1884-87 Size io 13 by 4 in Extcnt - 12-12-1=11 folios, 15 lines to a rage, so letters to a line ·336 Jasna Literature and halosophy [382 . . Description - Country paper rough and greyish, Devanagari charac ters with gantas, sufficiently big, legible and good hand- Writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, red chalk and yellow pigment used , fol 124 black, this Ms con. tains the text as well as the commentary, but both begin abruptly as the first twelve foll are missing , the fol 26th, 100, is wanting, edges of the 13th and the last fol slightly damaged , some of the foll are partly worm-eaten, 100, condidon tolcrably good, numbers of foll entered in both the margins, fol 39th also numbered as oth , numbers in different margins seldom tilly, extent ssso slbhas Age Pretty oid Author of the commentary -- - Vijayavimala Gmi, pupil of Ananda vimala Suri of Tapi gaccha Subject Gacchacira along with a commentary in Sanshrzt Begins --(text) fol 14a सगहोयरगह विहिणा न परेइ अ जोगणी । समण समाणि तु दिक्वित्ता सामायरि न गाइए १५ ।। etc -(com) fol 13 ते पान भज्यते । प्रातिहारिक का पात्र धनिकोऽसमये- प्युद्दालपति । अथवा पपात्र सत्ताया भवति तल्लघु etc Ends -(rext) fol 12b पढनु तु साहुणो erc , up to हिपमप्पणो ।। १३७ ।। यद्यथा(s) भाणित तत्तथा कुर्वस्विति विपमाक्षरेति गाथा छद ।।१३७॥ इति श्रीमत्तपा गच्छनभोनभोमणिमट्टारकपुरदरीआनदविमल- सूरीश्वरचरणाभोजरजश्वचनकायमाणपडितनीधिजयविमलगाणविरचिताया गच्छाचारमकीपर्णक्दीकाया साध्वीस्वरूपनिरूपणाधिकारस्तृतीय समाप्त ॥ तन्समाप्तौ च समाप्लेय श्रीमच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकटीका । प्राय स्वकीयोदितमप्यतादृश सर्वांगभाजा जगतीह रोचते । इय मदुक्तिस्तु ममैव नो तथा। स्थ परेषा रुचये भविष्यति?।१। नाभूद् वृद्धरुता वृत्तिरस्या दास्तु भूग्शि । तथाप्यऽस्ति गुरु(रूपास्ति समस्तस्वस्तिदा(55)मन ॥२॥ यदत्र मतिवैगुण्याद ग्रथानभ्यासतस्तथा। प्रमादा विस्त सार्वागमेनामा विरोधमाक् ॥३॥ -(com, " ·382. VII Supernumerary Prakunakas 337 विभक्यादिविरुद्ध च मिथ्यादुष्टतमस्तु तत् । शोधयतु च तत्त्वज्ञा स्त्वा तत्र पणा मयि ॥४॥ युग्मा विचारोपनिपदभेदसमुच्चयचिकीर्पया। गच्छाचाराभिवग्रवृत्ति निर्मितघानह ॥५॥ अथ प्रशस्तिलिरयते ॥ प्राटितजगदानद सुरतम्मणिमुरभिमहिमरमणीय । प्रणते हितप्रणेता शासननेता जयति वीरः।१ तत्पट्टोदयभानुर्गणी सुधर्मा यथार्थनामा(भूत् २ । घोधितशरशतचौर श्रीजवू केवली चरम ३१२ श्रीमान् प्रभवस्वामी गणनाथो राणमणी सलिलनाथ ॥४ शय्यभवो(5)पि सूरिमनकपिता समजनिष्ट तत । ५।३। निजगतिनिर्जितभद्र कृतभद्र श्रीगणी यशोभद्र ६। तत्पट्टे श्रीमती सभूतविजय माताभद्रबाहुगुरू ७ । ४ श्रुतरेग्लीह चरम स्थूलाङ्गदस्तयोपिनेयो()भूत् । ८ शिष्योत्तमौ तदीयौ सूरिमहागिरि सुहास्तिगुरू ५ जिनम्ल्पसुपरिर्म । प्रथम प्रथया(डोन्वित प्रथयति स्म । श्रेणिकत प्रतिसप्रतिप द्वितीय स्म बोधयति । ९।६। तदनु च मुहस्तिशिष्यौ कौटिक्कामदारजायेता । सुस्थितसुप्रतिव(बु)द्धौ ‘कौटिक' गच्छस्तत समभूत् । १० ॥७॥ तत्रेद्रीदन्नसरि११र्भगवान श्रीदिन्नसज्ञसर्राद्र । १२ । तस्य पदे सिंहगिरिमिरिरिव धीरो गिरिगभीर ॥१३ ।। ८ । सममनि वज्रस्वामी भकदेवार्पितस्फुरद्विय । बाल्ये (७)पि जातजातिस्मृति । प्रभुश्वरमदशपूर्वी । १४।९। श्रीधज्रसेनसज्ञस्तत्पदपूर्वाद्रिचूलिकादित्य ।१५ मूल चद्रे (चाद्र)कुलस्पाजनि च ततश्चाइमरिगुरु()। १६ । १० पूर्वगतश्रुतजलधिस्तरमात्सामतभद्रसूरींद्र ।१७। भीमाश्च देवसरिस्तदीयपट्टेऽभरद् सद्ध २८॥ ११ ॥ प्रद्योतनाभिधान १९ । रततो(5)पि सूरींद्रमानदेवारय । 'शातिस्तधे न मारि यो जहे देवताभ्यर्च्य । २०११२ श्रीमानतुगनि । कर्ता भक्तामरम्य गणभर्ना । २१ । श्रीमान् वीरः सूरि २२ । स्ततो(5)पि जयदेवसगढ़ । २३ । १३ । श्रीदेवानदगुरु २४ । विक्रमरि २५ गंगन नरसिंहः । योधितहिंसस्यक्ष । २६ । क्षपणरजेता समुद्रो()य । २७ । १४ । 43 [ULP] ·338 Jama Lutcrature and Philos lly 1382. हरिभद्रमियममयत । गरि पुनरेर मानदेवगुर २८ विवुधप्रमच गरि । २९ । तस्मात् परिजयानद ३० ॥१५॥ भीमद्रविममगुरु । ३१ गरिमागार राज्यगोदेव । ३२ । सपुम्न प्रधुम्नाभिधश्च सरिस्ततो(ड)प्यामीत् । ३३ ।। १६ । विदितोपधानपाच्यमथरतरमाच्च मानदेवाप । सरि समजनि भूपो मानदेयार्थित मत्तत । ३४ ॥१७॥ पेचिदिद सूरिदपमिह न यदति । तरमा विमलचन्द्रः सहेममिद्धियंभूय सूरियर । ३५ । उद्योतनम सूरिरितदुरिताकुर रह १३६ ॥ १८ अथ युगनयनद९९४मिते घप विस्मपादतिमाते । पूर्यायनितो रिहरन् । सो उद'उगिरे सविधमागार । १९ तघ च टेलीसेटप । सीमानिसस्थयरतरयटाघ । उमटूर्ते स्यपदे( मरीन स स्थापयामास । २० । सुग्म ॥ ग्न्यातस्ततो गणो(5)प 'यटगच्छाद्वो(s)पि 'ए'गच्छ इति । अभयत्तर प्रथम । गरि श्रीसर्वदेवाद । ३७ ॥२१ रूपश्रीरिति नृपतिप्रदत्तविरुदो(ड)य देवमूरिरभूत् । ३८ । श्रीसदेिवसरिज्ञे पुनरेव गुरुचद्र ३९ । २२ । जातो तस्प विनेयो गरियशोभद्र-नेमिचद्रादौ । ४० । ताभ्या मुनींद्रचन्द्र । श्रीमुनिचद्रो गुरु समभूत् । ४१ । २३ । श्रीअजितदेवसूरि प्राच्यस्तस्माद् यभूध शिष्यवर । चादीति देवसूरिद्वितीयशिष्यस्तदीय इह ४२ ॥ २४ ॥ तत्रादिमा बभासे । यरुर्विजयसिंह इति मुनिपसिंह । ४३ । तस्याप्युभो बिनेपौ । बभूवतुमिविण्यातौ । २५ । ल्यातस्तत्र 'शतार्थी सोमप्रभमरिपुगव प्रथम । श्रीमणिरत्नगर्णीद्रा । गुणगणमणिनीरनिधिरन्य । ४४ । २६ शिघ्या माणिरत्नगुरोस्ततो जगच्चद्रसूरयो(s)भुवन् । भूतलविदिता नूतनवैराग्यावेगमाजस्ते । २७ । श्रीचैत्रगणाभोधौ विशुपमाद ववभद्रगणिमिभात् । उपसपन्नावरण विधिना सवेगवेगवत ॥२८॥ 'आचामाम्ला रयतपो(ड)भिग्रहवतो व्यधुर्विभूतमला शरक्रटितराणि १२८५ वर्षे । ख्यातरतत इति 'तपागच्छ ।४५१२९ । विशेषक।

·382.] VII Supernumerary Prakıryakas 339 तेषामुभौ विनेयो देवेंद्रगणींद्र-विजयचद्राद्वौ ४६ श्रीदेवेंद्रगुरोरपि । शिष्यो हौ मूतलरपातौ । ३०॥ श्रीविधानदगणी । प्रथमोऽन्यो धर्मधोपसरिरिति ४७ अथ सोमप्रभसार ४८ स्तस्य विनेयास्तु चत्वार । ३१ श्रीविमलप्रभसार १ श्रीपरमानसरिगुरुराज २ श्रीपद्मतिलकसूरि ३ । गणतिलक सोमतिलकगुरु ।४।३२॥ श्रीसोमप्रभमरे । पट्टे श्रीसोमतिलकसूरींद्रा ४९ । तेषा यो विनेयास्तर श्रीचद्रशेखर प्रथम 1३३ । सूरिजयानदोऽन्यस्तृतीयका देवसुदरा गुरव । श्रीसोमतिलकहरेस्त एव पट्टाबरादित्या ॥३४॥ च पच शिप्या प्रथमे श्रीज्ञानसागरा गुरव । कुलमडना द्वितीया । श्रीगुणरत्नास्तृतीयाश्च । ३५। तुर्या अहार्यवीर्या गुरव श्रीसोमसुदरमभय । आसश्च पचमा अपि गुरच श्रीसाधुरत्नाहा । ३६ । श्रीदेवसुदरगुरो पट्टे श्रीसोमसुदरगणीद्रा ॥ अभयन युगप्रधाना ५१ शिष्यास्तेपाच पचैते । ३७॥ श्रीमुनिसुदरसूरि १ श्रीजयचद्रो गुरुगरिमधाम । २ । श्रीभुवनसुदरगुरु ३ जिनसुदर४ सरि-जिनकीर्ती ५।३८॥ श्रीसोमसुदरगुरो । पट्टे मुनिसुदरो युगप्रवर ५२ । तत्पमुकुटरल स रत्नशेखरगुरूत्तस । ३९ । श्राद्धविधिसूनवृत्त्यायनेक्सद्ग्रथनिर्मितिपटिष्ठ ॥ ५३॥ लक्ष्मीसागरसूरिस्तत्पदमडनमातगरिष्ट । ५४१४० आसीत्तदीयपट्टे गुरुर्गुणी मुमतिसाधुसद्रि । ५५ श्रीहेमविमलमारिरतदीयपट्टे गुरु समभूत् । ५६ । ४१ अथ दु पमोत्यदोपात् । प्रमादयशचेतसो ममलभूत । अभवन्मुनय प्राय । स्वाचाराचरणशैथिल्या १४२ किंचिनिरीक्ष्याप्यसमजस तत् । शास्त्रार्थशून्यै प्रतिभोज्झितैन । 'लका धनादेयमताधरपे। उप्यधैरिया पतित प्रमूतै । ४३ । इतव श्रीहेमविमलरिरीकृतरत्मप म सरिगुण । ज्ञात्या योग्य पूर्ण धर्मस्याभ्युदय मसिद्ध। ४४ ।

·340 Jama Literature and Philosophy 1382. सौभाग्यभाग्यपूर्ण सयेगतरगरगनीरनिधि । आनदविमलसूरिं स्वे पट्टे स्थापयामास ५७ । १५ पुग्म धन्यानगारसाशास्तपोभिर्दुस्तपैश स्थूलभद्रोपमा ब्रह्मचर्पवर्यगुणैरपि । ४६ ॥ श्रीमदानदविमलभभय शासनाद्गुरो शश्वत् शुद्धा क्रिया पर्तुमकुर्वन्निश्वर मन । ४७ युग्म। अथ कुमार्गपतज्जनतोद्धृतो। विनयभायमवाप्य सहायर । सविनय नयनिर्मलमानस मुदमधाद्विशदा गुरुपुगव । ४८॥ श्रीविनयभावसर्विज्ञरै सयुता सहायैस्ते । समतासहिता हित्वा वस्त्रादिपारग्रहे ममता ४९ श्रीविक्रमपकालाद् भुजगजशरशशि१५८२ मिते गते वर्षे चक्रुश्चरणोद्धरण । शरण सवेगवेगवता । ५० । युग्म तदा च तेपा जगदुत्तमाना सविग्नतासाररसपासक्त म्लानिं गतो(5)पीह चरिनधर्म- फ्ल्पद्रुम पल्लवितो बभूव । ५१ स गुरुगरिमौदार्यस्थैयांदियणसवधि निर्ममव शरीरे()पि तपस्तेपे सद्स्तप । ५२ अथ तट्रयता किंचिदालोच्य स्वक्पाप्मन कृतवानौपवस्त्राणामशीयाभ्यधिक शत । ५३ । अईदादिपदध्यापी । 'विशतिस्थानक तप निर्विकारश्चकारैप । चतु शतचतुर्थकै । ५४ चक्रे पुनस्तपरतद्वारिक्षपश्चतु शतप्रमित विंशतिषष्ठानि ततो विहरज्जिनपान समाश्रित्य । ५५ तीधाधिपधीरविभो पटानि नवेक्षणेक्षण २२९ मितानि पाक्षिकमुखेपु पर्यड । पछानि बहूनि चान्यानि । ५६ । युग्म द्वादशनि प्रभु पच! चक्रे प्रथमम्मण । तानि पचातरायस्य । नवैव दशमानि तु । ५७ ॥

·382.1 VA Supernicinerary Prakırnakas 341 दर्शनावरणस्यापि मोहनीयस्प कर्मण अष्टाविंशतिसख्यानि । विशिष्टारमकानि च ।। ५८ अष्टमदशमान्येव वेये गोने तथा(5)युपि बहूनि । स्तयान भगवान्नाम्नो नव जज्ञे कर्मणस्तु तप । ५९ : तपोभिरेयं विहितैरने रनुत्तरै श्रीगुरुकुजरो()सौ । वपु शुशोप प्रगतप्रदोष म्वक समौदुरितै सहैव । ६० घदंति त स्मेति जना निरीक्ष्य निरीहता ज्ञानतप क्रियाक्ष्य । अवातरत्सर्वगुण किमेप। श्रीमान् जगच्चद्रगुदितीय । ६१ 'मरुस्थली-'मालव'-'गुर्जरवा'- 'सौराष्ट्र मुख्यपि मंडलेषु । हरस्तम परमपास्तदोप स सूरिभातुर्यहरच्चिराय । ६२ क्षितितलतिलके श्रीमत्यहम्मदाबाद'सज्ञिते द्गे विक्रमनृपते समतिक्रांते रसनवातिथि१५९६ मिते(5) दे। ६३ विधिना विहितानशन । श्रीमानानदविमलरीद्र । समवाप नाक्सौरय चेतसि निहितश्चतु शरण । ६४ युग्म। श्रीवर्द्धमानादिह पोडशो(ड)भूत् श्रीचन्द्रसूरि मिल गच्छनेता । श्रीमान स सूरिन्तु बभव सप्त- त्रिंशो 'पहनच्छ पसर्वदेवः । ३७ ॥६५ 'तपा'भिधादिस्विह पचचन्या. रिशो४५जगच्चद्रमुनींद्रचा । तत क्रियोद्धारस्तो मुनींद्रा स्रयोदशा श्रीगुरषो समवु ५७।६६ । व भीवीरजिनात्सततिरपउनाथगुरुगणने । आनंदविमलयरवः। श्रीमत सातपघाशा ५७।

·342 Jama Literature and Pinulosophy 1382 आसस्तदीपपट्टे । प्रभव श्रीविजयदानसूरद्रिा । सर्थ विजयरतो नपवत समयवतश्च । ५८॥ ६८ सेपा पट्टे सप्रति । विजयते सर्वमूरिपारीद्रा सुविहितसाधुप्रभव श्रीमतो हीरविजयाहा । ६९ ॥ सौभाग्यमद्धततर भाग्यमसाधारण सदा येपां पैराग्यमुत्तमतम । चारित्रमनुत्तरतम च ७० येपा दोपाश्च गुणान् । शक्ती खलसज्जनौ न जायेता। वर्णयितुमसद्भावादमितेश्चापि पूज्याना । ७१। श्रीविजयसेनसरिममुनिपुगये प्रगतदोपै । सेवितपदारविंदा श्रीगुरयस्ते जयति चिर । ५९।७२ तेपा श्रीगुरूणा । प्रसादमासाद्य सश्रुतानद । वेदाग्निरसेंदु१६३४मिते विकमभूपालतो वर्षे ।।३। शिष्यो भूरिगुणाना । युगोत्तमानदविमलसूरीणा । निर्मितवान वृत्तिमिमामुपकारस्ते विजयविमल ॥७४॥ पुग्म । कोविदविद्याविमला विवेकविमलाभिधाश्च विद्वास आनदविजयविबुधा । विचिंतयतो गुरौ भाक्त । ७५। शोधनलिखनादिविधावस्या वृत्ते पंधु समुद्योग । स्यु ढमादरपरा । उचिते कृत्ये हि सत्यजा (ज्ञा)।७६ ।। युग्म। प्रत्यक्षर गणतया । वृत्तर्मान विनिश्चित । सहस्रा पच सानि शतान्यष्टावनुष्टुमा ॥ ७७ । यावन्महीतले मेरुावञ्चद्रदिवाकरौ । तारद्वृत्तिरिय धारैर्वाच्यमाना()नुता जय । ७८ । इति तपा'गन्छनभोनभोमणिकलिकालगौतमावतारभट्टारकपुरदरभी ६ । आनदविमलसूरीश्वरचरणमरसीरुहरजश्चचरीकायमाण ५० । विजयवि. मलगणिविरचिताया गच्छाचाराभिधप्रकीर्णस्टीकाया श्रीगुरुपयंक्रमवर्ण नाधिकार समाप्त ॥छ । गच्छाचारप्रकर्णिकवृत्ति समाप्त प्र° ५८५० ॥

·384.] VII. Supernuancrary Prakırnalas 345 - गच्छाचार Gacchācām विवृतिसहित with vivrti 835 No 383 1875-76 Size - II in by 5t in Extent 197 folios , I2 lines to a page , , letters to a line Description — Country paper tough and white, Devanagari characters, big, quite legible and good hand-writing, borders ruled in two lines in red inh, numbers of foll entered in both the margins, foll 1" and 1976 blanh, condition excellent, this Ms contains the text is well as its commen tary together with a big colophon, complete, extent 58jo sokas , this Ms seems to have been copied from one dated Samvat 1763 Age - Samvat 1932. Begins -(text) fol 2 नमिऊण महावीर etc -(com) fol rb भट्टारकप्रभुश्रीआनदविमलसारगुरुभ्यो नम उद्बोधो विदधे(5)जानामिव भ यश(री)रिणा गवा विलासैयेनासी जीयाद्वीररविश्चिरं ॥ १ . पदपद्म रसगुरूणा सदासदाचारचरषटु(चिचूना नत्वा विदधे विवृति गच्छाचारारयसूप्रस्य ॥२॥ इति तावच्छास्त्रस्यादी मगलसबधाभिधेयप्रयोजनान्यभिधातन्यानि etc Ends --(text) fol 192* पढतु साहुणो etc, up to हियमप्पणो ।। १३७ ।। --(com ) fol 1936 TUT ATTUT etc, along with the 78 verses of the colophon up to प्रकीर्णक्रत्ति समाप्त as in No 382 followed by लेखन स. १७६३ नु(न)तन ले० १९३२ ग्र०५८५०॥ NB For other details see No 382 " " गच्छाचार Gacchiar पिवृतिसहित with vivrta 1140(8) No 384 1887-91. Size -9 in by 4g in Extent 155+5-2=154 folios, is lines to a page, 48 letters to . - a line ·344 jama Literalure and Philosophy 1385 Description Country paper rough and white , Devanagari clarac ters with UAITS, small, Icgiblc, uniform and good handu riting, borders ruled in four lines in black ink , foll ja and 1550 blank ercept that the title etc written on them, foll numbered in both the margins, fol 118th repeated , foll 149 and 150 missing, yot both the text and the commentary seem to be complete, extent 5850 ślokas, some of the foll slightly worm-caten, condirion on the whole good, this Als contains a big colophon, there is an additional work siz thc tele beginning on falist and ending on fol 155". Age - Pretty old Begins --(text) fol 2 AT3501(RUT) RETEIT etc --(com) fol 1 भट्टारफप्रभुश्रीमानदविमलसरिगुरुभ्यो नम । उद्बोधो विदधे etc Ends --(text) fol 1458 960 Hrgot etc --(com ) " यद्यथाऽत्र माणित तत्तथा etc, up to गुरुपवक्रमवणं Ar as an No 382 followed by the lines as under समाप्त ॥ छ ॥ प्रथाय ५८५० गच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकटीका समाप्ता। etc NB -- For additonal information see No 382 > TESTETT Gacchācara व्याख्यासहित with vyākhyā No 385 1141 1887-91. Size -101 in by 44 in Extent - (text) x6 folios, 23 lines to a page , 56 letters to a line (com ), , 76 Description - Country paper rough and white, Devanagari charactors with gentas, this is a raret Ms, the text written in a sufficiently big band, legible and good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, red chalk and yellow pigment used, foll numbered in the right hand ) ·385 1 VII Supernumerary Prakirvakas 345 " margin only, fol 1• blank, so is the fol 16b, few foll. slightly worm eaten, condition on the whole good, both the text and the commentary complete Age -- Pretty old Author of the commentary -Pandita Vanara, a grand-disciple of Anandavimala Suri of Tapa gaccha Subject -One of the prakırnakas along with a Sansl rit commentary Begins -(text) fol 1 नामऊण महावीर etc -(com) , नम सर्वज्ञाय ॥ श्रीपार्श्वजिनमानम्प तीर्थाधीश वरमद । गच्छाचारा गुरोर्जाता वक्षे(क्ष्य) व्यारया पथागम ॥१॥ शास्त्रस्पादौ प्रयोजनाभिधेयसनमगलान्यभिधातव्यानि etc. Ends -(rext) fol 16* पढतु साहूणो etc, up to हियमप्पणो ।। १३७ as in No 383 followed by the line as below - इति गच्छाचारप्रकीर्णक्सनम् ॥ छ । -(com ) 16 यद्यथा(5) भाणित तत्तथेति । इच्छतो वाडा कुर्चत हित पथ्य पस्या मन । १३७ । इति श्रीविजयदानसरिविजयमानराज्ये भायसुमनरस ३ पतीना दुष्ट- दुखाकुलदुर्जटस्थिर वयातनिर्दयदुर्योधाज्ञानाधकुशुरुषचनोपदशानिधूम्रस्या (श्याममुखो सूपवारुण्पपविनास्पकुमतिकुवासनाबेलामयम्राफलहपकबहुलकु- राजगदुश्वारकुसाधुमहाड( ? )भागापमदमहत(?)गपर्वतसरीणशारीर मानसदुपमयदुखमासलकाललसागरनिमज्जज्जतुपोतापमानाना श्री तपंगण श्रीतपराणमुनिनक्षत्रगणितानतानतकुमति etc, भयदज्ञान नम कर्पयप्रप हाना पावनीस्ता माना श्रीआनदविमलसूराश्वराणा शिष्या शिष्य(प्ये)ण वानराप्यन पहितश्रीहपकुलावाप्तगच्छाचाररहस्पन गरछाचारप्रकीर्ण कटकप समर्थिता आगम ससो( शो यति मम मूरिसोशरोमणे को(ड)पि दोपो न कपणीय ।अब मया यज्जिनाज्ञाविरुद्ध लिसित व्याग्यात च तन्मम विविध विविधा मिथ्या दु()सत भवतु ॥ इति भीगच्छा चारप्रकीर्णकटीका ममाप्ता॥e etc Reference – The tert as well as the commentary published See No 374 H (JLP) ·346 Jaina Literature and Philosophy 1386. . " 365 " "" गच्छाचार Gacchācāra अवचूरिसहित syitb avacuri 1233. No. 386 1886-92. Size.-- 10g in, by 41 in, Extent.-(text) 9 folios; 5 to 7 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. -(com.), ,BIHMI4" Description.-Country paper rough and white; Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमाघाs; this is a त्रिपाटी Ms., the text written in, a sufficiently big hand and the com. in a small hand; legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used ; yellow pigment, too; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; both the text and the commentary complete; condition very good; fcl. I. blank. Age.- Samvat 1646. Şubject.-- A Jaina agama along with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins:-(rest) fol. x नमिऊण महावीर etc, -(com), , श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ नमिऊ०आदौ शाम्रकार: स्पेष्टदेवतां नमरकुर्वन ग्रंथमारभति(ते)। etc.. Ends.- (text) fol. 9h गच्छायार सणित्ताणं etc., up to हिअमप्पणो ॥ ३७॥ as in No. 374. Here the verse पदंतु साहुणो is not to be found. The Ms. ends with the words इति गच्छाचारस्ने समत्तं ॥ " छ ॥ श्री ॥ -(com.) fol. 9 गच्छाया० ॥ श्रुत्वा पठित्वा साधुसाध्यः । आत्मनो हित वांछमाना । यद्यथा भाणितं तत्तथा कुबैतु । मनपश्चाास्त्रोद्यताः इति गाथार्थ: ॥३६॥ इति श्रीगच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकावचूरिः समाप्त (ला) छ । संवत १६४६ च लिखिता परोपकराय ॥

·387.] VIII Supernumerary Prakırnakas 347 IHE EIGHTH PRAKIRNAKA " " "" " 44 " "" " . जम्बूस्वाम्यध्ययन Jambūsvamyıdhyayana (जबुसामिअज्झयण) (Jambusamajbyam) टब्बासहित wtb tabbā No 387 191 1871-72 Size 9 in by 4t in Extent --- (text) 48 folios, 6 lines to a page, 38 letters to a line -(rabba), Description Country paper very thin and white, Devanagari characters, this Ms contains the text as well as the inter linear tabba, the former written in a slightly bigger hand, legible and good hand-writing, borders ruled in three lines in red ink , foll numbered in both the margins, edges of the first tivo foll slightly worn out, condition on the whole good , fall ra and 48b blank , both the text and the tabba complete up to the 21st uddeśaha Age.- Old Subject -- This is a prakırnaka dealing with the life of Jambusvimin, in 21 uddešakas. Begins -(rext) fol 1 तेण कालेण तेण समएण रायगिहे नाम नयरे होत्या। यण्णओ । तत्य ण रापगिहे गुणसिला नाम चेइए । घपणओ। तत्थ ण रायगिहे सेपिणए णाम राया होत्था । मति अभय नाम कुमारे etc --(com ) fol bते. ते कालनइ विषइ । ते समयने विपे । रा राप ग्रही नाम ec Ends -(text) fol 48* एस जसूचरिय जे सच्चा सहसि । से आराहगा भणिआ तेण जीव मह भग्रे २ पापइसई। इति भीजबूअज्झयण एगधीसमो उद्देशो(सो) सम्मनो २१ । इति भी जवूपयष्णो सम्मतो। -(com) fol 48* एप साता भयो म पा. पामस्यद । इति श्रीजयुनो अध्ययननद एक्धीसमा उद्देशानो। इति श्रीजनो दृष्टांतनो सपनो मपूर्णम् ।। Reference - In Jun Granthasali ( 68 ) a work named Jambu. This appears to be the one here dos cabed It seems It is variously designated cg Jamba. payanno is noted ·348 Jaina Literature and Philosophy (388. ditthaata, Jambdajjhayana, Jambůsvāmikathanaka and Jambúcaritra. See Essai de Bibliographic Jaina (p. 72 ) by A. Gucrinot. For other details sce Weber II, p. 1016 where it is classed as belonging to historico-legendary literature. » ; 56 s. FEFITFOTO TOTA Jambīsvāmjadhyayana argiaiUHIEST with lālāvalodla No. 388 693. 1892-95. Size.-- 10 in. by tf in. Extent.-- (text) so folios; 8 lines to a page; 45 letters to a line. --com.), Description.- Country paper thick, rough and white; Devanāgari characters; small, clear and legible hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; red chalk and white pastc used; ſoll. numbered in the right hand margins only; fol. 1a blank; so is the fol. 506; condition very good; both the text and the interlinear balāvabodha complete ; 18000 silāngas represented on fol.-40;" space for the text is not kept reserved. Age.- Samvar 1899, Šaka 1765. Author. Padmasundara Upadhyāya. Subject. A Jaina agama known as prakırnaka in. Prākrit in 21 uddeśakas or chapters together with its explanation in Gujarāti. Begins.-(text) fol. It UTFIT FH: 1 THAI TA: 1 तेणं कालेणं तेणे समयेणं etc. -(com.) fol. b प्रथम श्रीऋषभदेवजीने प्रणाम करूं छु श्रीपरमात्म देवन नमस्कार दुवो। ते कालनै विर्षे ते ममपने विर्षे राजग्रही नाम नगरी हुती पिण नारी केहबी छै etc. Ends.--(rext) fol. 50. एस जंबू पंचममवदिते संपेवणं माणीया अणयार- गच्छे वित्थारपरं भावस्ससी -- ·389.] VIII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 349 " एस जंबूचरीय जे सुच्चा सद्दाम से आराहम्ग भाणियन्ना जंबूअज्झयणा एगगविसमो उदे(ह)सो एव जयूअज्झयणं समत्त उवज्झायत्रीपद(द)मसुदरगाणिकृतं आलापफस्वरूप संपूर्ण समाप्त श्री ॥ -(com ) fol. 50' एव इण मेले सर्व जवूनो अध्ययन संपूर्ण उपाध्याय श्रीपदमसुंदरगाणिस्त ते को ए आलायो जंवूनौ सपूर्ण ॥ समापतं ॥ श्री ।। संवत् १८९९ रा वर्षे शाके १७६५ रा प्रवर्तमाने मासोतममासे जेष्टमासे शुक्लपध्ये २ तिथौ बुधवारे श्रीसारदाए म । ५० प्रगुरांजी श्री१०८श्रीचा- साजणजी तशिष्य वा श्री१०८श्री श्रीनारायणजी तशिप्य पं० । श्री. १०८श्रीदानकुशलजी तशिष्य पं० : श्री१०८श्रीसत्यविजयजी तत- शिष्य : श्री१०८श्रीकपूरभद्रजी तशिष्यलिपतं पं० लक्ष्मीपुरंदरसनि- श्रीजिनचद्रवरजीशापार्य श्रीधरखरतरगडे श्री आसाढायामे' चतुरमा. च(स) क्रांतोतं लिपीतं श्रीरस्तु etc. जब लग मेरु अडग है तब लग शशि हर सूर जय लग आ पोथी सदा रह ज्यौ गुण भरपूर । . श्रीरस्तु ॥ Reference - See No. 387. जम्बूस्वाम्यध्ययन Jambūsvāmyadhyayana घालावबोधसहित with balā vabodha No.389 350. 1871-72 Size - 108 in by 41 in. Extent - 54 folios , 6 lines to a page, 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper rough and white , Devanagan characters; this Ms contains the text as well as the interlinear commentary, the former witten in a big hand, the latter in a small one, clear and good hand-writing, borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink, red chalk and yellow pigment used, fol 12 practically blank excepe that the title etc, written on it; foll numbered in both the margins; condition very good, both the text and the commentary complete. Age-Pretty old.

·360 Jainn Literature and Philosophy 1390. " . Begins.-(text) fol. b श्रीदेवामभ्यो नमः ॥ तेणं कालेणं तेण समएणं etc., as in No. 388. --(com.) fol. b तेणे कालिं । तेणे समयनें गिरें । रामगृह नामे नगर होत्या याहिता हु । नगर घर्णन जाणउं etc. Ends.--(rest) fol. 54 एस जंबू पंचमामादिदं etc., to up संपूर्ण as in No. 388. -(com.) fol. 54 श्रेणिक एह जंतुना पांचमा भग्ना दृष्टांत । सपे जाणा जाणीने । अनेरा मंथने विपई विस्तार प्रचुर घणो इसिड पणि इहां संपेपि का एह जंबून धरित सामलीने सहहद ते आराधक जीव कही- याए अंना अध्ययनने गि। एम्धीसमो उद्देमा सहित एवं एणी मेंलें जंबू नउ अध्ययन । संपूर्ण हवउं ॥ उपाध्यप श्रीश्री १०८श्रीपद्मसुंदरगणिई ययुं थे आलापकसूवं पुरुउं थयं उइ. Then in a different hand we have ज)उचरित्र मिपरत पं० । लावण्यसौभाग्यना मंहारनि परत चे शिष्य पं०। माणिक्यसौभाग्यना भागै आवी छे मुनिफत्तेसौभाग्य. वांचनार्थे लिपस्ति। N. B.--- For other details see No. 385. . जम्बूस्वाम्यध्ययन Jambūsvāmyadhyayanı वालाववोधसहित with bälāvahodha No390 29 1869-70. Size.-- 10 in by 4: in Extent 4171=42 folios , 7 lines to a page, 42 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rongh and white, Devanagari charace ters, this Ms contains the text as well as the interlinear commentary, the former written in a bigger hand and the latter in a smaller one, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink, red chalh and white paste fol ra blind, edges of the first fol slightly damaged, foll numbered in both the margins; fol 7th repeated , both the test and the commentary complete, condition good. Age.-- Samvat 1769. used, ·390.] VIII. Supernumerary Prakirpalas 351 Begins.--(rext) fol. 1 श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः । तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc. as in No. 388. --(com.) fol 1 श्रीगुरुनि नमस्कार करी जंबुचरित्र कहींई में मुनीश्वर ते कालनि विपईते समयने विपइं etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 4 एस जंबु पंचममवदिह etc., up ra आलाप] संपूर्ण as in No. 388 followed by इति श्रीजंबुचरित्रं संपूर्णम् लिखित श्री पत्तन'नगरे संवत् १७६९ वर्षे पैशापयदि २ शुक्रे पं० दानचंद्रेण लिपीकृतं॥ --com.) fol. 4.' हे श्रेणिक ए जंबुना पंच भवनो जांणको संक्षेपथी क्ह्यो etc., practically up to एकवीसमो उद्वेसो as in No. 389 followed by सम्पत्तो उपाध्याय पद्मसुंदरगणिइ कोधो , आलावाने सेति इति जंबुचरित्र संपूर्णम् लिस्यो छे 'जणीएनपुर'मध्ये वैशाप(ख)मासे शुक्रवार लिपी(खित N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 388.

·35 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 391. THE NINTH PRAKĪRNAKA ज्योतिप्करण्डक Jyotiskarandaba (जोइसकरंडक) (Joisakurandaka) टीकासहित with tīkā 269. No.391 1873-74. Size.-- 11 in. by 54 in. Extent.-- 102 folios; 15 lines to a page; 56 letters to a linc. Description.-- Country paper tough and white; Devanagari characters; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders of foll. 9 to 102 ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; yellow pigment used; ſoll. 1a and 102b blank; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; margins of the foll. 38 and so slightly damaged ; condition on the whole good; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary, the former in Prakrit, the latter in Sanskrit ; both complete. Age.-Modern. Subject. This work composed in Präkrit in verses and divided into prābhstas mostly deals with astronomy and it is accompanied by the Sanskrit commentary. It is classified in Jaina Granthāvali under the prakirnaka section of the Jaina agamas. Abhidbanarajendra, too, mentions it as prakirnaka. Author of the commentary.-- Malayagiri Suri. Begins.--(text) fol. 1b सुण ताव सूरपण्णत्तिवण(पणं) वित्थरेणं जं निउणं । थोगणैच्चएण तत्तो बोच्छं उल्लोगमेत्ताना( गं?)।१etc. --(com.) fol. b॥६०॥ श्रीगणेशाय नमः ।। स्पे(स्ट चराचरं विश्वं जानीते यः प्रतिक्षणं । तस्मै नमो जिनेशाप श्रीवीराय हितपिणे ॥१॥ सम्पगगुरुपदांभोजपपुंपास्तिप्रसादतः। ज्योतिप्करण्डकं व्यक्तं विवृणोमि यथा(ss)गमं ॥२॥ets. Ends.-(text) fol. 101b पा(ण्णा)ण समासा पुन्पायरिएहितीणिउ एसो। दिणकरपण(ण्ण)त्तीओ सीसजणषियोहणा ठाए) -com.) fol. 102 लेन परंपरया सर्वपिन्मूलत्वादुपादेयमिदमवयं प्रेक्षापहि ज्योति.करण्डकामति । " " ·392.] IX Supernume ary Prakirnakas 53 यद्गदितमल्पमतिना जिनवचनविरुद्धमत्र टीकाया। विद्वद्भिस्तत्व टीकाया र्मी प्रसादमाधाय तच्छोय ॥ ज्योति करण्डकमिद गभीरार्थं विण्वता कुशल । यदयापि मलयागरिणा सिद्धिस्तेनाइनुता लोर ॥ इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचिता याज्याति करण्डकीकाया) समाप्ता । शुभ भवतु etc Reference The text along with the commentary is published by Rsabhadas Kesarımaljı Samstha Rutlam in A D 1928 For a Ms of the commentary sce G O Series vol XXI, P 28 foll 94th ज्योतिष्करण्डक Jyotiskarandaka दीकासहित with tika 720 No392 1875-76 Size Indin by s in Extent -71+127=198 folios , 10 lines to a page, 38 letters to a line Description - Country paper thick, rough and white, Devanagar characters, big hold legible and good hand-writing, borders ruled in two lines in red ink, fol r* blank, this Ms contains both the text and the commentary, white paste used , foll 72 to 93 also numbered as I, 2 etc, and the following only numbered as 23, 24 etc up to 127, complete, the last fol also numbered as 197 but it seems to be wrong, condition very good Age - Samvat 1937 Author of the commentary Malayagırı Suri Begins --(text) fol beण ताव सरपणत्ति etc , as in No 391 -(com) iol b॥०॥ स्पष्ट चराचर etc , as in No 391 Ends -text) fol 127 काहाण समासो etc, as in No 391 --com) fol 127 तेन परपरया etc, as in No 39r up to टीका SHTAT I followed by the lines as under छ । ग्रथान' etc सपत् १९३१ वर्ष) श्रावणमासे कृष्णपक्षे तिथि ६ भाइदिने । श्रीत्रवाहि । श्रीपचानारायणजीसतनीमलालस्वहस्तेन लेपिचरवा यादृश पुस्तक - श्री पाटण मध्ये।। N. B -- For further particulars see No 391 " " 1 This is not mentioned in the Ms though space i kept for it 4F ULPI ·354 Jaina Literature and Philosopiry [3933 ज्योतिप्करण्डक Jyotiskarandaka टीकासहित with tīkā No.393 378. 1880-81. Size.-- rok in. by 4: in. Extent.-- 145 lolios; 13 lines to a page; 46 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and greyish ; Devanagari characters with occasional AFIS ; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; a piece of paper pasted in the middle torfol. inky fol. r* blanl; fol. Id worn out in good many places, so, the corresponding letters missing ; some of the foll. wormeaten ; fol. 145th slightly torn; condition fair; this Ms. contains both the text and the comnientary, the’former in! Prakrit and the later in Sanskrit; both complete; extent. 5500 slokas. Age. - Samvat 16.40. Begins.--(rest) fol. bण ताव मुरपण्णति etc., as in No. 391. ---(com.) fol. b || ॐ नमो जिनाय। स्पष्टं चराचरं etc., as in No. 391. Ends.--(text) fol. 145 फाल(पा)णाण समासो etc., as in No. 39.. , --(com.) fol. I45 तेन परंपरया etc., as in No. 39r up to समाप्ता, followed by the lines as below:-- ग्रंथानं ५५०० । सं. १६४० वर्षे ज्येष्टदिश्४दिने 'तपागच्छे उपा-1 प्रायश्रीधर्मसारगणिगुरुम्पो नम' । तदसेपरक्रमपनार्थ पालेर) आलिसितं । etc. श्री सिद्धपुर नगर followed in a differenthand by the lines as under - श्रीराजसागरमरिराज्ये सम्लयाचकोत्तंमवाचरुश्रीपं लब्धिसागर- गणिशिप्यविनीतसागरगणिई ए प्रति भंडार संकी छई। श्री तमा तीर्थ पुरे । संवत् १७११ वर्षे श्रीः॥ N. B.-- For further particulars sec No. 392. U 1 J ·394.] IX. Superintnerdry Prakirndkas 355 . . ज्योतिकरण्डक Jyotiskarandaka (सप्तदशमाभूत) (17th prabhrta ) टीकासहित with tikā 268 No 394 1873-74. Size -- 13 in by shim Extent Sfolios , 15 lines to a pige, 46 letters to a line Description - Country paper tough and white, Devanagari charac ters; big, legible and good hand-a riting, borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink, fol id blank, this Ms contains both the text and the commentary, the former in Prakrit and the latter in Sanskrit, complete so far as the 17th prabhrta 13 concerned, condition very goud Age - Not old Subject The text is a portion of Jyotisharandana and it deals with the dunensions of tapa ksetra It is commented upon in Sanskrit Begins -(text) folib अद्ध(होस सएस सूरो अहस सएस आसएस। तारा उयरि हिहा समा य चदरसनापव्या etc --(com ) fol b श्रीगणेशाय नम ॥ तदेवमुक्तपोदश प्रामृत सप्रति तापक्षेत्रानपरिमाणप्रतिपादक सप्तदश प्राभूत विवक्षुराह et. Ends ---(text) fol sb सा चेव महत(त)गई गणिया दिवसेण होई पुणे(ण) । सो आयवि(व)विष्ण(ख)मो तहि २ महलाले) रविणो॥ -~-from) तकनी च दिवसो बादशहारात समानता मुहर्तगतिदिशभिर्मण्यत जातानि विपष्ठियोजनसहस्राण पत्-शतानि पश्याधि- पानि । १३६६३ एताव प्रमाण सर्ववाह महले तापक्षेत्रविष्यभपरिणाममिति।। उ इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचिताया ज्योति करण्डकटीकापा तापक्षेत्र प्रमाणप्रतिपादक सप्तदशम भाभत समाप्तम् ।। शुभ भयत etc. " ·356 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [1395. "TIJE TENTII PRAKIRNAKA ainigte Tirthodgâlika (तिथुग्गालिय) (Titthuggaliya) 1164. No. 395 1887-91 Size.-- 104 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- 54 folios ; 11 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and yellowish; Devanāgari characters with earsts; big, legible and very good bandwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. oumbered in the right hand margin only; vonumbered sides having a small disc in red cclour, in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; ſol. r. blank except that a title viz. AMI #THEW is written on it; edges of almost all the foll. more or less worn out; a piece of white paper pasted in the corresponding places; condition very fair; complete; fol. 54b has only the following lines written on it in a different hand :- श्रीऋद्धिविजयवाचकपौत्रोपाध्यायगंगाविजयेन मदीयगुरुसेवार्थ चित्कोशे प्रतिरिय न्यस्ता. Age.-- Sarvat 1584. Author.- A Jaina saint. Subject:- This prakirnaka composed in 1251 verses in Prähritis kuown as Titthogāli, too. It has for one of its topics life of Bhadrabühustamia. Verses 520 80 622 show ligbe on the date of Candragupta's coronation.' Begins.---fol. 1b AA: strana 11 जयइ ससिपायनिम्मलतिहुअणीधीत्यनान्नजसकुसमा। उसभी केवलदसणदिवापरो दिदिहशे ॥१॥eto नमिण सभणसंघ सुनायपरमाथपायर्ड विमलं। घोच्छ निच्चयपत्थं तित्थोगालीए संखेवं ॥४॥ etc. For details see “ The Traditional Chronology of the jaipas "( pp. 16-17 ) by Shantilal Shah, ·396.] X. Supernumerary Prakiriakas 357 Ends-fol 543 एसा य पयसहस्सेण वनिया समणगघहत्थीण । पुढेण उ रायगिहे तित्थोगाली उ वीरेण ॥ ४६॥ etc ते तेसिं गाहाओ दोन्नि सता ऊसहस्स मगे च । तित्थोगालीए सखा एसा भाणिया उ अकेन ॥ ५१।) इति तित्थोगाली सम्मत्ता ॥ सबद १५८४ आपाढादि ८५ वर्षे आषाढवदि बीजि सारो वा० श्रीजयवल्लभयोग्य ॥ Reference Some of the verses from the begioning as well as the end are quored in Abhidhänarajendra This prakırnaka is referred to in " Viranırvana samvat aura Jaina halaganana' (PP 98 103) by Muni Śn Kalyanavijaya In the svopajna irttu of Paryusana dasasaraka by Dharmasagara Gani, 166th of the collection of 1873-74 (fol 27a), there is a quotation from Tusthogara li remaids to be verified if that work is the same as this, even though I am inclined to identify the pre sent work with Tirthodgara mentioned in Jaina Granthavali (p 62) तीर्थोद्गालिक Tırthodgālika No 396 385 1879-80 Size -nt in by 4g in Extent - 21 folios, 17 lines to a page, 68 letters to a line Description - Country paper tough and white, Devanigara characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs, small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing, borders neatly ruled in four lines in black ink , fol ra blank , a few foll sligntly worm-eaten , condition on the whole good foll numbered in the tight hand margin only, complete , extent 1565 ślokas Age Samyat 1612 Begins -fol bमम सर्वज्ञाय १ जयह ससिपाय etc Ends-fol b एसा य etc, up to अश्ण as m No 9s folloned by छ | गाथा १२३३ ॥ श्लोक १५६५ ॥६॥ तित्योगाली समत्ता । सवत् १६१२ वर्ष शासक्शुदि ९ गुरु 'अहिमदाबादमध्ये पुस्तिका लिखि समिद | Tetc N B- For further particulars st: No 395 - ·.35 Jaina Literature and Philosophy 11301 - तीर्थोद्गालिक Tiřthodgālika 386 (n). No.397 1879-80. Extent.-fol. 88. to fol. 1324. Description.- Complete ; cxtent 1565 ślokas. For others details see No. 268. Begins.-fol, 88' नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।। जयइ ससिपायनिम्मल etc., as in No. 395. Ends.-fol. 132* एसा प पपरसेणं etc., up to धीरेणं as in No. 395 followed by the lines as below: सो तित्थोगार्लि जिणवरवसहस्स पद्धमाणस्त भई सररासुरनमंसियस्स भE(E) धुपरयरस गुणगहणभषणमतरयणभरितदंसणविसुद्धरत्यागा संघनगर भद्द(ह) ते अखंडचरित्तपागारा। जं उदितं मयाउ । अहय मती(ति)प यथोषदेसण तं च विरुद्ध नाउं सोहेयव्वं सुयधरेहिं ॥ १२५ Then we have:- ते तिसं गाहाउ etc., up to 3 अंकेण as in. No.: 398 followed by गाथा ॥ १२३३ । छ। तिस्थोगाली समत्ता। छ । एवं ग्रंथाग्रं श्लोक ॥१५६५॥ संवत् १६७१ वर्षे कार्तिकशुदि ८ रवी पत्तन नगरे श्रीवीरपशज्ञातीयसंघवीपूजा भार्यामांगी तयो- पुत्रसं ठाकरभार्या उभय- कुलविसद्धा, श्रेटिभीमापलीहरषादेकुलोत्पन्ना एवंविधा समाविष्ठा लालबाईनाम्न्या श्रीविवाहप्राप्त्यंगं मुनिललितसागरपाचे अतं तदा श्रीगौतमाख्य २ प्रत्येक २ मेकैक सुश्रीफलं पुण्यव्यये समातेन इत्येण्य(ण) मूचं लिखाप्य मुनिललितसागरस्य स्पश्रेयं सेवायाचनार्थ ... N. B.---For additional information see No. 395. 1 ܕ ܝ 1-2 This portion is seen so the mangalacarana of Nacdisutra 3 Letters are gone, owing to the correspondrog portion som out.

·398 ]] XI Stypernumerary Prakirakas 359 THE ELEVENTH PRAKIRNAKA द्वीपसागर Dvipasagara. मज्ञप्तिसग्रहणी prajāaptisangrainni (दीवसागर (Divisagar? पण्णत्तिसगही) pannattsangabanı ) 600 No398 188486 Size — 10 in by sin Extent -- 7 folios, Is lines to a page, 46 letters to a lite Description - Country paper thin and white Devanagari charac ters, bold, big legible and good hand writing borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red inl , fol " blank, except that the title is written on it, complete, condition very good Age - Not quite modern Subject - This is a small work in Prahrit It is styled as Dvipasāgaraprajnapti in Jaina Granthavalı (p 64) and Abhidhınarajendra (vol 1, p 4) It consists of 223 gathas It describes con tinents and oceans It is a sort of Jarna cosmography Begins - fol 16 पुस्खखरदीवट्टाइ परिक्खिवइ माणुसोत्तरो सेलो। पायारसरिसरूवो विभयतो माणुस लोय ।। सत्तरसइकवीसाइ जोयणसयाइ सो समुश्विद्धो । पत्तारि पतीसाइ मृले कोस च ओगाहो etc Ends --fol 7b चउरोत्तरीयाए बढीए जोजाइ सयसहस्साड । विछहो सागरो व दीयो वा तावड्याओ सदिय पतीओ चंदरराण 1२२३॥ छ । दीवसागरपन्नत्तिसघयणिगाहाओ समत्ताओ। Reference - See Jaina Granthavalı ( 64 ) where this work is noted as prahırnaha ·360 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [399. No, 399 TIIE TWELFTH PRAKIRNAKA पर्यन्ताराधना Paryantārādhana (पज्जंताराहणा) (Pajjantärähaņā ) 1199. 1887-91. Size.--- Ion in. by 4 in. Extent. -- 4 folios; 11 lincs to a page ; 38 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, and white; Devanagari characters with पृष्टमात्राs; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; each side of the fol. has a small design in each of the margins ; fol. 46 blank; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only ; edges of all the foll. slightly damaged ; condition tolerbaly good; complete ; estent 74 Slokas. Age.- Pretty old. Author.-Soma Suri. Subject.- This work is considered as a prakiranaka' and is classed as au agama in Jaina Granthavali. It is composed in 70 verses in Prakrit. As its very name implies is deals with what ought to be done on death-bed, e.g. reflection about the partial transgression of vous, severing the connection with the 18 papasthānas, taking resort to the Arhats, Siddhas and others. Begins.-fol. "ॐ नमिउण भणइ एवं । भयवं समच्चियं । समाइस।। तत्तो वागरइ गुरू । पज्जंताराहणं एयं ॥१ आलोइस अईआरा । वयाई उचरमुखमसुजीवेस । वोसरसु मावियप्पा । अहारसपावठाणाइं॥२॥ चउसरणं दुक्कहगरिहण च ) मुक्कडाणुमोपण कुणम् । सुहभावणं अणसणं । पंचनमुक्कार सरणं च ॥ ३ ॥ नाणमि दमणमि य । चरणमि तवंमि तहय विरयमि। पंचविहे आयारे । अईआरा लोअणं कुणा ॥४॥ etc. Ends.--fol. 4" पंचपरामिहिसमरण । परायणो पाविण पंच। पहो पंचमक पनि । रायसिंहो सरि दर्ज ॥ ६८॥ 1. It is so amed in the diss. No. 400 and 401, too. ।

·401] VI Supern imerary Pralirnakas 361 तपती रपणयई । तहेव आराहिऊण त फापे । मामाणिअत्तपनो । तर चुआ निस्चुइस्मति ॥ ६९ ।। मिरिसोमहरिदप । पज्जताराण पसमजणण । जे अणुसरति सम्म । सहति त भासप सरस ॥७॥ इति आराधनामकरण समास । श्री ॥ ७४ ॥१भी ॥ Reference - This stork also knoxn as Aradhanapraharana and Ara dhanashtra 1s referred to by Peterson, in his Reporn V on p 69 The Catalogue of Miss of the Calcutta Sanskrit College vol X, P 75 may be consulted Tor additional Mss sec B BRA S vols III-IV, pp 463-464 पर्यन्ताराधना Paryantaradlana 1229 (d) No400 1881-87 Extent - fol 7 to lol lol Description Complete, 70 verses for other particulars see Vaura gyasataka No 1229 (4) 1884-87 Begins -fol 7" नमिऊण भणइ एच ॥ भपय समोचिप समाइम ॥ तत्तो यागरह एक पज्जताराहण पय ॥१॥ Ends-fol ro' सिरिसोमगिरह पज्जताराहण पसमजणण ॥ जे अपासरति सम्म रहति ते सासय एक्स ।। ७० ॥ इति श्रीआराधन प्रकर कीर्ण समाप्त यादृस(श) पुस्तके erc NB - For other details see No 399 पर्यन्ताराधना Pargantaradhucze 749 No 401 1892-95 Size - 10f in by 4; in Extent - 6 folios, 9 lines to a page, 26 letters to a line Description - Country paper thick, rough and white, Devanāgari characters, very big legible and good hand writing' borders ruled in three lines in black ink, foll numbered 46 IUL P] ·362 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 403. in the riglıt hand margin only, fol i blank, edges of almost every fol slightly worn out, condition on the whole good, complere , 70 verses Age - Old Begins --Col ID 3 FR fire नमिण भणइ एव etc Ends-Col 6474TH etc , up to UiT i Vi il as in No 399 followed by the line as under इति आराधनामक(कीर्ण समाप्तम् । NB - For other particulars see No 399 see पर्यन्ताराधना Paryantara lhada 1280 (b). No 402 1891 95 Extent fol 3* to fol 45 Description - Complete, 69 verses For other detnils 1280 ( a ) No 1891 95. Begins fol 3. A3 (5)UT HUTE Ta etc, as in No 399 Ends fol 4'पचपरमिहिसमरण up to सासय सुक्ख ॥ ६९ ॥ etc 18 in No 399 Then we have the folloning line पज्जताराणा सम्मत्ता ॥छ ॥श्री ॥ NB For further particulars see No 399 पर्यन्ताराधना Paryantaradhana 613 (m) No 403 1884-86 Extent fol 52' to fol s3b Description - Complete , 70 verses For other details see Palshasutra No 613 ( a ) 1884-86 Begias - fol 55 नमिऊण मणइ एव Etc Ends — fol 53 पचपरामिहि etc, up to सासप सक्स ॥७० ॥ as in No 399 followed by a BITTI1 THTH 11 Il sim FF TUTHET 1 3 NB- For other details see No 399 ·405.] XII Supernumerary Pralirnakas 363 -- पर्यन्ताराधना Pargintarīdhana घालायबोधसहित With balasabodha 770 (b) No404 1899-1915 Extent fol 4b to fol 10 Description The text containing 70 verses and its Gujarău expla nation complete, extent 245 Slokas and 12 letters For other 776 (a) details ses Gautamaprccha sith biltı abodha No 1699 1915 Author Soma Sari Subject A Jaina Igama and its explanation in Gujarått Begins - (text) fol 4 नमी(मि)3(ऊोण भणड एव etc , as in No 399 - (com ) lol 4 श्रीवीतराग देव नमरमरीनह आराधना करिज्यो इसिउ धचन कही । भगवन मझनइ समपनइ मानिद आराधना कराड ससाररूपीआ समुद्र माहि बुडता etc Ends - (text) fol 10 पचपरमिहि etc, up to सासय सक्ख ॥ ७० ॥ as in - । No 399 - (com ) fol 10 श्रीसोममारनि रचि पर्यताराधरा(ना) इसिउ नाम । उपशमनी ऊपनापणहारि । जे भय जीव सम्पग प्रकारइ आराध सहवाइ एकाग्र चित्तिह सदहा। ते जीव शास्वतु सौरय लहइ ॥ ७० ॥ इति पर्यताराधना वालावबोधमइ समाता ॥ सचीता(१) प्रथाय नाकमानेन ॥२४५ अक्षर १२ पर्यन्ताराधना Paryantarīdhana वालावबोधसहित with bala abodha 155 No405 1871-72 Size -- 10 in by 48 10 Extent - 9 folios, 11 lines to a page , 36 letters to a line Description Country paper tough, rough and white, Devanagari characters, big, legible and good hand writing, borders ruled indifferently in two lines, red chall used, foll numbered in the right hand margin, fol re blank, so is the fol gb, a right hand corner of almost every fol partly worn out, condition on the whole good, both the text and the commentary complete .

·364 Jaina Literature and Philosoply [4p6. .. " Age.- Not quite modern. Subject.— The text together with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.--(text ) fol. 1 अहे। नमिऊण भणइ एवं etc. -(com.) fol. rश्रीमहावीरस्वामीनें नमस्कार करीने भणिं छिं एवं अधुना हे भगवन समयनें उचित जे होइंते कहो जे अंन्यायस्थाने वि स्युं करवं तेहवें गुरु जे ते अंत्यावस्थानी आगधनानो विधि ए प्रकारे कहें , etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 85 पंचपरमिष्टि etc., up to सासयं एक्सं ॥७॥ १' अर्थः श्रीसोमरिहं रचेलं अंत्य समयन आराधन सम. तातुं ठेका जे आणुसरे छे ते शाश्वतुं टेकाj पामे इत्यर्थः ॥ इति श्रीारा- धनासूत्रं संपूर्णम् श्रीरस्तु भद्रं भूयात् श्रीः॥ N. B.- For other details see No. 404. - (com.) " " , " " " " "540 " "" " पर्यन्ताराधना Paryantārādhană बालावबोधसहित with bālāvabodha 45. No.406 1870-71. Size.- 94 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- (text) 7 folios; 4 10 6 lines to a page; 35 letters to a line. - (com.), % BI2014 Description.--Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters; this is a funci Ms. containing the text and the commentary, the latter written in a small hand; legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black inh, space between the pairs coloured red ; red cbalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin; both the text and the commentary complete; edges and corners of some of the foll. slightly worn out; condition very fair ; extent of the commentary 300 slohas. Age,- Pretty old. Subject.- The test together with its explanation in Gujarati.

·" 407.] XII. Stupernisinierary Prahirwakas 365 Begns.- (text) fol. I नमिऊण भणइ etc. (com.) देष नमररी। ग्लान (1) पदइ । इम भगवन । अवस- रोचित । आसिदि(दिसि)र तिगारे प्रठि छि)इ गुरु कहइ । पर्यताराधना ctc. Ends -(test) fol 7 पंचपरमिटि etc., up to मासयं सक्सं ॥ ७० ॥ as in No 399 followed by इति श्रीआराधनासूत्र समाप्त ॥ श्री ॥ - (com ) fol. 7 7 घोल करिग । केहा (क्पा) आलोयण १ वपरसामण रचइपपूआ य ४ सघदाण च ॥४॥ अणसणकरण । ६ छक्क कायर अणतकालमि।१। एछ बोल शुद्ध मन । वचन । कायाई करी । करिसइ ते मोक्ष प्रामिसीह । इति श्रीपर्यंताराधनावृत्ति समाता । ग्रथा ३०० ॥ छ । श्री ॥ छ । N B.-- For other details see No 399 पर्यन्ताराधना Paryantārādhana घालाववोधसहित with bālavabodha No.407 75 (8) 1898-99 Size 10% in by 44 in. Extent. 3 folios , 18 lines to a page , 66 letters to a line. Description - Country paper very thin and white, Devanagarī characters with पृष्ठमात्राs, small, legible and good handwriting, borders ruled in four lines in black inh, space between the pairs coloured red , red chalk used, edges of each of the foll partly worn out, condition tolerably good, foll. numbered in the right hand margin only, tnis Ms contains a part of the text as well as its explanation in Gujaratı, the following additional worls are also embodied in this Ms (1) साकारपप्रत्याख्यानगाथा fol 3° (2) परममुखद्वात्रिंशिका Age: - Samvat ISOI Subject The text together with its explanation in Gujarati ·366 Jairu Literature and Philosophy 1407. 7 Begins. -(text) fol. 1 अनमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ॥ नमिकोण मणइ एवं etc. as in No. 399. - (com.) fol. I देव नमस्कार ज्यो? । आराधना कगवउ etc. आटोइ सइयारे वयाई उञ्चारसमसजीवेन Ends.--fol. 2. चउसरणं हडगरिहरणं च सरडामोअणकुणनु सदभावणं अगमपं पंचनमुकारसरणं च ॥१॥ पच्चाईओ जिणधम्ममग्गो। मए कुमग्गो पपडीओ जे।। जाओ अहं जंपरपाव । निदामि सब पि अहं तमन्हिा) ॥१॥ etc. fol. 20 इंणइ भवि० ॥ हिच पुण्यनी अनुमोदना कारज्यो etc. - fol. 3° अनइ कुसमि फलादिकि करी जिनपूजाहेत हूउ । बसकाय माहि करी जे मुहरा शखादिकी कर्ग लोक रहई उपकारहेतु हुटते आपy सम्ल पुण्प अनुमोदि ज्योह जिम सकल सौरय संप्राति हुइ ॥ इति आराधना समाता॥5॥ N. B.-For other details see No. 399. " ·409.) VIII. SUNT!!!merdry Prakirakas 367 TIL TURSUINTI PIASTRN 151 पिण्टविशुद्धि I'mlasisuddhi (पिंसविसार) (Pindaruciili) 12690) No 409 1887-91 Istent Col 35' to fol 37. Description - Complic, the last scrsc numixed as to3tly I or 1269 (1) olier details scc No 188.91 Aurlior.- Jonavallsblia Gini Subject This Pralni siork also called Pindauisoin (Pindas išodhi) deals suith rules and regulations pertaining to food to lc accepted by Jaina saints This entire topic is represented in 103 crses in Pralrit and is based upon Pindaniryult and Pindarsanadhyayana Scc Nos 413 and 414 respectively. Begins. -- fol. 35 formula portfatis fuiste foror(iott !! पुण्ठामि एविहिपही(हिप पिट(वि)सोदि समासेणे ॥१॥ etc. Ends. —fol. 37* ruſiy alfajor MTOTT a forcftonth fitalfi)le) AETICIOTATTUTTG HETTO Fferi युम शनिउत्तरमउE)णा मातीए मसीए त। मयं मममस्टरा मुपहरायोहिं सोहिंतोय।। १०३। इति पिण्दविगुद्धिप्रकरण समा । Reference.-- Sec f Kielhorn's Report for the year 1880-81, p. 47 and Indian Antiquary rol XI (PP 215-256 ) where Party valt of the Klaratara gaccha is given Jinsvallablia is numbercd there as 43rd for a Ms of the text with a conimentary sce GO Series, sol XXI, P 34 पिण्डविशुद्धि Pindarisuddhi 626 (c). No. 409 1895-98 Exten.- fol 37 to fol 325 Description - Complete, the last verse numbered as 4 (104) 626 (a) For other details şee Vitarigastotra No 1898 98."

·414) XIII Supernumerary Prakirpakas 369 पिण्डविशुद्धि Pindavisuddhi No. 412 1269 (7) 1887-91 Ettent fol 35' 10 fol 37" Description - Complete for additional details see Şadavasyaka 1269 (1) sútra No 1887-91 Begins --fol 35* देविंदविंदरदिय etc Ends - fol 37* इइ य ज (जिण )वल्हेण etc, up to सोहितू य ॥१०३ as in No 408 followed by fat ſzfagie TCUT FATA EL NB — For additional details see No 408 iquzrasta Pindavisuddhu 1220 (c) No 413 1884-87 Extent — fol 2088 to fol 1816 Description - Complete, 104 verses in all For other details see 1220 (a) Pratyakhyānanıryulti No 1884-87 Begins ~fol ros देविंदरिदि(द)पदिय etc Ends - fol III इञ्चेष जिणवल्लभेण etc up to सोहिंतु य as in No 416 followed by इति पिंडविसुद्धिप्रकरण समाप्तमिति । तिर्जिनवल्लभ JUT ! 341 NB - For other particulars see No 408 fquzfagie Pındavisuddhi वृत्तिसहित with vrtti No 414 301 A 1882-83 Size — 101 10 by 4; in Extent - 86+1=87 folios, 15 lines to page, 56 letters to a line Description Country paper thin, rough and white, Devanagari characters with frequent games, small, legible and good 47 (JLPI ·370 Jaina Literature and Philosophy 1414 " hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. 1* blank; edges of several foll, slightly worn out; condition on the whole good; lacune on fol. 86b; both the text and the commentary complete ; extent of the latter 4400 Slokas; fol. 49th repeared; yellow pigment used. Age.-- Old. Author of the commentary.-- Śricandra Sari. Subject.-- The text ir Prakrit along with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.- (text ) fol. I देविंदचंदिय etc. -(com.), ॐ नमो वीतरागाप ।। नम्रानेकसरासराधिपशिरोमालाचितांहिद्वयं लोकालोकविवेककेवलवशात् जातार्थसनिर्नयं सच्चारित्रनिदेशकं जिनरिपु स्वर्गापवर्गप्रदं दुष्टारिटविघातकं जिनपति वार प्रणम्यादरात् । श्रीमत्पाजिनेंद्रं च विघ्नवातविघातिनं । निःशेपमध्यांतविध्वंसनदिवाकर शेपानपि नमरहरप जिनान विगतफल्मपान् । श्रीगोतमादिसूरीश्च भारताश्च रारुं तथा शाम्रांतरदर्शनतो वक्ष्ये(5) पिंडशुद्धिशाग्रस्प स्थपरस्ते स्पष्टार्थी वृत्तिं जिनवलमस्तस्य । इह हि सणापि संमारिणा सत्येनापि दुर्लम जिनधान्वित मनुष्यादिसामग्री सद्भावमयाप्य तीर्थक्रानुचीपणे परोपरे पतितन्यं ।। परमाद्भगयान मयांभोधि. परगाम्यपि परोपकारे यततं स च न जंतुहितोपदेशदानादपरः पावत् श्रेष्ठतरः समस्ति स च सरलसमनिलनशरणपरमपदशपश्यमारित्रपरिपालनगौचन- श्रेपान् । तच्च पिंढविशुदधादियतनया प्रपतमानानामुपजायते पियक्षा. हारोपटभितदेहस्य चारियसाधस्त्यात् ote. Inds.- (text) fol, 86• इयं जिणयल हेण etc. up to ोहित सोहित पं (य)॥१०३॥ -(com.) fol. 86' आगममा इत्याह । अमत्सर । परराणमयातयरिणः। संतः सेन्बटनरूपायोदापदिये) रिशिष्टज्ञानिनामपि विशिष्टमपाक्षिान। स्थमूता एप संती भन्यं पथा भयापर्ष गोपतु । उत्नदोपमलापनपनेन निरामतीत यः समुध्यपे । तदाह ययभपरपा निजामापा पनः निचित् " ·415.1 XII. Supernumerary Prakirpakaş 371 पिडनियुक्तितो भव्याना पिडदोपज्ञानस्ते। सूत्रन्यस्तबुद्धिना जिनवल्लम- सुरिणा तत्सर्व बहुश्रुतमत्सर परित्यज्य तानेव भन्यान् बोधयतु । उत्मत्रार्थ- मपनय निवृत्यर्थ ॥ १०३ । समाप्तेय श्रीचन्द्रसूरिविरचिता सूक्ष्मपदार्थनिष्कनिषएणपट्टकसन्निभप्र. तिभजिनवल्लभाभिधानाचार्यदृव्यपिडविशुद्धिशास्त्रस्य वृत्तिं ॥ ॥ छ । अस्याश्चतु सहस्राणि शताना च चतुष्टय । प्रत्यक्षरप्रमाणेन श्लोकमान वितिश्चित ॥१॥ प्रथाय ४४००॥॥छ । etc N B- For other details see No 408. पिण्डविशुद्धि Pindqvisuddhi सुबोधासहित with Subodha No415 1306 188791 Size — 102 in by 41 10 Extent 52 folios , 17 lines to a page; 50t056 letters to a line Description Country paper rough and greyish, Devanagari characters with occasional पृटमात्राs, small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, red chalk used, yellow pigment profusely, foll numbered in the riglit hand margin, almost every fol more or less worm-eaten, condition on the whole very fair, both the text and the commentary complete, extent 2800 slokas , the commentary composed in Sanivat 1176. by Yaśodeva Suri with the help of his pupil Parsvadeva and revised by Municandra Suri . Age -- Old. Author of the commentary Yaśodeva Súri, pupil of Sricandra, pupil of Vira Gadi. Subject - The tert together with its explanation in Sanshrif Begins -(tert) fol देशिंदविंदशदिय etc -(com), , ए नमो जिनाए । पददितरपयोगाद्देहिन स्यु छतार्या स्तमिद शुभनिधान बर्द्धमान प्रणम्य । See N0416 ।

·372 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [415: स्वपरजनहितार्थे पिंडशुद्धबिधास्ये जिनपतिमतनीत्या वृत्तिमल्पा मुबोधां ॥१ तत्र चाहत्प्रणीतसमयसंपर्कावदातमतिजलधिभगवान् जिनवल्लभगणिःपमा फलदोपादत्यंतहीयमानायुर्बुद्धयादीन संमति कालसाध्यादीनपलोक्य तदनु- ग्रहार्थ विस्तरवपिंडेपणाध्ययनसारमादाय संक्षिप्ततरपिंडविशुद्धयाख्या प्रकरणं चिकीर्षुरादाय विघ्ननातनिरालार्थ शिष्टसमयपरिपालनार्थ च इष्ट- देवतास्तुतिरूपमत्यंताव्यमिचारिभावमंगलं श्रोदजनप्रवृत्त्यर्थमभिधेयादि च प्रतिपादयन्निमां गाथा(मा)ह ॥ छ n etc. Ends.- ( text) fol. 52* इवेयं जिणवल्लहेण etc. up to सोहिंतु य । -(com. ) fol. 52"श्रुतधरा आगमवेदिनः बोधयंतु ज्ञापयंतु वा। शोधयंत चोमबााउपनयनेन निदोपं कुर्वतु । शब्दो बोधनक्रियापेक्षि(क्ष)या समुच्चयार्थ इति शार्दूलछंदोरत्तार्थः ॥ छ ॥१०३ समाता चेयं पिंडविशुद्धिप्रकरणवृत्तिः॥ ॥ छ । २८०० ग्रंथायं प्रतियणतो गणनया न्यून सहस्रत्रयं शतदयेनेति ॥ छ । आसी'चंद्र'कुलोद्गतिः शमनिधिः सौम्याकृतिः सन्मतिः संलीनः प्रतिवासरं निलयगोवाट सध्यानधी- हेमंते शिशिरेव शावरहिम सोढुं सतोप्रस्थिति। स्वच्चंडकरे निदाघसमये यातायनाकारकः॥१॥ आदेयतातएस्योगव्याख्या कृत्या(? त्या)दिसद्गुणैः लोकोत्तरैर्विशाल श्रीमद्वीरगणिप्रभुः ॥२॥ श्रीचंद्रमरिनामा शिष्यो(मत् तस्य भारतीमधुरः। आनंदितमव्यजनः शंसितसंशुद्धसिद्धांतः॥३॥ तस्पतियासिना दृष्या श्रीयशोदेवसरिणा। मुशिष्यपार्श्वदेवस्य साहाय्यात्परतुता वृत्तिः ॥४॥ श्रुतोपयोगाऽशुभकमनाशनो विपक्षमाधप्रतिबंधसाधनः परोपकारश्च महाफलावदो विचिंत्य चैतद्विहितोपम(?)यमः॥५॥ पिंडविशुद्धिकरणति कृत्वा यदयाप्तं मया कुशलं । तेनामयमपि भूपादन भगवद्वचने ममाम्पासः ॥ ६॥ श्रुतहेमनिरूपपट्टेः भीमन्मुनिचंद्रमरिभिः पूज्यैः । संशोधितेपमाखिला प्रयत्नतः शेपविबुधैश्च ॥७॥ ड ग्रंथाओं २८०० ॥४॥श्री सरतरगच्छे भी पत्तने श्रीकीर्ति...... श्री. कल्याणचंद्रोपाध्याय'...... 1-3 Yellow pistacot used.

·416 ) XIII Supernumerary Prakırnakas 373 पिण्डविशुद्धि Pindavisuddhi सुबोधासहित with Subodha No. 416 1880-81 Size 18 in by 21 in Extent 342+7+1=150 leaves, 6 to 7 lines to a leaf, 65 to 70 letters to a line Description Palm leaf some what thick, durable and greyısh, Devanagari characters with a TS, small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing, the Mís presents an appearance of the work having been written in three different columns, but really speaking, it is not so , for, the lines of the first column go up to the two other columns, borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines, in black ink, red chalk used, there is a hole in each leaf in the spaces between the columns, on the whole two holes a string passes through each of the holes, leaves numbered in both the margins, in the right hand margin as 1, 2 etc , and in the left hand marginas eft, ì, wl, or etc , some of the leaves stuck 3 २ together, this Ms contains the text as well as the commentary, leaf 1* blanh, seven extra blaoh leaves precede it, one extra blank leaf at the end, complete, extent 2800 slokas Age - Samvat 1300 Begins (text ) leaf 1 foran etc - (com) ॐनमो जिनाय॥ पद्रुदितल्वयोगादहिन etc Ends • ( text) leaf 140° इच्छेप जिणवल्लरेण etc up Io योहिंतु सोहिंतु ।। --(com) leaf 14 श्रुतधरा आगमवदिन etc practically up to शेप îtru litli et 2600 as in No 415 follosed by पवाजाहिमाशुमि (११७६) परिमिते घ गते विस्मान् । निष्पनेपमिति ॥ ॥ सपत् विकम १३०९) घशते पुस्तिरेय लिखिता। NB - For other details see No 415 > > - ·374 Jaina Lilcrature and Pliilosophy [417. ink; orner; पिण्डविशुद्धि. Pindavisuddhi दीपिकासहित with dipika No.417 -755. 1892-95., .. Size.- 101 in. by 41 in. Extent.. 18 folios ; Is lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional पृटमात्रा ; small, legible, unifornm and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black foll. numbered in the right hand margin in a red chalk used; almost all foll. worar-eaten to some excene; condition tolerably fair ; both the text and commentary complete; the latter composed in Samvat 1295; extent 703 (2) slokas. Age.-- Samvat 1481. Author of the commentary.- Ulayasimha Sûri, pupil of Manikya. prabha Suri, pupil of Prabhu (?) Sūri of Candra kula. Subject.-- The text together with a commentary in Sanskrit based upon that of Yaśodeya Sūri. Begins. -- ( text ) fol. I देविंदविवंदिय etc., as in No. 409. - (com) तं नमत श्रीवीरं यस्मारचारित्रपतिजगति । बाह्यांतरवैरिजया(१)क्षमाधरै सेव्यते(ड)चापि ॥१ सविहितविधिमूत्रधार(:) स जयति जिनवल्लभो गाणिन । पिंडविशुद्धिप्रकरणमझार चारित्रनृपभयनं ।२॥ तास्मन्विवरणदोष दीप्रमधिस्नेहमाजनमदायः। सो(5)पि परोपरतिरत मरियशोदेव()॥३॥ तद्वियरणप्रदीपान्मपा पदार्थाभिलापिणा तन । मंदमतिनेयमात्मप्रसुद्धपे दीप(पि)कोधिपते ॥४॥ तब विशुद्धसिद्धांतराधामाराणोजिनयलमगणिः संक्षिरचिनामनुग्रहार्य पिंडेपणाध्ययनमारार्थ मंगृा यतीनामाहागदोपोदरणं पिंदविशुद्धिप्रकरणं चिनीपुरादाय छताभीटदेयतानमस्कारों शुचिताभिधेयादिप्रितपसारां गाधामा || Icc. -- " ", अहे।

·" 418] ANI Supernumerary Prakırnakas 375 Ends - ( text) fol 18 इच्चेय जिणवलहेण गणिणा etc -(com ) , 18 केपा भन्याना योग्याना सर्वेषामपि साधुमाध्यादीना वृत्त(१) प्रकरणरूपतया विरच्योक्त ॥ किं विशिष्टेन मननियुक्तशुद्धमतिना सिद्धात यापारितनिपुणबुद्धिना औद्धयपरिहारार्थमिद क्योक्त भक्त्या प्रवचनबहुमानन शक्पा च स्वयनुसारेण तसर्व मदुक्त भय पथा। भवत्येवमम सरा अद्वेपिण श्रुतधरा यथार्थागमवेदिनो बोपयतु शिष्यान् ज्ञापयत शोधयतु व उसूत्रापनयनेन निर्दोष कुर्वत । इति गाथार्थ ॥ छ॥ समाप्ता चेय पिंडविशुद्धि(द्ध)ीपिका ॥४॥ इति विविधविलसदथै सविशुद्धाहारमाहितसाधुजन । श्रीजिनवल्लभरचित प्रकरणमेतन्न क्स्प मुदे॥ ? मादृश इह प्रकरणे महार्थपक्तौ विवेश बालो(ड)पि । यदृत्त्यरालिलमस्त श्रयत गुरु यशोदेव ॥२ आसीदिह 'चन कुले श्रीश्रीप्रभुमरिरागमधुराण । त पदकमलमराल श्रीमाणिक्यप्रभाचार्य ॥३ तरिछप्यो(डोह जहीरामविदे शरिरुदयसिंहाय । पिंडविशुद्धवृत्तिमुद्दाधि दीपियामेना ॥ ४ अनया पिंडविशुद्धे दीपिकया साधव करस्थितया । तस्यावलोकशला दोपोत्थतमास्यपहरतु ॥५ विक्रमतो वाणा पचनअत्यधिरवि(१२९५)मितशतेषु । विहितेय स्तोकैरिह मूनयुता पधिक्सप्तशती ॥६ पपा पिंडविशुद्धिसाधनधिया वोधामिका दीपिका । तत्त्वाना विशदप्रभा परिचय दूरे हरती तम || श्रेय भीकरसगमेन दधती सया( शोमा परा। विद्भि स्वपरप्रसाशनस्ते स्नेहन सतु(ए)प्यता ॥ ७॥ छ। सवत् १४८१ वर्षे अश्विनशुदि १२ एरौ श्री पत्तन मध्ये भी पूर्णिमा- पक्षि(क्ष) Irends thus पिण्डधिशुद्धि Pindavsuddi 1 दीपिकासहित with dipiha 754 N0418 18J2-95 Size --- 10] in by to in Extent - 22 folios, 1, lacs to a page, 38 letters to a line ·576 Jamna Literature and Philosophy [ 419 - Description - Country paper some-what thich, rough and white, Devanagari characters with occasional पृष्टमाना, sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in blach inh, yellos pigment used, foll numbered in the right hand margin only, fol 226 blank, both the text and the commentary complele, condition very good Age Old Begins - (text) fol I" देविंदवदवदिय etc (com) "नम सर्वज्ञाय । त नमत श्रीवीर etc as in No 417 Ends (text) fol 21" इच्चेय जिणवल्लहेण etc - (com ) , केपा भयाना योग्याना etc, up to स्नेहेन सपुष्पता ॥७॥ followed by श्रीउदयसिंहमूरिविरचिता पिंडव(वि)सु(शुद्धि वृत्ति समाता ॥ ॥ ॥ ॥ शुभमस्तु लेपपाठस्यो । लिपितेय दीपिका प.विनयसोमेन ॥ श्री ॥ NB - For additional particulars see No 417 - J > > पिण्डविशुद्धि Pindavisuddhi दीपिकासहित with dipiha No 419 302 (2) A 1882-83 Size - 10$ in by 4g in Extent - 9-1=8 folios, 23 to 24 lines to a page, 60 letters to a line Description - Country paper very thin, rough and white , Devini gari characters with occasional guitars, very small, clear, uniform and good hand-writing, borders ruled in three lines in red ink, red chalk used, yellow pigment, too, foll numbered in the right hand margin, fol 8th Inissing, so both the text and the commentary incomplete, this Ms contains in addition आघदपम्हदृत्तिटिप्पनरगतशम्पातरस्वरूप which commences on fol ge and ends on fol 9, condition good, though the cdges of the roll are slightly damaged Age - Old Begins - (text) ſol ja em CIC (com ) , नम श्रीमर्यज्ञाय॥ सनमत भीवीर ·-4201 XIII. Supernumerary Prakırnakas 377 Ends text) fol 9 इच्चे जिणवल्लहेण etc, up to सोहिंतु अ॥ ३ (१०३) -(com ) fol 9 पा भयाना योग्याना etc, up to स्नेहेन सपुष्यता था as in No 417 NB - For further details see No 417 पिण्डविशुद्धि दीपिकासहित Pindavisuddhi with dipika No 420 118 1872-73 Size 101 in by 48 in Extent 14 folios , 19 lines to a page, 43 letters to a line Description - Country paper very thin, rough and white, Deva nagari characters, small, legible and good hand writing, borders indifferently ruled in three to four lines in black ink, red chalk and yellow pigment used, foll number ed is the right hand margia , fol 1* blank, both the text and the commentary complete, edges of several foll partly worn out, some of the foll slightly worm-eaten, condi tion on the whole very fair Age -- Old (com). 39 1 Begins - (text) fol batairaiga etc अई। तात) ममत भीवीर etc Ends - (text) fol 14 इच्वेय जिणवल्लरेण etc, up to सोहिंत प ॥३॥ (१०३) (com ) केपा भयाना योग्याना erc, up to मपुष्यता || as in No 417 followed by it taitet Alle fora fora !! at 11 of 11 > 43 ULP) ·378 Jama Literature and Philosoplay [421. - - पिण्डविशुद्धि Pindavisuddhi बालायबोधसहित with balavbodha 1205 No421 1887-91 Size 104 in by 43 in Extent 22-2=20 folios, 15 lines to a page, 59 letters to a line Description - Country paper very thin, rough and white, Deva nagari characters with frequent पृधमात्राs, small, legible, uni form and elegant nand-writing, borders ruled in four lincs in black ink, yello v pigment uscd , foll numbered in the right hand margin only, fol 22° blank, a portion of the 3rd fol on the right hand side worn out, edges of the remaining foll partly gone, condition on the whole fair , the first two foll missing , otherwise both the text and the commentary complete Age - Samvat I597 Subject -- The text commencing with the 13th gatha together with its esplanation in Gujaratı Begins (text) fol 3* पहिसेवण १ पहिसणणा २ सपास ३ (ओणमोअणा य ४ ४ दिहतो॥१३॥ - (com ) fol 3. री असरीपउ २ तथा प्रयचनिह परी सरीपउ । अनइ करी सरीपउ ३तथा प्रवचनिइ करी असरीपउ । अनइ हिंगिइ परी असरीपुउ ४ etc Ends (text) fol 2.6 इच्रेप जिणवल्लहेण etc, up to सोहत घोहतू प ।। -(com ) fol 22 आया ए प्रध शोधियउ इम श्रीजिनवल्लभरि मिद्धातना जाणह निगर्वपणइ बोलर उप । इस्यु जाणियट ॥ १०३।। इति भीजिनवल्लभमरिविचितपिटायद्विपपरणस्पार्थो पालाव[योगय) योधरूप ॥॥ सयन् १५९७ य चैन रादि १५ शनी पूज्याराप. पहितभेणिशिरोमणिप कुशलभुवनगाणीशप्पलमाभुयनगणिपाचनार्थ भी पत्तन'नगरे। " - " ·422.] XIII Supernumerary Prakırjakas 379 पिण्डविशुद्धयवचूर्णि Pındavisuddhyavacūrai No422 1284 1891-95 Size - 10] in by 43 in Extent 5-1=4 folios , 19 lines to a page, 68 letters to a line Description Country paper very thin, brittle and greyish, Deva nagari characters with पृष्ठमानाs, very small, quite legible, uniform and good hand writing, borders ruled in two lines in black inh, red chall used, this Ms contains the states of the text, fol r* missing , so incomplete, edges of all the foll slightly worn out, condition on the whole good Age - Fairly old Subject - A small commentary in Sanskrıt explaining Pindavisuddhi Begins —fol 2° घावो(तोोच्चारसरागोमाससमदिमिदमाधाम इति यस्मादायत एभिरकल्प तेन हेतुना तथुणिक आधाकर्मखरटित पानमपि छत्तविकल्प श्रीन वारान् धात पूर्व प्रधन रीपघृष्ट कल्पते नान्यथति । अथ तिदशनये दीपा इति ५चममाह ॥ १६ कम्म० आधारम्भग्रहणे अतिक्रमयतिक्रमी तथाऽतीचारानाचारौ । आज्ञाभग । सर्वज्ञ वचनातिक्रम । अनवस्था अन्येषा धमेनाऽनास्था मिथ्या व च यथोक्तकारणात् । तथा विराधना आत्मसयमा भयरूपा अतिक्रमादीनार्थमाह ।।१७ आहा ete Ends - सोहि शोधपन कानिमान दोपान तथा तेन निदो(दो)पान तथा तेन निर्दोषो(पा)हारप्राप्ती मनागशुद्धस्यापि ग्रहणे न यतेत सर्वत्र क्षेत्रादौ पच. महान्या पचकेन सूत्रप्रसिद्धप्रायश्चित्तेन वा हानिस्तया उसर्गापवादविद् यथा चरणगुणा न हीयते ॥ १ जाज. या ए। य)तमानस्य काराणक्मेवायामपि विरो(स)धना स्वानुष्ठानस्य सूप्रविधिसमग्रस्य युक्तस्य सा विरो(रा)धना निर्जर- (रा)फला भवति अध्यामविशोधियुक्तस्य ।। २ इच्चेय जिण. ३ इति पिंड विशुद्धयवचूर्णि' समाता ॥ छ । शुभ भवतु ॥ छ । F F ·380 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 423 THE FOURTEENTH PRABIRNAKA मरणविधि Maranavidhi (मरणचिहि) (Maranavihi) No. 423 579 (a). 1895-98. Size -- 10 in. by 4 io. Extent.- 37 folios; 21 lines to a page; 68 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and grey; Devanagari characters with occasional TAHTS; bold, small, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black inh, space between the pairs coloured red; unnumbered sides marked with one small disc in the centre, in red colour; the numbered having two more, one in each margin ; a double set of numbers for foll. : (i) 210 onwards and (i) 1, 2 etc., as well; red chalk used; cdges of the ist. two foll. slightly damaged; condition tolerably good; this Ms. contains over and above this work the following additional 12 works :- (1) चन्द्राध्यक roll. 9 to 12" (2) नयश्लोकी fol. 12° (3) चतुशरण foll. 52 to 13 (4) आवरमायाप्पान » 13" 14" (5) भक्तपरिक्षा No. 298 16 (6) संस्तारक 18 (7) Rotat No. 323 IS (8) महाप्रत्यारस्पान (9) पीरस्तष (10) गणिपिया (1) आरायनापताया (12) FTUATE Agc.- Old No. 333 No. 309 , 16% "23 » 23 » 24" No. 319 No. 355 No. 341 * 30 No. 373 » 30* 3r 19 Feries frente thus work 1 h 57 t. 7 to ni Ta 10 feve this actual 1635 ·424 ) XIV Supernumerary Prakırnakas 381 Subject This work known as Maranavıbhattı ( Maranavıbhaktı) and Maranasamăhi ( Maranasamadhi ), too, is looked upon as a prakırņaka It deals with the following main topics -- (1) ärādhanas, (2) characteristics of the aradhalas and the viradhakas, ( 3 ) evil reflections, ( 4 ) alocana, (5) qualities of a suri, ( 6 ) absence of salya, ( 7 ) importance of knowledge, (8) samlehhadavidhi, (9) pandita marana, ( 10 ) samstaraba, ( 11 ) beneficial advice, ( 12 ) pain in various grades of life, ( 13 ) instances of horrible upasargas borne by Jinadharma, Metarya, Gajasukumala, Dhanya, Šalıbhadra, the s Pandavas and others, ( 14 ) the 12 bliavanus, and ( 15 ) unique nature of happiness accruing from salvation Begins - fol 1. HE तिहुपणसरारविंद सप्पवयणरयणमगल नमिता समणस्स उत्तमहे मरणविहीसगह वुच्छ ॥ १etc. Ends -folge सणाह) जह जिणवयणामय भावियहिएण झाणवावा।। पराणिज्जा(ज्जो) समणाण ज झाण जेस ज्झायन्न ।। ५९ मरणविही पचमो उद्देसओ समत्तो ।। छ । । सहस्रे शतान्यष्टौ चत्वारिंशच सप्त च घर्णा ॥ पचदशग्रथप्रकीर्णरेवेषु कीर्तिता ॥ छ । श्री॥छ । Reference — Published with chaya in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as No 46 Se: No 266 मरणविधि damnavuli 141 (m) No 424 1872-73 Extent - fol 49* to fol 666 Description – Incomplete since the fol 67th is missing, 6ft githas complete , 6.421h incomplete, in all there ought to bc 663 gåthis for other details see No 269 Age Old Begins -ſol 49. fagau(TETIT, etc ·782 Joma Literature and Philosophy [426 Ends-fol 660 जह णाम पट्टणगओ सते मुल्लमि मुढभावेण । न लहति नरा लाभ माणुसमाव तहा पत्ता ॥ ४१ सपत्ते बलविरिए सम्मावपरिमरवण अ It ends here NB — For additional details see No 423 मरणविधि Maranandhi No 425 386 (m) 1879-80 Extent -- fol 62' to fol 88 Description Complete , 661 verses in all For other details see No 268 where this work is noted as Maranasamadhi Begins fol 624 तिहुयणसरारविंद etc , as in No 423 Ends - fol 884 मुण अह जिणवयणामय etc, up to णसु ज्झापy as in No 423 followed by मरणसमाही पचमो उद्देसो समत्तो। N. B - For further particulars see No 423 मरणविधि Jaranayidhi No.426 124 (0) 1872-73 Extent fol 85% to fol 1016 Description - Complete The last gatha beginning with सणह 15 numbered as 58 (658) For other details see No 377 Age.- Samrat 1569 Begins -fol 85°(1) तिहुयणसरारविंद etc , Ends - fol sorb (176) सुणह जह जिणवयणामय मावियहियएण। झाणरावारो। करणिज्जा समणेण ज झाण जेह झायव ॥ ५८ ग्रथाय ६५८॥ मरणविही पचमो उद्देसो सम्मतो।। शुभ भातु ॥ छ। सवत् १५६९ वर्षे मागशुदि ६ रवी । श्री श्रीमाल ज्ञातीय । सा सीधर। भायांसाही । मु° मा जूठामार्या जसमादे सुतसा महिपति । सो. सा० रूपा। सा चउथाकेन । etc. as in Ajavakalpa No 367 NB - For additional particulars see No 423 ·427 ] XV Supernumerary Prałırnakas 383 योनिप्राभूत ters, THE FIFTEENTH PRAKIRNAKA Yonprābhrta (जोणिपाहुड) (Jonipahade) No427 266 A. 1882-83 Size - 12} in by 4g in Extent 40 folios, 14 lines to a page, 60 letters to a line Description - Country paper thin and white, Devanagari charac bold, big, legible and good hand-writing, borders ruled in three lines in red ink , edges and even at times the body of every fol badly worn out, the numbers of foll gone, so it is extremely difficult to adjust the foll properly, condition hopeless, a photo-copy of this fragmentary work is taken in 40 plates by the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute Age - Samvat 1582 Author Panhapravana ( ? Prasnaśravana) Muni Subject – Nothing can be definitely said Begins It is difficult to ascertain the beginning Ends --जनव्यवहारचद्रचद्रिकाचोर। आयुर्वेदरक्षितसमस्तसत्त्व । प्रभश्रवण महामुनिमाडिनीमहादेव्या उपदिष्ट । पुण्यदतादिमू लिशिष्य हृष्टिदायक । इथभूत योनिप्राभृतयथ । कलिकाले सव्यन्हू जो जाणइ जोणिपाहुड गथ । जत्थ गर्ड(१) तत्थ गतुर्डचउउपरगमह ॥१ मुरयणलद्धपसस सुपनसहिय चरोरदुहरण । भव्यउयया रम मा चक्का कोस पाहुडय ॥२ दररियसियम्म अइवियसिया उबहुप 'ईनु । नापति जस्त उवरे का उवमा पुडरीयस्त? ॥३॥ होतुद्दामविय भतमपमिल तालिमुहरियायोला। विज्झकहपम्मि करिणो न उणे अइ परिच्छा। (४) प्पियगोग हयस्ससी 'वही एका उवमा । अइअप्पमाणगयणे सनसीसीनेव नाणेण ॥५ हीणसत्तम्मि अहमे अहखी कुणिजहा अयाणदोमम्मि अत्ताणे ॥६ 1-7 Letters are gone as the correspond ng portion is sorp out ·428.] XVI. Supernitinerary Prakirnakas 385 Size.- 10.1 " " " """ THE SIXTEENTH PRAKIRNAKA वकचूलिका Vankaculikā (वंगचूलिया) (Vangacūliya) टब्बासहित with tabba No.428 621. 1895-98. in. by 4g in Extent.-- (test) 12 folios; 5 lines to a page, 42 letters to a line. (tabba), 8 to 10 ":52 Description.- Country paper tough and white; Devanagari characters, the text written in a bigger hand as compared with tabba , legible and good hand-writing, borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink, fol 1 blank, fol. 1oth wrongly numbered as 9; condition excellent, both the text and the tabbá complete so far as they go. Age.- Samvat 1951. Author - Yasobhadra, Subjeci.— A Jaina agama dealing with the origin of deprecating Siddhanta together with an explanation in Gujarati Begins.-(text) fol 16 भत्तिम्भरनमियसरवरसिरिसेहरकिरणरईयसमिरि(र) भमिउं सिरिवीरपयं तुच्छु सपहीलगप्पत्ति १ वीराउ(ओ) वीसमें वरिसे सिरिसुहम्मसामिनिव्वाण तत्तो चुयालिसे सिद्धो जयू चरमनाणि २ -(com) fol 1 मत्तिव(मार कहता भक्तिने समूहे करी नाम्पा देवता मनुष्य परं वर कहता प्रधान देवताना मस्तके etc. Errts.-(rextd.top इय महीलणुप्पा कफला जाणऊण अन्ने वि जस्सभद्दे निणवयणे ददचित्तो होइ पइदिय[९] ह९ इति श्रीवंगा(ग)चूलियाप सपहीलण पत्तिअज्झयण सपूर्णम् । समत (सर्वत्) १९५१ रा मिति सायण सद ११ ॥ " -(com) fol 12 दृढ चित्त करता हुवा सदा काल यत्न करता हुवद ९ इति श्रीव(ब)कधूलियायत्रम ० मुत ते सिद्धांतनी हीलनानि उत्पनि कही तेहनो अध्ययन सपूर्ण थयो। 49 ULP1 ·386 Jaina Literature and Phulosophy 1429 THE SEVENTEENTH PR.IKIRNAKA Sarārali सारावली () 141(60) No. 429 1872-73. Extent.-- fol. 92b to tol. 95. Description.-~-Complete; extent 136 slokas. For other details see No. 269. Age.-- Old. Subjecc.. This prakirņaka which starts by praising five parmeşthins supplies us with the life of Pundarika, a grand-son of Lord Rşabha. Begins.--fol. 920 आरंभे नियत्ता सयट्ठाणेस मुक्कवावारा । उरिउन्नरागदोंसा ते देवा देवयाणं तु ॥१॥ Ends.-fol.95b माहबओ तस्स पावं सारावलिपुत्थपं लिहंतस्स । लहउ पजतो.य कित्ती अइरेणं साहुसकारो.॥ ११६ ।। इति सारावलीयपयाणं सम्मत छer.-पंचायं १३६॥ N. B.- This work is distinct from a standard work on Astrology composed in Sanskrit in verses by-Kalyanavarman, published by the Proprietor of the Nirnayasīgar Press, A. D. 1928.

·430.] XVIII. Supernumerary Pralırnałas 387 blant, . THE EIGHTEENTH PRAKIRNAKA सिद्धमाभृत Siddhaprabhrta (सिद्धपाहुड) (Siddhapāhuda ) No430 1287 (3) 1887-9. Size -103 in by 4g in Extent- 28 folios, 13 lines to a page, 44 letters to a line Description - Country paper thin, rough and greyish , Devanagari characters with frequent पृष्ठमात्राs, small, legible and good hand-writing, borders ruled in four lines in black ink, red chall used, foll numbered in the right bind margin, fol 1* so as practically fol 28°, some of the foll slightly worm-eaten , condition on the whole good , complete , this work ends on fol s", this Ms contains in addition सिद्धप्रामृत. ziet commencing on fol 56 and ending on Yol 286 Age - Old Subject - Exposition of the liberated from various stand-points, in Prakrit in 121 verses This is based upon a Pira Agreniya by name Begins-fol r' ॐ नम श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ॥ तिहुयणपणए तिहुपणयणाहिए तियणातिसयणाणे ॥ उसमातिधोरचौरमे तमरयरहिए पणमिऊण ॥१ (स)णिऊण आगमाणइसे मु(अ)णिऊण परम थम(सोलगपरे । चोहसपुध्विगमाई कमेण सच्चे पण(ण)मिऊण ॥२ णिखेवनिरुत्ताहि य छहिं अट्टहि पाएमओगदारेहिं । खत्तातिमम्गणेस य सिद्धाण वणियो(या) भेया ।। ३ ॥erc Ends -fol s" ऊणाहियविवरीओ। अयो अप्पागमेण जो गहिमो। न मिळणा(ण) मयहरा पुण्णे(२)ऊण परिकहतु ॥२० पीसत्तरसपा(य)मेग गाथायण पुत्रणिस्सद । विधारण महत्थ मन्युपाणुसारेण यत्र ।। २१ पीसत्तरसयगणणाणमे(णामसिद्धपाहुद सम्मत्त ॥ ॥अग्रेणिय पुश्वणिरसदा ॥3॥ Reference This work is published along with its commentary by the Jama Atmananda Sabha in Samrat 1977 ·388 Jaina Lateralire and Philosoplry [ 432. सिद्धमाभूत Siddhaprābbrta 1245 (a). No 431 1884-87. Size-113 in. by 4 in. Exrcnt.-- 17 folios; 15 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanagari chiaracters with qenien; small, quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; unnumbered sides have a disc in red colour, in the centre only;the numbered, in the margios, too; edges of almost every fol. more or less worn out; condition tolerably fair ; complete ; 118 verses; this work ends on fol. 3'; this Mſs. contains in addition to maiat commencing on fol. z' and ending on fol. 176. Age.-- Not later than Sadivat 1529. Begins.-fol. 1* 371 fagfurgog fagout etc., as in No. 430. Ends.-- fol. 3* Jumisafaris etc., up to TCTTHÍTOT as in No. 430. followed by ॥१८ वीमुत्तरसपगणणा(णा)मसिद्धपादुदं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ । अग्गेणपुत्वाणिस्संदं ।। छ। N. B. – For other details see No. 430. सिद्धप्राभृतीफा Siddhaprāburtatīkā No. 432 1287 (b). 1887-91. Extent.- fol. s' to fol. 28 Description.- Complete ; this Mſs. contains the states of the text. For other details see No. 430. Subject.--- Commentary in Sanskrit to Siddhaprabhſta.

·433.] XVIII Supernumerary Prakirpalas 389 Begins —fol b नम श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ॥ सकलभुबनेशभूतान्निखिलातिशयान जिनान् यरून स्तुत्वा । सिद्धप्राभृतटीका तदर्थहितसम्यया क्रियते ॥ इह परमपुरुपाभियतआगमप्रतिपद्धसिद्धवक्त यताभिधित्सया प्रवृत्त्यग त्वान्मगलादिचतुष्टयप्रतिपादकमिद गाथानयमाह । तत्राप्यायगाथया मगल गुरुपर्वसबध(ध) चाह । तिहुयणपणयेत्यादि । त्रिभुवनप्रणतानि य नेनाचिंत्यफलसपादकत्वेन पूजाहत्वादुत्तमोत्तमत्वमाह | etc Ends - fol 28 अहाथुरेण सिज्झति त्ति भणियमेयति । भणियमतरदारं साप्रत उपसहरन्नासातनापरिहारार्थमिदमाह सूत्रकार । ऊणाहिपविवरांउ(ओ)॥ अत्यो गाहागतार्थ ॥ ॥ वीसत्तरसय गाहा कठ्या । छ॥ णवर पूर्व. स्यानेणीयारयस्य ॥ छ ॥ निष्पद इद सिद्धप्रामृतकामिति । गाथामयोजनाओं(5)य प्रयास() केवलो मम अर्थस्तूक्त ॥ स्फुटो ह्य(न्हो)पा5] टीशरुनिश्चिन्तनै । छ । सिद्धप्राभृतक समाप्तमिति ॥ ॥ ॥ ॥ Reference See No 430 सिद्धपामृतटीका Siddhaprablırtatikai No433 1245 (b) 1884-87 Errent.-- fol 3' to fol 178 Description - Complete, this Mís contains the raters of the text For other details see No 431 Begins fol 3 सालभुवनेशभूतान etc , as in No 432 Lnds-fol 17 घोवसम पय । तस्मेव जवमझवारविसे साहिगा ॥ १"अहवावुरेण सिज्झति etc , up to मिद्धप्राभूतम् as in No 2 followed by समाप्तमिति सममूहवती पामारगहियपो यया देवी जस्समदुडियमहिया देउ अदिग्ध मदतरम ॥ ॥ अक्षरमानस्यरपदहीन पजनमधिनियर्जितरेफ। साधुपु जेनजिनेव) सामोम क्षमितय कात्रिश्च नन) उसति शासममरे?॥

·390 Jarren Literature and Phulosophy [433. Then follows a portion in a diffrent trandasiorder- “गुमरेशातीप में सुद्रमायाहाँसीहतमं गदाकेनभायी भासूरत. भीरंगादिकुटुंयपुतैनातुनी तपांगमगार- 'हमार श्रीश्रीश्रीसोमसुंदर- हरिभी मुनिसंदरपरिभीरत्नशेखरयारपट्टममारीलक्ष्मीसागरमरिपादा- मारुप...'न सप्तक्षेश्यां मिजाधनधीजयपनावामानसिखाँतललिपये(प)ता लेसित सिद्धमाभृतस्त्र यिर मंदतात् पियुपमिरतरषाच्यमान संपद१५२९ धमार्गशदि५दिने। 'अहम्महा(पा)गर्दै । एका प्रति पंजिनमाणिक्य. गणिपाद शोधिता मी छ । श्रीरस्तु । N. B - For additional particulars see No. 432. 1-2 Letters are missing.